OCR error (C:\Conversion\JobRoot\00000AX1\tiff\2000XENO.tif): Unspecified error

-------
                RESEARCH REPORTING SERIES

Research reports of the Office of Research and Development, U S Environmental
Protection Agency, have been grouped into nine series  These nine broad cate-
gories were established to facilitate further development and application of en-
vironmental technology  Elimination of traditional grouping  was  consciously
planned to foster technology transfer and a maximum interface in related fields
The nine series are

      1   Environmental  Health Effects Research
      2   Environmental  Protection Technology
      3   Ecological Research
      4   Environmental  Monitoring
      5.  Socioeconomic Environmental  Studies
      6   Scientific and Technical Assessment Reports (STAR)
      7   Interagency Energy-Environment Research and Development
      8   "Special" Reports
      9   Miscellaneous Reports

This report has been assigned to the ENVIRONMENTAL MONITORING series
This series describes research conducted to develop new or improved methods
and instrumentation for the identification and quantification of environmental
pollutants at the lowest conceivably significant concentrations It also includes
studies to determine the ambient concentrations of pollutants in the environment
and/or the variance of pollutants as a function of time or meteorological factors
This document is available to the public through the National Technical Informa-
tion Service, Springfield, Virginia  22161

-------
                                ERRATA


       Documentation of the Regional Air Pollution Study (RAPS)
and Related Investigations in the St. Louis Air Quality Control  Region
                    EPA-600/4-79-076  December 1979

The authors report the following errata:

On pages 384, 385, 386, and 388, the concluding paragraphs should read:

All data collected are in the possession of St. Louis University.  Addi-
tional information may be obtained by contacting:
                  Raymond G. Slavin, M.D.
                  St. Louis University Medical School
                  Department of Internal Medicine
                  1402 South Grand
                  St. Louis, MO  63104
                  (314) 664-9800

-------
                                                    EPA-600/4-79-076
                                                    December  1979
DOCUMENTATION OF THE REGIONAL AIR POLLUTION STUDY (RAPS)

            AND RELATED INVESTIGATIONS IN THE

          ST. LOUIS AIR QUALITY CONTROL REGION
                           by

                  Joseph A.  Strothmann
           Rockwell International Corporation
       Environmental Monitoring & Services Center
        Environmental  & Energy Systems Division
              Creve Coeur, Missouri  63141
                           and
                 Francis A. Schiermeier
          Meteorology and Assessment Division
       Environmental Sciences Research Laboratory
     Research Triangle Park, North Carolina  27711
              EPA Contract No. 68-02-2093
                    Project Officer

                 Francis A. Schiermeier
      ENVIRONMENTAL SCIENCE RESEARCH LABORATORY
          OFFICE OF RESEARCH AND DEVELOPMENT
         U.S. ENVIRONMENTAL PROTECTION AGENCY
     RESEARCH TRIANGLE PARK, NORTH CAROLINA  27711

-------
                                 DISCLAIMER

     This report has been reviewed by the Environmental  Sciences Research
Laboratory, U.S. Environmental  Protection Agency, and approved for publication,
Approval does not signify that  the contents necessarily  reflect the views and
policies of the U.S. Environmental Protection Agency, nor does mention of
trade names or commercial products constitute endorsement or recommendation
for use.

-------
                                  FOREWORD

      The Environmental  Sciences Research Laboratory (ESRL)  conducts  an
intramural and extramural  research program in the physical  sciences  to detect,
define, and quantify air pollution and its effects on urban,  regional, and
global atmospheres and the subsequent impact on water quality and land use.
The Laboratory is responsible for planning, implementing,  and managing
research and development programs designed to quantitate the relationships
between emissions of pollutants from all  types of sources  and air quality
and atmospheric effects  and to uncover and characterize hitherto unidentified
air pollution problems.   Information from ESRL programs and  from the  programs
of other Government agencies, private industry, and the academic community
are integrated by the Laboratory to develop the technical  basis for  air
pollution control strategies for various  pollutants.
      The Regional Air Pollution Study (RAPS) was organized  to quantify the
effects of emitted air pollutants on air  quality over the  scale of an Air
Quality Control Region.   The Study, performed in the St. Louis, Missouri-
Illinois metropolitan area included use of state-of-the-art  measurement and
monitoring procedures, development of emission inventory methodologies and
data, conduct of intensive field investigations to describe  atmospheric
effects on pollutant dispersion and composition, and improvement and  verifi-
cation of air quality simulation models.   These components of the RAPS,
together with related investigations and  measurements are  described  here to
furnish a compendium of studies and data  sources for investigators employing
information from these many components.
                                A.P.  Altshuller
                                Director
                                Environmental  Sciences Research Laboratory

-------
                                  ABSTRACT

     During the period of 1974 to 1977, the Regional  Air Pollution Study (RAPS)
was conducted in the St. Louis, Missouri/Illinois  Metropolitan Area.   In addi-
tion to EPA-funded contractor personnel, RAPS participants  included scientists
from numerous universities, private research organizations, and other govern-
mental agencies.  Because of the availability of extensive  monitoring data,
additional independent research studies were conducted in the St.  Louis  area
during this time frame.
     This report is an attempt to document nearly  all  the RAPS and related
investigations conducted in the St. Louis Air Quality Control Region  during
the period of 1973 to 1978.  Descriptions of locally-operated air quality and
meteorological networks are also included.  Such a report will serve  as  a sum-
mary of data available to the EPA modelers in pursuit of the RAPS objectives
and will be used by RAPS researchers to locate supplementary sources  of  data
to augment their own measurements.
     Each individual component study is described in  terms  of funding source,
period of performance, summary of effort, representative publications, con-
tractor Principal Investigator, and EPA Project Officer of  Task Coordinator,.
For those components which include measurements, additional descriptive  cate-
gories include parameters measured, instruments/methods used, periods of data
collection, calibration and quality control procedures, and location  and type
of data available.
     This report was submitted in fulfillment of Task Order No. 122,  EPA
Contract No. 68-02-2093, by Rockwell International Environmental and Energy
Systems Division under the sponsorship of the U.S. Environmental Protection
Agency.  This report covers the period from 1973 to 1978, and work was com-
pleted as of July 1979.
                                      IV

-------
                                  CONTENTS

                                                                        iii
Abstract                                                                 iv
Figures                                                                  xv
Tables                                                                 xvii
Acknowledgments                                                         xix
1.0  Introduction                                                         1
     1.1  Study Design                                                    3
     1.2  Report Structure                                                5
2.0  Program Management                                                   6
     2.1  RAPS Prospectus                                                 7
     2.2  Program Planning                                               13
          2.2.1  RAPS Study Plan                                         13
          2.2.2  RAPS Work Plan                                          15
          2.2.3  RAPS Program Objectives and Plans                       17
     2.3  RAPS Field Expedition Planning                                 19
     2.4  Summary of RAPS Activities                                     21
          2.4.1  Documentation of RAPS Related Investigations            21
          2.4.2  Publications and Presentations                          23
3.0  Regional Air Monitoring System (RAMS)                               24
     3.1  RAMS Network                                                   29
     3.2  Independent RAMS Quality Assurance                             48
          3.2.1  EPA/HERL Performance Audits                             48
          3.2.2  RTI Performance Audits                                  53
     3.3  RAMS Data Evaluation Studies                                   58
          3.3.1  Modification of RAMS Dew Point Sensors                  58
          3.3.2  Particulate Filter Effect on RAMS Analyzers             60
          3.3.3  C02 Effect on RAMS Sulfur Monitors                      63
          3.3.4  Evaluation of RAMS CO Data                              66

-------
                             CONTENTS (continued)
4.0  Upper Air Sounding Network  (UASN)                                    68
     4.1   UASN Temporary Network                                         70
     4.2  UASN Permanent Network                                         74
     4.3  Mixing Depth Determination                                     86
5.0  Aerial Monitoring System                                            88
6.0  Pollutant Transport and Diffusion  Studies                           109
     6.1   Description of Boundary Layer                                 110
          6.1.1  Boundary Layer  Structure Study                         110
                 6.1.1.1  Fostaire Instrumented Helicopter              110
                 6.1.1.2  Mobile Pibal  Support                           115
                 6.1.1.3  Mobile Radiosonde Support                     118
                 6.1.1.4  Illinois State Water  Survey
                          Radiosonde Support                            120
                 6.1.1.5  EPA Instrumented Van                           122
                 6.1.1.6  EPA Instrumented Temperature Vehicle          125
                 6.1.1.7  EPA Mobile Lidar Van                           127
                 6.1.1.8  SRI Mobile Lidar Van                           129
                 6.1.1.9  EPA/EMSL Lidar Aircraft                       131
                 6.1.1.10 NOAA Optical  Laser Anemometer                 133
                 6.1.1.11 NOAA Acoustic Sounder                         136
          6.1.2  Radiation Study                                        140
                 6.1.2.1  Pennsylvania State University
                          Instrumented Aerocommander                    140
                 6.1.2.2  RAMS Radiation Audits                         143
          6.1.3  Boundary Layer Variability Study                       145
                 6.1.3.1  University of Wyoming Instrumented
                          Queen Air                                     146
                 6.1.3.2  University of Wyoming Mobile Pibal
                          and Radiosonde Support                        152
                 6.1.3.3  University of Wyoming Instrumented Surface
                          Vehicles                                      155
     6.2  Boundary Layer Dynamics                                       158
          6.2.1  Boundary Layer Energetics Study                        158
                 6.2.1.1  EPA Mobile Fluxatrons                         158

-------
                            CONTENTS  (continued)
                 6.2.1.2  Subsurface  Heat Flux  Study                     163
                 6.2.1.3  RAMS Tower  Turbulence Study                    169
                 6.2.1.4  Pennsylvania  State  University
                          Instrumented  Aerocommander                     172
                 6.2.1.5  RAPS Area Land-Use  Inventory                  174
          6.2.2  Boundary Layer Tracer  Study                             176
                 6.2.2.1  California  Institute  of Technology
                          SFC Tracer  Release                             176
                            b
                 6.2.2.2  Mobile Pibal  Support                           179
                 6.2.2.3  NOAA/ARL Tetroon Releases                      181
          6.2.3  High Level  Vertical  Flux Study                         183
                 6.2.3.1  NCAR Instrumented Queen Air                    184
                 6.2.3.2  NCAR Boundary Layer Profilers                  188
                 6.2.3.3  USAF Mobile Pibal Support                      191
          6.2.4  Boundary Layer Variability Study                       194
          6.2.5  Urban-Rural  Surface  Energetic  Characteristics           198
7.0  Pollutant Transformation and Removal Studies                       200
     7.1   Point Source and Urban Plume  Studies                           201
          7.1.1  Plume Mapping Program  (MISTT)                           201
                 7.1.1.1  Washington  University                         201
                 7.1.1.2  Meteorology Research  Instrumented Cessna      205
                 7.1.1.3  Environmental Measurements Mobile Van          211
                 7.1.1.4  Mobile Pibal  Support                           217
                 7.1.1.5  University  of Minnesota Aerosol  Measurements   220
                 7.1.1.6  University  of Washington Mobile  Laboratory    224
                 7.1.1.7  Argonne National Laboratory  Acoustic Sounder   228
                 7.1.1.8  Washington  State University
                          Halocarbon/Hydrocarbon Measurements            230
                 7.1.1.9  Battelle Columbus Heavy Hydrocarbon
                          Measurements                                   235
                 7.1.1.10 Argonne Infrared Analysis  of Fractionated
                          Aerosol Samples                               239
                 7.1.1.11 Derivative  Spectrometer Van                    241
                 7.1.1.12 Mass Spectrometer Analyses of Atmospheric
                          Organic Aerosols                              243
                                    vn

-------
                       CONTENTS (continued)
     7.1.2  Power Plant Plume Mapping                               248
            7.1.2.1   Brookhaven Instrumented Cessnas                248
            7.1.2.2   Mobile Pibal  Support                          252
     7.1.3  Plume Tracer Study (MISTT)                              255
            7.1.3.1   California Institute of Technology
                     SFC Tracer Release                            255
                       0
            7.1.3.2   SF6 Tracer Release Support                    258
7.2  Photochemical  Reaction Studies                                260
     7.2.1  Hydrocarbon Characterization by  Gas Chromatography     260
     7.2.2  Bag Irradiation Studies                                275
     7.2.3  Battelle-Columbus Smog Chamber Study                   278
     7.2.4  03 - NO  - N02 Maxima Study                             281
     7.2.5  Argonne  Carbon Monoxide Isotopic Composition Study     284
     7.2.6  Midwest  Oxidant Transport  Study                         287
            7.2.6.1   Battelle Instrumented Aircraft ,and
                     Mobile Laboratories                           288
            7.2.6.2   Washington State  Instrumented Aircraft
                     and Mobile Laboratory                         293
            7.2.6.3   EPA/ESRL Mobile Laboratory                    296
7.3  Aerosol Characterization Studies                               299
     7.3.1  Aerosol  Source Characterization                         299
            7.3.1.1   EPA/ESRL Aerosol  Laboratory Trailer           299
            7.3.1.2   Aircraft Monitoring Support                   304
            7.3.1.3   Meteorological Support  and Analysis           307
     7.3.2  Particulate Measurement and Analysis                   311
            7.3.2.1   Florida State Jensen Nelson Streakers         311
            7.3.2.2   Florida State Impactors                       315
     7.3.3  High Volume Filter Sampling Network                    319
     7.3.4  Lawrence Berkeley Laboratory (LBL)
            Dichotomous Samplers                                   323
            7.3.4.1   LBL Dichotomous Sampling Network              323
            7.3.4.2   LBL Dichotomous Sample  Analyses               325
     7.3.5  Aerosol  Monitoring Site Surveys                         328
            7.3.5.1   Fugitive Dust Survey and Inventory            328
            7.3.5.2  Documentation of Sources and Land Use         330
                               viii

-------
                            CONTENTS (continued)
     7.4  Pollutant Removal  Processes                                   332
          7.4.1   Sulfur Dioxide Flux Measurements                       332
          7.4.2  Precipitation Scavenging of Inorganic Pollutants       335
8.0  Pollutant Measurement Program                                      341
     3.1  Pollutant Variability Studies                                 342
          8.1.1   EPA/RAPS Winnebago Variability Study                   342
          8.1.2  Subgrid Pollutant Variability                          347
                 8.1.2.1  Mobile Point Monitors                         347
                 8.1.2.2  CO and 03 Variability                         349
     8.2  Instrument Evaluation Studies                                 351
          8.2.1   Long Path Monitoring                                   351
                 8.2.1.1  EPA (MIT Lincoln Laboratory) Mobile Laser     351
                 8.2.1.2  GE Carbon Dioxide Laser Van                   354
                 8.2.1.3  Environmental Measurements Mobile Van         356
          8.2.2  Gas Filter Correlation Monitor for
                 Ambient Carbon Monoxide                                358
          8.2.3  Aerosol Measurements                                   360
                 8.2.3.1  Cabot Sulfuric Acid Aerosol Analyzer          360
                 8.2.3.2  Two-Stage Mass Monitor with Aerosol
                          Size Separator                                362
                 8.2.3.3  Manual Dichotomous Air Samplers               365
                 8.2.3.4  Comparison of Wet Chemical and Instrumental
                          Methods for Sulfate Measurement               368
     8.3  Data Quality  Investigations                                   371
          8.3.1  Comparison Audits and Cross Calibrations               371
          8.3.2  EPA/EMSL Standards Verification                        380
9.0  Pollutant Effects  Studies                                          382
     9.1  Health Effects                                                383
          9.1.1  St. Louis University Pulmonary Study of
                 Postal Workers                                         383
          9.1.2  St. Louis University Pulmonary study of Asthmatics     385
          9.1.3  St. Louis University Pulmonary Study of Gardeners      387
          9.1.4  Harvard University Epidemiological  Study               389

-------
                            CONTENTS  (continued)
       9.2  Materials  Effects                                            394
            9.2.1   RAPS Materials  Exposure  Study                         394
10.0  Local  Pollution  Monitoring Networks                                402
      10.1  State  Agencies                                              403
            10.1.1   Missouri Department of  Natural  Resources             403
            10.1.2  Illinois Environmental  Protection  Agency             408
      10.2  City and County Agencies                                     418
            10.2.1   City of St.  Louis Pollution Control  Network          418
            10.2.2  St. Louis  County  Air Pollution  Control  Board        425
      10.3  Private Industry                                            432
            10.3.1   Union Electric Company                               432
            10.3.2  Illinois Power Company                               436
11.0  Local  Meteorological Monitoring Networks                          440
      11.1  National Weather Service                                     441
            11.1.1   First Order Stations                                441
                    11.1.1.1  Lambert - St. Louis International
                              Ai rport                                   441
            11.1.2  Second Order Stations                               448
                    11.1.2.1  Alton Civic Memorial  Airport              448
                    11.1.2.2  Spirit  of St. Louis Airport               451
                    11.1.2.3  Parks Bi-State Airport       -             454
            11.1.3  Cooperative Weather Observers                       457
                    11.1.3.1  Gateway Arch  Instrument Shelter           457
      11.2  Air Weather Service                                         459
            11.2.1  Scott Air Force Base                                459
      11.3  Educational Institutions                                     464
            11.3.1  St. Louis University                                464
      11.4  Private Industry                                            466
            11.4.1  Laclede Gas Company                                 466
            11.4.2  Monsanto Chemical Company                           468
            11.4.3  Union Electric Company                               470
      11.5  Other Agencies                                              473
            11.5.1  United States Army Corps of Engineers               473

-------
                             CONTENTS  (continued)
            11.5.2  United States  Geological  Survey                     474
            11.5.3  Metropolitan Sewer District                         477
12.0  Related Investigations                                            480
      12.1   Task Order Investigations                                   481
            12.1.1  Flight Impact  on Stratospheric Aerosols             481
            12.1.2  CAMP Station Operation                              484
            12.1.3  Catalyst  Sulfate Study  Design and  Installation      489
            12.1.4  Catalyst  1  Sulfate Study Sample  Analysis            491
            12.1.5  Visibility  Model Development                        493
            12.1.6  Argonne Radiometer Operation                        495
            12.1.7  Cobb/Andrus Plume  Study Pibal Support               497
            12.1.8  Cobb/Andrus/Breed  Plume Study Pibal  Support         499
            12.1.9  Aerosol Effects on Visual  Range                     501
      12.2  Metropolitan Meteorological  Experiment  (METROMEX)           503
      12.3  Da Vinci II and III Manned Balloon Flights                  514
      12.4  Miscellaneous Investigations                               523
            12.4.1  Directional Hi-Vol Sampling  at  Granite  City  Steel   523
            12.4.2  Hi-Vol Study at City Site 2  and
                    Municipal Court Building                           527
            12.4.3  Ion Chromatograph  Analysis of RAPS  Hi-Vol  Filters   530
            12.4.4  Department  of  Transportation
                    Highway Emissions  Study                            533
            12.4.5  Biological  Indicators of Pollution                  535
            12.4.6  Fate of Atmospheric Pollutants  Study (FAPS)         543
            12.4.7  Optimum Urban  Sampling  Network  Selection            546
13.0  Other Data Sources                •                               551
      13.1  Federal Agencies                                            552
            13.1.1  U. S. Department  of Commerce                        552
                    13.1.1.1   National Weather Service  Upper
                              Air  Sounding  Stations                     552
                    13.1.1.2   Satellite Data Services  Branch            557
            13.1.2  U. S. Department  of Interior                       560
                    13.1.2.1   EROS Data Center                         560
                    13.1.2.2   National Cartographic Information  Center 563
                                    xi

-------
                            CONTENTS  (continued)
            13.1.3  U.  S.  Department  of Agriculture                     566
            13.1.4  National  Aeronautics  and  Space Administration       568
                    (NASA)
      13.2  City and County  Agencies                                    570
            13.2.1  East-West Gateway Coordinating Council              570
            13.2.2  Southwestern  Illinois Planning Commission           572
      13.3  Private Industries                                         573
            13.3.1  SURDEX Corporation                                 573
            13.3.2  Union  Electric  Refuse Fuel  Demonstration Project    574
            13.3.3  Great  Lakes Carbon Source Testing                   580
14.0  Emission Inventories                                             584
      14.1  Emission Inventory Methodologies                            585
            14.1.1  Field  Experiment  Emission Inventory  Procurement     585
            14.1.2  Point  Source  Emission Inventory  Methodology         587
            14.1.3  Residential and Commercial  Area  Source  Methodology  589
            14.1.4  Methodology for Inventorying  Hydrocarbons           593
            14.1.5  Methodology for Line  Source Emissions               595
            14.1.6  Line and Area Source  Motor  Vehicle Methodology     597
            14.1.7  Airport  Emission  Inventory  Methodology              599
            14.1.8  Methodology for Railroad  Fuel Use and Emissions     602
            14.1.9  Methodology for River Towboat Emissions            604
            14.1.10 Off-Highway Mobile Source Methodology               606
            14.1.11 Fugitive Dust Methodology and Emission  Inventory    608
      14.2  Individual  Emission  Inventories                             610
            14.2.1  RAPS Preliminary  Emission Inventory                 610
            14.2.2  Point  Source  Criteria Pollutant  Emission  Inventory  614
            14.2.3  Point  Source  Non-Criteria Pollutant  Emission
                    Inventory                                          617
            14.2.4  Point  Source  Sulfur  Compound  Emission  Inventory     619
            14.2.5  Point  Source  Particulate  Size Distribution
                    Inventory                                          622
            14.2.6  Stationary Industrial Area  Source Emission
                    Inventory                                          624
            14.2.7  Off-Highway Mobile Source Emission  Inventory       626
                                    XI1

-------
                            CONTENTS  (continued)
            14.2.8   Hydrocarbon  Emission  Inventory                      628
            14.2.9   Point  and  Area  Source  Organic Emission  Inventory    630
            14.2.10 Point  and  Area  Source  Heat  Emission  Inventory       633
      14.3  Data  Handling  and  Verification                             635
            14.3.1   The  RAPS Grid System                                635
            14.3.2   Emission Inventory  Precision Analysis               637
            14.3.3   Emission Inventory  Data  Handling  System            639
            14.3.4   Emission Inventory  Data  Handling  System
                    Enhancement                                         641
            14.3. L>   Emission Inventory  Handbook                        643
            14.3.6   Criteria and Non-Criteria Pollutant  Source
                    Testing  Program                                    645
            14.3.7   Emission Inventory  Summarization                    648
            14.3.8   Emission Inventory  Quality  Assurance Program        650
15.0  Data Management                                                  652
      15.1  RAPS  Data Bank                                             654
            15.1.1   Computer Graphics Planning                          654
            15.1.2   Computer Graphics Interface                        656
            15.1.3   Computer Graphics Development                       658
            15.1.4   Computer Graphics System Implementation            660
      15.2  RAPS  Central Computer Facility                             661
            15.2.1   RAMS Field Support  Activities                       661
            15.2.2   Helicopter Data Translation and Verification        663
            15.2.3   RAMS/RAPS  Field Data  Processing                    665
16.0  Model Evaluation and Development                                  667
      16.1  Potential Candidate  Models                                  668
            16.1.1   IBM's  Sulfur Dioxide  Models IBMAQ-1  and IBMAQ-2     668
            16.1.2   Lawrence Livermore  Laboratory's LIRAQ-1 and
                    LIRAQ-2                                             670
            16.1.3   Lagrangian Photochemical Models                    674
            16.1.4   Model  by the Center for the Environment and Man     676
            16.1.5   System Applications Incorporated's Model            678
            16.1.6   Gaussian Model  for Inert Species  (RAM)              681
            16.1.7   Photochemical  Box Model                             683
                                   xiii

-------
                           CONTENTS (continued)
            16.1.8  Gifford-Hanna Model                                  685
            16.1.9  Systems Applications'  Reactive Plume Model           687
Appendix A - Listing of RAPS Task Orders
                                                                        690
                                    xiv

-------
                                 FIGURES
Number                                                                  Page
   1     Location of the Regional  Air Monitoring System (RAMS)  Stations     25
   2    RAMS Station                                                      26
   3    Schematic Layout for Filter Study                                 61
   4    Locations of Upper Air Sounding Network Sites                      69
   5    Primary University of Wyoming Flight Transects                   148
   6    Humidograph with NhL Pretreatment                                226
   7    Flight Patterns for 03 -  NO - N02 Maxima Study                   283
   8    Argonne Carbon Monoxide Isotopic Composition Study Sites          285
   9    EPA/ESRL Aerosol Laboratory Trailer Study Sites                  300
  10    Florida State Impactor Sampling Sites                            316
  11     Precipitation Sampling Array:  August 1972                       337
  12    Precipitation Sampling Array:  July 1973                         338
  13    Missouri Department of Natural Resources Air Monitoring Sites     404
  14    Illinois EPA Air Pollution Monitoring Sites                      409
  15    St. Louis City Remote Monitoring and Hi-Vol Sites                419
  16    St. Louis County Remote Monitoring and Hi-Vol  Sites              426
  17    Union Electric Air Monitoring Sites                              433
  18    Illinois Power Air Monitoring Sites                              437
  19    Locations of Local Meteorological Data Collection Sites          442
  20    Scott Air Force Base Instrument Locations                        463
  21     Union Electric Meteorological Monitoring Sites                   471
  22    United States Geological  Survey Rainfall and River Stage
        Monitoring Sites                                                 475
  23    Metropolitan Sewer District Rainfall Monitoring Sites             478
  24    Approximate Flight Path of Da Vinci II                           515
  25    Approximate Flight Path of Da Vinci III                          516
  26    Collection Sites for the 1976 Hi-Vol Study                       531
  27    Fruit Fly Outdoor Sites                                          538
                                    xv

-------
                            FIGURES (continued)
Number                                                                  Page
  28    Map of the St.  Louis Area Showing the 80-km and 120-km
        Arcs and the Site Locations                                      544
  29    Location of Optimum Meteorological  and Air Pollution
        Sampling Network Validation Stations                             548
  30    National Weather Service Upper Air Stations                      553
  31    Locations of Refuse Processing and Firing Facilities             576
                                    xvi

-------
                                  TABLES
Numbor                                                                  Page
   1     RAMS Remote Stations Instrument Distribution                      34
   2    Preventive Maintenance Tasks                                      38
   3    RAMS Station Operational  Periods                                  46
   4    Summary of Audit Results                                           50
   5    Gas Chromatography Laboratory Cylinder Comparison Results          51
   6    Routine Tests and/or Calibrations of Station Equipment
        and Instrumentation                                               80
   7    Final  Quality Control  Work Plan                                   81
   8    Description of Special Experiments for RAPS Principal
        Investigators                                                    100
   9    Subsurface Heat Flux Study Equipment Placement                   167
  10    EMI Instrumented Van Operational Periods and Equipment           212
  11    University of Washington  Sampling Periods                        225
  12    Compounds Tentatively Identified from Methane lonization
        GC-MS Analysis of Ambient St. Louis Vapor Samples                237
  13    Fugitive Dust Source Categories in the St.  Louis Study Area      329
  14    EPA/RAPS Winnebago Variability Study Experimental Periods         344
  15    Materials, Preparation, Exposure Conditions and
        Assessment of Corrosion Damage                                   396
  16    Illinois EPA Air Pollution Monitoring Sites                      410
  17    City of St. Louis Remote  Telemetry Station Equipment             422
  18    St. Louis County Remote Telemetry Station Equipment              429
  19    NOAA Satellite Information                                       558
  20    Landsat and Skylab Information                                   561
  21    Aerial Photography                                               562
  22    Regional Offices - National Cartographic Information Center      564
  23    State Affiliates - National Cartographic Information Center      565
  24    Nimbus 5 and 6 Information                                       569
  25    Residential and Commercial Data Sources and Dates                590
                                   xvn

-------
                            TABLES (continued)

Number                                                                  Page

  26    Sources of Airport Methodology Data for Lambert - St. Louis
        International Airport                                            601
                                    .xviii

-------
                              ACKNOWLEDGMENTS

     The following Rockwell personnel  were major contributors  to the  research
and writing of this report:
                              Kent E.  Cordry
                              Kenneth  L.  Dufner
                              Judith A.  Kremer
                              Fred E.  Littman
                              I-Tung Wang
                              Brian D. Winkler

     The authors gratefully acknowledge the assistance of those RAPS  Project
Officers, Task Coordinators, and Principal Investigators  who patiently replied
to numerous queries with detailed information regarding their research activi-
ties.  Similarly, representatives of related investigations  and local  moni-
toring networks provided necessary details of their operations.
     The authors are also indebted to  the reviewers of this  report and parti-
cularly to Francis Pooler, Jr. and Robert H. Browning of the Environmental
Sciences Research Laboratory for their valuable guidance  during this  effort.
                                     xix

-------

-------
1.0  INTRODUCTION

    ror a number of years, scientists in the field of air pollution and urban
meteorology have recognized the need for a comprehensive study of an urban
area in which all the interrelated processes affecting pollutant emission,
dispersion and composition, as well as the state of the atmosphere, could be
investigated jointly.  Additional impetus was provided for such an undertaking
by the Air Quality Act of 1967 and the Clean Air Amendments of 1970.  Speci-
fically, in addition to other duties, the Congress charged the U.S. Environ-
mental Protection Agency (EPA) with encouraging and assisting the development
and operation of regional air pollution control programs.
    This scientific inquisitiveness and Congressional mandate combined to
produce the St. Louis Regional Air Pollution Study (RAPS), a major program of
the EPA Office of Research and Development (ORD).  Specific focus for the
study was provided by a White House initiative in late 1971, calling for the
development and validation of improved air quality simulation models upon
which least-cost pollutant control strategies could be based.  Hence, the
three major objectives sought of the RAPS are:
    1.  To develop, evaluate, and validate air quality simulation models
        (AQSM) on a regional scale covering urban and rural stationary and
        mobile sources.
    2.  To develop, evaluate, and validate models of local-scale phenomena
        that complement regional scale models.
    3.  To create a comprehensive, accurate, and readily retrievable data base
        for all criteria pollutants (sulfur dioxide, particulates, carbon
        monoxide, nitrogen oxides, oxidants, and hydrocarbons) and selected
        non-criteria pollutants to use in evaluating air quality simulation
        models.
    The verification and development of quantitative relationships between
sources of pollution and ambient air quality measurements on the scale of an

                                      1

-------
air quality control  region will  allow control  techniques to become more
sophisticated and selective.   General control  actions can be confidently
tested through these relationships to develop regional strategies which pro-
vide the desired level of control for the lowest cost.  The verification and
development of such relationships will also allow impact on air quality to
become a factor in community and industrial planning for future growth, and
can be utilized to optimize the size of a monitoring network needed to define
a region's air quality.

-------
1.1   STUDY DESIGN

    Thirty-three Standard Metropolitan Statistical  Areas  larger than  400,000
population were evaluated by the Standford Research Institute in terms  of
pollutant backgrounds, heterogeneous emissions,  existing  pollution control
programs, and climatic conditions (Section 2.1).   On the  basis of these
criteria, the St. Louis Missouri/Illinois Metropolitan Area  emerged as  the
site of the RAPS field measurement program.   With an anticipated $25  million
budget, the Interdepartmental  Committee on Atmospheric Science (ICAS) requested
the EPA to serve as the lead agency for the RAPS over a five-year period.   The
first two years were devoted to planning, facility construction, and  prepara-
tory research.   The major field measurement program began in mid-year of 1974
and concluded in June 1977.
    The Air Monitoring Center of Rockwell International was  awarded a two-year
contract by the EPA in 1973 to conduct the RAPS.   A follow-on contract was
negotiated with Rockwell in 1975 to complete the field portion of the study.
Aided by subcontractors, Rockwell, as prime contractor was charged with
establishment and operation of the routine RAPS air quality and meteorological
measurement networks and the data handling facility.
        Additionally, the prime contractor supported the RAPS research program
by specialized atomospheric sampling, sample analysis, data processing, and
data analysis.   These specialized functions were conducted under a mechanism
whereby individual task orders were issued as the need arose.  Approximately
ninety task orders were completed as part of the RAPS field measurement program.
Additional RAPS participants included numerous universities, private  research
organizations,  and other governmental agencies.
    RAPS is structured as an orderly progression of efforts, partially simul-
taneous, but mostly consecutive.  The first major step, the field measurement
program, has been completed.  This step was responsible for providing suitable
types of measurements for the model evaluation and development.

-------
    Next is data management,  made necessary by the sheer volume of data
routinely obtained by the field measurement program.   The final  step consists
of model evaluation and development,  for example,  the testing and verification
of existing systems of simulation models and the development of improved
models.
    These three efforts are closely related and interdependent.   Assumptions
concerning the sources and atmospheric processes in the various models direc-
ted, through the data management step, the collection of data; analysis of the
data collected will confirm or refute these assumptions, and may, in fact,
disclose unexpected relationships that change the model structure.
    The general design of the RAPS field measurement program consisted of
continuous measurements from a 25-station telemetering Regional  Air Monitoring
System (RAMS) to provide an extensive data base for model evaluation and
development; an Upper Air Sounding Network (UASN)  for information on meteoro-
logical  structure aloft; emissions data obtained through an extensive emissions
inventory effort; and expeditionary studies to describe particular atomospheric
processes to be incorporated as model modules or sub-models.
    RAPS data have been provided to various participants in related studies
who chose the St. Louis Metropolitan Area as a base of operations.  In addi-
tion, RAPS scientists have exchanged visits with Soviet scientists under an
environmental protection agreement between the U.S.A. and the U.S.S.R. in
which the metropolitan areas of St. Louis and Leningrad were designated as
subjects for air pollution investigations.  During these visits, information
was exchanged, joint technical documents prepared, and proposals advanced for
cooperative research efforts.

-------
1.2  REPORT STRUCTURE

    Triis report contains documentation on nearly all  the RAPS and related
investigations conducted in the St.  Louis Air Quality Control  Region during
the approximate period of 1973-1978.   Descriptions of locally-operated air
quality and meteorological  networks  are also included.
    On the one hand,  this report is  intended to serve as a summary of data
available to the modelers in pursuit of the ultimate RAPS objective, i.e.,
the development, evaluation, and validation of air quality simulation models,
On the other hand, researchers are encouraged to use this summary to locate
supplementary sources of data to augment their own measurements obtained in
the St. Louis RAPS study area.
    The list of publications at the  end of each section is intended to be
representative, not exhaustive.  Additional information on particular activi-
ties may be obtained by contacting the appropriate Principal  Investigator,
Task Coordinator, or Project Officer.

-------
2.0  PROGRAM MANAGEMENT
Introduction
     The initial planning document for the Regional Air Pollution Study (RAPS)
was a Prospectus prepared by Stanford Research Institute (SRI) for EPA.  It
consisted of four volumes:  Part I-Summary, Part II-Research Plan, Part Ill-
Research Facility, and Part IV-Management Plan.  Summaries of the four volumes
follow.
     Copies of the four volume report and additional information may be ob-
tained by contacting:
                   Francis Pooler, Jr. (MD-84)
                   Environmental Protection Agency
                   Environmental Sciences Research Laboratory
                   Research Triangle Park, NC  27711
                   (919) 541-2649

-------
2.1  RAPS PROSPECTUS
Principal Investigator                Project Officer
Ronald T. H. Collis                   Charles R. Hosier (MD-59)
Stanford Research Institute           Environmental Protection Agency
Atmospheric Sciences Laboratory       Environmental Sciences Research
Menlo Park, CA  94025                   Laboratory
(415) 326-6200                        Research Triangle Park, NC  27711
                                      (919) 541-2230
Funding  EPA Contract No. 68-02-0207
Period of Performance  August 1971 - January 1972
RAPS Prospectus, Part I - Summary
     In Part I - Summary, the concept of RAPS was presented, along with  an
outline of the Research Plan, the Research Facility, and the Management  Plan
which were described in subsequent volumes.
     The basic purpose of RAPS, according to the Prospectus, was to evaluate
and demonstrate how well the effectiveness of air pollution control strategies
on all  scales appropriate to air quality within a region could be assessed
and predicted.  Furthermore, RAPS was to serve as the basis for developing
improved control strategies that could be generally applied.
     Both purposes required the development of a better understanding of the
chemical, physical, and biological processes entailed in determining pollutant
concentrations and air quality modification.  They also required increased
comprehension of certain human, social,  and economic factors significant in
formulating control strategies.  Additionally, both purposes required the
testing, verification, evaluation and improvement of mathematical simulation
models  that are the basic tools of scientific air quality management and a
knowledge of how such models could be used most effectively.

-------
     Hence, the overall  purpose of RAPS was to provide  the basis  necessary
for the formulation of control  strategies  rather than to develop  actual  con-
trol and abatement procedures.
     Also included in Part I were organizational procedures relating RAPS to
other EPA activities, a summary of criteria considered  in selecting St.  Louis
as the study site, and finally, a summarized cost analysts.
Publication
Collis, R.T.H., and D.R. Scheuch.  Regional Air Pollution Study:  A Prospectus,
Part I-Summary.  Stanford Research Institute, Menlo Park, California.   EPA
Contract 68-02-0207.  January 1972.

-------
RAPS Prospectus, Part II - Research Plan
     Part II of the Prospectus presented the RAPS Research Plan in two
phases.  The first phase provided a detailed overview of the three principal
components of air pollution:  meteorological processes, atmospheric chemistry
and transformation processes, and emission sources.   The second phase
defined specific research tasks to be carried out during the study.
     Considerations of meteorological processes covered their general involve-
ment and effects on relationships of their magnitudes to air pollution and
the manner in which these processes are treated in several mathematical  models
having a relatively advanced degree of development.
     Discussion of atmospheric chemistry and transformation processes covered
the atmospheric pollutant cycles of the principal pollutants, including SOY,
                                                                          A
NOV, CO, hydrocarbons, particulate matter and photochemical oxidants.  The
  A
atmospheric cycles of most of these pollutants are not well understood,  and
recommendations were presented for improvement in the state of knowledge of
these cycles in their most critical sectors.  The function of particulate
material as a scavenger for many pollutants was addressed, along wfth the
role of precipitation in removing both gaseous and particulate material  from
the atmosphere.
     In regard to emission sources, the need for, and the procedures necessary
to develop and maintain a source inventory were discussed.  The inventory was
divided into stationary and mobile sources and subdivided, respectively, into
area and point sources, and area and line sources.  A further breakdown  was
made into combustion and noncombustion sources.  Data acquisition methods
were also treated.
     Also addressed in the discussion of the first phase were:  companion
research efforts that could be carried forward in the area of economic and
social  implications of air pollution and programs for its control and abate-
ment; the concept that RAPS would include developments and advances in instru-
ment systems, data handling and processing, model verification, and many other
areas that could be profitably adapted for use in similar or quite different
areas of research as well as operation; and the need for RAPS to interact
with a  number of other ongoing research efforts in the St. Louis area.

-------
     The second phase of the Research  Plan  consisted  of a  set  of  specific
research tasks, along with estimates of the scheduling  and personnel  require-
ments for each task.   The tasks,  placed within  four principal  groups, were:
     model verification;
     atmospheric chemical and biological  processes;
     human, social, and economic  factors; and
     transfer of RAPS technology.
Publication
Collis, R.T.H., and D.R. Scheuch.   Regional Air Pollution  Study:  A Prospectus,
Part II-Research Plan.  Stanford  Research Institute,  Menlo Park,  California.
EPA Contract 68-02-0207.  January 1972.
                                      10

-------
RAPS Prospectus, Part III - Research Facility
     Part III of the Prospectus included specifications and a detailed dis-
cussion of the permanent instrument, data handling, and processing facilities
proposed in support of the Research Plan presented in Part II.
     The St. Louis research facility was conceived as a system of fixed and
mobile air quality and meteorological  instrument stations located within a
100-km radius of the Gateway Arch.   A central support facility was also de-
tailed which included data handling and processing equipment, office and
laboratory space, and repair and maintenance shops.  Fixed instrument stations
were to be linked by telephone circuits to the central  facility to permit
automated remote data recording.  Mobile stations were planned to have self-
contained data recording facilities.
     Part III discussed in detail the criteria for selection of St.  Louis as
the study site; the near-surface atmospheric monitoring network; air quality
sampling; the data acquisition and handling system; the mixed layer obser-
vation program (including helicopter and balloon-tracking measurements);
the general  climatology of St. Louis;  and finally, specific land and building
requirements for the central  facility and instrumented station  sites.
Publication
Collis, R.T.H., and D.R. Scheuch.  Regional Air Pollution Study: A Prospectus,
Part Ill-Research Facility.  Stanford Research Institute, Menlo Park, Cali-
fornia.  EPA Contract 68-02-0207.  January 1972.
                                      11

-------
RAPS Prospectus, Part IV - Management Plan
     Part IV of the Prospectus presented findings  applicable to the scheduling,
management and staffing, and estimated costs of the St.  Louis research facility.
It also summarized the estimated costs of the Research Plan presented in Part
II and the costs of the mixed layer observational  program presented in Part
III.
     The planning factors presented were regarded  as suitable for the purposes
of the Prospectus and for providing a working format for additional, more
detailed planning efforts.
     The management and staffing requirements defined in Part IV included
permanent groups located at Research Triangle Park and St.  Louis having
responsibilities, respectively, for overall  management and  coordination of
the Regional Air Pollution Study, and for operation of the  St.  Louis research
facility and field support of the research experiments.
     The research facility costs for RAPS were divided into two principal cate-
gories.  The first included the initial  costs of the St.  Louis  instrument system
and its associated communications network, data processing  equipment, and
the like.  The second covered the annual  operating costs of the St. Louis
research facility including personnel costs  of the permanent staffs located
at both St.  Louis and Research Triangle Park.
Publication
Collis, R.T.H., and D.H. Scheuch.  Regional  Air Pollution Study: A Prospectus,
Part IV-Management Plan.  Stanford Research  Institute, Menlo Park, California.
EPA Contract 68-02-0207.  January 1972.
                                     -12

-------
2.2  PROGRAM PLANNING
2.2.1  RAPS STUDY PLAN
Principal Investigators
Francis Pooler, Jr. (MD-84)
Environmental Protection Agency
Environmental Sciences Research Laboratory
Research Triangle Park, NC  27711
(919) 541-2649
Philip L. Hanst (MD-84)
Environmental Protection Agency
Environmental Sciences Research Laboratory
Research Triangle Park, NC  27711
(919) 541-2878
Philip W. Allen (formerly with)
Environmental Protection Agency
Regional Air Pollution Study
11640 Administration Drive
Creve Coeur, MO  63141
Fundir.g  Environmental Protection Agency
Period of Performance  August - October 1972 (revised April 1973)
Summary
     This report presented the EPA Study Plan for the initial phase of the
RAPS program.  Much of the report was a restatement of the preliminary plan
prepared by Stanford Research Institute (SRI) presented previously (Section 2.1)
However, considerable departures from the SRI study are found in the details
of the planned research and field facilities.
                                       13

-------
     Section One of the EPA report presented the background,  purpose and
objectives of RAPS, and an affirmation of the selection of St.  Louis as
the study site.
     The Facility, presented in Section Two, included an introduction to the
Regional Air Monitoring System (RAMS), siting criteria, and a proposed net-
work.  The primary purpose of RAMS was defined to be the production of a
comprehensive data base relative to air quality and meteorological  conditions.
Facilities were also discussed for above-surface measurements and for non-
routine data acquisition.
     Section Three, Management and Scheduling, delineated responsibilities
of the principal staffs at Research Triangle Park and St. Louis.   General
responsibilities of the Prime Contractor were also defined and included the
design, installation, testing, operation and maintenance of the St. Louis
research facility.  A facility activation schedule and project cost analysis
were briefly outlined.
     And in Section Four, the Research Plan was presented as an interrelated
series of work areas, with major projects within each area listed to more
specifically indicate the kinds of studies being planned.  The six work
areas were:
               l-lork Area
                  100        Emission Inventories
                  200        Atmospheric Transformations
                  300        Atmospheric Structure and Dispersion
                  400        Removal Processes
                  500        Mathematical Simulations
                  600        Control Economics
     Copies of the report and additional information may be obtained by con-
tacting Francis Pooler, Jr., Principal Investigator.
Publication
Pooler, F.  Regional Air Pollution Study, No. 1 Study Plan.  Environmental
Protection Agency, Research Triangle Park, North Carolina.  October 1972
(revised April 1973).

                                   .   14

-------
2.2.2  RAPS WORK PLAN
Principal Investigator                Task Coordinator
George M. Hidy (formerly with)        Philip W. Allen (formerly with)
Rockwell International                Environmental Protection Agency
Science Center                        Regional Air Pollution Study
1049 Camino Dos Rios                  11640 Administration Drive
Thousand Oaks, CA  91360              Creve Coeur, MO  63141
(805) 498-4545
Funding  EPA Contract No. 68-02-1081, Task Order No. 1
Period of Performance  May - September 1973
Summary
     This Task Order was originated as the first of three to assist the EPA
in developing the Contractor/RAPS staff interface to implement RAPS acttvt-
ties.  Objectives of this Task Order included developing a work plan to
cover field experiments and other tasks required during the fiscal year 1974
to achieve RAPS Study Plan objectives; and making recommendations to the RAPS
Field Director regarding future tasks to be performed by the RAPS contractor.
     In achieving these objectives, meetings with key Rockwell and EPA per-
sonnel were held in St. Louis and at Research Triangle Park, devoted to the
development of plans to implement the RAPS expeditionary activity.  As a
result, several suggestions were submitted to the EPA for developing the RAPS
plan through fiscal years 1974 and 1975.
     Also indicated was the need to involve Rockwell personnel in the develop-
ment of a detailed RAPS experimental coordination plan extending the earlier
RAPS Study Plan (Section 2.2.1).  Thus the function of Task Order No. 1 was
merged into a new Task Order No. 9 (Section 2.2.3), which called for the con-
struction of a RAPS experimental design.
                                      15

-------
     Copies of the report and other information may be obtained by contacting:
                   Francis Pooler, Jr. (MD-04)
                   Environmental Protection Agency
                   Environmental Sciences Research Laboratory
                   Research Triangle Park, NC  27711
                   (919) 541-2649
Publication
Hidy, G.M.  Regional  Air Pollution Study.  Rockwell International Science
Center, Thousand Oaks, California.  Task Order No. 1 Final Report, EPA
Contract 68-02-1081.   April 1974.
                                      16

-------
2.2.3  RAPS PROGRAM OBJECTIVES AND PLANS
Principal Investigators
C. Shepherd Burton (formerly with)
Rockwell International
Air Monitoring Center
2421 West Hill crest Drive
Newbury Park, CA  91320
(805) 498-6771
George M. Hidy (formerly with)
Rockwell International
Science Center
1049 Camino Dos Rios
Thousand Oaks, CA  91360
(805) 498-4545
Funding  EPA Contract No. 68-02-1081
Period of Performance
               Task Coordinator
               Francis  A.  Schiermeier (MD-84)
               c/o Environmental  Protection  Agency
               Environmental  Sciences Research
                 Laboratory
               Research Triangle  Park, NC  27711
               (919) 541-2649
               Task Order No.  9
November 1973 - June 1974
Summary
     Tisk Order No. 9, continuing efforts begun during Task Order No.  1  of
this contract (Section 2.2.2), called for the development of a detailed
RAPS experimental  coordination plan extending and updating the earlier RAPS
Study Plan (Section 2.2.1).
     The purpose of this resulting plan was to aid the EPA in effectively
managing RAPS; in  systematically and logically coordinating the laboratory
and field programs of RAPS; and in assuring a flexibility in the evolution
of the experimental program of RAPS.
     This included the coordination and integration of field activities  con-
ducted by EPA laboratories, grantees, and contractors for RAPS purposes,
                                      17

-------
and the evaluation of these plans for duplications,  omissions,  inconsistencies
and other problems.
     The broad outline plan for field activities  included experiments  to  be
performed, data to be collected, analyses  to be  completed, and  operational
schedules and cost estimates through 1977.
     The RAPS Structural  Plan, presented in Section  One of the  report, struc-
tured the program with an operational classification in terms of four  basic
elements:  model development and evaluation; emission inventories;  aerometric
measurements; and data management.   Objectives,  plans and recommendations for
each of these principal elements were discussed  in detail.
     Section Two, Integration and Synthesis of the RAPS Elements, discussed
the logical relationships between RAPS elements  and principal program  objec-
tives (validated models); operational procedures  for the conduct of field
expeditions; scheduling requirements; and what elements were missing and/or
needed strengthening.
     Finally, Section Three, Summer 1974 Field Expeditionary Exercise, pre-
sented the schedule of activities for the 1974 summer period and four  matrices
to allow the RAPS Field Director to continuously  monitor the summer 1974  activ-
ities.  The matrices included:  Field Expeditionary Coordination,  RAPS Measure-
ment Element Data Classification, Field Expeditionary Measurement Coordination,
and RAMS Station Field Expeditionary Utilization.
     Copies of the report and additional  information may be obtained by con-
tacting the EPA Task Coordinator.
Publication
Burton, C.S., and G.M. Hidy.  Regional Air Pollution Study Program  Objectives
and Plans.  Rockwell International  Air Monitoring Center, Newbury Park,
California.  Task Order No. 9 Final Report, EPA  Contract 68-02-1081.
December 1974.  EPA-650/3-75-009.
                                      18

-------
2.3  RAPS FIELD EXPEDITION PLANNING
P rinc ipal Investigator                Task Coordinator
William C. Zegel (formerly with)      Francis A. Schiermeier (MD-84)
Ryckman/Edgerly/Tomlinson             c/o Environmental Protection Agency
  and Associates                      Environmental Sciences Research
Under Contract To:                      Laboratory
Rockwell International                Research Triangle Park, NC  27711
Air Monitoring Center                 Cgig) 541_264g
11640 Administration Drive
Creve Coeur, MO  63141
(314) 567-6722
Funding  EPA Contract No. 68-02-1081, Task Order No. 50
Period of Performance  August 1974 - July 1975
Summary
     Recognizing the complexity of RAPS, Task Order No. 50 was initiated to
elaborate on the existing Program Plan developed under Task Order No. 9
(Section 2.2.3) and thus provide an updated version based on results to
date and to plan the Summer 1975 Field Expedition.
     The first of four sections of the report contains the summary and re-
statement of RAPS purpose and objectives.
     Section Two presents an overview to show the role of the Expeditionary
Research Program in achieving the goals and objectives of the RAPS.
     Details of the Expeditionary Research Program focusing on the Summer
1975 exercise are presented in Section Three.   Summaries of experimental
designs and plans for the Summer 1975 exercise include schedules, quality
assurance plans, logistics and service requirements, site selections, special
equipment needs, special data needs, power requirements, potential problems,

                                      19

-------
identification of participants, and interfaces  and integration  among major
RAPS elements, particularly with the RAPS data  bank.
     Finally, Section Four contains a status report on  model  evaluation and
development, the RAPS data bank, and the emission inventory.
     Copies of the report and additional information  may be obtained from the
EPA Task Coordinator.
Publication
Zegel,  W. C.  RAPS Expeditionary Research Program.  Rockwell  International Air
Monitoring Center, Newbury Park, California.  Task Order No.  50 Final Report,
EPA Contract 68-02-1081.   July 1975.  EPA-600/3-76-016.
                                      -20

-------
2.4  SUMMARY OF RAPS ACTIVITIES

2.4.1  DOCUMENTATION OF RAPS AND RELATED INVESTIGATIONS
Principal Investigator                 Task Coordinators
Joseph A. Strothmann                   Robert H. Browning (MD-59)
Rockwell  International                 Environmental Protection Agency
Air Monitoring Center                  Environmental Sciences Research
11640 Administration Drive               Laboratory
Creve Coeur, MO  63141                 Research Triangle Park, NC   27711
(314) 567-6722                         (919) 541-2329
                                       Francis A. Schiermeier (MD-84)
                                       c/o Environmental Protection Agency
                                       Environmental Sciences Research,
                                         Laboratory
                                       Research Triangle Park, NC   27711
                                       (919) 541-2649
Funding  EPA Contract No. 68-02-2093, Task Order No. 122
Period of Performance  May 1977 - October 1978
Summary
     The original purpose of this task order was to support the RAPS modeling
and data management effort by documenting and acquiring data from RAPS
related  investigations and any other data source that would complement the
data base.  The task  consisted of three subtasks or phases.  During Phase I,
a  survey was to be made of all data collection/measurement activities whether
directly or indirectly related to RAPS.  The purpose of this survey was to
provide  the EPA with  documentation and an assessment of these activities
permitting  them to determine the needs and priorities for acquiring these
data sets.  The second phase was to obtain and  reduce,  if necessary, these

                                     21

-------
data collections according to the priorities established by the EPA.   In
order to accomplish this phase, the RAPS Central  Computer Facility (CCF)
would gradually be converted from real-time data  collection to an inter-
active environment.  Phase III required the entire RAPS CCF to be shipped
to Research Triangle Park and installed.  The CCF was then to be tested and
completely demonstrated.
     As work progressed on the Phase I survey of available data, the need
for a more complete documentation of the RAPS program became apparent.  Con-
sequently, the scope of the Phase I report was expanded to document the
entire program.  More specifically, the report was expanded to document those
activities whose data had already been incorporated into the RAPS Data Bank
as well as those activities which did not generate any data.
     As the RAPS program entered into its final stages, economic considera-
tions required revision of the task order.  The Phase I report, which had
become the primary product of the task, remained essentially the same, while
the requirement for data collection and reduction in Phase II was deleted.
Phase III was accomplished as planned.
     The final report for Phase I was submitted to the EPA Project Officer.
Copies of the report and additional information may be obtained from the EPA
Task Coordinators.
Publication
Strothmann, J, A.  Documentation of the Regional  Air Pollution Study (RAPS)
and Related Investigations in the St. Louis Air Quality Control Region.
Rockwell International Air Monitoring Center, Creve Coeur, Missouri.  Task
Order No. 122 Final Report, EPA Contract 68-02-2093.  August 1979.
                                     22

-------
2.4.2  PUBLICATIONS AND PRESENTATIONS
     During the course of the Regional Air Pollution Study, numerous papers
were presented at various conferences and published in several  journals and
environmental  magazines.  In addition to those cited on the previous pages,
the following group of papers provide special  insight or present an overview
of the Regional Air Pollution Study:
Allen, P. W.  How Good and Useful are Air Pollution Models?  Environmental
Science & Technology, 7 (7):598-'599, 1973.
Allen, P. W.  Regional Air Pollution Study - An Overview.   Paper No. 73-21
presented at the 66th Annual Meeting of the Air Pollution Control Associa-
tion, Chicago, Illinois.  1973.
Pooler, F., Jr.  Network Requirements for the St.  Louis Regional Air Pollution
Study.  Journal of the Air Pollution Control Association,  24 (3):228-231, 1974.
Pooler, F., Jr.  The St. Louis Regional Air Pollution Study:  A Coherent Effort
Toward Improved Air Quality Simulation Models.  Presented at the Summer Com-
puter Simulation Conference, Houston, Texas.  July 1974.
Schiermeier, F. A.  A Regional Study of the Atmospheric Pollution of St.
Louis.  Paper presented at the International Congress of the Environment,
Paris, France.  December 1976.
Schiermeier, F. A.   Air Monitoring Milestones:  RAPS Field Measurements
Are In.  Environmental Science & Technology, 12 (6):644-651, 1978.
                                      23

-------
3.0  REGIONAL AIR MONITORING SYSTEM (RAMS)

     Introduction
          One of the primary objectives of  RAPS was to create a comprehensive,
     accurate and readily retrievable data  base for all  criteria pollutants and
     selected non-criteria pollutants for use in developing and evaluating air
     quality simulation models.   As a major part of the RAPS field measurement
     program, the Regional Air Monitoring System (RAMS)  was designed to provide
     continuous surface based aerometric measurements  for this data base.   RAMS
     consisted of twenty-five remotely operated, automated stations controlled and
     polled via telemetry by a central data acquisition system.  The locations of
     these stations, shown in Figure 1, were arranged  in approximate concentric
     circles with average radii  from the central urban station of 5, 11, 20, and 44
     kilometers.  Station elevations were fairly uniform averaging 154 +_ 23 meters
     above mean sea level.  The stations were clustered at the center of the network
     as the criterion for site locations required minimum spacing where the concen-
     trations and gradients were highest.  The four rural sites spaced at approxi-
     mately 90° azimuth were situated so as to provide background measurements
     regardless of wind direction.
          Each RAMS station (Figure 2) consisted of a  shelter, tower, fence, sensors
     and support equipment.  The metal shelter was 4.9 m wide x 3.3 m deep and 2.7m
     high.  Towers were erected on  the northern side of each station to serve as
     meteorological equipment stands.  Seventeen stations had 30 m towers while the
     other eight had 10 m towers.  Every station was surrounded by a 2 m high chain
     link fence.
          There were three major categories of instrumentation within each RAMS
     station:  pollutant analyzers  and collectors, meteorological sensors, and test/
     control systems.
                                           24

-------
FIGURE 1.   LOCATION OF THE REGIONAL AIR MONITORING SYSTEM (RAMS)  STATIONS




                                    25

-------
FIGURE 2.   RAMS STATION




          26

-------
     Each RAMS station was equipped with four gaseous pollutant analyzers to
measure ozone, nitrogen oxides, sulfur gases and carbon compounds.   All  pumps
were removed from the gas analyzers prior to installation in the system
thereby eliminating their characteristic noise and failure problems.   Replacing
these pumps were a common vacuum pump and compressor-dryer assembly.   The sin-
gle stage oilless compressor supplied pressurized air to a heatless dryer
equipped with two identical desiccant chambers packed with molecular sieve and
charcoal.  Each chamber acted as a desiccant and hydrocarbon absorber.   The
chambers alternated with one being regenerated while the other dried the air.
In addition to drying, ozone, sulfur dioxide, hydrogen sulfide and  oxides of
nitrogen were removed so that a continuous stream of ultrapure air  could be
provided to the analyzers.
     Ambient air samples for the gaseous pollutant analyzers were collected at
a height of 1.5 m above the roof of the RAMS station or 4.6 m above the ground.
Collection was by means of an inverted glass funnel  attached to a 76.2 mm I.D.
glass tube.  The intake funnel and tube were covered with a metal shield for
protection.  The tube was connected to a horizontal  glass manifold  of the same
diameter inside the station.  Each analyzer was able to sample air  from this
manifold via Teflon tubing.  The two gas bag samplers also sampled  from this
common manifold.  A Teflon filter, 6.3 mm mesh, was placed over the bottom of
the intake funnel with glass traps at each end of the manifold.  Ambient air
was transported through the manifold by a blower (2800 liters per min.)
located at the end through which the air was exhausted to the outside.
     A calibration system for the gaseous analyzers provided a zero and upscale
concentration of various gases.  Two mass flow meters were used to  measure the
diluent and calibration mixture.  Zero air supplied by the compressor-dryer
assembly was additionally purified by passage through a catalytic oxidizer
for removal of carbon monoxide and was used as the diluent and for determining
instrumental zero.  The calibration gases were then mixed in a chamber and
delivered to an open ended manifold which allowed the instrument to be fed
calibration gas on demand with excess gas vented.  The calibration  system
allowed accurate dilution of calibration sources in ratios up to 1500 to 1
although a nominal value of 500 to 1 was used during the execution  of automatic
calibration.  The calibration system could be controlled automatically by
computer or operated manually.
                                      27

-------
     The air sample exhaust manifold provided the exit from the gas sample
manifold as well as the exhaust provisions for the outputs from the hydrogen
generators and chromatographs.   The calibration exhaust manifold provided the
exit from the calibration manifold as well as the exhaust provisions for the
outputs from the hydrogen sulfide and sulfur dioxide permeation tubes and the
ozone generator.  An in-line acid gas trap contained four acid gas filters
which absorbed contaninants that could have biased the monitoring systems,
before expelling the exhaust gases into the ambient air.  Ethylene was
removed by a heater which oxidized it to carbon dioxide and water.
     Most of the meteorological instrumentation was mounted on the station
tower.  The only exceptions were the solar radiation equipment, the dew point
sensor and the barometric pressure sensor.  The solar radiation instruments
were mounted on their respective stands atop the shelter.  The dew point
sensor was mounted within the station and sampled from a specially designed
inverted funnel which was mounted on the side of the shelter approximately
1.8 m above the ground.  The barometric pressure sensor was also mounted on the
exterior station wall.
     The high volume suspended particulate samplers were mounted on the
station roof while the nephelometer and dichotomous sampler were located
inside the shelter.  The nephelometer and dichotomous sampler utilized a
specially designed aluminum intake manifold.  The intake was designed to
insure the entry of particles from the air stream for delivery to the analyzer.
The intake had a conical cover to simulate the particle size censoring of the
standard hi-vol.
     The following is a summary of the RAMS network including the equipment
and analyzers used, quality assurance activities, data acquisition and data
availability.
                                      28

-------
 3.1  RAMS NETWORK
 Principal Investigators
 Don H. Hern (formerly with)
 R. Lee Myers (formerly with)
 Rockwell International
 Air Monitoring Center
 11640 Administration Drive
 Creve Coeur, MO  63141
 (314) 567-6722
Project Officer
James A. Reagan (MD-80)
Environmental  Protection Agency
Environmental  Sciences Research
  Laboratory
Research Triangle Park, NC  27711
(919) 541-4486
 Funding
      EPA Contract No. 68-02-1080
      EPA Contract No. 68-02-2093, Exhibit A

 Period of Performance
      Contract No. 68-02-1080.  May 1974 - August 1975
      Contract No. 68-02-2093.  August 1975 - July 1978

 Parameters Measured                   Instrument/Method Used
 Ozone*                                Monitor Labs Model 841OA chemilumines-
                                       cent analyzer with an effective  measure-
                                       ment height of 4 meters.  The range was
                                       selectable with 0-.20 ppm normally used
                                       and 0-.50 ppm used during the oxidant
                                       season.  The nominal  span value  was 0.10
                                       ppm.  Minimum detection limit was 0.005
                                       ppm.
*A1though manufacturer's specifications varied, the EPA requirements for these
five gaseous analyzers included allowable zero drift of 2% per day and  allow-
able span drift of 5% per day.
                                       29

-------
Parameters Measured
Oxides of Nitrogen*
Hydrocarbons and Carbon Monoxide*
Sulfur Dioxide and Total Sulfur*
Total Sulfur*
Instrument/Method Used  (continued)
Monitor Labs Model 8440 chemiluminescent
analyzer measuring both NO and N0« con-
tinuously with an effective measurement
height of 4 meters.  N02 was determined
by differencing the two measurements.
The range was selectable with 0-.50 ppm
used.  The nominal span value was 0.10
ppm.  Minimum detection limit was 0.005
ppm.
Beckman Instrument Model 6800 gas
chromatograph with an effective measure-
ment height of 4 meters.  The range for
carbon monoxide was automatically selec-
ted being either 0-10 ppm or 0-50 ppm;
the range for methane and total hydro-
carbons was selectable at 0-10 ppm or
0-25 ppm.
Tracer Inc. Model 270 HA chemilumines-
cent analyzer with an effective measure-
ment height of 4 meters.  Simultaneous
ranges of 0-.2 ppm and 0-1.0 ppm were
used for total sulfur and sulfur dioxide
while O-.l ppm and 0-1.0 ppm were used
for hydrogen sulfide.  Minimum detection
limit was 0.005 ppm.
Meloy Laboratories Model SA-185 chemi-
luminescent analyzer with an effective
measurement height of 4 meters.  The
range was automatically selected to
either 0-.2 ppm or 0-1.0 ppm.  Minimum
detection limit was 0.005 ppm.
                                      30

-------
Parameters Measured
 Instrument/Method Used   (continued)
Light Scattering Coefficient
Wind Speed
Wind Direction
Temperature
Dew Point
Meteorology  Research  Inc. Model  1561
nephelometer with an  effective measure-
ment  height  of  5 meters.  Range  was set
at 0.1 to  10 x  10~ m~  with an accuracy
+ 10% of scale.  A flow rate of  .0024
m /s was used.
Meteorology  Research  Inc. Model  1022S
three cup  anemometer with an effective
measurement  height of 10 or 30 meters
depending  on tower height.  The  range
was 0.22 to  22.35 m/s with a starting
threshold  of 0.22 m/s and accuracy of
±0.067 m/s  or  1% (whichever is  greater)
Meteorology  Research Inc. Model  1022D
wind vane  with  an effective measurement
height of  10 or 30 meters depending on
tower height.   Range was 0-540° with a
starting threshold of 0.3 m/s.   The
damping ratio was 0.4 at 10° angle of
attack.  Linearity was +_ 0.5% of full
scale and  resolution was 0.1%.
Meteorology  Research Inc. Model 840-1
dual  thermistor and resistor network
with an effective measurement height of
5 meters.  Range was -20°C to + 50°C
accurate to + 0.05°C.
EG&G International  Model  880 optically
sensed, thermoelectrically cooled,  con-
densation dew point hygrometer  with an
effective measurement  height of 2 meters.
Range was from -40°C to +50°C with  a
maximum depression  capability of 45°C
at an ambient temperature of 27°C.
                                     31

-------
Parameters Measured
Dew Point (continued)
Temperature Gradient
Barometric Pressure
Solar Radiation
Turbulence
Gas Bags
Instrument/Method Used  (continued)
Resolution was 0.25°C with a nominal
accuracy of 1°C.
Meteorology Research Inc. Model 840-1/
840-2 thermistor and resistor networks
with an effective measurement height of
5 and 30 meters.   The range was -5°C to
+5°C with a + 0.1°C accuracy.
Meteorology Research Inc. Model 751/YSI
Model 2014 transducer incorporating sev-
eral diaphragms of NiSpan C alloy with
an effective measurement height of 2
meters.  The range was 27.0-31.5 inches
of Hg (947 - 1080 mb) with resolution
of 0.2% of full scale.  Linearity was
+ 0.3% of full scale.
Eppley Laboratory's precision spectral
pyranometer, normal incidence pyreheli-
ometer and precision infrared radiometer
(pyrgeometer) with an effective measure-
ment height of 5 meters.  The range was
          2
0-4 cal cm /min with a sensitivity of
               2
5 mv per cal cm /min.  Temperature
dependence was +_ ]%.
R. M. Young Model 27002 Gill UVW Anemo-
meter with an effective measurement
height of 30 meters.  The operating
range was 0.22 to 22 m/s with a thresh-
old of 0.22 m/s.   Response was one revo-
lution per 30 centimeters of air move-
ment.
Xonics Inc. bag sampler utilizing 100
liter Teflon and Tedlar bags with an
                                     32

-------
Parameters Measured                   Instrument/Method Used  (continued)
Gas Bags (continued)                  effective measurement height of 4 meters.
                                      Flow rate could be controlled from 0-1200
                                      cc/min by a regulator.
Total Suspended Particulates          Sierra Instruments Model 305 high volume
                                      sampler with an effective measurement
                                      height of 4 meters.  A 20 x 25 cm glass
                                      fiber filter was used with a flow rate
                                      of 0.02 m-Vs which was continuously con-
                                      trolled by a Sierra Instruments Model
                                      320 flow controller.
Total Suspended Particulates          Lawrence Berkeley Labs (LBL) automatic
(fractionated)                        dichotomous air sampler collecting parti-
                                      culates in two size ranges, less than
                                      and greater than two  micrometers.  The
                                      size segregation technique incorporates
                                      a two stage virtual impactor with an
                                      automatic velocity control system.
                                      Samples were collected on cellulose
                                      acetate filters.
     The distribution of these instruments at the RAMS stations is shown in
Table 1.

Calibration and Quality Control Procedures
Gas analyzers
     Calibrations were performed on each of the t^AMS station gaseous pollutant
analyzers once every twenty-four hours for every pollutant  except hydrogen
sulfide as measured by the Tracer Sulfur Gas Chromatograph.  This component
was calibrated only durinn the manually executed multipoint calibrations.  The
automatically executed calibrations were carried out between the hours of 2000
and 2400 CST each day.  These daily calibrations were performed utilizing the
station calibration system under the command of the station data acquisition
system (DAS).  The station DAS in turn received its commands to carry out
each calibration from the Central Computer.  Each automatically executed
                                      33

-------
CO
i—t
o:

co
HH
Q
oo
oo

O
CO
cc

oo


o:
CQ
9Zt
frZl
ezi
ZZL
IZL
02 L
6LL
8LL
m
9LL
9LL
HI
£LL
2LL
ILL
OIL
60 L
SOL
ZOL
90 L
90 L
frOL
COL
ZOL
LOL

X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
o
I —
«=J-
00
LO
.a
tO
_]
i.
o
-t->
c:
o
CO
0
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
o
*d-
oS
CO
J2
to
_l
i-
o
-p
c
X
0
•z.
o
•z.
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
o
o
00
ID
c
1
_^;
u

31
I—
«3-
0
1
o
o



X
X
X



X
X
X
X




X

X
X
X
X

X
•a:
o
r^-.
CM
s_
o
0
to
i-
l—
oo
CM
DC
CM
0
oo
00
1—
X
X
x:



X
X
X




X
X
X
X

X




X

Lf)
CO

O)
2:
oo
1—
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
5
LD
1 — f
o:
1
>>
-p
•r-
•1—
J3
to
•1 —
>
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
CO
CM
CM
o
n—
1 — I
cc
1
T5

I—
X
X
X
X









X


X







X
Barometer - MRI 751 /YSI 2014



X



X



X





X



X
X


Pyranometer



X



X



X










X


S-
OJ
4->
o
•r-
r"-"
CU
.c
s_
>>
Q.



X



X



X










X


Pyrgeometer
Solar
Radiation
(Eppley)












X

X

X

X

X




Turbulence - R. M. Young 27002
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
10
u
c
o
X
1
10
en
fO
CO
to
ro
CD

X

X

X

X


X


X



X

X
X

X


LT)
0
CO
to
S-
O)
•r~
co
«\
'o
>
1
•r—
n:

X

X

X

X


X


X



X

X
X

X


LBL Dichotomous Sampler




X


X
X
X
X
X



X

X







L-
1
0
f—
s_
O)
•!->
0)
o
X
X
X
X

x:
X





X
X
X

X

X
X
X
X
X
X
X
s-
cu
o
i.
01
4->
O)
2:
o
ro
                                                      34

-------
calibration consisted of a zero and one upscale point in the normal  operating
range.  Those instruments which were capable of being range-changed  were auto-
matically locked into low range during calibration by the station DAS.   Each
instrument zero was determined by introducing zero air into the calibration
manifold and obtaining the instrument sample input from this manifold.
     The RAMS gas analyzer calibration system was designed to dynamically
dilute concentrated calibration sources with air which had been scrubbed of
water and all pollutants.  Two mass flow gas metering devices were used to
measure the diluent and calibration mixture.  These gases were mixed in a
chamber and delivered to a manifold into which sample lines to each  instru-
ment were fed through valves which allowed either the ambient air or calibra-
tion manifold connection to be made.  This manifold was also open-ended,
allowing the instrument to be fed the calibration gas on demand with excess
gas vented.  This circumvented any difficulties arising from pressure inequal-
ities between ambient and calibration sample sources for the instruments.
     The precise measurement of flow afforded by the mass flow meters and the
use of only inert materials (glass and Teflon) in the calibration system
allowed accurate dilution of calibration sources in ratios of up to  1500 to 1
in the calibration system.  A nominal dilution ratio of 500 to 1 was used
during the execution of automatic calibrations.
     The station zero air generation system consisted of an oilless  compressor
whose output passed through a "heatless dryer" which consisted of two regener-
able scrubber columns containing a mixture of molecular sieve and charcoal.
This scrubber effectively removed all reactive pollutants from the ambient air
as well as water and a substantial fraction of the carbon dioxide normally
present.  It did not, however, remove enough methane and carbon monoxide to
meet zero air requirements for the Beckman 6800.  For this reason a  catalytic
oxidizer (MSA) was switched into the zero air delivery system during the
Beckman 6800 zero and span.  This switching was necessary because the cata-
lytic oxidizer had been found to introduce small quantities of N0? into the
zero air due to an unknown chemical reaction or bleed off from the catalyst
beds, therefore making the flow of zero air through this unit at all times
impractical.
     The upscale point for each instrument was achieved by introducing  the
appropriate calibration gas into the mixing chamber with the zero air used as
                                      35

-------
the diluent.
     The remote station computer was programmed to execute these zero and span
sequences for each instrument in such a way as to allow for instrument settling
times before data were acquired representing zero, span and ambient values.
Multiple data points were acquired for both zero and span and these values
were averaged by the Central Computer to determine the voltage levels to be
used in the computation of the calibration constants.   The remote station data
acquisition system suppressed data from the appropriate slots during instru-
ment settling times.  These times and the number of data points used to
determine zero and span values varied with each instrument.
     In addition to the daily automatically executed zero and span calibrations,
each station gas analyzer was subjected to a manually executed multipoint
calibration at approximately ten week intervals.
     Multipoint calibration activity started with calibration of the mass flow
meters in the station calibration system by means of a positive displacement
bubble type device, verification of permeation tube temperature, and verifi-
cation of zero air cleanliness.  After completion of these system verification
tasks, the field engineer then used the station calibration system to intro-
duce zero air and five different upscale concentrations of calibration gas
into each gas analyzer on each of the normal operating ranges and those ranges
which could be used via auto-ranging capability.  The data obtained was
plotted (concentration vs. voltage output) and the linearity and sensitivity
(volts of instrument response per ppm of pollutant input) of the analyzer were
determined.  Required maintenance and adjustments were then made and the
calibration replotted if problems were discovered.  Strip chart recorders were
used to determine the signal quality from each instrument and repairs or re-
placements were made as dictated by examination of these records.  At the time
of the multipoint calibration, cylinders of calibration gases of approximately
the same concentrations as the station calibration sources were swapped with
the station calibration cylinders and comparative values were obtained.  The
cylinders used for this activity were secondarily traceable to an NBS Standard
Reference Material cylinder for the same pollutant.  The pollutant concentra-
tion of the station cylinder as determined by this comparative test was then
updated in the central computer calibration file.  Station cylinders whose

                                      36

-------
concentration required adjustment of more than 10% of the stated value were
deemed unstable and were replaced with new cylinders which had been certified
against NBS standards.  All replacements of station cylinders after August
1976 were made with aluminum cylinders because of their improved stability
over steel cylinders.
     Corrective maintenance represented another type of field activity with
the gas analyzers.  Based on examination of calibration data from the evening
period and real-time messages from the central computer, field personnel  were
deployed on a demand basis to correct problems.  An automatic calibration was
usually initiated by the attending individual  if maintenance was performed on
a gas analyzer which was reporting invalid data.
     Preventive maintenance visitations to RAMS stations were scheduled twice
per week.   Preventive maintenance consisted of replenishing those parts of the
gas analyzer and support system which were required as scheduled.  These  items
of replenishment and other system operating parameters which were checked as
part of preventive maintenance are illustrated in Table 2.

Calibration Standards
     The following is a brief description of the calibration standards used
for each of the RAMS analyzers.

Nitrogen Oxides
     A steel cylinder of approximately 100 ppm nitric oxide in nitrogen was
used as the station calibration standard for nitrogen oxides.  Gas phase
titraticn also allowed this source to be used as the standard for ozone and
nitrogen dioxide as well.
     Nominal span values used during automatic daily calibration are 0.2 ppm
for NO and 0.1 ppm for NO^.

Sulfur Dioxide Gases
     A Standard Reference Material sulfur dioxide permeation tube from the
National Bureau of Standards was used as the source for the calibration of
both total sulfur and sulfur dioxide.  The hydrogen sulfide components of the
Tracor sulfur gas chromatograph were calibrated occasionally with a vendor

                                      37

-------
                    TABLE 2.  PREVENTIVE MAINTENANCE TASKS
DESCRIPTION OF PREVENTIVE MAINTENANCE ITEMS                      TIMES PER YEAR
RAMS Station Checkout                                                  104
Control "P" Status Check                                               104
Clean and Check Tape Recorder                                           12
Service Teletype                                                         3
Clean Control and Status Panel                                           2
Inspect Sample Panel Lines                                              52
Inspect Calibration Manifold                                            52
Inspect Mixing Chamber                                                   3
Inspect Ozone Generator                                                  3
Check Permeation Tube Water Bath                                       104
Check Water Bath Temperature                                           104
Adjust Dilution Air Flows                                         As Required
Check Permeation Tube Levels                                            26
Calibrate Mass Flowmeter MF-1C                                          10
Calibrate Mass Flowmeter MF-1G                                          1C)
Replace Gas Cylinders                                             As Required
Adjust Cylinder Panel Pressures and Flows                               26
Adjust Vacuum Panel Pressures and Flows                                 26
Adjust Pressure Panel Pressures                                         26
Clean Vacuum Manifold Filters                                           12
Replace Hydrogen Molecular Sieve                                         3
Fill Hydrogen Generator Reservoirs                                      52
Leak-Check Hydrogen Generator                                           26
Inspect NO-NOX Analyzer Lines                                           52
Inspect Ozone Analyzer Lines                                            52
Inspect Sulfur Analyzer Lines                                           52
Check Sulfur Analyzer Temperatures (Tracer)                            104
Change Sampling Manifold Filters                                        26
Clean Sampling Manifold Glassware                                       12
Replace Vacuum Pump Filters                                             12
Replace Vacuum Pump Vanes	6	
                                                       (continued)
                                      38

-------
                            TABLE 2.   (continued)
DESCRIPTION OF PREVENTIVE MAINTENANCE ITEMS
Drain Surge Tank
Replace Compressor Intake Filters
Replace Dryer Desiccant Chambers
Clean Dryer Check Valve
Clean Pressure Relief Valve
Clean Pump Box
Replace Pump Box Filters
Lubricate Pump Box Blower Motors
Lubricate Air Conditioner Motors
Replace Air Conditioner Filters
Clean Air Conditioner Coils
Check Air Conditioner Water Drain
Replace Nephelometer Air Filter
Clean Hygrometer Mirror
Replace Hygrometer Inlet Filter
Clean Pyranometers
Clean and Adjust Pyrheliometer
Check Solar Radiation Blower and Air Flow
Check Solar Radiation Desiccant
Clean Pyrgeometer
Check Pyranometer Levels
Check Pyrgeometer Level
Check Moisture Inside Radiation Sensors
Inspect Tower and Instruments
Calibrate Wind Instruments
Clean Ambient Temperature Sensor
Calibrate Ambient Temperature Sensor
Calibrate Vertical Temperature Gradient
Calibrate Barometric Pressure Sensor
Oxides of Nitrogen Calibration
Ozone Generator Calibration
TIMES PER YEAR
      26
      12
As Required
As Required
      12
      12
      26
       6
       2
       2
       1
       3
      52
     104
      52
     104
     104
     104
     104
     104
      12
      12
     104
      52
       2
       2
       2
       2
As Required
      10
      10
                                                       (continued)
                                      39

-------
                            TABLE 2.   (continued)
DESCRIPTION OF PREVENTIVE MAINTENANCE ITEMS                       TIMES PER YEAR
Ozone Analyzer Calibration                                              10
Sulfur Analyzer (Meloy) Calibration                                     10
Sulfur Analyzer (Tracer) Calibration                                    10
Air Quality Chromatograph Calibration                                   10
Perform Nephelometer Fluoro-hydrocarbon Calibration                      4
Replace Nephelometer Bulb                                                6
Clean Computer Ventilation Filters                                       4
                                      40

-------
calibrated permeation tube.  Both permeation tubes were maintained in a
thermostated environment at 30°C +_ 0.1 °C by means of a carefully regulated
water bath.  A 30 cc/min flow of zero air was used to transport the effluent
of the SCL permeation tube to the calibration system for dilution to the
correct concentration.   Nitrogen was used to transport the H?S output to the
dilution system.   The permeation tubes  used in RAMS were a two centimeter
standard rate tube for SO- and a one centimeter standard rate tube for I-LS.
     The automatically executed calibration span value of the sulfur gas
analyzers with SO^ was nominally 50 to 70 ppb, dependent, of course, on the
permeation rate of the S0? permeation tube.

Ozone
     The calibration source for ozone was a generator consisting of a 9 inch
pencil shaped ultraviolet lamp over which zero air was passed, converting a
small portion of the oxygen to ozone.  This lamp was equipped with an adjust-
able cylindrical  shield, allowing fine  tuning of the generator output.
     The ozone generator was adjusted to yield a nominal 0.1 ppm concentration
after dilution during the daily automatic span calibration of the ozone instru-
ment.
     The amounts of ozone generated by this lamp were determined by gas phase
reaction with nitric oxide according to the following mechanism.

                             NO + 03 + N02 4 02

The nitrogen oxides analyzer was used to determine the reduction in NO con-
centration after introduction of the ozone generator output into the calibra-
tion system mixing chamber.  Immediately thereaft2r, the diluted ozone gener-
ator output was used to calibrate the ozone analyzer.  This was performed as
soon as possible after the gas phase reaction because the ozone generator
stability over long periods of time was not good.
     The automatically executed gas phase titration with a nominal starting
concentration of 0.2 ppm for NO and the ozone generator set to deliver 0.1
ppm yielded approximately a 50% reduction in the NO concentration.  These
conditions provided for a large enough change in NO concentration for that

                                     41

-------
change to be measured with good accuracy while not causing the nitric oxide
- ozone ratio to be such that higher oxides of nitrogen were formed, thus
causing the reaction to be non-stochiometric.

Carbon Monoxide and Hydrocarbons
     A steel cylinder containing a compressed gas mixture of carbon monoxide
at a nominal concentration of 5000 ppm and methane at a nominal concentration
of 2500 ppm in nitrogen was used as a calibration source for carbon monoxide,
methane and total hydrocarbons.  This mixture was diluted to the appropriate
concentration in the station calibration system.

Meteorological Sensors
     Preventive maintenance, quality assurance audits and recalibrations were
performed on all meteorological sensors located at the RAMS remote stations,
once every six month.  Corrective maintenance was performed on demand and
constitutes the major effort for these instrument systems.
     Corrective maintenance activities were requested as a result of examina-
tion of hourly average Level I voltage values for the meteorological parameters
as they were reported by the Central Computer.  Sensor anomalies were usually
easily detected by interstation comparisons of these values.  This allowed the
timely dispatching and correction of most problems within 24 hours.
     Quality assurance audits were performed on the meteorological sensors at
six month intervals concurrent with preventive maintenance and calibration
activities.  The procedures used for quality assurance are briefly outlined
below.  Each procedure was carried out prior to recalibration of the instru-
ment.
     Wind Speed - A motor of one known rotational speed was connected to the
sensor shaft and the voltage as measured by the data acquisition system was
reported.
     Wind Direction - Vane was normally oriented by sighting on a nearby target
whose bearing from the station has been accurately determined.  The voltage as
measured by the data acquisition system was reported.
                                     42

-------
    Outside temperature - Sensor was immersed in an agitated water bath along
with an NBS certified thermometer.  Signal  level as reported by data acquisi-
tion system was recorded.  This was done typically for a subambient temperature
nominally at 0°C, a point approximating ambient at nominally 20°C to 25°C,  and
a superambient point of 35°C to 40°C.
    Dew Point - Dew point as reported by instrument and an aspirated psychro-
metric instrument were compared.
    Differential  Temperature - Both upper and lower probes were immersed in
agitated water baths of equal  and unequal temperatures and the signal  output
for each case was recorded.  An NBS certified thermometer was used to determine
the bath temperatures.
    Turbulence -  A constant speed motor was used on each of the three genera-
tors in much the  same fashion as with the wind speed.
    Barometric Pressure - The barometric pressure sensors were compared to  a
Negretti-Zambra precision aneroid barometer about every eight months.   Annually,
the sensors were  removed along with their electronic cards and compared to  an
NBS-traceable Bell & Howell barometer at the AVSCOM meteorology laboratory  at
the U.S. Army Granite City Depot.
     Solar Radiation Sensors - Solar radiation sensor quality assurance for RAMS
consisted of side-by-side operation of station instruments with an independent
set of standard instruments.  Data collected from the standard instruments  were
acquired by a data logger with a zero to twenty millivolt acquisition capabil-
ity, thereby eliminating the necessity for the amplifiers used for the station
instruments.  The data logger recorded the magnitude of the signals acquired on
punched paper tape with one data value per instrument recorded each minute.
The paper tape was then returned to the Central Computer, where it was read and
the values compared to those obtained through the station data acquisition  system
and telecommunication to Central.  A comparative report was then generated
indicating differences between the two systems.
     The standard set of instruments was resident at each site for a period of
one month, allowing an audit of all radiation sensing stations once every six
months.  The standard instruments were returned to the EPA laboratories after
each complete audit for recalibration,

                                      43

-------
 Suspended Particulate Samplers
      Integrating Nephelometer - Calibration of the nephelometer was accomplished
 by introducing first clean air, then Freon-12 into the sample chamber.  The
 Rayleigh scattering of these two gases was used to adjust the instrument to
 preset values.  This calibration was accomplished on the nephelometers in the
 RAMS  remote stations once every three months or sooner if burnout of the quartz-
 halogen lamp occurred.
      Quality control for this instrument consisted of determination of the
 reported scattering coefficient for clean air and Freon-12 before Instrument
 adjustment at the time of calibration-.
      High Volume Filter Samplers - Quality assurance checks on the hi-vol
 samplers consisted of auditing the flow calibration through the use of a top
 loading standard orifice and precision oil manometer.  These quality assurance
 checks were performed every six months.

      Automatic Dichotomous Air Sampler - Flow calibrations were checked with
 flow  meters that had been calibrated at Lawrence Berkeley Laboratories.  The
 vacuum pressure of the pump was also checked and the vacuum pump vanes replaced
 when  the pressure fell below 25" Hg.
 Data  Acquisition and Computer Systems
      Each RAMS station had an extensive data acquisition system as one of its
 main  components.   At the heart of the data acquisition system was the Digital
 Equipment Corporation PDP-8M mini-computer.   The PDP-8 had the following
 options:  power fail and automatic restart,  a real time clock, the extended
 arithmetic element and two asynchronous interfaces.   In addition to the normal
 8k, 12 bit words of memory which came with the PDP-8, another 8k were supplied.
 In normal operation, the data acquisition system communicated its data in real
 time  to the Central Computer Facility (CCF).  However, back-up storage was
 provided at each station.   This storage was  an industry-compatible magnetic
 tape, 9 channel,  800 bits per inch, Pertec Magnetic Tape Unit, Model 7830-9.
To get the analog data into the system it was necessary to install a multi-
 plexer, analog-digital  converter system.  The unit chosen for this application
was a Xincom Model  3150.   Also included in the data acquisition system was a
Teletype for displaying data and communication with the system for the operator.
                                     44

-------
A six digit, digital  display was present for displaying time or the value of
any analog channel  in the system.
     The Central Computer Facility of RAMS was the real time focal  point for
all data and operations.  Data were received from the stations at one-minute
intervals via four leased phone lines and Novation modems running with Bell
202 type compatibility.
     The central computer for RAMS was originally two computers; hardware
interleaved and running in tandem.  The first computer was a small  PDP-11/05
with 16k, 16 bits words of memory, a Teletype, and four asynchronous interfaces
The 11/05 was hooked through a Unibus window to the larger PDP-11/40 with 40k
words of memory, and the majority of the system peripherals including discs,
tapes, printer-plotter, line printer, card reader and cathode ray tube and
operator's console.  The PDP-11/05 was in charge of real time data handling
and as such was the master of the system.  The PDP-11/40 was used primarily
to do background processing, but with the stipulation that its peripherals
were used by the PDP-11/05 in real time on an as required basis.  A PDP-11/35
was subsequently added to the system to provide additional capability for re-
processing of previous RAMS measurements.  The 11/35 was configured in a
similar manner as the 11/40.
     Basically the performance characteristics of the peripherals were as
follows:  each disc unit has 1.2 million-16 bit words of storage.  The tape
drives were nine track, 45 ips, 800 bpi with the exception of one drive which
was 7 track at multiple density.  The line printer printed a full 132 columns,
300 lines per minute minimum print speed.  The electrostatic printer-plotter
printed in excess of 4000 lines per minute and could generate a two dimensional
or three dimensional  plot in about three seconds, providing the computations
had been done in advance.  The card reader operated at about 300 cards per
minute.  The cathode ray tube display (ADDS 880) was a standard unit with key-
board.
Periods of Data Collection
     With the exception of the high volume gas bag and automatic dichotomous
samplers, the RAMS system collected ambient data from 25 stations on a minute
by minute basis, 24 hours per day.  These minute values represented minute

                                     45

-------
averages based on 120 1/2-second readings.   Each  of the  RAMS  stations  produced
a complete data record every minute.   These data  records contained  the station
identification number (101-125), the  data record  time  including  year,  day,
hour, and minute, the minute average  values (of half-second readings), and  the
status words for that minute.  The high-volume samplers  obtained a  24-hour
sample every 3 days.  The gas bag samplers were activated on  an  as-required
basis.  The automatic dichotomous samplers collected a sample every 2  to 12
hours depending on their location and their special study status.
     Stations within the RAMS network came on-line over a period of several
months beginning with Station 115 on  June 2, 1974.  The exact periods  of
station operation are shown in Table  3.

                  TABLE  3.   RAMS STATION  OPERATIONAL PERIODS
Station
101
102
103
104
105
106
107
108
109
no
111
112
113
Start
8/15/74
6/28/74
6/24/74
8/20/74
8/2/74
4/22/74
8/28/74
8/2/74
6/29/74
8/21/74
8/26/74
8/26/74
6/24/74
Stop
3/31/77
3/31/77
3/31/77
6/30/77
3/31/77
6/30/77
6/30/77
3/31/77
3/31/77
3/31/77
6/30/77
3/31/77
3/31/77
Station
114
115
116
117
118
119
120
121
122
123
124
125

Start
8/20/74
6/2/74
7/21/74
7/9/74
7/26/74
9/4/74
8/27/74
7/26/74
8/9/74
8/7/74
7/24/74
7/14/74

Stop
3/31/77
6/30/77
3/31/77
3/31/77
3/31/77
3/31/77
3/31/77
6/30/77
3/31/77
2/12/77
2/12/77
6/30/77

 Location  of  Information Concerning Data Collection
      Additional  information concerning data collection may be obtained from
 the  EPA Project  Officer.
                                      46

-------
Location and Type of Data Available
     RAMS data are generally available in edited form for the period of
January 1, 1975 through March 31, 1977 except for Stations 123 and 124 which
ceased operations on February 12, 1977.   Seven RAMS stations remained in ope-
ration through June 1977.  Data may be obtained by contacting:
                      RAPS Data Manager (MD-80)
                      Environmental Protection Agency
                      Environmental Sciences Research Laboratory
                      Research Triangle Park, NC  27711
                      (919) 541-4545
Publications
Pooler, F. Jr.  Network Requirements for the St. Louis Regional Air Pollution
Study.  Journal of the Air Pollution Control Association, 24(3):228-231, 1974.
Myers, R. L., and J. A. Reagan.  The Regional Air Monitoring System, St. Louis
Missouri, U.S.A.  Paper presented at the International Conference on Environ-
mental Sensing and Assessment, Las Vegas, Nevada.  September 1975.
Hern, D. H.  and M. H. Taterka.  Regional Air Monitoring System Flow and Proce-
dures Manual.  Rockwell International Air Monitoring Center, Creve Coeur,
Missouri.  EPA Contract 68-02-2093.  August 1977.
Hern, D. H., R. T. Jorgen, and J. A. Strothmann.  Operation of the Regional
Air Monitoring System.  Rockwell International Air Monitoring Center,
Creve Coeur, Missouri  EPA Contract 68-02-2093.  In preparation.
                                      47

-------
3.2  INDEPENDENT RAMS QUALITY ASSURANCE
3.2.1   EPA/HERL PERFORMANCE AUDITS
Principal Investigators
Robert M. Burton (MD-76)
Environmental Protection Agency
Environmental Monitoring and Support Laboratory
Research Triangle Park, NC  27711
(919)  541-3076
Oscar L. Dowler (MD-77)
Environmental Protection Agency
Environmental Monitoring and Support Laboratory
Research Triangle Park, NC  27711
(919)  541-2945
Walter M. Kozel (MD-74)
Environmental Protection Agency
Health Effects Research Laboratory
Research Triangle Park, NC 27711
(919) 541-2241
Glenn R. Ballard (MD-76)
Environmental Protection Agency
Environmental Monitoring and Support Laboratory
Research Triangle Park, NC  27711
(919) 541-3611
Funding  Environmental Protection Agency
Period of Performance  January 1975
                                     48

-------
Summary
     In order to evaluate the accuracy of the Regional  Air Monitoring System,
the EPA Health Effects Research Laboratory (HERL;  formerly Human Studies
Laboratory) provided a four man audit team to independently determine the
reliability of the RAMS measurements.  During the  week of January 19-26, 1975
this team visited the network and performed a quality control  audit on nine
RAMS stations, the central computer and controller and the gas chromatography
laboratory.
     The audit consisted of the following tasks:
     1.  A dynamic multipoint independent calibration of instrument response
         was performed by injecting a secondary standard pollutant sample into
         each gaseous sensor.
     2.  All station calibration gases were assayed by the use of secondary
         standards.
     3.  All sensors and auxiliary equipment were  inspected and checked for
         proper hook-up and operation.
     4.  The contractor's operating procedures were evaluated.
     5.  The accuracy of the reported data was evaluated.
     In performing the audits all gas samples, signal generator and other
instrumentation used were either a reference standard which was maintained by
the HERL Standards Laboratory or a transfer standard which is  referenced to
the HERL designated primary standard.
     A summary of the audit results for gaseous pollutant analyzers and
meteorological instrumentation is shown in Table  4.  The central computer was
tested by inputting a known voltage through a spare data channel at two field
locations and the output was observed on a CRT at the central  computer
facility.  The input and output voltages were essentially the  same.  The
calibration gases used by the gas chromatography  were checked  by comparing
them with HERL standards.  The results of the gas  cylinder comparison are
shown in Table 5.  The concentration value of the  NO cylinder  used by the
contractor differed from those found by the HERL  team.   The discrepancy did
account for a known error in the calibration of the NOw analyzers.

                                     49

-------
                     TABLE 4.   SUMMARY OF AUDIT RESULTS
    Parameter Measured
 1. Nitric Oxide
 2. Nitrogen Dioxide
 3. Total  Oxides of Nitrogen
 4. Sulfur Dioxide

 5. Hydrogen Sulfide
 6. Total  Sulfur
 7. Ozone
 8. Total  Hydrocarbons
 9. Methane
10. Carbon Monoxide
11. Nitric Oxide Cylinder
    Concentration
12. Permeation Tube Water
    Temperature
13. Dew Point
14. Ambient Temp.
15. N02 Converter Efficiency
                  Average Error
                  Found in
                  Field Stations
                  Calibration
                  (Computed as
                  slope error)
                     12.5%
                     11.7%
                     12.3%
    Method
Chemiluminescence
Chemi1umi nes cen ce
Chemi1uminescence
Gas Chromatograph
and Flame Photo-
metric               34.8%
Gas Chromatograph
Gas Chromatograph
Chemiluminescence    15.6%
Gas Chromatograph    12.8%
Gas Chromatograph    22.1%
Gas Chromatograph    17.2%

HSL Calibrator-GPT   24.4%
Thermistor
Thermistor
Thermistor
15 of 16 tested
 1 of 16 tested
                      0.4°C
                      1.8°C
                      0.6°C
Range of Errors
for the 8
Stations Audited
-5.8% to + 29.2%
-6.7% to + 29.3%
-5.7% to + 27.4%
                                 -55.2% to -5.3%
-37.9% to + 14.8%
-23.9% to -3.6%
-31.3% to -10.5%
-32.0% to -1.5%

+49.1% to +6.6%

-0.7°C to -0.3°C
-2.3°C to +5°C
-1.6°C to +1.1°C
                  greater than 90% efficient
                               82% efficient
                                     50

-------
TABLE 5.  GAS CHROMATOGRAPHY LABORATORY CYLINDER COMPARISON RESULTS
Pollutant Calibration
Methane - Tank A
Methane - Tank B
Carbon Monoxide - Tank A
Carbon Monoxide - Tank B
Nitric Oxide
Concentration as
Marked on Cylinder
(ppm)
7.86
5.20
8.00
41.5
Not marked
Concentration as
Determined by
HSL QC
(ppm)
7.56
4.66
7.32
41.5
103
Error
%
4.0
11.6
10.9
0.00
-
                                  51

-------
     Overall the linearity of the RAMS sensors was found to be satisfactory
with the exception of the sulfur analyzers.   No multipoint calibrations were
performed on these analyzers because of their slow response.   Consequently,
there was no linearity check.  Electronics and software appeared to handle
the data satisfactorily.  It was also recommended that the mass flow con-
trollers and meters should be checked in future audits.

Publication
Burton, R. M., 0. L. Dowler, W. M. Kozel, and G. R. Ballard.   Quality Control
Audit Report:  RAMS/RAPS No. 1.  Environmental Protection Agency Human Studies
Laboratory, Research Triangle Park, North Carolina.  February 1975.
                                      52

-------
3.2.2  RTI PERFORMANCE AUDITS
Principal  Investigator
Franklin Smith
Research Triangle Institute
Research Triangle Park,  NC  27709
(919) 549-8311
Funding
Project Officers
Darryl J.  von Lehmden (MD-77)
S. David Shearer (formerly with)
Environmental Protection Agency
Environmental Monitoring and Support
  Laboratory
(919) 541-2415
     EPA Contract No.  68-02-1772
     EPA Contract No.  68-02-2407
Periods of Performance
     Contract No. 68-02-1772  May - December 1975
     Contract No. 68-02-2407  January 1976 - May 1977
Summary
     In order to assure, assess and document the validity of the data
generated by the Regional Air Monitoring System, a comprehensive and inte-
grated quality assurance program was initiated by the RAPS Data Manager of
the EPA.  Under EPA Contract 68-02-1772, Research Triangle Institute (RTI)
was to identify and assess the quality control practices and procedures
employed in RAMS/RAPS; to recommend changes or additions to these existing
practices and procedures as required to develop a comprehensive quality con-
trol program; to document the validity of the data generated as part of the
RAPS; and to recommend quality assurance procedures to monitor the effective-
ness of the quality control program.  This independent audit and study of
RAPS consisted of three phases.  The first phase included an independent
on-site/off-site qualitative systems review.  The second phase involved con-
ducting a systematic and independent on-site quantitative performance audit.
                                     53

-------
Finally, the third phase involved making recommendations for additions to or
changes in the quality control activities of RAPS based on the information
gained in the first two phases.
     During the first phase a two part checklist was developed.   The first
part was directed toward organizational structure, function and/or activities
that existed for checking purposes, independent of the remote stations.   This
portion of the checklist was designed to:
     1.  Identify existing system documentation, i.e., maintenance manuals,
         organizational structure, operating procedures, etc.
     2.  Evaluate the adequacy of the procedures as documented based on  RTI
         personnel experience and applicable historical data from RAMS,  if
         available.
     3.  Evaluate the degree of use of and adherence to the documented
         procedures in day-to-day operations based on observed conditions
         (auditor) and a review of applicable RAMS' records on file.
     The second part of the checklist was used for evaluating the remote
monitoring stations.  The monitoring stations were checked for nominal values
and acceptable ranges for the various pressures, flow rates and voltages as
specified by the RAMS Remote Monitoring Station Operation and Maintenance
Manual.
     The overall average rating derived from the first part of the checklist
was 2.8 out of 5.0 possible.  This rating indicated that some improvements
had to be made in order to have an acceptable quality assurance program.
(3.0 represented a marginal, but tolerable condition.)
     Eight remote stations were checked for the second part of the checklist.
The results of these checks revealed that there was uncontrolled or unregu-
lated purging of the ultraviolet lamp housing assembly of the ozone generator;
that the calibration gas mixture created 2 to 3% excess nitrogen which caused
an estimated error of 5 to 10% in hydrocarbon measurements; that some of the
mass flow meters needed recertification; that multipoint calibrations were
not performed every five weeks; and that instruction and operating manuals
for the data system, air quality analyzers and calibration equipment needed
upgrading.
                                    •  54

-------
     The overall objective of the quantitative performance audit (Phase II)
was to collect the information necessary to estimate the current precision
and bias of the air pollution and meteorological data generated and subse-
quently reported by RAMS.
     The audit consisted of two main components as follows:
     1.  Total measurement systems audits were performed by locating the
         RTI instrumented mobile Environmental Monitoring Laboratory (EML)
         next to a RAMS station and making simultaneous and independent
         measurements of the same parameters over extended time periods
         (minimum of six days).
     2.  Point-in-time audits of the gaseous air pollutant analyzers were
         performed utilizing calibration systems, certified by EPA prior
         to use, to generate accurately known reference samples for challeng-
         ing the analyzers in the twelve RAMS stations audited.
     Based on the performance audit results and a review of the RAMS vali-
dated hourly averages computer printouts covering the same time period as
the audit, the following conclusions were drawn:
     1.  Except for carbon monoxide, the gaseous air pollutant measuring
         systems and associated calibration techniques and procedures were
         capable of producing data of acceptable precision and accuracy
         when properly maintained, i.e., calibrated (multipoint) every five
         weeks, preventive maintenance performed on schedule,  etc.
     2.  Ambient CO levels less than about 2 ppm were measured low by all the
         RAMS stations audited indicating a systematic network bias.
     3.  Response times of the sulfur analyzers were much improved compared
         to the results from the HERL audit conducted during the week of
         January 19 through January 26, 1975.
     4.  Solar radiation data reported from Station 103 may have been
         inaccurate prior to and during the audit due to 60 Hz pickup on the
         circuits.  The cause of the 60 Hz pickup was located  and corrected
         by Rockwell  shortly after the audit.
     5.  RAMS dew point sensors are difficult to maintain in an operational
         mode.  In nearly all the stations audited the sensors were not
                                      55

-------
         cycling but were in the cooling mode the  full  time  that RTI  was  in
         the station.  Also, the validated hourly  averages  reported by  RAMS
         usually had more than one station reporting negative dew points  in
         June.
     6.  Data from RAMS ambient temperature,  wind  speed,  and wind direction
         measurement systems, when compared to RTI,  showed  good agreement.
     In the third phase RTI made recommendations  for the  improvement of the
RAMS/RAPS quality control program.  These recommendations included suggestions
for audit procedures, equipment requirements, data analysis  and quality control
organizational structure.  Recommended data validation  procedures included
interparameter checks, range checks and lower detection limit checks.  All of
these recommendations can be found along with the  results of the first  two
phases in the contract final report.
     During the second contractural period (Contract No.  68-02-2407)  RTI
conducted three performance audits on the RAMS during 1976  and one during 1977.
These audits included quantitative checks on  air  quality  analyzers, the ambient
temperature measurement systems (5 meter level),  the dew  point sensors  and the
high volume samplers located at 23 RAMS stations.   The  purpose of these audits
was to:
     1.  Determine the accuracy of individual sensors at  a  given point  in
         time.
     2.  Identify and report in a timely manner each sensor and/or system
         whose accuracy was found to be outside acceptable  limits so that
         Rockwell could investigate and take  immediate  corrective action  if
         required.
     3.  Provide estimates of measurement bias and precision for the RAMS for
         each parameter audited to document the quality of  the RAMS measure-
         ments on a network basis.
     The audit devices used to audit the gaseous  air analyzers either con-
tained NBS Standard Reference Material  (SRM)  or transfer  standards whose
traceability to NBS SRM or other acceptable primary standards were clearly
established prior to the audit.  Hence  the auditors  were  able to generate
known audit samples on-site.  The high  volume sampler flow  rates were
                                     56

-------
audited using a reference flow device provided by the Quality Assurance
Branch of EMSL.  The ambient temperature measurement systems were audited
using a system similar to the RAMS system and by taking simultaneous measure-
ments for comparison.  The dew point temperature sensors were audited by
performing multiple readings with an aspirated psychrometer.
     Twenty-three of the 25 RAMS stations were audited during the two-week
audit periods.  Audits of 2 of the 23 stations were repeated after elapsed
times of 5 and 10 days to allow for an estimate of the repeatability of the
audit process under field conditions.
     In general the conclusions drawn from the audits indicated that the
RAMS network data were considered acceptable in terms of percent valid data,
accuracy and precision.  More detailed discussion of the results as well as
the pertinent statistics can be found in the performance audit reports listed
below.

Publications
Research Triangle Institute.  Audit and Study of the RAMS/RAPS Programs and
Recommendations for a Quality Assurance Plan for RAPS. Research Triangle Park,
North Carolina.  EPA Contract 68-02-1772.  June 1976.
Research Triangle Institute.  Independent Performance Audits on RAMS Station
Sensors - Audit #1 Interim Report.  Research Triangle Park, North Carolina.
EPA Contract 68-02-2407.  August 1976.
Research Triangle Institute.  Independent Performance Audits on RAMS Station
Sensor^ - Audit #2 Interim Report.  Research Triangle Park, North Carolina.
EPA Contract 68-02-2407.  October 1976.
Wohlschlegel, P. S.  Independent Performance Audits on RAMS Station Sensors -
Audit #3 Interim Report.  Research Triangle Institute, Research Triangle Park,
North Carolina.  EPA Contract 68-02-2407.  January 1977.
Smith, F., and R. Strong.   Independent Performance Audits on RAMS Station
Sensors - Audit #4 Interim  Report.  Research Triangle Institute, Research
Triangle Park, North Carolina.  EPA Contract 68-02-2407.  May 1977.
                                      57

-------
3.3  RAMS DATA EVALUATION STUDIES

3.3.1  MODIFICATION OF RAMS DEW POINT SENSORS
Principal Investigator                Task Coordinator
Don H. Hern (formerly with)           James A.  Reagan (MD-30)
Rockwell International                Environmental  Protection Agency
Air Monitoring Center                 Environmental  Sciences Research
11640 Administration Drive              Laboratory
Creve Coeur, MO  63141                Research Triangle Park, MC  27711
(314) 567-6722                        (919) 541-4486
Funding  EPA Contract No. 68-02-1081, Task Order No. 57
Period of Performance  May - August 1975
Summary
     The purpose of this task order was  to determine the feasibility of  modify-
ing the Cambridge 880 dew point sensor for accurate  dew point determination
during continuous operation.  Continuous operation of this  instrument involved
cooling a mirror in the sensor cell to the dew point temperature and maintaining
its surface at this temperature by means of an electro-optical  feedback  loop.
When operated in this manner on a continuous basis,  an excessive accumulation
of water and other condensables was discovered with  a resultant interference
on the optical sensing scheme for the true dew point.   This accumulated  material
can be cleaned from the mirror surface only by disassembling the cell and wiping
the mirror with cleaning solution.  Operating experience demonstrated that this
cleaning procedure had to be carried out at least daily and under certain atmos-
pheric conditions, such as high humidity, two to three times per day in  order
to maintain proper operation of the instrument.   Since the  normal  operating
schedule for the RAMS called for station visitation  twice per week,  the  dew
point sensors reported erroneous data a  large percentage of the time.
     Consequently, in this task order, the dew point sensors at RAMS Stations
105, 106, 112, 120 and 121 were modified to improve  the reliability  of the

                                      58

-------
dew point data without necessitating increased station maintenance visits.
     This modification entailed reversing the current in the Peltier device
used in the instrument to cool the sensing mirror to the dew point temperature.
The result of this current reversal was to heat the mirror surface and drive
off accumulated moisture and other condensable substances.  The current rever-
sal process was coupled to a timing device which heated the mirror for a period
of 25 minutes, followed by a 5-minute period of normal operation in which the
mirror was cooled to the dew point and regulated there.   This scheme provided
for a 5-minute period of dew point determination each half hour.
     Analysis of data from the five modified instruments was carried out util-
izing plots and printouts of level II minute values generated at the RAMS Com-
puter Facility.  Hand computation of the average dew point and outside tempera-
ture during the 5-minute cooling portion of the cycle was performed and the
average relative humidity for each period was computed using these values.
     Computation of the relative humidity in each case allowed the dew point
to be normalized to the outside temperature being reported at the same time so
that cross-station comparisons could be made.  Although the validity of such
cross-station comparisons could only be guessed at because very little was
known about the expected variability of the relative humidity across the
network, this inter-station comparison served as an indicator since no indepen-
dent method of determining the true relative humidity was at hand.
     The data from these modified hygrometers suggested improved performance;
consequently, the remaining dew point instruments were recalled to the Central
Facility for modification.  However, it was decided to modify only ten instru-
ments and place them in the RAMS stations that supported hi-volume samplers.
     Later it was discovered that the Peltier device used to cool the instru-
ment sensing mirror could not withstand the heating-cooling cycles as they
began to break down after an estimated one month's use.   The existing sensors
were then maintained with spare parts until the end of RAMS operation.
Publication
Hern, D. H.  Modification of RAMS Dewpoint Sensors.  Rockwell International  Air
Monitoring Center, Creve Coeur, Missouri.  Task Order No. 57 Final Report,
EPA Contract 68-02-1081.  July 1979.

                                      59

-------
3.3.2  PARTICIPATE FILTER EFFECT ON RAMS ANALYZERS
Principal Investigator                Task Coordinator
Otto C. Klein (formerly with)         Stanley L. Kopczynski (MD-47)
Rockwell International                Environmental Protection Agency
Air Monitoring Center                 Environmental Sciences Research
11640 Administration Drive              Laboratory
Creve Coeur, MO  63141                Research Triangle Park, NC  27711
(314) 567-6722                        (919) 541-3064
Funding  EPA Contract No. 68-02-2093, Task Order No. 106
PeriQd of Performance  November 1975 - January 1977
Summary
     Although the primary purpose of Task Order 106 was to provide for the
performance of quality assurance audits, particularly during field expeditions,
several special  investigations were performed,  One investigation directly
related to RAMS was a study of the effects of particulate filters on measurements
by RAMS gas analyzers.  In this study new and used Teflon particulate filters
were placed in the inlet of instruments measuring atmospheric pollutants.
The filters were 47 mm in diameter with an average pore size of 10 microns.
Gases studied were NO, 03, NO,, + 0.,, S02 + 0., diluted with either dry or humi-
dified air.   NO was obtained by diluting the contents of an NO in nitrogen
compressed gas cylinder.   Ozone was obtained from a constant-current ozone
generator.   N02  was obtained by the gas phase titration of NO with ozone.  S02
was obtained from an NBS permeation tube,  Equipment was set up to allow rapid
change from one  filter to another and from dry air to wet air (Figure 3).
The flow diagram shows airflow from the cylinder to the Bendix calibrator,
either directly  or through a water bubbler.  Output from the calibrator entered
a glass manifold for distribution.   Manifold air was sampled by an EG&G dew
point hygrometer, the output of which was monitored by a Leeds and Northrup

                                      • 60

-------
I/O
                        LU
                   O
                     CM
                        O
                        CL
                            GO
                        - o a: o;
                            o o o o
                            _J < I— H-
                            LU Qi I— " I— I
                            s: i— 2: z:
                                  o o
                               LU
                               O
                               00
                               CO


                               LU
 61

-------
recorder.  The dew point hygrometer was checked by deriving relative humidity
from outdoor dew point and temperature measurements and comparison to relative
humidity measurements taken with a sling psychrometer.   Crosschecks made with
relative humidity measurements from the National  Weather Service indicated
that differences were less than 5%.
     The second line from the glass manifold led to a series of valves and
filters so that the gas stream could be shifted from one filter to another
(or none) without interruption or without opening the circuit.   The filters
were replaced during the changeover from wet to dry diluent air and again
during the changeover from pollutant to pollutant.  The "used"  filters were
taken from RAMS Station 120.  Filter 'age'  varied from five to  thirteen days.
All filters taken were obviously used as particulate matter was visible.  The
order of tests was randomized to remove any systematic bias.  Two replicates
were required per test condition.
     Every test involving a different pollutant and/or humidity condition
was preceeded by a run using zero gas.   When the test was completed, the zero
gas run was repeated.  Measurements were based on an average of at least 12
readings made 4 minutes apart after the system was judged to have reached
equilibrium.
     Results of the study indicate:
     1.  Moist air alters the instrument response to NO, 03 and S02.  Thts
         effect can be alleviated by calibrating the instruments with air of
         about the same relative humidity as that which will be sampled.
     2.  Particulate filters, especially fresh ones, have a pronounced attenu~
         ating effect on the ozone level.  This effect decreases as the filter
         becomes conditioned, but remains significant C5-10/0.
     3.  None of the analyzers employed in this testing were sensitive to zero
         air humidity, with or without a filter.

Publication
Klein, D. C., and F. E. Littman.  Quality Assurance Audits.  Rockwell Interna-
tional Air Monitoring Center, Creve Coeur, Missouri.  Task Order No. 106 Final
Report, EPA Contract 68-02-2093.  January 1978.
                                      62

-------
3.3.3  C00 EFFECT ON RAMS SULFUR MONITORS
       ~~~~f.
Principal Investigator                Task Coordinator
Don H. Hern (formerly with)           Stanley L. Kopczynski (MD-47)
Rockwell International                Environmental Protection Agency
Air Monitoring Center                 Environmental Sciences Research
11640 Administration Drive              Laboratory
Creve Coeur, MO  63141                Research Triangle Park, NC  27711
(314) 567-6722                        (919) 541-3064
Funding  EPA Contract No. 68-02-2093, Task Order No, 121
Period of Performance  April - June 1977
Technica1 App roa c h
     Data acquired by Rockwell International Air Monitoring Center, Research
Triangle Institute and others have indicated tKat carbon dioxide can be an
interferent in the determination of gaseous sulfur compounds by the flame
photometric technique, by suppressing instrument response.  Response differences
of up to 20% have been reported for sample carbon dioxide concentration differ-
ences of 0 to 360 ppm.  The purpose of this task order was to verify and quan-
tify the effect of sample carbon dioxide content on the response of two types
of flame photometric sulfur gas analyzers; the Tracer model 270 HA sulfur gas
chromatograph and Meloy model SA 185 total sulfur analyzer.
     The RAMS station gas analyzer calibration system utilized zero air which
was generated by a heatless air drier and purification device.   Preliminary
analysis for the C02 content of the zero air effluent from this station zero
air generation system performed by Research Triangle Institute (RTI) indicated
that the percentage of ambient level C02 (nominally 350 to 370 ppm) which was
removed by different systems within the RAMS network varied from 30 to 100
percent.  The station zero air generation system influent and effluent were
analyzed daily by a wet chemical  technique at three RAMS stations (106, 107

                                      63

-------
and 111) for a twenty day period to determine scrubbing efficiency and to
attempt to elucidate the factors, such as temperature and atmospheric moisture
content, which might affect this scrubbing efficiency.
     Because of the possible effect of the ambient C0? concentration variabil-
ity on the reported sulfur gas concentration and the zero air C0? content,
ambient air samples were taken every four hours for four individual  diurnal
cycles at RAMS site 106 and analyzed for  CCL content.
     The comparability of sulfur gas data reported by the two types  of analyzers
used in RAMS was investigated by the simultaneous operation of each  at three
RAMS stations over a twenty day period'.   The data from each of the two types of
instruments were collected via the computerized data acquisition  system norm-
ally installed in each RAMS station.
Periods of Data Collection
     The influent/effluent and simultaneous instrument C02 data were collected
from May 4 through May 24, inclusive at RAMS Sites 106, 107 and 111.  Diurnal
($2 data were gathered during four, twenty-four, periods (May 20-21,  May 24-25,
May 31 - June 1, June 7-8, 1977) at RAMS Site 106.
Parameters Measured
Sample manifold influent/effluent
carbon dioxide concentration
Relative humidity of zero
air influent
Instrument/Method Used
Homemade bubbler with flow rate measured
with a Tylan mass flow meter.  The influent
sample was obtained using a calcium sulfate
drying cartridge while the effluent sample
was obtained after it passed through the
RAMS scrubbing system.  Samples (barium
hydroxide solution) were analyzed by
titration with oxalic acid solution.
Sling psychrometer with two ventilated
mercury thermometers indicating dry and
wet bulb temperatures in degrees Celsius
and calculated with psychometric calculator.
                                      64

-------
Parameters Measured                   Instrument/Method Used  (continued)
Instrument response  (SCL) with        Span gas with varying amounts of CCL were
varying amounts of CCL                injected into the Tracer and Meloy analy-
                                      zers.  The SCL and CCL span gases were
                                      prepared using a NBS permeation tube, CCL
                                      cylinders and a portable dynamic (Bendix)
                                      dilution system.
     The Meloy Model SA135 total sulfur analyzer and Tracor Model 270HA sulfur
gas chromatographs used during this experiment as well  as the RAMS zero air
calibration system are described in Section 3.1.   Ambient temperature was
obtained from the RAMS ambient air temperature sensor which is also described
in Section 3.1.
Calibration and Quality Control Procedures
     The Bendix dynamic calibrator used in diluting the various S00/CCL span
gases was calibrated prior to the experiment and afterwards using the positive
soap film displacement technique.  The permeation tube  used was an NBS permea-
tion tube maintained at a constant temperature and calibrated at 0.267 yl/min.
The mass flow meter was calibrated at the beginning of the experiment and re-
checked every week thereafter.
     The barium hydroxide titration method was checked  by repetitive tests.
     The sulfur analyzers and other RAMS instrumentation used were subject to
the same quality control  and calibration techniques that are described in
Section 3.1.
Location and  Type of Data Available
     Data are presented in the final  report which can be obtained from the
Task Coordinator.
Publication
Hern, D. H.  Carbon Dioxide Effect on RAMS Sulfur Monitors.  Rockwell Inter-
national Air  Monitoring Center, Creve Coeur, Missouri.   Task Order No. 121
Final Report, EPA Contract 68-02-2093.  July 1979.
                                      65

-------
3.3.4  EVALUATION OF RAMS CO DATA
Principal Investigator                Task Coordinator
Don H. Hern (formerly with)           Stanley L.  Kopczynski  (MD-47)
Rockwell International                Environmental  Protection Agency
Air Monitoring Center                 Environmental  Sciences Research
11640 Administration Drive              Laboratory
Creve Coeur, MO  63141                Research Triangle Park, NC  27711
(314) 567-6722                        (919) 541-3064
Funding  EPA Contract No. 63-02-2093, Task Order No. 125
Period of Performance  June - August 1977
Summary
     Multipoint calibrations and quality assurance audits of the Regional  Air
Monitoring System indicated the presence of an unexpectedly  large oositive
concentration intercept on the calibration curve for measurement of  CO as
determined by the Beckman Model 6800 air quality gas chromatographic ana-
lyzers.  This intercept or "cutoff" gave rise to an  elevated lower detectable
limit and some error in the slope of the calibration curve as determined by
the daily zero/span calibrations.  The purpose of this task  order was to
investigate this cutoff, determine its scope and magnitude,  and estimate the
error in past RAMS CO analyses.  The investigation was to include all stations
in the RAMS network over the entire period of RAMS operations.
     Two sources of information were utilized to reveal the  nature of this
cutoff:  1)  the Beckman 6800 corrective maintenance records and 2)   the multi-
point calibration/quality assurance audit data.  It was determined that one
apparent cause of this cutoff phenomenon was that low concentrations of CO were
consumed by the overconditioned stripper columns.  Only CO concentrations
greater than the amount consumed by the overconditioned stripper columns produced
                                      66

-------
an analytical response.  Subsequently the phenomenon was referred to as the
carbon monoxide breakthrough concentrations.   The average network breakthrough
concentration was 0.3186 ppm during the period of January 1975 through March
1977.
     It was ascertained that the calibration  line based on the daily zero/span
calibrations causes an understatement of the  CO concentration for ambient
concentrations below the span point (nominally 8 ppm) and an overstatement of
the CO concentration for ambient concentrations above the daily span point.
As most of the RAMS ambient concentrations fall below the 8 ppm daily span
point, understatement, of the CO is the predominant error, but in no case does
that error exceed the CO breakthrough concentration.  The magnitude of the
error (or understatement) of CO in the RAPS Data Bank due to this breakthrough
problem decreases as the ambient concentration approaches the span point.   No
definitive relationship between CO breakthrough concentrations and stripper
column service time or regenerative history could be determined.

Pub!ication
Ponstingl, M. J.   Evaluation of RAMS CO Data.  Rockwell International Air Mon-
itoring Center, Creve Coeur, Missouri.  Task  Order 125 Final Report, EPA
Contract 68-02-2093.  July 1979.
                                     67

-------
4.0  UPPER AIR SOUNDING NETWORK (UASN)
Introduction
     The RAfIS network provided a relatively dense  data  base  of  surface winds,
temperature and relative humidity.   However,  to  achieve a  truly 3-dimensional
representation of the state of the  atmosphere, it  was necessary to  supple-
ment these measurements by monitoring the  meteorological parameters aloft using
balloons and airborne instrument packages.   It was the  objective  of the  Upper
Air Sounding Network (UASN) to provide  this needed upper air meteorological
information.  The combination of RAMS and  UASN data would  allow the determina-
tion of changes in winds and stability  throughout  the area,  particularly as
they related to terrain features and synoptic scale meteorology.
     The Upper Air Sounding Network, during its  existence  from  July 1974
through May 1977, consisted of both a temporary  (Task Order  No.  46) and  a
permanent network (Task Order No.  31 and Exhibit B of Contract  68-02-2093).
The temporary network was composed  of Sites 201  and 202, located in west
St. Louis County and downtown St.  Louis respectively  (Figure 4).  Sites  201
and 202 were abandoned in August 1974 as the Task  Order No.  46  was  only  an
interim operation for the Summer 1974 intensive  study period.   During Novem-
ber 1974, the four station permanent network was established under  Task  Order
No. 31, Contract 68-02-1081 and renewed in August  1975  as  part  of Contract  68-
02-2093.  These four sites, designated  141, 142, 143  and 144, were  located  in
downtown St. Louis; Times Beach, Missouri; south of Bell evile,  Illinois; and
east of Alton, Illinois respectively (Figure 4).
     The following is a description of  the UASN's  equipment, procedures, cali-
brations, quality control methods and periods of operation.
                                      68

-------
                                     A Temporary Network Sites

                                     © Permanent Network Sites
                                          0        11  km (Approx.)
                                        Site 202 & 141  are at same
                                        location.
FIGURE 4.   LOCATIONS OF UPPER AIR SOUNDING NETWORK SITES
                            69

-------
4.1  UASN TEMPORARY NETWORK
Principal Investigator                Task Coordinator
Thomas R. Hemphill (formerly with)    Francis A. Schiermeier (MD-84)
Meteorology Research Incorporated     c/o Environmental Protection Agency
Under contract to:                    Environmental  Sciences Research
Rockwell International                  Laboratory
Air Monitoring Center                 Research Triangle Park, NC  27711
11640 Administration Drive            ,gigx 54i_2649
Creve Coeur, MO  63141
(314) 567-6722
Funding  EPA Contract No. 68-02-1081, Task Order No. 46
Period of Performance  July - August 1974
Parameters Measured                   Instrument/Method Used
Surface Barometric Pressure           One Wallace and Tiernan aneroid barometer
                                      and a Bendix aneroid barometer, both indi-
                                      cating in inches of mercury.
Surface Ambient Air Temperature       Sling psychrometer with two ventilated
                                      mercury thermometers indicating dry and
                                      wet bulb temperatures in degrees Celsius.
Surface Dew Point and                 Derived using a psychrometric calculator
Relative Humidity                     with readings  from the ventilated ther-
                                      mometers.
Wind Direction and Wind               Release of 10 or 30 gram pilot balloon
Speed Aloft                           (pibal) tracked by a single Warren
                                      Knight theodolite to 1344 meters or 1890
                                      meters respectively.  Pibals released
                                      every hour between radiosonde observa-

                                      70

-------
Parameters Measured
                                      Instrument/Method Used  (continued)
Temperature, Relative Humidity,
Barometric Pressure, Wind
Direction and Wind Speed Aloft
Wind Direction and Wind               tions, with angular readings taken every
Speed Aloft                           30 seconds for a ten minute duration.
(continued)                           Elevation and azimuth angles field reduced
                                      to wind speed and direction utilizing  a
                                      National  Weather Service (NWS)  winds  aloft
                                      plotting  board and employing the one
                                      minute overlap wind reduction technique.
                                      Wind direction reported in degrees azimuth
                                      with reference to true north and wind
                                      speed in  meters per second.
                                      Viz 403 MHz Model No. 1395 radiosonde
                                      equipped  with a standard thermistor,
                                      hygristor and baroswitch.   The  unit was
                                      tracked by a single Warren Knight
                                      theodolite with angular readings of
                                      elevation and azimuth taken every 30
                                      seconds.   Temperature, relative humi-
                                      dity and  barometric pressure were recorded
                                      on a Beukers or a Summer and Hill receiver.
                                      Data were then transcribed to a D-31
                                      adiabatic chart and manually reduced  to
                                      temperature and dew point in degrees
                                      Celsius,  barometric pressure in millibars,
                                      wind direction in degrees azimuth with
                                      respect to true north and wind  speed
                                      in meters per second.
     The radiosonde was carried aloft by a 100-gram balloon at a slow ascent
rate, obtaining an altitude of 700 mb in approximately 20 minutes.  Radiosondes
were tracked to 700 mb (approximately 3.0 km) whenever possible. Altitude was
calculated in meters above mean sea level.  Significant levels were selected
whenever the temperature deviated +_ 1°C from the established lapse rate and
whenever the relative humidity deviated 10% or  more from the established
trend.
                                      71

-------
     Reduction methodologies for surface, radiosonde and pibal observations are
the same as those found in Federal Meteorological Handbooks No.  1 - Surface
Observations, No. 3 - Radiosonde Observations,, and No.  5 - Hinds Aloft Observa-
tions.
Period of Data Collection
     Upper air data were collected from July 25, 1974 through August 28, 1974
at Sites 201 and 202.  Radiosondes were released at 2200, 0400, 1000 and
1600 CST for a total of 4 per day.  Pibals were released hourly in between
radiosonde observations for a total of 20 per day.
Calibration and Quality Control Procedures
     In addition to the initial equipment testing and repairing, the electronic
technician performed routine preventive maintenance and emergency repairs to
ensure continuous station operation.
     All data forms, recorder records and adiabatic charts were returned to
operation headquarters where they were checked by an experienced observer and
submitted to the EPA Task Coordinator.
     The data were later subjected to the quality control checks that were
established for'the permanent UASN network (Section 4.2).  These checks
necessitated the re-evaluation of the radiosonde recorder records as the
criterion for significant temperature levels was more restrictive (+0.5°C).
The data were then resubmitted to the EPA Task Coordinator for final compu-
terized reduction.  The 30 second end-to-end technique was used for winds
evaluation in this process.
Location of Information Concerning Data Collection
     Information concerning data collection may be obtained from the EPA
Task Coordinator.
Location and Type of Data Available
     All UASN radiosonde and pibal data have been reduced by computer and
incorporated into the RAPS data bank.  Data may be obtained by contacting:
                                      72

-------
                    RAPS Data Manager (MD-80)
                    Environmental Protection Agency
                    Environmental Sciences Research Laboratory
                    Research Triangle Park, NC  27711
                    (919) 541-4545
Publication
Jones, A. C.  Meteorological Upper-Air Support "August '74".  Rockwell Inter-
national Air Monitoring Center, Newbury Park, California.  Task Order No.  46
Final Report, EPA Contract 68-02-1081.  October 1974.
                                      73

-------
4.2  UASN PERMANENT NETWORK
Principal Investigator                Project Officer
Joseph A. Strothmann                  Francis A.  Schiermeier (MD-84)
Rockwell International                c/o Environmental  Protection Agency
Air Monitoring Center                 Environmental  Sciences Research
11640 Administration Drive              Laboratory
Creve Coeur, MO  63141                Research Triangle  Park, NC  27711
(314) 567-6722                        (919) 541-2649
Fundi ng
     EPA Contract No. 68-02-1080, Modification No. 8
     EPA Contract No. 68-02-1081, Task Order No.  31
     EPA Contract No. 68-02-2093, Exhibit B
Period Of Performance
Modification No. 8                    Used for selection,  acquisition,
                                      preparation, and development of sites
                                      needed for UASN operation.
Task Order No. 31                     November 1974  - August 1975
Exhibit B                             August 1975 -  July 1978
Parameters Measured                   Instrument/Method  Used
Cloud Type                            Visually determined
Surface Barometric Pressure           Three Wallace  and  Tiernan aneroid  baro-
                                      meters and one Bendix aneroid barometer,
                                      both types indicating in inches of mer-
                                      cury.  One Weather Measure B211 micro-
                                      barograph recording in millibars.
                                      74

-------
Parameters Measured
Instrument/Method Used  (continued)
Surface Ambient Air Temperature


Surface Dew Point and
Relative Humidity

Total Opaque Sky Cover

Surface Wind Speed and Direction
Wind Direction and Wind
Speed Aloft
Sling psychrometer with two ventilated
mercury thermometers indicating dry and
wet bulb temperatures in degrees Celsius.
Derived using a psychrometric calculator
with readings from the ventilated
thermometers.
Visually determined and recorded as tenth
of sky coverage.
Stations 141 and 142:  Taylor Scientific
Windscope Model No. 3120, using a three
cup anemometer and direction vane.   Speed
displayed in knots and direction with
8 point resolution referenced to true
north.  Stations 143 and 144:  Dwyer
hand-held wind meter with speed measured
in miles per hour, direction obtained by
estimating during the first half minute
of balloon ascent.
Release of 10 or 30 gram pilot balloon
(pibal) tracked by a single Warren-
Knight theodolite to 1344 meters or 1890
meters respectively weather permitting.
Pibals were released every hour between
radiosonde observations, with angular
readings taken every 30 seconds for a ten
minute duration.  Elevation and azimuth
angles field reduced to wind speed  and
direction utilizing either a National
Weather Service (NWS) winds aloft plottim
board or a programmable calculator  and
employing the one minute overlap wind
                                      75

-------
Parameters Measured
Wind Direction and Wind
Speed Aloft
(continued)
Temperature, Relative Humidity,
Barometric Pressure, Wind
Direction and Wind Speed Aloft
Instrument/Method Used  (continued)
reduction technique.   Wind direction
reported in degrees azimuth with reference
to true north and wind speed in knots.
Two types of radiosondes were employed.
The first was a VIZ 403 MHz Model No. 1395
radiosonde equipped with a standard
thermistor, hygristor and baroswitch.
This unit was tracked by a single
Warren Knight theodolite with angular
readings of elevation and azimuth taken
every 30 seconds.  Temperature, relative
humidity and barometric pressure were
recorded by a Leeds and Northrup Model
No. 63-100 portable radiosonde receiver,
a Leeds and Northrup Model No. 211 CP
radiosonde receiver, or a Beukers Model
No. 403 radiosonde receiver.  (The 403
MHz radiosonde system was the primary
system at Sites 143 and 144 and served as
the backup system at Sites 141 and 142.)
The second type was a VIZ 1680 MHz Model
No, 1392 radiosonde equipped with a
standard thermistor, hygristor and baro-
switch.  This unit was tracked with a
GMD-1A Rawin Set and associated angle
printer, recording elevation and azimuth
angles every 30 seconds.  Temperature,
relative humidity and barometric pressure
were recorded by Bendix Model No.
TMQ-5 GMD radiosonde receivers.  (The
1680 MHz radiosondes were used at Sites
141 and 142 only.)  Data were then tran-
scribed to a D-31 adiabatic chart and
                                       76

-------
Parameters Measured                   Instrument/Method Used  (continued)
Temperature, Relative Humidity,       field reduced by hand or programmable  cal-
Barometric Pressure, Wind             culator to temperature and dew point in
Direction and Wind Speed Aloft        degrees Celsius, barometric pressure in
(continued)                           millibars, wind direction in degrees azimuth
                                      with respect to true north and wind speed
                                      in knots.
     The radiosonde was carried aloft by a 100-gram balloon at a slow ascent
rate, obtaining an altitude of 700 mb in 20 minutes.   Radiosondes were tracked
to 700 mb (approximately 3.0 km) whenever possible.   Altitude was calculated
in meters above mean sea level.  Significant levels were selected whenever the
temperature deviated +_ 0.5°C from the established lapse rate and whenever the
relative humidity deviated 10% or more from the  established trend.
     Reduction methodologies for surface, radiosonde and pibal  observations
are the same as those found in Federal Meteorological Handbooks No.  1  -
Surface Observatlons» No. 3 - Radiosonde Observations, and No.  5 - Winds
Aloft Observations and the UASN Reference Manual for Low-Level  Radiosonde and
Pibal Soundings.
Periods of Data Collection
     Upper air data collection periods for each  station were as follows:
          Site 141 - November 18, 1974 through May 31, 1977; operational  5
                     days per week (Monday - Friday) except during the in-
                     tensive study periods of February 2 - March 7,  1975,
                     July 13 - August 15, 1975,  February 9 - March 12, 1976,
                     July 12 - August 13, 1976,  and October 25 - November
                     19, 1976 when 7 day per week operations existed.
          Site 142 - November 18, 1974 through December 23, 1976; operational
                     5 days per week  (Monday - Friday) except during the
                     intensive study  periods of February 2 - March 7, 1975,
                     July 13 - August 15, 1975,  February 9 - March 12, 1976,
                     July 12 - August 13, 1976,  and October 25 - November
                     19, 1976 when 7  day per week operations existed.
                                      77

-------
          Site 143 - February 3,  1975 through  February 23,  1975
                     July 14, 1975 through August  15,  1975
                     July 12, 1976 through August  13,  1976
                     All  operations were 7 days  per week.
          Site 144 - February 3,  1975 through  February 28,  1975
                     July 14, 1975 through August  15,  1975
                     July 12, 1976 through August  13,  1976
                     All  operations were 7 days  per week.
     Radiosondes were released at six hour intervals with pibals  released  hourly
between radiosonde observations.   Surface observations were taken at  the time
of each radiosonde observation.   During the 5  or 7 days per week  operations,
weekly releases totalled 19 radiosondes and 103  pibals or 28 radiosondes and
140 pibals respectively.   The hours of radiosonde  releases  were varied, being
seasonally adjusted so that the first radiosonde each  day  (0400,  0500, or
0600) was released during the hour preceding sunrise to measure maximum
stability.
Calibration and Quality Control  Procedures
     During periods of operation, the electronics  technician and  station
observers performed tests and calibrations on  the  equipment and instrumenta-
tion at each station as routine maintenance, all in accordance with the latest
NWS and EPA specifications (Table 6).  In addition, all equipment and instru-
mentation utilized at Sites 143 and 144 during each intensive period  were
tested and calibrated prior to station operations.
Aneroid Barometers                    Each station's aneroid barometer and
                                      microbarograph was calibrated using  the
                                      Negretti-Zambra  precision aneroid baro-
                                      meter.  Because  of its unavailability,
                                      usage of the Negretti-Zambra barometer
                                      was limited  to three  times  during the
                                      UASN program.
Mercury Thermometers                  No routine calibration was  performed.
                                    .  78

-------
Calibration and Quality Control Procedures (continued)
Anemometer and Directional Vane
403 MHz and 1680 MHz Radiosondes
Warren Knight Theodolites
GMD-1A Rawin Sets
The anemometer and directional vane were
calibrated monthly.  A Dwyer hand-held
wind meter was used to check the anemo-
meter.  The directional vane was aligned
by siting on a landmark of known azimuth.
Each radiosonde was calibrated prior to
release.  An Electronic Craftsmen Base-
line Check Box Type III was used to cali-
brate the thermistor and relative humidity
element.  The baroswitch was calibrated
at the factory and set with the aneroid
barometer before release.
The instruments were oriented and leveled
before and checked after each release.
The equipment was tested and calibrated
on a routine basis (Table  6).  A Rawin-
theodolite comparison was  performed four
times a year and corrective action was
taken if required.
     All quality control procedures were in accordance with the UASN Reference
Manual for Low-Level Radiosonde and Pibal Soundings and with the latest NWS and
EPA specifications for low-level meteorological soundings.  Table 7 outlines
the quality control work plan.  After quality control checks were completed,
all data were coded and submitted to the EPA Project Officer for final compu-
terized reduction.  The 30 second end-to-end technique was used for winds eval-
uation in this process.
     Shortly after the termination of the UASN permanent network, all UASil
radiosonde data were subjected to a transcription verification process.
Radiosonde identification, baseline calibration data, and values of time,
pressure, temperature ordinate and relative humidity ordinate were checked for
correct transcription from the D-31 Adiabatic Charts to the RAPS Radiosonde
                                      79

-------
                                   TABLE 6.
 ROUTINE TESTS AND/OR CALIBRATIONS OF STATION EQUIPMENT AND INSTRUMENTATION
Tests and/or Calibrations
Barometers calibration setting
     comparison
Theodolites collimated check
     leveling check
     orientation check
Wind Indicators speed calibration
     check
     direction check
Rawin Sets operational check
     power supply check
     tracking and sensitivity check
     level and orientation check
     B+ adjustment
     IF alignment
     local oscillator adjustment
     AFC Alignment
     line and phasing adjustment
     antenna control adjustment
     counterbalance adjustments
     cleaning and lubrication
Radiosonde Recorders
     linearity check
     waveform check
     power supply adjustment
     alignment
     cleaning and lubrication
Normal Frequency
every 30 days

every 30 days
before and after each observation
before and after each observation
every 30 days

every 30 days
every 7 days
every 7 days
every 7 days
every 30 days
every 30 days
as required
as required
every 30 days
every 30 days
every 30 days
as required
as required

every 7 days
every 30 days
every 30 days
as required
as required
                                       80

-------
Coding Sheets.  Possible keypunch errors were also checked.  Descriptions of
all discrepancies were recorded and submitted in regular segments to the EPA
Project Officer for subsequent correction,
                 TABLE 7.  _FINAL QUALITY CONTROL WORK PLAN

                              PIBAL DATA CHECKS
1.  Check pibal form against station log book and data tapes, if necessary, to
    confirm 10 or 30 gram balloon usage.
2.  Review elevation and azimuth angles for angular continuity.
3.  Verify that all numbers are clear and legible.
4.  Check values of wind direction and speed for obvious discontinuities.
5.  Check all information blocks and sequential numbers.
6.  Code the RAPS formatted pibal forms for computerized reduction.
                           RADIOSONDE DATA CHECKS
1.  Pre-Flight Checks
    a.  Check to insure that all forms are present,
    b.  Surface pressure is read correctly from the barometer.
    c.  Release contact is read correctly from the calibration  chart and the
        detent click setting is properly computed.
    d.  Baseline computations of temperature, dew point, and relative humidity
        are correct.
    e.  Surface computations of temperature, dew point, and relative humidity
        are correct.
    f.  1000, 850, and 700 mb-contact values are correct.
2.  Baseline Checks
    a.  Check pre-baseline record and instrument tests.
    b.  Low reference of each baseline cycle is 95.0 ordinates.
    c.  Temperature and relative humidity baseline ordinates are assigned
        correctly.
    d.  Temperature evaluator setting is correct and within limits.
    e.  Surface temperature ordinate is computed correctly.
    f.  Relative humidity evaluator is properly set.
    g.  Surface relative humidity ordinate is computed correctly.
                                                                   (continued)
                                      81

-------
                             TABLE 7.   (continued)
3.  Recorder Record Checks
    a.  Temperature and relative humidity are plotted correctly on the surface
        level.
    b.  Release contact on the recorder record agrees with the computed value
        from the baseline form, and corrections, if necessary, are properly
        applied.
    c.  All drift lines are drawn correctly.
    d.  Drift value assignment is correct at each selected level.
    e.  Recheck trending of temperature to verify all selected significant
        levels  and add any new levels needed.
    f.  Recheck relative humidity evaluation for significant level selection.
    g.  1000, 850, and 700 mb mandatory levels are properly placed.
    h.  Elapsed time values are correct for each level.
    i.  Assigned contact value for each level is correct and successive levels
        are separated by not more than four contact values,
    j.  Assigned temperature ordinate at each level is correct.
    k.  Assigned relative humidity ordinate at each level is correct.
    1.  All drift corrections are properly added.
    m.  No zero recording error is present at the end of the recorded traces.
    n.  A careful level to level comparison of the temperature and relative
        humidity traces on the recorder record to the plotted curves on the
        adiabatic charts is performed.
4.  Adiabatic Chart Checks
    a.  All entries in the informational blocks are correct.
    b.  All information in Data Block A is transcribed correctly.
    c.  All conversions from contact values to mb are correct.
    d.  Conversions from contact values to mb are correct.
    e.  Values  of relative humidity are derived correctly.
    f.  Dew point temperatures and depressions are computed correctly.
    g.  Each level is plotted at the correct mb value.
    h.  Each temperature value is plotted correctly.
    i.  Relative humidity values are properly plotted,
                                                                   (continued)
                                    .  82

-------
                             TABLE 7 (continued)
4.  Adiabatic Chart Checks (continued)
    j.  Recheck all superadiabatic lapse rates,
    k.  Recheck the graphic determination of virtual temperatures and thick-
        nesses.
    1.  Recheck thickness entries from the required tables and recompute the
        pressure altitude data.
    m.  Sight pressure - altitude curve to ensure proper plotting.
5.  Time-Altitude Table and Winds Checks
    a.  Check ascent rate criteria from recorder record.
    b.  Check pressure values in time-altitude table.
    c.  Check time values in time-altitude table.
    d.  Verify above sea level  altitudes extracted from pressure-altitude curve.
    e.  Above ground level values are determined correctly.
    f.  All  resulting half minute interval  altitudes are correct.
    g.  Horizontal distance out values are determined correctly.
    h.  Wind direction and speed are correctly computed.
    i.  For rawinsondes, all elevation angles below 12° are smoothed by the 3
        value running average.
    j.  For rawinsondes, elevation and azimuth angles are checked to determine
        those readings obtained in the limiting angle zone and marked on the
        wind forms if necessary.
6.  Miscellaneous Checks
    a.  Any height or pressure values in doubt are checked against available
        meteorological charts.
    b.  The 850 and 700 mb heights for the' week's data are graphed and checked
        for height anomalies.
    c.  All  dates and times are correct according to Standard Time in the coding
        blocks.
    d.  Station identification is clear on each form.
    e.  All  forms for the period are included, or if a regularly scheduled
        observation was not taken, the required documentation is attached.

                                                                   (continued)
                                      83

-------
                             TABLE 7  (continued)
 6.  Miscellaneous Checks  (continued)
    f.   Forms  for all special observations are labeled with the reason for the
         observation.
    g.   All forms are in  chronological order and are stacked in the prescribed
         manner.

 Location of Information Concerning Data Collection
     Additional information concerning data collection may be obtained from
 the EPA  Project Officer.
 Location and Type of Data Available
     All UASN radiosonde and pibal data have been reduced by computer and
 incorporated into the RAPS data bank.  Data may be obtained by contacting:
                 RAPS Data Manager (MD-80)
                 Environmental Protection Agency
                 Environmental Sciences Research Laboratory
                 Research Triangle Park, NC  27711
     (919)  541-4545
 Publications
 Waldron, T. L.  UASN Reference Manual  for Low-Level Radiosonde and Pibal Sound-
 ings.   Rockwell International Air Monitoring Center, Newbury Park, California.
 EPA Contract 68-02-1081.  January 1975.
Waldron, T. L.   Operation of Regional Air Pollution Study Upper Air Sounding
Network at St.  Louis.  Rockwell  International  Air Monitoring Center, Creve
Coeur,  Missouri.   Task Order No.  31  Final  Report, EPA Contract 68-02-1081.
December 1975.
Pietrowicz, J.  A.,  and F.  A.  Schiermeier.   Observational  Evidence of Systema-
tic Radiosonde  Temperature Sensing Anomalies.   Journal  of Applied Meteorology,
17(10):1572-1575,  1978.
                                     '84

-------
Schiermeier, F.  A.   Collection and Validation of Upper Air Meteorological
Data for the Regional  Air Pollution Study (RAPS).   Proceeding of the APCA/ASQC
Specialty Conference on Quality Assurance in Air Pollution Measurements,
356-363, 1979.
Strothmann, J.  A. and B. D.  Winkler.   Operation of Regional  Air Pollution
Study Upper Air Sounding Network.   Rockwell  International  Air Monitoring  Center,
Creve Coeur, Missouri.  EPA Contract 68-02-2093.  In preparation.
                                      85

-------
4.3  MIXING DEPTH DETERMINATION

Principal Investigator                Task Coordinator
Timothy L. Waldron                    Francis A.  Scniermeier (MD-84)
Rockwell International                c/o Environmental  Protection Agency
Air Monitoring Center                 Environmental Sciences Research
11640 Administration Drive              Laboratory
Creve Coeur, MO  63141                Research Triangle  Park, NC  27711
(314) 567-6722                        (919)  541-2649
Funding  EPA Contract No. 68-02-2093, Task Order No. 128
Period of Performance  September 1977 - June 1979
Summary
     During the field study portion of RAPS, 5761 radiosondes were released
and tracked by the Upper Air Sounding Network (UASN) to  assist in defining
transport and dispersion of airborne pollutants.   The purpose of this Task
Order was to create a mixing depth climatology composed  of mixing deaths and
associated transport winds and ventilation factors for ^se by tne RAPS mode-
lers and principal investigators in their analyses of RAPS air quality measure-
ments.
     The surface-based mixing depths, mix'^g depths aloft, and the daily
maximum  urban  and rural mixing deptns were  subject1' vely determined from
Cal Comp plots of radiosonde temperature, potential temperature, mixing ratio,
potential wet bulb temperature, wind speed,  and wipc direction.   The maximum
mixing depths were determined by applying tne maximum surface temperature to
the temporally closest radiosonde, and renewing the cry anchor moist adiabat
to its intersection with c^e temperature trace,  vbv'icj  defths alo^t were
usually the result of surface rachationa! ceding.
     The horizontal distance out (r»DC' o*' the ?all?on at tbe top of the mixed
                                     36

-------
layer, divided by the elapsed time, yielded the transport wind speed through
the surface-based mixed layer.   The corresponding azimuth angle at this same
level was defined as the transport wind direction.  Multiplying the transport
wind speed by the depth of the mixed layer produced a ventilation factor in
          p
units of nr/sec.  This factor is a measure of the volume rate of horizontal
transport of air within a mixed layer per unit distance parallel  to the
resultant vector transport wind (nr/sec/m).
     When completed, the mixing depth data will reside in the RAPS data bank.
Copies of the data may be obtained from:
                 RAPS Data Manager (MD-80)
                 Environmental  Protection Agency
                 Environmental  Sciences Research Laboratory
                 Research Triangle Park, NC  27711
                 (919) 541-4545
Publication
Waldron, T. L., and B. D. Winkler.  UASN Mixing Depth Determination.  Rockwell
International Air Monitoring Center, Creve Coeur, Missouri.  Task Order No. 128
Final Report, EPA Contract 68-02-2093.  In preparation.
                                     87

-------
5.0  AERIAL MONITORING SYSTEM
Introduction
     Complementing the extensive surface-based aerometric data collected by
RAMS and the meteorological data supplied by the UASfl,  the aerial  monitoring
system provided a data base of aerometric measurements  aloft.   This vertical
extension of RAMS collected data relating the distribution of pollutants and
meteorological variables above the surface enabling the construction of
three-dimensional depictions of pollutant distributions in the urban boundary
layer.   In addition to providing data for model  validation, data were also
obtained on conditions at the lateral boundaries of the St. Louis  Region.
     This aerial monitoring system consisted of three Sikorsky 58 helicopters
modified to permit reasonably simple installation and removal  of air sampling
systems.  Two air sampling systems were assembled and one system was placed
in each of two helicopters with the third helicopter serving as a backup.
Operating during selected periods to coincide with data gathering by the
various research investigators, preselected flight paths were chosen so that
for any given wind direction, aerometric soundings would be made over stx to
eight RAMS stations in a roughly elliptical flight pattern.  The paths were
often designed to provide data upwind of the urban area as well as downwind
of the principal source aggregations.  Soundings consisted of spirals from
above the existing stable layer downward to about 60 meters above the surface.
Additional flights were frequently performed to augment the data being
collected during the expeditionary periods by other airborne and surface-
based monitoring systems.
     The following is a summary of the helicopter operations including the
parameters that were measured, equipment used, calibration techniques and
quality assurance activities.

-------
                                      Project Officers
                                      William H. Best, Jr. (formerly with)
                                      Gene D. Prantner (formerly with)
                                      Environmental Protection Agency
                                      Regional Air Pollution Study
                                      11640 Administration Drive
                                      Creve Coeur, MO  63141
Principal Investigators
David T. Mage (MD-56)
Environmental Protection Agency
Health Effects Research Laboratory
Research Triangle Park, NC  27711
(919) 541-3120

Roy B. Evans
Environmental Protection Agency
Environmental Monitoring and
   Support Laboratory
P. 0. Box 15027
Las Vegas, NV  89114
(702) 736-2969
Funding
     Regional Air Pollution Study
     Program Element 1AA003, Research Objective Achievement Plan 26AAI
     Program Element 1AA603
Period of Performance  April 1974 - August 1977
Parameters Measured
Carbon Monoxide
Nitrogen Oxides
Ozone
                                      Instrument/Method Used
                                      Beckrnan/Andros Model 7000 non-dispersive
                                      infrared analyzer.  Sensitivity 0.1 ppm
                                      During 1974 dual Thermo Electron Corpor-
                                      ation (TECO) 14B N0/N02 chemiluminescent
                                      analyzers were used.  In all other field
                                      exercises a Monitor Labs ML8440 chemilum-
                                      inescent analyzer was used.  Sensitivities
                                      of the TECO HB and ML8440 are 0.5 ppb
                                      and 1 ppb respectively.
                                      REM Model 612 chemiluminescent ozone
                                      analyzer.  Sensitivity 0.001 ppm.
                                      89

-------
Parameters Measured
                                      Instrument/Method  Used   (continued)
Sulfur Dioxide

Total Hydrocarbons and
Methane (non-methane
hydrocarbons by subtrac-
tion)
Light-scattering
Coefficient
Particle-size distribution
                                      Meloy Model  SA-160 flame  photometric
                                      detector.   Sensitivity  0.005  ppm.
                                      Mine  Safety Applicances Company (MSA)
                                      Model  11-2  flame  ionization detector.
                                      Sensitivity 0.1 ppm for CH..

                                      Meteorology Research,  Inc.  (MRI)  Model
                                      1550  nephelometer equipped with a preheater.
                                      Sensitivity range of 10~5 to  10~2
                                      reciprocal  meters.
                                      Royco Model  220 aerosol-particle  monitor.
                                      This  monitor was  coupled  with a multi-
                                      channel  analyzer  which  scaled particle
                                      counts in eight size ranges larger than
                                      0.5 ym in diameter.
                                      EG&G  Vapor-mate II ustng a model CS137
                                      thermometer-hygrometer  probe.
                                      Computer Instruments Corporation  (CIC)
                                      Model  8000  electric altimeter.
                                      A filter holder accommodating 37-mm
                                      diameter filter with a  tapered, machined
                                      probe tip.   Flow  rates  available  through
                                      this  system were  28 or  65 liters/min.
                                      The airmover was  a Gelman carbon  vane
                                      pump  and flow was determined  by measur-
                                      ing pressure drop across  the  filter with
                                      a Magnehelic gauge.
     Additionally the helicopters were equipped to collect 56-liter bag
samples at flow rates of 7, 14 or 28 liters per minute.  A prefilter
cartridge of marble chips coated with manganese dioxide powder  was  used to
destroy 0- thereby protecting the hydrocarbons in the sample  from oxidation.
         O
Temperature and Dew Point

Pressure/Altitude

Total Suspended
Particulates
                                     . 90

-------
Bags were kept out of direct sunlight during transport and storage.   Bags
were supplied and analyzed by the various principal investigators.
     Certain avionics equipment were also incorporated into the helicopter
air monitoring system to provide data which were used to calculate the
helicopter's position and wind fields.   This equipment consisted of two
Collins DME-40 (distance measuring equipment) transceivers and one Bendix
RVA-33A VOR receiver.  Compass headings and indicated airspeed were also
recorded.  A Data Device Corporation (DDC) Model 4700 synchro-to-digital
converter digitized the three synchro voltages from the ship's compass and
outputed the real time heading in degrees.  Airspeed was measured with a
CIC Model 7100 differential pressure transducer.
     Data acquisition was accomplished with a ML Model 7200 R-D2 with digital
clock modules C1-C4 and interfaced to a Cipher Model 70 digital tape recorder.
A MFE Corporation Model M24CRAHA strip chart recorder served as backup.
Calibration and Quality Control Procedures
Calibrations
     Calibrations were performed with a Bendix Dynamic Calibration System
(BDCS) operated in conjunction with a Bendix heat!ess air dryer and a MSA
catalytic oxidizer.  An Aadco pure air generator was used in place of the
dryer and catalytic oxidizer during the last four missions.
     All flows were calibrated on the BDCS on at least a weekly basis, but
when problems occurred with the BDCS more frequent flow calibrations were
made.
     During the first three field expeditions (Summer 1974, Fall 1974, and
Winter 1975), the flowmeters used were certified only to about 5% accuracy.
During the last four missions, an NBS traceable Teledyne-Hastings Miniflo
Calibrator was used for flow measurements.  Allowing a +2% accuracy for flow
measurement, and an additional allowance of +2% accuracy for ffeld standards
gave a calibration input of +4%.  However, the accuracy could be as much as
±8% of the input value as the flows were measured only on a weekly basis.
                                      91

-------
     Multipoint calibrations were performed biweekly.   These  calibrations
were implemented during the first, middle and last weeks  of each  field
expedition.  Zero-air tests were performed on the  same schedule.   Internal
zeroes of the SCL and CO analyzers were compared to the Aadco pure air
generator or the Bendix heatless air dryer and MSA catalytic  oxidizer.
Comparisons also were made between the in-flight zero-grade air (Linde or
Matheson zero-grade air) and the Aadco pure air generator or  the  Bendix
heatless air dryer and MSA catalytic oxidizer.  These  tests produced very
favorable results for 0- and SCL, and oxides of nitrogen.   Problems occurred
in the CO comparisons as the Aadco pure air generator  would occasionally
respond with a higher zero reading than the internal zero reading.   The
source of the problem was believed to be the difference in C0? background
between each of the zero-air sources.   The NO..-NO  converter efficiencies were
tested weekly.  When gas phase titration was used  for  0~  calibrations, the
converter efficiency was checked on a daily basis.
     Primary calibrations of the MRI nephelometer  were done in the field.   The
first primary calibration was performed immediately after set-up  and again
during the third week of operation.  This absolute calibration required
two data points, the scattering coefficients for pure  air and for pure
Freon 1Z^  The nephelometer was checked daily with an electronic test and
zeroed and spanned per the instruction manual.
     With the exception of the first two weeks of  operation during the
Summer 1974 Field Expedition, calibrations were performed in  the  following
format. Immediately after a flight, the post-calibration  zero was performed.
Without monitor adjustment, zero air was sampled from  the pure air generator
and after equilibrium was achieved, the zero value from the monitor was
recorded. Necessary adjustments to the zero value  were then made  on the air
quality monitor.  Following the zero adjustment, a known  concentration of
pollutant was generated by diluting a highly concentrated cylinder or permea-
tion tube output with the BDCS and sampled by the  monitor. After equilibrium
of the signal the post-calibration span reading was recorded.  The air quality
sensor was then adjusted to the signal level corresponding to the known
input and this value recorded.  The entire calibration sequence is based on
the fact that a zero value adjustment of 0.1 ppm to the air quality sensor

                                  -   92

-------
will directly affect the span value by the same 0.1 ppm.  Adjustment of a
span value will not influence the zero value previously established.  This
method determined the exact amount of zero and span drift at that time and
was applied to all SO,-,, CL, oxides of nitrogen and CO instrumentation.  The
sequence was also applied to the nephelometer calibrations; however, a re-
zero is necessary in this particular monitor because span adjustments do
affect zero values.
     Throughout the RAPS project the analysis of methane and non-methane
hydrocarbons remained a difficult task.   Two problems restrained the collec-
tion of hydrocarbon data.  The first problem was that of accurate standards
for calibration,  "i he second and most pernicious problem was that of the
MSA hydrocarbon analyzer catalyst stability.  It was finally resolved that,
because of frequent contamination (possibly phosphate), the catalysts within
the MSA (hopcalite) were not reliable.  The MSA hydrocarbon analyzer is much
like a gas chromatograph and pronounced temperature fluctuations also became
a problem.  The catalyst problem was finally resolved by using hydrocarbon-
free air from a cylinder rather than relying on the catalyst to supply
hydrocarbon-free air to the flame.  However, only one MSA flight day can be
assumed to be without these problems, and that flight was during the Summer
1976 Field Expedition, August 4, 1976.
     All Royco calibrations were performed with polystyrene latex beads manu*
factured by Dow Corning Corporation using a calibration system fabricated
by the Las Vegas Laboratory's helicopter team.  The Royco calibrations were
performed each evening prior to a scheduled Royco flight.
     During the first three missions when all flights were based at Scott
Air Force Base, Illinois, the avionics were tested routinely with equipment
loaned to the EPA by the Air Force.  After deployment to Smartt Field (St.
Charles County Airport), avionics test equipment had to be purchased.  Until
the equipment was available, all avionics testing was done by test flights
encircling a nearby VOR station, and by over-flights of landmarks to test
the DME's.  In-flight checks of the altimeter, VOR and DME data were also
made routinely by comparison to the aircraft avionics which were completely
independent systems.
                                      93

-------
Calibration Standards
     All measurements made by the RAPS helicopters were designed to conform
to the then current Code of Federal Regulations Reference Methods and, where
possible, all standards were Standard Reference Material (SRM) traceable
to the National Bureau of Standards (NBS).  The policy of the RAPS helicopter-
group was to prepare a secondary field standard and analyze it relative to an
NBS primary standard.  The NBS standard was kept in Las Vegas and the secondary
standard was used daily in the field calibrations.  This procedure was
designed to prevent the accidental loss of the primary standard which could
occur through leakage during routine use, and to save on costs.  The standards
used are described below.
Carbon Monoxide (CO)
     The CO primary standard was an NBS SRM mixture of CO and nitrogen con-
tained in an aluminum cylinder.  The secondary standards were CO-ultrapure
air mixtures prepared by Scott-Marin in aluminum cylinders to a nominal con-
centration of 15 ppm.
Oxides of Nitrogen (NO and N02)
     The initial secondary NO standard was analyzed during the 1973 Los
Angeles Reactive Pollutant Program Q-ARPP) project to be 81 ppm by gas phase
titration (GPT) (Rehme, 1976), as referenced to the Code of Federal Regulations
neutral buffered potassium iodide CNBKI) method for 0., analysis.  When the
cylinder was used in St. Louis during the Summer 1974 Field Expedition, it
was analyzed to be 77.5 ppm in reference to a RAMS station secondary NO
standard.  During the Fall 1974 mission, the cylinder was again compared to
NBKI by GPT and was analyzed at 72 ppm. When an NBS-certified NO-N2 mixture
was received in the Spring of 1975, the cylinder was again analyzed to be 72
ppm.
     The RAPS helicopter field standard was then recertified to a new value
and all data obtained previous to this audit were corrected for the change in
the span factor.  All other NO cylinder standardizations had very stable and
reproducible results.
                                      94

-------
     The NO standard was also tied to the ozone standard through the GPT
technique as discussed in the section on ozone.  During the period in 1974
when the NBS NO cylinder was on order the GPT technique was used to check
the NO cylinder values and calibrations.
Ozone (03)
     No NBS reference materials are available for 0,. calibrations.  The Code
of Federal Regulations Reference Method for 0- calibration used the oxidation
of an NBKI solution to calibrate.   In the Spring of 1974, the 0_ calibrations
were being performed with a Dasibi 1Q03-AH 0., analyzer as a secondary standard.
This monitor which demonstrated long-term stability was calibrated by the Code
of Federal Regulations NBKI Reference Method for 03.  This secondary refer-
ence Dasibi was also used to calibrate the NO cylinders by GPT; therefore,
the 0., and NO field standards were referenced either directly or indirectly
to the Code of Federal Regulations Reference flethod for 0~.  This method of
Q- calibration was used until June 1975.  At that time an NBS NO-in-N,,
cylinder was received which allowed all secondary NO cylinders to be cross-
compared directly to the NBS NO-in-N,, cylinder.  During this same period,
the accuracy of the NBKI ozone reference method came under close scrutiny and
testing by the EPA.  The Dasibi 0~ monitor, which had been stable for nearly
a year, also had developed electronic problems.
     All of the developments required that an 0- calibration be performed by
GPT referenced indirectly to an NBS cylinder of NO-in-N,, as the primary refer-
ence material.  The 0, calibration was performed daily by a GPT on the NO-NO,,
analyzer using the secondary standard of NO-in-N?.
     These reference methods for 03 and MO were used throughout the remainder
of the RAPS intensive studies.  Whenever the Dasibi 0, analyzer was repaired
and found to be functioning properly, a GPT would be performed directly with
an NBS NO-in-N? cylinder.  Once calibrated, the Dasibi would be taken to the
field as the secondary reference for 03 calibration.  When the Dasibi was
used as the secondary reference for 0~, it would be compared periodically to
a GPT on the NO-NOV monitor using the secondary standard of NO-in-N0.
                  A                                                L.
                                       95

-------
Sulfur Dioxide (S02)
     The S0? calibrations were performed with NBS-certified permeation tubes.
The permeation tubes were maintained at a constant temperature which was
measured with a certified thermometer.   At the approach to the end of the
warranted lifetime of the permeation tube, the tube was compared to a newly
purchased NBS permeation tube prior to  replacement to ensure equivalence
between them.
Methane (CH^) and Total Hydrocarbons (THC)
     Methane and non-methane standards  at the low ppm concentrations were a
problem for this study.  At the start of the program, the NBS methane stan-
dards were out of stock, and commercially prepared standards were used, which
tended to be unstable.  This problem was solved with the use of Scott-Marin
cylinders of methane in air which proved to be stable.   Although an NBS
standard was not available directly, checks were made via independent audits.
Independent Audits
     Beginning with the Summer 1975 Field Expedition, audits were per-
formed on a regular basis by the EPA/RAPS calibration van.  These audits
were performed after the last flight of the scheduled audit day in two
different modes.   In the first mode, the audit would be performed as soon
as possible after the last flight and before the normal post-calibration
procedures.  In the second mode, the audit would be performed as soon as
possible after the normal post-calibration procedure and pre-calibration for
the following day's flight.
     As a result of these audits, two problems were identified and corrected
in the helicopter calibration process.   One problem originated with the flow
system providing ambient air to the NO-NO^ analyzer through the BDCS.  During
the first three missions, the dilution  air was split by a sample "tee" with
a portion of the flow exhausting to the atmosphere through a short length of
tubing.  When the BDCS was used outside the hangar, the wind blowing across
the exhaust tube created a variable back pressure resulting in unstable
flow conditions.   The problem was corrected by using a longer length of
tubing and shielding the exhaust point  from air currents.   The second problem,
                                      96

-------
discovered early during the Summer 1976 mission,  was caused by flow pressure
gauges failing on the BDCS.
     Complete audit results and additional  details are contained in the final
report.  Information regarding the audit equipment and procedures can be
found in Section 8.3.
Instrumental Corrections
     The majority of air quality instrumentation  used aboard the helicopters
was not designed to operate within the temperature and pressure extremes
encountered in an unpressurized aircraft.   Consequently, a number of opera-
tional tests were made on the instruments  both in the laboratory and in the
field to quantify the error in the instrument output as a function of temper-
ature and pressure.  Equations were then derived  to correct the data for
these errors.
     Basically, two approaches were taken  to isolate and identify environ-
mentally caused effects to the signal  output of the instrument.  Experiments
were designed to test in situ instrument response under actual  conditions of
changing environmental factors and laboratory equipment was also used to
simulate flight conditions.
     Instrumental drift corrections were determined by environmental chamber
testing.  Instruments were placed in an environmental chamber and cycled
through a temperature range of 0° to 40°C  and a pressure range equivalent
to a change in altitude of 600 to 3000 m MSL.  Instrumental drift, defined
as the difference between the signal change in the environmental  chamber and
the signal change expected due to the  change in atmospheric density was then
determined.
     The instrument zero-drift was examined in flight by allowing the monitors
to sample pure air from zero-grade air bottles or their internal  scrubbers.
With the exception of the CO monitor,  the  zero drifts during an aircraft
spiral were negligible.  During a typical  flight  lasting about three hours,
the zero drifts of all the instruments except the CO monitor were less than
5% of full scale.  To compensate for this  drift,  zero levels were recorded peri'
odically during the flight and a linear interpolation of zero drift was made
to correct these data.
                                      97

-------
     Notably the CO monitor was extremely temperature  sensitive  and it
was not unusual for the zero drift of the instrument to  be  30% to  100% of
full scale during a spiral.  Corrections applied to this  instrument were
large therefore the CO data should be used with  reservation.
     The CIC pressure altimeter, Cambridge ambient temperature and dew point
sensor, and MRI integrating nephelometer were not tested for environmental
response as they were designed for aircraft use.
     Response times of the instruments were measured both in flight and  in
the laboratory.  A span gas was injected into each instrument  through a
solenoid valve mounted on the sample inlet tube.   Simultaneously a strip
chart recorder was started.  The length of the chart before the  signal began
to rise from the background level was a measure  of the lag  time.
     Linear response time corrections could not  be applied  to  the  Meloy
SA160 S02 flame photometric analyzer as the detection  technique  involves
a chemical combination of sulfur atoms which is  a second order process.
Periods of Data Collection
     Routine helicopter flights were made during the following performance
periods:
         Mission                             Periods of  Measurement
     1.  Summer 1974                  August 7,  1974 - August  30,  1974
     2.  Fall 1974                    November 11, 1974  - December 6, 1974
     3.  Winter 1975                  February 3, 1975 -  March 5,  1975
     4.  Summer 1975                  July 14, 1975 -  August 15, 1975
     5.  Winter 1976                  February 14, 1976  - March  12, 1976
     6.  Summer 1976                  July 12, 1976 -  August 13, 1976
     7.  Fall 1976                    October 26, 1976 -  November  18, 1976
The exact dates and times of the flights varied  because  of  unsuitable weather
conditions and the necessity of operating under  visual flight  rules  (VFR).
     In addition to the routine flights, many other flights were flown for
principal investigators conducting special experiments.   Brief descriptions
of these experiments with dates and times are shown in Table 8.
                                      98

-------
     During the majority of flights data were recorded at five second
intervals.  However, during some special experiments, data were recorded
at intervals as small as one second.  Bag/can and filter samples were taken
at a frequency and rate prescribed by the principal investigator performing
the experiment.
Location of Information Concerning Data Collection
     Additional information concerning data collection may be obtained from:
                 Francis Pooler, Jr. (MD-84)
                 Environmental  Protection Agency
                 Environmental  Sciences Research Laboratory
                 Research Triangle Park,  NC  27711
                 (919) 541-2649
Location and Type of Data Available
     Data are available as unaveraged, engineering units on magnetic tape
from:
                    RAPS Data Manager (MD-80)
                    Environmental Protection Agency
                    Environmental Sciences Research Laboratory
                    Research Triangle Park, NC  27711
                    (919) 541-4545
Data from the special experiments, specifically the analysis of the gas bag/
can samples, particulate filters and radiometer data can be obtained from
the respective investigators, as listed in Table 8.
Publication
Mage, D.T., R.B. Evans, C. Fitzsimmons, N. Hester, F. Johnson, S.  Pierett,
G. Sipple, and R. Snelling.  The RAPS Helicopter Air Pollution Measurement
Program, St. Louis, Missouri, 1974-1976.  U. S.  Environmental Protection
Agency, Las Vegas, Nevada.  In preparation.
                                      99

-------
 TABLE 8.  DESCRIPTION OF SPECIAL EXPERIMENTS FOR RAPS PRINCIPAL INVESTIGATORS

 Calendar
And Julian
   Date
  8/15/74
   4227
  8/16/74
   4228
  8/20/74
   4232
  12/4/74
   4338
  2/19/75
   5050
A flight was made in a square pattern at constant altitude
around the Wood Rfver, Illinois, refinery complex to
assess the emissions; particular emphasis was placed on
examining the hydrocarbon concentrations.
Principal Investigator - S.  Kopczynski, EPA
Flights were made in square patterns at constant altitude
around four point sources in the St. Louis Metropolitan
Area.  The point sources were the Chrysler assembly plant,
General Motors assembly plant, American Can Company and
Monsanto Chemicals (E. St, Louis),
Principal Investigator - S.  Kopszynski, EPA
Cross patterns were flown over RAMS Site 103 in coordination
with ground monitoring units to determine the 3-dimensional
distribution of ozone around the monitoring site.
Principal Investigator - L.  Chaney, University of Michigan
Vertical profiles and horizontal cross  sections were made
of the Baldwin, Illinois power plant plume at intervals
downwind of the stacks to characterize  the emissions.
Principal Investigator - R.  Husar, Washington University
Vertical profiles and horizontal cross  sections were made
of the Baldwin, Illinois power plant plume at intervals
downwind of the stacks to characterize  the emissions.
Principal Investigator - R.  Husar, Washington University

                                                 (continued)
                                      100

-------
                            TABLE 8.   (continued)
 Calendar
And Julian
   Date
  2/27/75
   5053
  2/27/75
   5058
  3/1/75
   5060
  3/1/75
   5060
  3/3/75
   5062
  7/15/75
   5196
  7/18/75
   5199
  7/18/75
   5199
  7/23/75
   5204
Same as February 19, 1975, plume study (morning).
Same as February 19, 1975, plume study (afternoon),
Same as February 19, 1975, plume study (morning).
Same as February 19, 1975, plume study (afternoon),
Same as December 4, 1974, plume study.
Cross sections and vertical profiles were made of the St.
Louis urban plume to determine the position of maximum 0,
concentrations and to characterize the pollutant transport
downwind of the city.
Principal Investigator - E. Martinez, EPA
Cross sections and vertical profiles were made of the St.
Louis urban plume to determine the position of maximum
NO concentrations and to characterize the pollutant trans-
port downwind of the city.
Principal Investigator - E. Martinez, EPA
Same as July 15, 1975, 03 study of the urban plume.

Bag samples of air were taken at varfous altitudes over
RAMS Sites 103 and 108 for hydrocarbon analysis.
Principal Investigator - S. Kopczynski, EPA
                                                       (continued)
                                      101

-------
                            TABLE 8.   (continued)
 Calendar
And Julian
   Date

  7/24/75
   5205
  7/24/75
   5205
  7/25/75
   5206
  7/30/75
   5211
  8/3/75
   5215
  8/4/75
   5216
  8/4/75
   5216
  8/4/75
   5216
Bag samples of air were taken at various altitudes over
RAMS Site 108 for hydrocarbon analysis.
Principal Investigator - S. Kopczynski, EPA
Flight patterns were flown along highways, near power
plants, and over "clean" rural areas to collect particulate
filter samples for analysis by electron microscopy.
Principal Investigator - R. Draftz, Illinois Institute of
Technology,
Same as July 15, 1975, 0~ study of the urban plume.

An experiment was run to examine sulfur transformations In
the St. Louis area.  Particulate filters and glass canisters
packed with an absorbent were used for the study.  Air was
drawn through the filters and the canisters at locations
upwind of the city, in the city center, and
downwind of the city.
Principal Investigator - W. Wilson, EPA
Same as July 15, 1975, 0- study of the urban plume.

Same as February 19, 1975, plume study (morning).

Same as February 19, 1975, plume study (afternoon).

Repetitive spirals from 4500 feet MSL down to 600 feet MSL
at RAMS Site 103 were made to determine the particulate-
size distribution with the Royco 220 analyzer.   The Royco
malfunctioned, but other pollutant data are available.
Principal Investigator - J. Peterson, EPA
                                      102
                                                       (continued)

-------
                            TABLE 8.   (continued)
 Calendar
And Julian
   Date
  8/4/75
   5216
  8/5/75
   5217
  8/5/75
   5217
  8/5/75
   5217
  8/5/75
   5217
  8/6/75
   5218
  8/7/75
   5219
  8/7/75
   5219


  8/7/75
   5219
Metal  cans were pumped full  of air for subsequent laboratory
analysis for fluorocarbons.   One sample was taken upwind of
the city and five samples were taken across the urban plume
downwind of the city.
Principal Investigator - J.  Durham, EPA
Same as February 19, 1975, plume study (morning).

Same as February 19, 1975, plume study (afternoon).

Same as August 4, 1975, study of fluorocarbon
distribution.
Same as July 30, 1975, study of sulfur transformations.

Same as July 15, 1975, 03 study of the urban plume.

Helicopter spirals were made over RAMS Sites 122, 114, 118,
and 103 from 4,000 feet MSL to 1,000 feet MSL to determine
particulate-size distribution with a Royco 220 and support-
ing equipment.
Principal Investigator - J.  Peterson, EPA
Bag samples for hydrocarbon analysis were taken upwind and
downwind of the Wood River refinery complex.
Principal Investigator - S.  Kopczynski, EPA
Bag samples for CO analysis were taken at various altitudes
above RAMS Site 108,  Data were to be correlated wtth. ground
monitors to determine the 3-dimenstonal distribution of CO.
Principal Investigator - L.  Chaney, University of Michigan
                                     (continued)
                                      103

-------
                            TABLE  8.   (continued)
 Calendar
And Julian
   Date
  8/8/75
   5220
  8/8/75
   5220
  8/8/75
   5220
  8/8/75
   5220
  8/9/75
   5221
  8/11/75
   5223
  8/11/75
   5223
  8/12/75
   5224
  8/12/75
   5224
Same as July 30, 1975,  study of sulfur transformations.

Bag samples were taken  to determine the changes in hydro-
carbon composition across St. Louis.   Samples were taken
upwind, near the center, and downwind of the city.
Principal Investigator  - S.  Kopczynski, EPA
Multi-stage high volume samples of air were collected for
subsequent chemical analysis.  High volume samples were
collected upwind of the city and at several locations over
the downtown area.
Principal Investigator  - W,  Wilson, EPA
Sulfur hexafluoride was released from towers to simulate
stack emissions.  The helicopters collected air samples in
syringes along cross sections of the extended plume path at
several intervals to determine plume dispersion character-
istics.
Principal Investigator «• F,  Shair, California Institute
of Technology
Same as August 8, 1975, sulfur hexafluoride study.

Same as August 8, 1975, sulfur hexafluoride study.

Same as July 18, 1975,  NO study of the urban plume.

Same as August 7, 1975, study of hydrocarbon distribution.

Same as August 8, 1975, study of hydrocarbon composition.
                                                       (.continued)
                                      104

-------
                            TABLE 8.   (continued)
 Calendar
And Julian
   Date

  8/12/75
   5224
  8/13/75
   5225
  8/15/75
   5227
  8/15/75
   5227
  2/22/76
   6053
  2/23/76
   6054
  2/23/76
   6054
  2/24/76
   6055
  2/25/76
   6056
Same as August 7, 1975, study of CO distribution.

Orbits were made at 4,000, 3,000, 2,000, and 1,000 feet MSL
over RAMS Site 118 to determine particulate-size distribu-
tion with the Royco 220 and supporting equipment,
Principal Investigator - J. Peterson, EPA
Same as August 8, 1975, sulfur hexafluoride study.

Same as August 8, 1975, study of hydrocarbon composition.

Vertical spirals were made over a number of RAMS ground
stations and over UASN Site 142.   The emphasis  was on
collecting temperature soundings.  The vertical profiles
were, to the extent possible, taken at the same tine
as radiosondes were launched.
Principal Investigator - J. Ching, EPA
Same as February 22, 19,76, temperature profile  study
(morning).
Same as February 22, 1976, temperature profile  study
(afternoon).
Same as February 22, 1976, temperature profile  study,

Vertical profiles were made over RAMS Sites 118 and 103
to determine the size distribution of particulate matter
with the Royco 220 and supporting equipment.
Principal Investigator - J. Peterson, EPA
                                                       (continued)
                                      105

-------
                            TABLE 8.   (continued)
 Calendar
And Julian
   Date

  3/6/76
   6066
  3/7/76
   6067
  7/16/76
   6198
  7/20/76
   6202
  7/20/76
   6202
  7/22/76
   6204
  7/23/76
   6205

  7/23/76
   6205
  7/23/76
   6205
  7/26/76
   6208
  7/27/76
   6209
Vertical profiles were made over Smartt Field and other
selected sites to obtain temperature profiles.
Principal Investigator - J. McElroy, EPA
Same as March 6, 1976, temperature profile study.

Same as February 25, 1976, Royco mission.

Same as February 25, 1976, Royco mission.

Same as July 15, 1975, 03 study of the urban plume.

Same as July 15, 1975, 0_ study of the urban plume.

Cross sections and vertical profiles were made of the
St. Louis urban plume in support of the DA VINCI balloon flights.
Principal Investigator - B. Zak, Sandfa
Same as February 25, 1976, Royco misston.

Same as July 15, 1975, 0~ study of the urban plume.

Same as February 25, 1976, Royco mission.

Same as March 6, 1976, temperature profile study.
                                                       (.continued)
                                    .  106

-------
                            TABLE 8.   (continued)
 Calendar
And Julian
   Date

  7/28/76
   6210
  7/29/76
   6211
  7/30/76
   6212
  7/30/76
   6212
  7/31/76
   6213
  8/8/76
   6221
  8/8/76
   6221
  8/8/76
   6221
  8/10/76
   6223

  8/10/76
   6223
Vertical profiles were made over RAMS Sites 122 and 114 to
determine the size distribution of particulate matter with
the Royco 220 and support equipment.
Principal Investigator - J. Peterson, EPA
Vertical profiles were made over Sangamon, Illinofs,  to
provide information on the temperature structure of the
atmosphere.   The work was done to support studies done by
Argonne National Laboratories.
Principal Investigator - B. Hicks, Argonne National
Laboratory
Same as March 6, 1976, temperature profile study.

Same as February 22, 1976, temperature profile study.

Study of plume behavior at the Portage Des Sioux power plant.
Principal Investigator - R. Husar, Washington University
Same as March 6, 1976, temperature profile study (early
morning).
Same as March 6, 1976, temperature profile study (mid-
morning).
Same as July 31, 1976, study of Portage Des Sioux plume
(mid-morning).
A downward-looking radiometer was carried by the helicopter
to measure the reflected light intensity.
Principal Investigator - J. Peterson, EPA
Same as July 15, 1975, 0, study of the urban plume.
                                                      Tcontinued)
                                      107

-------
                            TABLE  8.   (continued)
 Calendar
And Julian
   Date

  8/12/76
   6225
  11/8/76
   6313
  11/9/76
   6314
  11/12/76
   6317
Same as July 31, 1976,  study of Portage Des  Sioux plume.

Horizontal cross sections and vertical  profiles  of the
Labadie power plant plume were made  to  gather pollution
data for correlation with simultaneous  measurements of
sulfur hexafluoride dispersion characteristics.
Principal Investigator - F,  Shair, California Institute
of Technology
Same as November 8, 1976, sulfur hexafluoride study.

Same as November 8, 1976, sulfur hexafluorfde study.
                                      108

-------
6.0  POLLUTANT TRANSPORT AND DIFFUSION STUDIES

Introduction
     Since mathematical dispersion formulations are inherently limited in
accuracy by definition of the boundary layer structure,  including its turbu-
lent properties as implicitly assumed, adequate description of this structure
is vital for model validation studies.
     The pollutant transport and dispersion studies consisted of a series of
experiments directed toward understanding and subsequently describing the
relationships between atmospheric, dynamic, kinematic, and energetic processes
that occur in the urban boundary layer and their resultant impacts on the
transport and dispersion of pollutants.  Of particular interest was the effect
on the boundary layer of the widely varying thermal and mechanical properties
of the urban surface.
     The experiments described in Section 6.0 may be segregated into two areas
of emphasis, those primarily dealing with describing the effect of the urban
area on the boundary layer and those associated with understanding the mecha-
nisms that produce this urban effect.  The former refers to the spatial and
temporal definition of the boundary layer over the St. Louis region, whereas
the latter refers to the investigations into the various components of the
energy budget.
                                     109

-------
6.1  DESCRIPTION OF BOUNDARY LAYER
6.1.1  BOUNDARY LAYER STRUCTURE STUDY
6.1.1.1  FOSTAIRE INSTRUMENTED HELICOPTER
Principal Investiagtors              Task Coordinators
Timothy L. Waldron                   James L. McElroy
Rockwell International               Environmental Protection Agency
Air Monitoring Center                Environmental Monitoring and Support
11640 Administration Drive             Laboratory
Creve Coeur, MO  63141               Las Vegas, NV  89114
(314) 567-6722                       (702) 736-2969
Albert C. Jones                      Jason K. S.  Ching (MD-80)
Rockwell International               Environmental Protection Agency
Hanford Operations                   Environmental Sciences Research
Box 800                                Laboratory
Richland, WA  99352                  Research Triangle Park, NC  27711
(509) 942-6308                       (919) 541-4524
Funding
     EPA Contract No. 68-02-1081, Task Order Nos. 2, 15,  48, 60 (Rockwell)
     EPA Contract No. 68-02-2000 (Environmental Quality Research)
     EPA Contract No. 68-02-2093, Task Order Nos. 109, 116, 118 (Rockwell)
Periods of Performance
          Task Order No. 2            July - August 1973
          Task Order No. 15           February -  March 1974
          Task Order No. 48           July - August 1974
          Contract No. 68-02-2000     February -  March 1975
          Task Order No. 60           July - August 1975
                                     110

-------
     Task Order No.  109               February -  March 1976
     Task Order No.  116               July -  September 1976
     Task Order No.  118               October - December 1976
Technical Approach
     In order to define those properties and  conditions of the atmospheric
boundary layer structure which contribute to  the  transport and diffusion  of
pollutants, a series of field experiments on  boundary layer  structure  were
conducted in the St. Louis Metropoliton Area  as part of the  RAPS  program.  The
specific objective of these experiments was to advance the understanding  and
description of the relationships between atomospheric dynamic, kinematic, and
energetic processes  which occurred in this boundary layer with particular
interest devoted to  the spatial and temporal  variations caused by differential
thermal and mechanical properties of the urban surface.
     To achieve this objective, a Fostaire instrumented Bell 47J  helicopter
obtained vertical  profiles of temperature, moisture (dew point temperature),
sulfur dioxide (SOg) concentration and total  light back scattering by  aerosols
(t>   , ) via soundings (vertically ascending spirals) from near the surface
  sea L
through the extent of the boundary layer at selected locations across  the
St. Louis Metropolitan Area.
     Initially, data were collected at 30 meter intervals during  the helicop-
ter spirals from as  close to the surface as safety would permit,  and through
the extent of the boundary layer.  Beginning  in the summer 1975,  the  measure-
ments were recorded continuously on a data logger.
Periods of Data Collection
     Task Order No.  2                 July 30 - August 25, 1973
     Task Order No.  15                February 14 - March 6,  1974
     Task Order No.  48                July 25 - August 27, 1974
     Contract 68-02-2000              February 3 - March 7,  1975
     Task Order No.  60                July 12 - August 15, 1975
     Task Order No.  109               February 15 - March 6,  1976
     Task Order No.  116               July 12 - August 14, 1976
     Task Order No.  118               October 25 - November 19, 1976
                                     111

-------
Parameters Measured                   Instrument/Method  Used
Temperature, Pressure,  Sulfur         A Sign-X Analyzer  System  consisting  of
Dioxide (S02) Concentration           SOz analyzer and scrubber,  and  temperature
                                      and pressure-altitude  sensors.
Moisture (Dew Point Temperature)      EG&G Vapor Mate II dew  point temperature
                                      system.   Optically sensed,  thermoelectri-
                                      cally cooled dew point  hygrometer.   Instru-
                                      ment range of -40°C to  +50°C with a  0.25°C
                                      nominal  resolution.
Light Scattering Coefficient          MRI Model No. 1561 Integrating  Nephelo-
                                      meter measuring light  back  scattering
                                      coefficient (b  t\.   The range of opera-
                                      tion of the nephelometer  is 0.1 to 10.0 x
                                      10" M  .  Accuracy is  +10%  of scale.
     Data acquisition was accomplished with a Hewlett-Packard dual-pen electro-
static strip chart recorder interfaced to a EC-22 control unit  for a  Metrodata
data logger.
Calibration and Quality Control Procedures
Sign-X Analyzer System
     SO^ Analyzer and Scrubber       Zero and span check prior to each flight,
     Temperature Sensor              Zero and span check before each  experi-
                                     ment using a standard decade box.
     The EPA S02 portable calibrator was compared with the EPA Winnebago
Tracer System to assure integrity of the system before auditing the helicopter
system.  Following obtainment of satisfactory comparative readings, a four
point calibration audit was performed on the Sign-X S02  analyzer  with close
agreement to the previously established calibration curves.
EG&G Vapor Mate II                   Zeroed and checked  before  each flight.
Dew Point Temperature System
MRI Integrating Nephelometer         Calibration was accomplished by intro-
                                     ducing first clean  air,  then Freon-12

                                     112

-------
                                      into the sample chamber.   The Rayleigh
                                      scattering of these two gases is used to
                                      adjust the instrument to  preset values.
     In addition, all equipment was calibrated at Research Triangle Park prior
to and following each experiment.
Location and Type of Data Available
     Reports concerning data collection may be obtained from the EPA Task
Coordinators.  Data are available on magnetic tape as part of the RAPS data
bank and may be obtained by contacting:
                 RAPS Data Manager
                 Environmental Protection Agency
                 Environmental Sciences Research Laboratory
                 Research Triangle Park, NC  27711
                 (919) 541-4545
Publications
Clarke, 0. F., and J. L. McElroy.   Effects of Ambient Meteorology and Urban
Morphological Features on the Vertical Temperature Structure Over Cities,
Presented at Annual Meeting of the Air Pollution Control Association, Denver,
Colorado.  June 1974.
Jones, A. C.  Final Report: for St. Louis Boundary Layer Study 'Summer 1973'.
Rockwell  International Air Monitoring Center, Newbury Park, California.  Task
Order No. 2 Final Report, EPA Contract 68-02-1081.  April 1974.
Jones, A. C.  Final Report for St. Louis Boundary Layer Study 'Winter 1974'.
Rockwell  International Air Monitoring Center, Newbury Park, California.  Task
Order No. 15 Final Report, EPA Contract 68-02-1031.  March 1974.
Jones, A. C. Regional Air Pollution Study Final Report, Task Order No. 48.
Rockwell  International Air Monitoring Center, Newbury Park, California.  Task
Order No. 48 Final Report, EPA Contract 68-02-1081.  September 1974.
McElroy,  J. L., J. F. Clarke, and J. M. Godowitch.  Urban Boundary Layer
Structure During Sunset-Sunrise Transition Periods.  Presented at the Fall
Annual Meeting of the American Geophysical Union, San Francisco, California.
December  1973.

                                     113

-------
Publications (continued)
McElroy, J. L., and J. F. Clarke,  Atmospheric Diffusion during Sunset and Sun-
rise Transitional Periods.  Proceedings of the Symposium on Atmospheric Diffusion
and Air Pollution, Santa Barbara, California.  September 1974.
McElroy, J. L.   Variations in Mixing Layer Height Across Metropoliton St. Louis.
Presented at the First Conference on Regional and Mesoscale Modeling, Analysis
and Prediction.  Las Vegas, Nevada.  May 1975.
Waldron, T. L.   Summer 1975 Boundary Layer Study.  Rockwell International Air
Monitoring Center, Creve Coeur, Missouri.  Task Order No. 60 Final Report,
EPA Contract 68-02-1081.  January 1976.
VJaldron, T. L.   St. Louis Winter 1976 Boundary Layer Study.  Rockwell Interna-
tional Air Monitoring Center, Creve Coeur, Missouri.  Task Order No, 109 Final
Report, EPA Contract 68-02-2093.  May 1976.
Waldron T. L.  St. Louis Summer 1976 Boundary Layer Study.  Rockwell Interna-
tional Air Monitoring Center, Creve Coeur, Missouri.  Task Order No, 116 Final
Report, EPA Contract 68-02-2093.  May 1977.
Waldron, T. L.   St. Louis Fall 1976 Boundary Layer Study,  Rockwell International
Air Monitoring Center, Creve Coeur, Missouri.  Task Order No.  118 Final Report,
EPA Contract 68-02-2093.  March 1977.
                                     114

-------
6.1.1.2  MOBILE PIBAL SUPPORT
Principal Investigators
Timothy L. Waldron
Rockwell International
Air Monitoring Center
11640 Administration Drive
Creve Coeur, MO  63141
(314) 567-6722
Albert C. Jones
Rockwell International
Hanford Operations
Box 800
Richland, WA  99352
(509) 942-6308
Funding
     EPA Contract No, 68-02-1081,
     EPA Contract No. 68-02-2093,
Periods of Performance
          Task Order No.  4
          Task Order No.  18
          Task Order No.  47
          Task Order No.  109
          Task Order No.  116
          Task Order No.  118
    Task Coordinators
    Jarnes L.  McElroy
    Environmental Protection Agency
    Environmental Monitoring and Support
      Laboratory
    Las Vegas, NV  89114
    (702) 736-2969
    Jason K.  S.  Ching (MD-80)
    Environmental Protection Agency
    Environmental Sciences Research
      Laboratory
    Research Triangle Park, NC  27711
    (919) 541-4524
Task Order Nos. 4, 18, 47
Task Order Nos. 109, 116, 118
    July - August 1973
    February - March 1974
    July - August 1974
    February - March 1976
    July - September 1976
    October - December 1976
                                      115

-------
Technical Approach
     In order to develop mathematical  dispersion formulations  for the  Regional
Air Pollution Study, it was necessary  to recognize and define  those  properties
and conditions of the boundary layer structure which contribute to the tran-
sport and diffusion of pollutants.   To help achieve this,  a series of  field
experiments on atmospheric boundary layer structure was conducted in the
St. Louis Metropolitan Area.  As an integral  part of these studies,  mobile
pibal observations were effected to obtain simultaneous profiles of wind speed
and wind direction through the vertical  extent of the boundary layer.
     These observations were taken  at  half hour intervals  at various site
locations in the metropolitan area.  Site locations were varied to correspond
with other investigations (helicopters,  van,  etc.) involved in the boundary
layer study.
Periods of Data Collection
     Task Order No. 4                 August  7-25, 1973
     Task Order No. 18                February 17, 1974 -  March 7, 1974
     Task Order No. 47                July 29, 1974 - August 24, 1974
     Task Order No. 109               February 17, 1976 -  March 10,  1976
     Task Order No. 116               Ouly 14, 1976 - August 8, 1976
     Task Order No. 118               October 25,  1976 - November 18,  1976
Parameters Measured                   Instrument/Method Used
Wind speed and wind direction         10 or 30 gram pilot  balloon Cpibal)
                                      observations using the single theodolite
                                      method.  Calculated  wind speed and direc-
                                      tion from angular values observed at a
                                      constant time interval  of 20 seconds.
Calibration and Quality Control  Procedures
     All pibals were released in accordance with Upper Air Sounding Network
procedures (Section 4.0).  Because  mobile pibal  sites orientation points
have to be determined, a compass with  sighting apparatus was  used at each site
to locate a reference point for Magnetic North.   A reference  point for True
North was then established by correction for  the appropriate  magnetic

                                      116

-------
declination angle, obtained from U.S. Geological Survey maps.
Location and Type of Data Available
     Copies of the task order final reports and additional information may be
obtained from the EPA Task Coordinators.  Data are available on magnetic tape
as part of the RAPS data bank and may be obtained by contacting:
                    RAPS Data Manager (MD-80)
                    Environmental Protection Agency
                    Environmental Sciences Research Laboratory
                    Research Triangle Park, NC  27711
                    (919) 541-4545
Publications
Jones, A. C.  St. Louis Experiments (SLEPS).  Rockwell International Air
Monitoring Center, Newbury Park, California.  Task Order No. 4 Final Report,
EPA Contract 68-02-1081.  July 1974.
Jones, A. C.  'Hinter 1974'  Meteorological Support.  Rockwell International
Air Moritoring Center, Newbury Park, California.  Task Order No. 18 Final
Report, EPA Contract 68-02-1081.  April  1974,
Jones, A. C.  Meteorological Upper-Air Support 'August 1974'.  Rockwell Inter-
national Air Monitoring Center, Newbury Park, California.  Task Order No. 47
Final  Report, EPA Contract 68-02-1081.  November 1974.
Waldron, T. L.  St. Louis Winter 1976 Boundary Layer Study.   Rockwell Interna-
tional Air Monitoring Center, Creve Coeur, Missouri.  Task Order No. 109 Final
Report, EPA Contract 68-02-2093.  May 1976.
Waldron, T. L.  St. Louis Summer 1976 Boundary Layer Study.   Rockwell Interna-
tional Air Monitoring Center, Creve Coeur, Missouri,  Task Order No. 116 Final
Report, EPA Contract 68-02-2093.  May 1977.
Waldron, T. L.  St. Louis Fall 1976 Boundary Layer Study.  Rockwell Interna-
tional Air Monitoring Center, Creve Coeur, Missouri.  Task Order No. 118 Final
Report, EPA Contract 68-02-2093.  March 1977.
                                      117

-------
6.1.1.3  MOBILE RADIOSONDE SUPPORT
Principal Investi gator                Task Coordinator
Timothy L. Waldron                    James L.  McElroy
Rockwell International                Environmental  Protection Agency
Air Monitoring Center                 Environmental  Monitoring and Support
11640 Administration Drive              Laboratory
Creve Coeur, MO  63141                Las Vegas, NV  89114
(314) 567-6722                        (702) 736-2969
Funding  EPA Contract No. 68-02-1081, Task Order No. 18
Period of Performance  February - March 1974
Technical Approach
     In supplementing the St.  Louis Boundary Layer Structure Study, mobile
radiosonde observations were effected from a site located at the base of the
St. Louis Gateway Arch to provide a vertical representation of temperature,
pressure, moisture, and wind within the atmospheric boundary layer.
Period of Data Collection
     Upper air data were collected from February 11, 1974 through March 6, 1974
from a site located at the base of the St. Louis Gateway Arch.
Parameters Measured                   Instrument/Method Used
Temperature, Relative Humidity,       Viz 403MHz radiosonde equipped with a
Barometric Pressure, Wind Direction   standard  thermistor, hygristor and baro-
and Wind Soeed Aloft                  switch.   The unit was tracked usinq the
                                      single theodolite method.   Temperature,
                                      relative  humidity and barometric pressure
                                      were recorded, transcribed to D-31
                                      Adiabatic Charts, and hand reduced to
                                   .  118

-------
Parameters Measured                   Instrument/nethod Used  (continued)
                                      temperature and dewpoint in degrees
                                      Celsius, barometric pressure in millibars,
                                      wind direction in degrees azimuth with
                                      respect to true north and wind speed in
                                      meters per second.  The radiosonde was
                                      carried aloft by a 100-aram balloon and
                                      tracked to 700 mb. (approximately 3.0 krn^
                                      whenever possible.  Final data reduction
                                      was implemented by the RAPS computer for
                                      submission to the RAPS data bank.
Calibration and Quality Control Procedures
     In addition to the initial equipment calibration and testing, an EPA elec-
tronics technician performed all maintenance and repairs.   All radiosonde data
were quality controlled in accordance with Upper Air Sounding Network Quality
Control procedures (Section 4.0).
Location and Type of Data Available
     Copies of the final report and additional information may be obtained from
the EPA Task Coordinator.  Data may be obtained from:
                    RAPS Data Manager (MD-80)
                    Environmental Protection Agency
                    Environmental Sciences Research Laboratory
                    Research Triangle Park, NC  27711
                    (919) 541-4545
Publication
Jones, A.  C. 'Winter 1974' Meteorological Support.   Rockwell International  Air
Monitoring Center, Creve Coeur, Missouri.  Task Order No.  18 Final Report,  EPA
Contract 68-02-1081.   April 1974.
                                      119

-------
6.1.1.4  ILLINOIS STATE MATER SURVEY RADIOSONDE SUPPORT
Principal Investigator                Project Officer
Bernice Ackerman                      James L. McElroy
Atmospheric Sciences Section          Environmental Protection Agency
Illinois State Water Survey           Environmental Monitoring and Support
Box 232                               '  Laboratory
Urbana, IL  61801                     Las Vegas, NV  89114
(217) 333-2210                        (702) 736-2969
Fundi ng
     Funds for the Summer 1973 Boundary Layer Structure Study, Illinois State
Water Survey Mobile Radiosonde Support were provided by the Department of Energy
(DOE) (formerly ERDA, formerly AEC), the National Science Foundation, and the
Environmental Protection Agency.
Period of Performance  July - August 1973
Technical Approach
     Under a cooperative program by the Illinois State Water Survey, METROMEX
and the Environmental Protection Agency, RAPS, upper air soundings were taken at
the Gateway Arch in St. Louis.  These soundings provided supplementary data for
the Summer 1973 Boundary Layer Structure Study conducted in the St. Louis
Metropolitan Area.
Period of Data Collectioji
     Upper air sounding data were collected from the St. Louis Gateway Arch
during July and August 1973.  The radiosonde release frequency was two per
day with occasional special soundings also released.
                                      120

-------
Parameters Measured                   Instrument/Method Used
Temperature, Relative Humidity,       Viz 403MHz radiosonde equipped with a
Barometric Pressure, Wind Direction   standard thermistor, hygristor and baro-
and Wind Speed Aloft                  switch.  The unit was tracked using the
                                      single theodolite method.
Calibration and Quality Control Procedures
     Calibration and Quality Control procedures were performed by personnel
of the Illinois State Water Survey.
Location and Type of Data Available
     Information on the radiosonde observations may be obtained from the
Principal Investigator.  Data may be obtained from:
                 RAPS Data Manager (MD-80)
                 Environmental Protection Agency
                 Environmental Sciences Research Laboratory
                 Research Triangle Park, NC  27711
                 (919) 541-4545
Publication
     None.
                                      121

-------
6.1.1.5  EPA INSTRUMENTED VAN
Principal Invest!gator
Timothy L.  Waldron
Rockwell International
Air Monitoring Center
11640 Administration Drive
Creve Coeur, MO  63141
(314) 567-6722
Funding
     EPA Contract No. 68-02-2000
     EPA Contract No. 68-02-1081,
     EPA Contract No. 68-02-2093,
Periods of Performance
     Contract No. 68-02-2000
     Task Order No. 60
     Task Order No. 109
     Task Order No. 116
     Task Order No. 118
Technical Approach
     Task Coordinators
     James L.  McElroy
     Environmental  Protection  Agency
     Environmental  Monitoring  and  Support
       Laboratory
     Las Vegas,  NV   89114
     (702) 736-2969
     Jason K.  S. Ching  (MD-80)
     Environmental  Protection  Agency
     Environmental  Sciences  Research
       Laboratory
     Research  Triangle  Park, NC  27711
     (919) 541-4524
(Environmental  Quality Research)
 Task Order No.  60 (Rockwell)
 Task Order Nos.  109,  116,  118 (Rockwell)
     February -  March 1975
     July - August 1975
     February -  March 1976
     July - September 1976
     October - December 1976
     To distinquish those features of the boundary layer structure elusive to
the helicopter at ground level, an instrumented van obtained surface measurements
                                      122

-------
of temperature, dew point, temperature,  sulfur dioxide (SC^)  concentration,
and total  light scattering by aerosols  (bscat)  at selected locations  across
the urban/rural complex.
Periods of Data Collection
     Contract No.  68-02-2000
     Task Order No. 60
     Task Order No. 109
     Task Order No. 116
     Task Order No. 118
Parameters Measured
Temperature, Sulfur dioxide
(S0?) concentration

Moisture (Dew Point Temperature)
Light Scattering Coefficients
February 3 - March 7, 1975
July 16 - August 15, 1975
February 19 - March 10, 1976
July 22 - August 12, 1976
October 25 - November 19, 1976
Instrument/Method Used
A Sign-X Analyzer System consisting of
S02 analyzer and scrubber, and temperature
sensor.
EG&G Vapor Mate II dew point temperature
system.  Optically sensed, thermoelectri-
cally cooled dew point hygrometer.
Instrument range of -40°C to +50°C  with
0.25°C nominal resolution.
MRI Model No. 1561 Integrating Nepholometer
measuring light back scattering coefficient.
The range of operation of the nephelometer
                    -4 -1
was 0.1 to 10.0 x 10  M  .  Accuracy was
+10% of scale.
     Measurements were usually obtained along formatted highway routes with
preselected observation points.  Once a route for a particular experiment was
selected, observations were taken round trip along the route until completion
of the experimental period.  Each route used by the instrumented van was de-
signed to coincide with a helicopter flight pattern.  The van was utilized for
measurements during all days of the above observation intervals, except during
bad weather and equipment malfunctions.
                                     123

-------
Calibration and Quality Control Procedures
     All calibration procedures were exactly the same as those of the Fostaire
instrumented helicopter (Section 6.1.1.1) and were performed before each
experimental period and following each loop completion of a formatted highway
route.
Location and Type of Data Available
     Reports concerning data collection may be obtained from the EPA Task
Coordinators.  Data are available on magnetic tape as part of the RAPS Data
Bank and may be obtained by contacting:
                 RAPS Data Manager
                 Environmental Protection Agency
                 Environmental Sciences Research Laboratory
                 Research Triangle Park, NC  27711
                 (919) 541-4545
Publications
Waldron, T. L.  Summer 1975 Boundary Layer Study.   Rockwell International Air
Monitoring Center, Creve Coeur, Missouri.  Task Order No. 60 Final Report, EPA
Contract 63-02-1081.  January 1976.
Waldron, T. L.  St. Louis Winter 1976 Boundary Layer Study.  Rockwell Interna-
tional Air Monitoring Center, Creve Coeur, Missouri.  Task Order No, 109 Final
Report, EPA Contract 68-02-2093.  May 1976.
Waldron, T. L.  St. Louis Summer 1976 Boundary Layer Study.  Rockwell Interna-
tional Air Monitoring Center, Creve Coeur, Missouri.  Task Order No. 116 Final
Report, EPA Contract 68-02-2093.  May 1977.
Waldron, T. L.  St. Louis Fall 1976 Boundary Layer Study.  Rockwell International
Air Monitoring Center, Creve Coeur, Missouri.  Task Order No.  118 Final  Report,
EPA Contract 68-02-2093.  March 1977.
                                     124

-------
6.1.1.6  EPA INSTRUMENTED TEMPERATURE VEHICLE
Principal Investigators               Task Coordinator
Timothy L.  l-Jaldron                    James L. HcElroy
Rockwell International                Environmental Protection Agency
Air Monitoring Center                 Environmental Monitoring and Support
11640 Administration Drive              Laboratory
Creve Coeur, MO  63141                Las Vegas, NV  89114
(314) 567-6722                        (702) 736-2969
Albert C. Jones
Rockwell International
Hanford Operations
Box 800
Rich!and, WA  99352
(509) 942-6308
Funding
     Environmental Protection Agency
     EPA Contract No. 68-02-1081, Task Order No. 60
Periods of Performan.ee
     LPA (in house)                   August 1973 - March 1975
     Task Order No. 60                July - August 1975
Technical Approach
     In support of the RAPS Boundary Layer Structure Study, a series of field
experiments were conducted in the St. Louis Metropolitan Area.  In conjunction
with these experiments, a mobile temperature sensing vehicle was used to obtain
temperature and dew point temperature measurements across the surface of the
urban/rural experimental area, primarily along the interstate highways.  During
operation, locations and times were recorded on a voice recorder with simulta-

                                      125

-------
neous event marks made on the dual-pen strip chart recorder,  thus  providing a
post-experimental cross reference between times and locations along the routes
and the traces on the recorder records.
Periods of Data Collection
     EPA (in house)                   August 1  - 25, 1973
     EPA (in house)                   February 16 - March 6,  1974
     EPA (in house)                   July 27 - August 24, 1974
     EPA (in house)                   February 3 - March 7, 1975
     Task Order No. 60                Ouly 16 - August 15, 1975
Parameters Measured                   Instrument/Method Used
Surface Temperature                   Battery operated (homemade)  resistance
                                      box interfaced to a strip chart recorder,
Calibration and Quality Control Procedures
     The resistance box was calibrated before and after each  period of opera-
tion using a single point calibration for each range.
Location and Type of Data Available
     Information concerning data collection may be obtained from the EPA Task
Coordinator.  The data are available on magnetic tape as part of the RAPS data
bank and may be obtained by contacting:
                 RAPS Data Manager (MD-80)
                 Environmental Protection Agency
                 Environmental Sciences Research Laboratory
                 Research Triangle Park, NC  27711
                 (919) 541-4545
Publication
Waldron, T. L.  Summer 1975 Boundary Layer Study.  Rockwell International Air
Monitoring Center, Creve Coeur, Missouri.  Task Order No. 60 Final Report, EPA
Contract 68-02-1081.  January 1976.
                                    . 126

-------
6.1.1.7  EPA MOBILE LIDAR VAN
Principal Investigator                Project Officers
Lewis A. Knight (MD-81)               James L.  McElroy
Environmental Protection Agency       Environmental  Protection Agency
Environmental Sciences Research       Environmental  Monitoring and Support
  Laboratory                            Laboratory
Research Triangle Park, NC 27711       Las Vegas, NV   89114
(919) 541-2811                        (702) 736-2969
                                      Jason K.  S. Ching (MD-80)
                                      Environmental  Protection Agency
                                      Environmental  Sciences Research
                                        Laboratory
                                      Research  Triangle Park, NC  27711
                                      (919) 541-4524
Funding  Environmental Protection Agency
Period of Performance  July 1973 - March 1976
Technical Approach
     The SRI Mark VIII ruby lidar was used in both stationary and mobile
operations in Greater St. Louis during the RAPS intensive study periods.  The
specific sites and routes selected depended on the air currents operating at
the time of observation.  The main stationary observation locations were the
Gateway Arch, the UASN Station 141, the Holiday Inn on Market Street, the
Arena parking lot, Busch Stadium, and the Army Records Center in Overland.
The major mobile observation routes included 1-70, 1-44, 1-55 and US-40.
Periods of Data Collection
     The exact times of data collection varied within the following periods
to coincide with other experimental efforts:

                                     127

-------
     July 30 - August 25,  1973
     July 25 - August 27,  1974
     February 3 - March 7, 1975
     July 12 - August 15,  1975
     February 15 - March 6, 1976
     For stationary operation, lidar shots  were nominally  made  at  20  second
intervals.   For mobile operation,  ten pulses  per minute  were  generated.
Parameter Measured                    Instrument/Method  Used
Relative Aerosol Distribution         SRI MARK VIII  Q-switch  ruby  laser  lidar
                                      recording on both  a  video magnetic disk
                                      recorder and on  an oscilloscope equipped
                                      with  a  35-mm recording  camera.
Calibration and Quality Control Procedures
     In addition to the initial equipment calibration  and  testing  prior  to
each field experiment, an onsite EPA electronics technician performed periodic
calibrations during the field operations.
Location and Type of Data Available
     Video disc data for graphical  display  are available through the  RAPS Data
Bank.  For information on data availability contact:
                 RAPS Data Manager (MD-80)
                 Environmental Protection Agency
                 Environmental Sciences Research Laboratory
                 Research Triangle Park, NC  27711
                 (919) 541-4545
Publication
McElroy, J. L.  Details of Urban Atmospheric Boundary  Layer Structure Revealed
by Ground-Based and Airborne Downlooking LIDAR Systems.  Presented at the 1975
International Laser Radar Conference, Menlo Park, California.  November  1975.
                                     128

-------
6.1.1.8  SRI MOBILE LIDAR VAN

Principal  Investigator                Project Officer
Edward E.  Uthe                        Jason K.  S.  Ching
SRI International                      Environmental  Protection Agency
333 Ravenswood Avenue                 Environmental  Sciences  Research
Menlo Park, CA  94025                   Laboratory
(415) 326-6200                        Research  Triangle Park,  NC  27711
                                      (919) 541-4524
Funding  EPA Contract No. 68-02-2418
Period of Performance  July 1976 - March 1978
Technical  Approach
     During late July and early August 1976, lidar measurements were made
near UASN Site 141 in downtown St. Louis as part of the RAPS  program.  The
mixing depth was determined visually at 10-minute intervals by subjective
inspection of both the lidar backscatter data (recorded at 30-second intervals
using SRI's MARK IX ruby lidar) and the radiosonde profiles of temperature,
humidity,  and wind.  In identifying the mixing depth, one looked for boundaries
between turbid and clean air as shown by differing brightness in pictorial
disp^ys of the lidar backscatter data.  Vertical  gradients were also computed
of the digital lidar data.  In simple cases, the boundary corresponding to the
largest negative vertical gradient represented the mixing depth.
Period of Data Collection
     Data were collected from July 26 through August 13, 1976.  Lidar back-
scatter data were collected at 30-second intervals.  Mixing depths were deter-
mined at 10-minute intervals.
                                     129

-------
Parameter Measured                    Instrument Used
Relative Aerosol  Distribution         SRI MARK IX lidar recording on both a
                                      video magnetic disc recorder and on an
                                      oscilloscope equipped with a 35-mm re-
                                      cording camera.
Calibration and Quality Control Procedures
     In addition to the initial equipment calibration and testing prior to
each field experiment, an onsite SRI electronics technician performed periodic
calibrations during the field operations.
Location and Type of Data Available
     Mixing depth data in graphical and tabular form are published in the two
SRI technical notes listed under Publications.  Additional information may be
obtained from the EPA Project Officer.
Publications
Endlich, R. M., F. L. Ludwig, and E. E. Uthe.  Mixing Depth at St. Louis During
the RAPS Program Determined from Lidar and Radiosonde Data.  SRI International,
Menlo Park, California.  Technical Note 1, EPA Contract 68-02-2418.
January 1978.
Endlich, R. M., F. L. Ludwig, and E. E. Uthe.  Graphs of Objectively Deter-
mined Mixing Depth and Integrated Aerosol Content at St. Louis during the
RAPS Program.  SRI International, Menlo Park, California.  Technical Note 2,
EPA Contract 68-02-2418.  February 1978.
Endlich, R. M., F. L. Ludwig, and E. E. Uthe.  An objective Method for Deter-
mining the Mixing Depth from Lidar Records.  SRI International, Menlo Park,
California.  EPA Contract 68-02-2418.  March 1978.
                                   -  130

-------
6.1.1.9  EPA/EMSL LIDAR AIRCRAFT

Principal Investigator                Project Officer
Joseph A. Eckert                      James L.  McElroy
Environmental Protection Agency       Environmental  Protection Agency
Environmental Monitoring and Support  Environmental  Monitoring and  Support
  Laboratory                            Laboratory
Las Vegas, NV  89114
(702) 736-2969
Funding
     Environmental Protection Agency
     Regional Air Pollution Study
Periods of Performance
                    Las Vegas, NV  89114
                    (702)  736-2969
     EPA/EMSL
     EPA/RAPS
Technical Approach
February 1974
August 1974 and August 1975
     As an aid in defining the temporal and spatial  variation of the mixed
layer over the St. Louis area, the EPA/EMSL lidar aircraft from Las Vegas was
utilized in three field experiments of the Boundary Layer Structure Study.
The purpose of the lidar aircraft was to overfly the study area while simul-
taneously operating a downward looking lidar.  The variation of the mixed
layer over a wide area could then be determined through evaluation of vertical
gradients of relative aerosol distribution.  Additionally, the airborne lidar
was tested as a remote sensing device for plume tracking.
     Three distinct scenarios were flown during the field experiments.   The
first consisted of perpendicular transects over the metropolitan area during
studies of the urban heat island in an attempt to define the spatial variation
of the mixed layer.  The two remaining scenarios consisted of cross sectional

                                     131

-------
traverses of the entire urban plume  or of singular  point  source  plumes.
Periods of Data Collection
     February 14-28, 1974
     August 5-20, 1974
     August 4-14, 1975
Parameters Measured                   Instrument/Method Used
Relative Aerosol Distribution         Ruby Laser lidar recording on  strip
                                      chart recorder during  February 1974  and
                                      August 1974.   Beginning in August 1975,
                                      the output was processed through a Bio-
                                      mation digitizer to a  Kennedy  tape drive.
Calibration and Quality Control  Procedures
     In addition to the initial  equipment calibration and testing prior to
each field experiment, an onsite EPA electronics technician  performed perio-
dic calibrations during the field operations.
Location and Type of Data Available
     For information concerning data collection and availability, contact  the
EPA Project Officer.
Publications
Melfi, S. H., J. L. McElroy, D.  H. Bundy, J. A. Eckert, and  J. L. Guagliardo.
Boundary Layer Investigations using  a Down-Looking  Airborne  Lidar System.
Presented at the Sixth International Laser Radar Conference, Sendai, Japan.
September 1974.
Eckert, J. A., J. L. McElroy, D. H.  Bundy, J.  L. Guagliardo, and S.  H. Melfi.
Downlooking Airborne Lidar Studies - August 1974.  Proceedings of the Interna-
tional Conference on Environmental Sensing and Assessment, Las Vegas, Nevada.
September 1975.
Eckert, J. A., J. L. McElroy, D. H.  Bundy, J.  L. Guagliardo, and S.  H. Melfi.
Airborne Lidar RAPS Studies, February 1974.  Environmental Protection Agency,
Environmental Monitoring and Support Laboratory, Las Vegas,  Nevada.   June  1976.
EPA-600/4-76-028.

                                     132

-------
6.1.1.10  NOAA OPTICAL LASER ANEMOMETER

Principal Investigator                Project Officers
C. Ray Dickson                        James L.  McElroy
National Oceanic and Atmospheric      Environmental  Protection Agency
  Administration                      Environmental  Monitoring and Support
Air Resources Laboratory                Laboratory
Idaho Falls, ID  83401                Las Vegas, NV   89114
(208) 526-2328                        (702) 736-2969
                                      Jason K.  S. Ching (MD-80)
                                      Environmental  Protection Agency
                                      Environmental  Sciences Research
                                        Laboratory
                                      Research  Triangle Park,  NC  27711
                                      (919) 541-4524
Funding  EPA Interagency Agreement No. IAG-D7-0305
Period of Performance  November - December 1976
Technical Approach
     Line-averaged transverse winds blowing through  laser beams were recorded
using laser anemometers.  The laser beams were  arranged to shoot around  the
perimeter of a polygon.   In the experiment, three separate polygons were uti-
lized.  The first study area was a square roughly 300 meters on a side  located
in a rural setting in the flat Mississippi bottom lands east of St. Louis  near
RAMS Site 109.  The second study site was a large rectangle located in  the same
area—2.8 km on its longest side.  The third area, located in  urban St.  Louis
(UASN Site 141), was a large right triangle having sides of 1.5 km.  The data
collected during the study can be used to calculate  the convergence of  the
horizontal wind at the measured heights within  the planetary boundary layer.

                                     133

-------
Period of Data Collection
     Typically, before and after each data gathering period, grounding files
were created to determine the line and system noise for each velocity voltage
channel.  The observation intervals for grounding files were mostly between 5
to 10 min. and those for data files between 1/2 to 2 hours.   The actual period
of data collection was November 3 through December 4, 1976.
Parameters Measured                   Instrument/Method Used
Line-averaged transverse wind         Laser anemometer - transmitter by C. W.
  velocities                          Radiation, Inc.  (Model No. LSR-4);
                                      receiver by Campbell Scientific
Calibration and Quality Control Procedures
     The absolute calibration of each of the sensors against a reference line
of cup anemometers arranged along the beam has been done by the manufacturer
(Campbell Scientific Co.).  A comparison of the response of each laser receiver
was made by positioning each of the four transmitter-receiver pairs side by
side with closely spaced parallel beams.  Twelve hours of data were collected
in this configuration on the flat Snake River Plain in Idaho prior to the study
and was used as a reference for scaling the study data.  The accuracy of the
telemetry system in transferring the signal from the remote receivers to the
digital system was established for each configuration used in the experiment.
For comparison purposes in the field, a Climet wind system was operated at
each site.
Location and Type of Data Available
     All data were recorded on 9-track magnetic tapes of density 1600 bpi
compatible with the IBM 360/75 computer.  These data will be available through
the RAPS Data Bank.  For more information on data availability contact:
                 RAPS Data Manager (MD-80)
                 Environmental Protection Agency
                 Environmental Sciences Research Laboratory
                 Research Triangle Park, NC  27711
                 (919) 541-4545
                                     134

-------
Publication
Ricks, N. R. , 0. H. Gate, and C. R.  Dickson.   Area-Averaged Boundary Layer
Winds Derived from an Array of Laser Anemometers.   Air Resources Laboratory,
Idaho Falls, Idaho.  EPA Interagency Agreement IAG-D7-0305.   July 1977.
                                     135

-------
6.1.1.11  NOAA ACOUSTIC SOUNDER
Principal Investigator                Task Coordinator
Timothy L. Waldron                    James L. McElroy
Rockwell International                Environmental  Protection Agency
Air Monitoring Center                 Environmental  Monitoring and Support
11640 Administration Drive          '    Laboratory
Creve Coeur, MO  63141                Las Vegas, NV  89114
(314) 567-6722                        (702) 736-2969
Funding
     EPA Interagency Agreement No.  IAG-D4-0305
     EPA Contract No. 68-02-2093, Task Order No. 110
Period of Performance
     IAG-D4-0305  February 1975 - January 1976
     Task Order No. 110  February 1976 - July 1979
Technical Approach
     The NOAA Acoustic Sounder program, undertaken as part of the RAPS Boundary
Layer Structure Study, was designed to understand and subsequently describe the
spatial and temporal variations in the boundary layer caused by varying thermal
and mechanical properties of the urban surface.  During February 1975, a NOAA
Mark VII monostatic acoustic echo sounder system was installed at Upper Air
Sounding Network (UASN) Site 141 downtown St. Louis under an interagency agree-
ment with the NOAA Wave Propagation Laboratory (WPL), Boulder Colorado.
     The acoustic sounder was a digital design, achieving all of its timing
and acoustic signals by dividing down from a stable quartz oscillator.  Atmos-
pheric temperature fluctuations up to an altitude of 680 or 1360 meters (range
selectable) above the antenna were monitored by measuring backscattered echoes
from  acoustic tone bursts.  The entire acoustic sounder system was comprised
                                      136

-------
of a control  unit, a power amplifier, a facsimile recorder, and a four foot
parabolic reflector antenna surrounded by an insulated, wooden acoustic shield.
     From February 1975 through January 1976, UASN Personnel  were responsible
for maintaining the sounder system and changing facsimile records while WPL
personnel reduced the records and compiled a pattern recognition guide for record
reduction.  Beginning in February 1976, the contractor (Rockwell International)
was assigned complete responsibility for the operation, maintenance, and data
reduction of the acoustic echo sounder system.

     A complete and detailed logbook covering the acoustic sounder operations
was maintained by the contractor.  Contained in the logbook were records of
inoperative periods, repairs and maintenance performed, scale changes, and any
miscellaneous information necessary for interpretation of the recorded data
such as sources of unusual noise (air raid siren, helicopter spirals, etc.).
     The first stage of data reduction included determination of the pattern
types, echo heights, and trace characters from the acoustic sounder records
collected at UASN Site 141..  Determination of pattern types in hourly segments
was in accordance with the NOAA WPL pattern recognition guide as modified by
the contractor.  The top and bottom of each recorded echo were scaled from the
acoustic sounder records in five-minute segments centered on each succeeding
half hour.  Accompanying each pair of echo heights were codes developed by the
contractor for trace character and background noise level.
     The second stage of data reduction included the creation of descriptive
analyses of both surface and 850 mb synoptic meteorological conditions utili-
zing aaily surface weather maps and microfilm copies of 850 mb maps.  The
simultaneous radiosonde data from UASN Site 141 were incorporated into the
overall data reduction program during the second stages of data reduction,
enabling the comparison of radiosonde inversion heights or mixing depths with
those measured by the acoustic echo sounder.
     All data from the first and second stages of data reduction, except the
simultaneous radiosonde data, were coded onto formatted forms and keypunched
by the contractor.
                                     137

-------
Period of Data Collection
     The acoustic echo sounder system commenced operations on February 15,
1975 and terminated operations on May 31, 1977.
Parameters Measured                   Instrument/Method Used
Acoustic echo returns reflecting      NOAA Mark VII monostatic acoustic radar
turbulent fluctuations of             set to a maximum range of 680 meters.
atmospheric temperature               Optional range of 1360 meters not used.
Calibration and Quality Control Procedures
     Routine maintenance and calibration of the acoustic echo sounder system
included the following:
     a.  Clean HV bar and pen guide daily.
     b.  Vacuum carbon residue from inside of recorder weekly.
     c.  Check power supplies and transmit pulse weekly.
     d.  Change pens every two weeks.
     e.  Clean and lubricate roller bearings monthly.
     f.  Clean drive belts monthly.
     g.  Blow dust from circuit card monthly.
     When troubleshooting was required to isolate a defective component,
recalibration of the circuits affected were performed in accordance with the
NOAA Technical Manual ERL WPL-12.
     Quality control procedures included the development of software checking
for erroneous data.
Location and Type of Data Available
     Copies of the final  report and additional information may be obtained
from the EPA Task Coordinator.   Data are available as part of the RAPS Data
Bank and may be obtained by contacting:
                    RAPS Data Manager (MD-80)
                    Environmental Protection Agency
                    Environmental Sciences Research Laboratory
                    Research Triangle Park, NC  27711
                    (919) 541-4545

                                     138

-------
Publications
Owens, E.  J.   NOAA Mark VII Acoustic Echo Sounder.   NOAA Wave Propagation
Laboratory, Boulder, Colorado.  NOAA Technical  Memorandum ERL WPL-12.
June 1975.
McElroy, J. L.  Detailed Evaluation of Monostatic Acoustical  Sounder Deter-
minations of Urban Atmospheric Boundary Layer Structure.   Presented at the
1976 Annual Meeting of the Acoustical Society of America, San Diego, California,
November 1976.
Waldron, T. L.  Acoustic Echo Sounder Operation.  Rockwell  International  Air
Monitoring Center, Creve Coeur, Missouri.   Task Order No. 110 Final  Report,
EPA Contract 68-02-2093.  In preparation.
                                     139

-------
6.1.2  RADIATION STUDY
6.1.2.1   PENNSYLVANIA STATE UNIVERSITY INSTRUMENTED AEROCOMMANDER
                                      Project Officer
                                      James T.  Peterson
                                      National  Oceanic and Atmospheric
                                        Administration
                                      Environmental  Research Laboratory
                                      Boulder,  CO  80302
                                      (303) 499-1000 Ext.  6811
Principal Investigator
Dennis W. Thomson
Department of Meteorology
The Pennsylvania State
  University
University Park, PA  16802
(814) 865-0478
Funding  EPA Grant No. R800397
Periods of Performance
     July - August 1974
     February 1975
     July - August 1975
     July 1976
Technical Approach
     Airborne radiation measurements were taken from the Pennsylvania State
University (PSU) Aerocommander 680E meteorological  research aircraft.  The
goals of these measurements were:
     1.  To measure the surface albedo of representative land use areas through-
         out St. Louis.
     2.  Evaluate urban-rural  variability in solar radiation.
     Eppley Precision Spectral Pyranometers were used to measure the global
irradiance in three spectral bands:  ultraviolet (less than 395 nm wavelength),
visible (395 nm to 695 nm) and infrared (greater than 695 nm).  Similar sets
of pyranometers were also installed on the roofs of RAMS Stations 103, 104,
108, 114, 118 and 122 which encompass both urban and rural areas.
                                     140

-------
Albedo Measurements -- Specific land use types of interest were rural (field
and forest), new residential, old residential, commercial (business districts,
railroad yards, etc.) and industrial.  To determine the effect of sun angle and
building shadow effects, measurements were made at three times during the day:
0800-0900 CST, 1200 CST, and 1500-1600 CST.  Since low-level measurements are
necessary to minimize atmospheric effects, the flight altitude was about 1000
feet above ground level.  High altitude (about 10,000 feet) flights were also
made to determine the gross urban-rural effect.  Measurements were restricted
to nearly cloud-free conditions.
Periods of Data Collection
     July 30 - August 21, 1974
     February 7 - February 20, 1975
     July 22 - August 7, 1975
     July 13 - July 26, 1976
Parameters Measured
Global shortwave
  irradiance
Long-wave irradiance
IR temperature
Total temperature
  (non-deiced)
Total temperature
  (deiced)
Total temperature
  (reverse flow)
Dewpoint

Pressure

Indicated air
  speed
Instrument/Method Used
Eppley Precision
  Spectral  Pyranometer
Eppley Pyrgeometer
Barnes PRT-5
Rosemont Engr.  Co.
  102E2AL
Rosemont Engr.  Co.
  102DL2U
PSU in-house design

Cambridge Systems,  Inc.
  137-C3-S3(P)
Rosemont Engr.  Co.
  830 BA
Rosemont Engr,  Co.
  831A4
                                      141

-------
Parameters Measured                   Instrument/Method Used (continued)
Ground speed                          Singer General
                                        Precision Doppler
                                        Radar GPK-1000
Drift angle                           Doppler Radar
Pitch                                 Rosemount Engr. Co.
Heading                               Sperry Gyroscope C-4
VOR heading                           Collins Radio Co.
DME                                   Collins Radio Co.
                                        860-1
Radio altitude                        Collins Radio Co.
                                        ALT-50
Calibration and Quality Control Procedures
     Radiometry was pre-calibrated and post-calibrated against national stan-
dards at NOAA facilities in Boulder, Colorado.  All other instruments were
calibrated and tested prior to each field experiment and periodically during
the field operations.
Location and Type of Data Available
     Data were recorded on magnetic tapes and are available from:
                 RAPS Data Manager (MD-80)
                 Environmental Protection Agency
                 Environmental Sciences Research Laboratory
                 Research Triangle Park, NC  27711
                 (919) 541-4524
Publication
Grant report was not required.
                                    .  142

-------
6.1.2.2  RAMS RADIATION AUDITS
Principal Investigator
James T. Peterson
National Oceanic and Atmospheric Administration
Environmental Research Laboratory
Boulder, Colorado  80302
(303) 499-1000
Funding  National Oceanic and Atmospheric Administration
Periods of Performance
     Ouly - August 1974
     February 1975
     July - August 1975
     July 1976
Technical Approach
     These studies were performed with the purpose of providing a check of the
RAMS radiation instrumentation and of determining the quality of the radiation
measurements.  Of particular concern was the reliability of the pyrheltometers'
orientation and their ability to track the sun.  An additional goal  was to insure
that all instruments and amplifiers were calibrated properly so that measurements
at different sites could be directly compared.   In order to accomplish these
goals, a technician visited each site nearly daily to check and clean the instru-
ments.  In addition, an independent set of four radiometers and a recording
system was operated at each of the six RAMS radiation sites.   This system
included pyranometers which measured global radiation in the ultraviolet (less
than 395 nm wavelength), visible (395 nm to 695 nm) and infrared (greater than
695 nm).  A pyrheliometer was also part of the system.  Data from this indepen-
dent system were to be compared to the RAPS radiation data both before and
after electrical amplification.
                                      143

-------
Periods of Data Collection
     RAMS pyranometers with quartz hemispheres were compared to  a  reference
pyranometer under laboratory conditions  from July 28 to  August 24,  1974.
Preliminary tests of one RAMS pyrheliometer were performed.   Surveys  of RAMS
radiation sites were made and recommendations for improvements were made.
     During the following periods, the independent set of four radiometers was
operated at the RAMS radiations sites (Stations 103, 104, 108, 113, 117,  122)
for a period of 3 to 4 days at each site:
     February 1 - February 8, 1975
     Ouly 20 - August 10, 1975
     July 11 - July 26, 1976
Calibration and Quality Control Procedures
     Radiometers were calibrated against national  standard instruments  based
on International Pyrheliometric Scale.
Location and Type of Data Available
     Data is in the form of hand written notes and computer printouts and is
in the custody of the Principal Investigator.
Publication
Peterson, J. T., and T. L. Stoffel.  Urban-Rural Solar Radiation Measurements
in St. Louis, Missouri.  Air Resources Laboratory, Boulder,  Colorado.  NOAA
Technical Memorandum ERL ARL-76.  March  1979.
                                      144

-------
6.1.3  BOUNDARY LAYER VARIABILITY STUDY
Introduction
     The field programs carried out by the University of Wyoming within  the
framework of RAPS had the primary goal of studying the influence of urbaniza-
tion on its overriding atmosphere.   By making comparative observations of urban
and nonurban environments, it was hoped to determine processes  responsible
for differences in boundary layer structure and wind fields,  traceable to
urban-induced changes in the physical  properties of the atmosphere.
     The study periods were in the  months of July and August  of 1972 through
1976 which coincided with the summer intensive study periods  of RAPS.  Both
spatial and temporal  variations of temperature, humidity and  wind were meas-
ured over the St. Louis metropolitan and surrounding rural  areas.  In addition,
solar radiation and aerosol data were gathered during the field programs.
These meteorological  and air quality data have been used to document the impor-
tant perturbations that urbanization exerted upon the planetary boundary layer.
     The following subsections summarize the three major field  programs  carried
out by the University of Wyoming.
                                      145

-------
6.1.3.1  UNIVERSITY OF WYOMING INSTRUMENTED QUEEN AIR
Principal Investigator
August H. Auer, Jr.
Department of Atmospheric Science
University of Wyoming
Laramie, WY  82071
(307) 766-3245
                                      Project  Officers
                                      James  L.  McElroy
                                      Environmental  Protection  Agency
                                      Environmental  Monitoring  and  Support
                                        Laboratory
                                      Las Vegas,  NV   89114
                                      (702)  736-2969
                                      James  T.  Peterson
                                      National  Oceanic and Atmospheric
                                        Administration
                                      Environmental  Research  Laboratory
                                      Boulder,  CO 80302
                                      (303)  499-1000
Funding  EPA Grant No.  R800875
Period of Performance  June 1971  -  November  1977
Technical Approach
     The University of  Wyoming instrumented  Queen Air aircraft  participated in
various experiments that took place over the four separate study periods
depending on the prevailing weather conditions.   The experiments can  be identi-
fied as:  (1)  Air flow study (1972; 1974; 1976)  (2) Anomalous  thermal wind
patterns (1972; 1975) (3) Energy  budget (1973)  (4) Moisture budget  (1974)
(5) Radiation study (1974; 1975)  (6) Low-level  wind  field  pertubation (1972;
1975) (7) Aerosol heating (1973)  (3) Plume monitoring (1974;  1975)  (9) Nil  city
study (1975) (10) Cloud condensation nuclei  study (1972; 1973;  1974;  1975)
(11) Cumulus study (1972; 1973; 1974) (12) Cumulonimbus study (1972;  1973;
1974; 1975).
                                   .  146

-------
     Experiments (1) through (9) were especially relevant to the RAPS program.
Experiments (10) through (12), designed to study the production of cloud
condensation nuclei and the activities of convective clouds, were primarily for
project METROMEX which overlapped with RAPS during these periods.   Depending
on the missions, different flight paths were used.  The primary flight paths
are shown in Figure 5.  Typically, for traverses over the urban-rural complex
of St. Louis,  the Troy-Pacific flight path was used, and for traverses down-
wind of the city, the 0'FalIon-Belleville transect was used.  The transects
were usually repeated at different altitudes.  Temperature and humidity pro-
files were accomplished by vertical spirals over local airports.
Periods of Data Collection
     During the field program one or more flights might be scheduled on each
day.  The flight would typically last from one to several  hours depending on
the mission.  Both the meteorological parameters and the positions of the air-
craft were monitored continuously during the flight.  Ice  and cloud nuclei  were
collected by aluminized mylar bag samplers and analyzed afterwards using a
thermal diffusion type counter.
     Samples were taken along the flight paths previously  mentioned during  the
following periods:
     July 31 - August 25, 1972
     August 1  - August 22,  1973
     July 25 - August 21, 1974
     July 16 - August 6, 1975
Parameters Measured                   Instrument/Method Used
Temperature                           Rosemount Engineer Sensor Model 102
                                      (de-iced) with a range of -50°C to +50°C.
                                      Accuracy of the sensor was jJ°C with  a
                                      system accuracy of +0.1°C.   Resolution
                                      was 0.1°C.
Dew Point                             Cambridge Systems Model 137-C3 with a
                                      range of -50°C to +50°C.   Accuracy of the
                                      sensor was +0.5°C above 0°C and +1.0°C
                                      147

-------
MISSOURI/^
        FIGURE 5.  PRIMARY UNIVERSITY OF WYOMING FLIGHT TRANSECTS
                               148

-------
Parameters Measured
Dew Point
(continued)
Heading
VOR (Azimuth)
DME
Altitude
IAS (Indicated Air Speed)
Manifold Pressure
Instrument/Method Used  (continued)
below 0°C with a system accuracy of
+0.1°C.   Resolution was 0.1°C.
King Radio Model KP1550A with a range of
360°.  Accuracy of the sensor was +2°
of local magnetic heading with a system
accuracy of 1°.  Resolution was 1°.
King Radio Model KNR-660 with a range of
360°.  Accuracy of the sensor was +2°
with a system accuracy of +1°.  Resolu-
tion was 1°.
King Radio Model KDM-700 with a range of
0 to 99 nm.   Accuracy of the sensor was
+0.1 nm or +0.2% of range whichever was
greater with a system accuracy of +0.1 nm.
Resolution was 0.1 nm.
Ball Model 21 OB Total Pressure Transducer
with a range of 0 to 7620 m.  Accuracy of
the sensor was 0.05% with a system
accuracy of 0.1%.  Resolution was contin-
uous,
Rosemount Model 1301D Differential
Pressure Transducer with a range of 0 to
250 Kts.  Accuracy of the sensor was
+2 Kts with a system accuracy of +_1 Kts.
Resolution was 1 Kts.
Computer Instruments with a range of
15 to 30" Hg.  Accuracy of the sensor
was 5% with a system accuracy of +0.1%.
Resolution was 0.1" Hg.
                                      149

-------
Parameters Measured
Instrument/Method Used (continued)
Angle of Attack
Pitch Angle
Roll Angle
Vertical Acceleration
Liquid Water
Wind Turbulence
Ice Nuclei
Cloud Condensation Nuclei
Aitken Nuclei
University of Wyoming Atmospheric
Research Group Aerovane with a range of
99°.  Accuracy of the sensor was 2% with
a system accuracy of 2%,  Resolution was
0.1°.
Smith Industries Ltd-Aviation Division
Model 402RGS/-2 with a range of 0 to
+20°/sec.  Accuracy of the sensor was
2% with a system accuracy of 2%.  Resolu-
tion was 0.04° sec"1.
Smith Industries Ltd-Aviation Division
Model 402RGS/-2 with a range of 0 to
+20°/sec.  Accuracy of the sensor was 2%
with a system accuracy of 2%,  Resolution
was 0.04° sec" .
United Controls Model No. 2152 with a
range of j\3 g's.  Accuracy was 1% of
full range.  Resolution was 0.006 g's.
John Williams Model No. LW11 with a range
              3
of 0 to 3 gm m .  Accuracy of the sensor
was unknown with a system accuracy of
        -3                         -3
+0.1 g m  .  Resolution was 0.1 g m  .
MRI Anemometer
Membrane Filter
Membrane Filter
Garnder counter (type CN)
Calibration and Quality Control Procedures
     Before each study period the temperature, dew point and pressure sensors
were calibrated both against tower measurements at the Jefferson County Airport
(Broomfield, CO) and the apparatus aboard the NCAR Buffalo aircraft in a form-
ation flight.
                                   '   150

-------
Location and Type of Data Available
     Data collected by the University of Wyoming group are stored on magnetic
tapes compatible with IBM-computers and will be available to researchers
through the RAPS Data Bank.  For more information on data availability con-
tact:
                    RAPS Data Manager (MD-80)
                    Environmental Protection Agency
                    Environmental Sciences Research Laboratory
                    Research Triangle Park, NC  27711
                    (919) 541-4545
Publication
Auer, A. H. Jr., and 0. M. White.  Inadvertent Weather Modification by Urban
Pollution - Final Report.  University of Wyoming, Laramie, Wyoming.  EPA
Grant No. R-800875.   November 1977.
                                      151

-------
6.1.3.2  UNIVERSITY OF WYOMING MOBILE PIBAL AND RADIOSONDE SUPPORT
Pr 1i ncipal Inyestig at or
August H. Auer, Jr.
Department of Atmospheric Science
University of Wyoming
Laramie, WY  82071
(307) 766-3245
               Project Officers
               James  L.  McElroy
               Environmental  Protection  Agency
               Environmental  Monitoring  and Support
                 Laboratory
               Las Vegas,  NV   89114
               (702)  736-2969
               James  T.  Peterson
               National  Oceanic  and Atmospheric
                 Administration
               Environmental  Research Laboratory
               Boulder,  CO  80302
Funding  EPA Grant No.
Period of Performance
               (303) 499-1000
R800875
June 1971 - November 1977
Technical Approach
     The experiments performed by the University of Wyoming pilot balloon team
were designed to document the urban perturbation to the wind field.  The data
collected would also be used for verification of selected airflow and cumulus
simulation models.  Selected locations both upwind and downwind of the St. Louis
urban complex (Pacific and St. Charles) and also near the city center (Gateway
Arch) were used for pibal measurements.
     Two radiosonde launch sites were used by the University of Wyoming.
Pacific, MO was selected as representative of conditions upwind from the
St. Louis urban complex, while the St. Louis riverfront radiosonde site near
the Gateway Arch gave conditions representative within the center of the urban
complex.
                                      152

-------
Periods of Data Collection
     The observation periods for the pilot balloons (30g and lOOg) coincided
roughly with the aircraft flights.   Radiosondes were launched around sunrise,
sunset, and midday as well as during flight times.  The duration of the pibal
track averaged about 15 min, with the shortest on the order of 5 min and the
longest lasting about half an hour.   Most of the radiosondes were tracked to
levels between 700 and 100 mb.  Observations were taken during the following
periods:
     July 31 - August 25, 1972
     August 1 - August 22, 1973
     July 25 - August 21, 1974
     July 16 - August 6, 1975
Parameters Measured                   Instrument/Method Used
Wind speed and wind direction         Single theodolite method.   Calculated
                                      wind speed and direction from angular
                                      values observed at a constant time
                                      interval of 30 seconds.
Temperature, relative humidity,       VIZ 1680 MHz radiosonde equipped with a
wind direction and wind speed         standard thermistor, hygristor and
aloft                                 baroswitch.  The unit was  tracked with a
                                      portable winds-aloft measurement system.
Calibrations and Quality Control Procedures
     S^nce the pibal height depends  on the assumed ascent rate of the balloon
when using a single-theodolite system, several double-theodolite system releases
were made with the intent of calibrating the rise rate used in the single
theodolite work.  This investigation led to the discovery of some interesting
relationships between the ascent rates and the ambient temperature lapse rates.
Location and Type of Data Available
     The University of Wyoming pibal and sounding data are stored on magnetic
tapes compatible with IBM-computers  and will be available to researchers
through the RAPS data bank.  For information on data availability contact:
                                     153

-------
                 RAPS Data Manager (MD-80)
                 Environmental  Protection Agency
                 Environmental  Sciences  Research  Laboratory
                 Research Triangle Park,  NC  27711
                 (919)  541-4545
Publications
Boatman, J. F.  The Effect of Tropospheric Temperature Lapse Rates  on  the
Ascent Rates of Pilot Balloons.   Journal  of Applied Meteorology,  13:955,  1974.
Auer, A. H. Jr., and J.  M. White.   Inadvertent Weather Modification by Urban
Pollution - Final Report.  University of Wyoming,  Laramie,  Wyoming.  EPA
Grant No. R-800875.  November 1977.
                                    . 154

-------
6.1.3.3  UNIVERSITY OF WYOMING INSTRUMENTED SURFACE VEHICLES
Principal Investigator
August H. Auer, Jr.
Department of Atmospheric Science
University of Wyoming
Laramie, WY  82071
(307) 766-3245
Funding  EPA Grant No. R800875
Period of Performance  June 1971
Technical Approach
   Project Officers
   James L.  McElroy
   Environmental  Protection Agency
   Environmental  Monitoring and Support
     Laboratory
   Las Vegas, NV   89114
   (702) 736-2969
   James T.  Peterson
   National  Oceanic and Atmospheric
     Administration
   Environmental  Research Laboratory
   Boulder,  CO  80302
   (303) 499-1000


November 1977
     The University of Wyoming instrumented mobile units complemented the air-
craft and pibal operations by supplying the surface wind, temperature and
humidity data.  They also collected precipitation samples and served as conve-
nient platforms for pibal observations.  They carried multipoint chart recor-
ders which provided output immediately available for the operators so that
meteorological changes and trends could be observed.
Periods of Data Collection
     Measurements were taken during the following periods to complement the
aircraft observations:
                                     155

-------
     July 31 - August 25, 1972
     August 1 - August 22, 1973
     July 25 - August 21, 1974
     July 16 - August 6, 1975
     During the field program the mobile units were used to make transects for
temperature and humidity across the Metropolitan St.  Louis area.  They were
also deployed to strategic locations in and around St.  Louis for surface wind
and pibal observations.  The temperature, dew point,  wind speed and wind direc-
tion were recorded continuously during the observation  periods.
Parameters Measured                   Instrument/Method Used
                                      Rosemount 104C  platinum resistance sensor
                                      (.ventilated) with a range of -50°C to
                                      +50°C.   System  resolution was 0.1°C
                                      with an accuracy  of +0.2°C,
                                      Cambridge Model 880 dew point sensor with
                                      a range of -40°C  to +50°C.  System
                                      resolution was  0.3°C with an accuracy of
                                      +2.0°C.
Temperature
Dew point
Wind speed


Wind direction

Wind Sounding
Atmospheric pressure


Air filter samples
                                      RAIN No.  436 anemometer with a range of
                                      1.6 to 160 mph.   System resolution was
                                      3.2 mph with an  accuracy of +5%.
                                      RAIN No.  437 vane with 16 point resolu-
                                      tion.
                                      Single theodolite
                                      Bel fort Model  355R remote microbarograph
                                      with a range of  650 to 1050 mb resolving
                                      0.5 mb.
                                      3x3 sequential  sampler with differen-
                                      tial pressure transducer with a rate of
                                      20 liters per minute per filter.   Accur-
                                      acy +5% of volume sampled.
                                      156

-------
Parameters Measured                   Instrument/Method Used  (continued)
Raindrop - size                       Rd -60 momentum sensor with 20 size group
distribution                          resolution of drops between 0.3 and 10 mm
                                      in diameter.  Accuracy was +5%.
Rate of rainfall                      Stand-tube with discharge nozzle capable
                                      of transient rainfalls up to 200 mm per
                                      hour.  Resolution is 3 mm per hour and
                                      accuracy is +5% at the high rate.
Rain and hail                         1)  Replacable bags 15 ft. above
collection                                ground
                                      2)  Hailstones quenched to dry-ice
                                          temperature
Calibration and Quality Control Procedures
     The temperature and dew point sensors were calibrated against an Assmann
psychrometer once a week during the field study.  The sensors on the two mobile
units were also mutually compared before and after each mission.  The anemo-
meter was checked by driving the vehicle at specified speeds during calm
periods.
Location and Type of Data Available
     Data collected by the mobile units will be available, after reduction
from strip charts, on magnetic tapes through the RAPS data bank.  For more
information on data availability contact:
                    RAPS Data Manager (MD-80)
                    Environmental  Protection Agency
                    Environmental  Sciences Research Laboratory
                    Research Triangle Park, NC  27711
                    (919) 541-4545
Publication
Auer, A, H. Jr., and J. M. White.   Inadvertent Weather Modification by Urban
Pollution - Final Report.  University of Wyoming, Laramie, Wyoming.   EPA
Grant No. R-800875.  November 1977.

                                      157

-------
6.2  BOUNDARY LAYER DYNAMICS

6.2.1  BOUNDARY LAYER ENERGETICS STUDY

6.2.1.1  EPA MOBILE FLUXATRONS

Principal Investigator
Timothy L. Waldron
Rockwell International
Air Monitoring Center
11640 Administration Drive
Creve Coeur, MO  63141
(314) 567-6722
Task Coordinators
Jason K. S. Ching (MD-80)
Environmental Protection Agency
Environmental Sciences Research
  Laboratory
Research Triangle Park, NC  27711
(919) 541-4524

James L. McElroy
Environmental Protection Agency
Environmental Monitoring and Support
  Laboratory
Las Vegas, NV  89114
(702) 736-2969
Funding
     EPA Contract 68-02-1081, Task Order No. 60
     EPA Contract 68-02-2093, Task Order Nos. 109, 116
Periods of Performance
     Task Order No. 60
     Task Order No. 109
     Task Order No. 116
July - August 1975
February - March 1976
July - September 1976
                                     158

-------
Technical Approach
     As part of the RAPS Boundary Layer Energetics Study conducted in the
St. Louis Metropolitan Area, EPA mobile fluxatrons were used to derive the
sensible heat flux term of the energy balance equation by integrating the
product of the coincidental measurements of turbulent vertical  velocity and
temperature fluctuations.
Periods of Data Collection
     Task Order No. 60
     Task Order No. 109
     Task Order No. 116
Parameters Measured
Ambient Air Temperature
Sensible Heat Flux
Turbulent Temperature Data
Vertical Wind Velocity
July 16 - August 15, 1975
February 15 - March 10, 1976
July 20 - August 13, 1976
Instrument/Method Used
A fast response temperature sensor using a
thermistor and a voltage resistance net-
work.
A "fluxatron" type analog circuitry of
inhouse design to integrate the product
of the coincident turbulent vertical
velocity and temperature fluctuation
measurements.
Fenwall model Gil2 thermistors mounted
on two glass hermetic seals with a time
constant of one second.  Circuitry of
inhouse design.
R. M. Young Model 27004 Gill UVW Anemome-
ter wtth a range of 0-30 m/s for axial
flow and 0-22 m/s for all angle flow
with a 23 cm x 30 cm propeller.  The
threshold sensitivity of the propeller
was 0.1-0.2 m/s with a distance constant
of 1.0 m where the distance constant
equals the wind passage for 63% recovery
from step change in wind speed.
                                     159

-------
Parameters Measured
Wind Speed and Direction
Net Radiation
Dry and Wet Bulb Temperatures

Turbulent Fluctuations of
  Water Vapor Content in Air
Instrument/Method Used (continued)
Climet Model  CI-25 wind measurement
system with a Model 011-1  wind speed
transmitter and Model  012-10 wind direc-
tion transmitter.  The anemometer had
a threshold of 0.6 mph, accuracy of +\%
or 0.15 mph and a range of 0-100 mph.
The wind direction sensor had a damping
ratio of 0.4 and a threshold of 0.75 mph.
The accompanying portable translator was
battery/AC operated with switch select-
able ranges of 0-25, 0-50 and 0-100 mph.
It was normally operated in the 0-50
mph mode.
Swissteco Model S-l net pyrradiometer.
Spectral range was from 0.3 to 60 microns.
Sensitivity was approximately 0.5
        2
mv/mw cm .  Time constant was 30 seconds
for 98% of full scale.
Measured using a standard National
Weather Service sling psychrometer.
Electromagnetic Research Corporation
Lyman Alpha BLR Humidiometer.  The
method of operation involves a source
tube generating a beam of Lyman-Alpha
radiation, emerging from a special  UV
window, crossing the measuring path, and
entering a nitric oxide ionization
chamber detector.  The Lyman-Alpha
radiation ionizes the nitric oxide,
causing a detectable current amplified
to an output meter.  The temperature
range of the sensor head was -55°C to
                                     160

-------
Parameters Measured                   Instrument/Method Used (continued)
                                      +55°C and the control  unit temperature
                                      range was -20°C to +60°C.
Wind Speed and Wind Direction         10 gram pilot balloon  (pibal)  observa-
Aloft                                 tions using the single theodolite
                                      method.  Calculated wind speed and  wind
                                      direction from angular values  observed
                                      at a constant time interval  of 30 seconds.
Calibration and Quality Control  Procedures
     Before each experiment, the fluxatrons and wind systems were assembled
and allowed proper warm-up time  before calibration.  Calibration procedures
included zero reference and span adjustments for each recording scale, and
adjustments to prevent recorder  drift.  All notations were recorded  in log-
books.   During operation all recorders were maintained on proper recording
scales  and charts were time annotated for identification.  Any necessary
scale changes, adjustments, records of hourly zero checks, malfunctions,  or
other pertinent information were recorded in logbooks.
     Except for the minimum observation being five minutes (weather  permitting),
all pibals were released in accordance with Upper Air Sounding Network pro-
cedures (Section 4.0).  A compass was used at each site to determine magnetic
north.   A reference point for true north was then established by correcting
for the appropriate magnetic declination angle, obtained from U. S.  Geological
Survey  maps.
     Quality control procedures  included reviewing elevation and azimuth
angles  for angular continuity and checking for correct magnetic declination.
Theodolite orientation was checked before and after each pibal release.

Location and Type of Data Available
     After the Task Order No. 109 experiments were completed, the data
collected from both Task Order Nos. 60 and 109 were found invalid due to
unbalanced bridge systems in the fluxatron units.  This problem was  corrected
before the start of Task Order No. 116, therefore only the Task Order No. 116
data is considered valid.  Additional information may be obtained from  the EPA
                                      161

-------
Task Coordinator.  Valid data is available on magnetic tape as part of the
RAPS Data Bank and may be obtained by contacting:
                    RAPS Data Manager (MD-80)
                    Environmental Protection Agency
                    Environmental Sciences Research Laboratory
                    Research Triangle Park, NC  27711
                    (919) 541-4545

Publications
Waldron, T. L.  Summer 1975 Boundary Layer Study.   Rockwell International
Air Monitoring Center, Creve Coeur, Missouri.  Task Order No. 60 Final Report,
EPA Contract 68-02-1081.  January 1976.
Waldron, T. L.  St. Louis Winter 1976 Boundary Layer Study.  Rockwell
International Air Monitoring Center, Creve Coeur,  Missouri.  Task Order No.
109 Final Report, EPA Contract 68-02-2093.  May 1976.
Waldron T. L.  St. Louis Summer 1976 Boundary Layer Study.  Rockwell
International Air Monitoring Center, Creve Coeur,  Missouri.  Task Order No..
116 Final Report, EPA Contract 68-02-2093.  May 1977.
                                     162

-------
6.2.1.2  SUBSURFACE HEAT FLUX STUDY
Principal Investigator                Task Coordinator
Joseph A. Strothmann                  Jason K. S. Ching (MD-80)
Rockwell International                Environmental Protection Agency
Air Monitoring Center                 Environmental Sciences Research
11640 Administration Drive              Laboratory
Creve Coeur, MO  63141                Research Triangle Park, NC  27711
(314) 567-6722                        (919) 541-4524
Funding  EPA Contract No. 68-02-2093, Task Order No. 104
Period of Performance  September 1975 - January 1978
Technical Approach
     This task was undertaken in support of the RAPS Boundary Layer Structure
and Energetics Studies.   Information on the heat flux at the earth/air inter-
face along with net radiation measurements would serve to define the components
of the atmospheric energy budget.  Combined with the RAPS land use inventory,
these measurements would also provide boundary and initial conditions for use
in mathematical dispersion formulations.
     The subsurface heat flux study was designed to measure the storage  term
of the energy balance equation.   A network of thermistors was implanted  at the
St. Charles County Airport in and below an area of the concrete runway,  in and
below a black painted area of the concrete runway and in a grassy area adjacent
to the runway.  Net radiometers  were installed above each surface area.   Addi-
tional equipment to measure wind speed and direction, barometric pressure, dew
point and precipitation  were also installed at the site.
Period of Data Collection
     The subsurface heat flux study at St. Charles County (Smartt Field)
Airport was operational  between  January 27, 1976 and May 31, 1977.   The  data

                                      163

-------
acquisition system recorded instantaneous values  each minute while  the
barometric pressure,  shelter temperature  (hygrothermograph), precipitation were
continuously recorded.
Parameters Measured
Subsurface Temperature
Surface Temperature
Ambient Air Temperature
Net Radiation
Barometric Pressure
Precipitation
Instrument/Method Used
Yellow Springs Instrument Co.  Model 401
temperature probe with a time constant
of 7.0 seconds.
Yellow Springs Instrument Co.  Model 408
"banjo" thermistor with a time constant
of 0.6 seconds.
Yellow Springs Instrument Co.  Model 401
temperature probe housed in a homemade
radiation shield.  Time constant was
7.0 seconds.  One Bendix Friez recording
hygrothermograph measuring in degrees
Fahrenheit (the humidity portion of the
instrument was non-operational).
Swissteco Model  S-l net pyrradiometer.
Spectral range was from 0.3 to 60 microns.
Sensitivity was approximately 0.5
        2
mv/mw cm .  Time constant was 30 seconds
for 98% of full  scale.
Weather Measure Corporation Model B211
recording microbarograph.  Sensitive to
pressure changes of 0.005 inches of mer-
cury with a lag time of 0.1 seconds.
Accuracy of +0.005 inches of mercury.
Range was 945 to 1045 mb.
Weather Measure Corporation Model P511-E
tipping bucket rain gauge with event
recorder Model P521.  Accuracy was 0.5%
at 0.5 inches per hour.  Calibrated for
0.01 inch increments.
                                      164

-------
Parameters Measured
Wind Speed and Direction
Dew Point
Instrument/Method Used  (continued)
Climet Model CI-25 wind measurement
system with a model 011-1  wind speed
transmitter and model 012-10 wind direc-
tion transmitter.  The anemometer has
a threshold of 0.6 mph, accuracy of +1%
or 0.15 mph and a range of 0-100 mph.
The wind direction sensor had a damping
ratio of 0.4 and a threshold of 0.75 mph.
The accompanying portable translator was
battery/ AC operated with switch selectable
ranges of 0-25, 0-50 and 0-100 mph.  It
was normally operated in the 0-50 mph
mode.
EG&G International Model 880 optically
sensed, thermoelectrically cooled, con-
densation dew point hygrometer.  Range
was from -40°C to +50°C with a maximum
depression capability of 45 °C at an
ambient temperature of 27°C.  Resolution
was 0.25°C with a nominal  accuracy of
Soil Moisture
Thermal Conductivity and Heat
Capacity of Soil and Concrete
Samples
Cores of soil approximately 21 mm in
diameter were removed from the area
adjacent to the runway and divided to
correspond with the placement of the
subsurface thermistors.   These segments
were then weighed, dehydrated in an oven
for 24 hrs at 105°C, and reweighed to
obtain the water content.
The thermal diffusivity of each sample
was derived by a heating and cooling
probe technique developed at the U. S.
                                      165

-------
Parameters Measured                   Instrument/Method Used  (continued)
                                      Army Corp of Engineers Cold Regions
                                      Research and Engineering Laboratory.
                                      This technique with multiple runs is
                                      accurate to +3%.   Heat capacities were
                                      measured by standard calorimetric pro-
                                      cedures using a sapphire as a compara-
                                      tive material.
     Data from the thermistors, wind system and dew point hygrometer were re-
corded by a Digitem data acquisition system interfaced to a Kennedy incremental
seven track tape recorder.
     Table 9 summarizes the equipment used and the effective measurement
height.
Calibration and Quality Control Procedures
     The subsurface and ambient air temperature thermistors were calibrated by
the EPA at Research Triangle Park prior to their installation.  The net pyrrad-
iometers were calibrated before, during and after the field study.  The post
calibration by an independent testing laboratory indicated the difference
between the pre and post calibration was less than 5%.   Wind speed was checked
with a hand held wind gauge while the recording roicrobarograph was compared to
a portable aneroid barometer.  The hygrothermograph's temperature readings  and
the hygrometer's dewpoint measurements were occasionally checked with a sling
psychrometer.
     All thermistor data were checked during computer processing by cross
level comparisons.  Suspect thermistors were promptly replaced.
Location and Type of Data Available
     Data are available from the RAPS data bank.  For information on its
availability contact:
                                      166

-------
    TABLE 9.  SUBSURFACE HEAT FLUX STUDY EQUIPMENT PLACEMENT








Sensor/ Instrument
Net Pyrradiometer
Shielded Thermistor
Shielded Thermistor
Surface Thermistor
Subsurface Thermistor
Subsurface Thermistor
Subsurface Thermistor
Subsurface Thermistor
Subsurface Thermistor
Subsurface Thermistor
Subsurface Thermistor
Subsurface Thermistor
Subsurface Thermistor
Subsurface Thermistor
Subsurface Thermistor
Subsurface Thermistor
Wind System
Hygrothermograph
Rain Gauge
Hygrometer
Microbarograph
Height
1,5 m AS
4.0 m AS
1 . 0 m AS
SURFACE
1.0 cm BS
3.0 cm BS
5.0 cm BS
7.0 cm BS
10.0 cm BS
15.0 cm BS
18.0 cm BS
20.0 cm BS
22.0 cm BS
30.0 cm BS
40.0 cm BS
50.0 cm BS
4.0 m AS
1.0 m AS
0.5 m AS
1.0 m AS
2.0 m AS


O)
4-3
O) (C
S- CL)
0 i-
c «=C
O
CJ
X

X
X
X
X
X
X
X

X

X
X
X
X


X


4->
•r- (1)
fO *J-*
O- CL) fO
S— QJ
J^ 0 S-
(J C CC
<0 O
i — O
co
X

X
X
X
X
X
X
X

X

X











>, (0
01 Ol
1/1 S_
re et
s_
CD
X
X
X
X
X
X
X

X
X

X

X

X
X
X

X



C %.
O 0)
•i- 4-3
•4_) p_

-------
                    RAPS Data Manager (MD-80)
                    Environmental Protection Agency
                    Environmental Sciences Research Laboratory
                    Research Triangle Park, NC  27711
                    (919) 541-4545
     Additional information as well as copies of the final report which contain
the thermal diffusivity data are available from the EPA Task Coordinator.
Publication
Strothmann, J. A.  Subsurface Heat Flux Study.  Rockwell International Air
Monitoring Center, Creve Coeur, Missouri.  Task Order No. 104 Final Report.
July 1979.
                                     168

-------
6.2.1.3  RAMS TOWER TURBULENCE STUDY

Principal Investigator
Don H. Hern (formerly with)
Rockwell International
Air Monitoring Center
11640 Administration Drive
Creve Coeur, MO  63141
(314) 567-6722
Task Coordinators
John F. Clarke (MD-80)
Jason K.  S.  Ching (MD-80)
Environmental Protection Agency
Environmental Sciences Research
  Laboratory
Research  Triangle Park, NC  27711
                                      (919) 541-4524
Funding  EPA Contract No. 68-02-2093, Task Order Nos. 116, 118
Periods of Performance
     Task Order No. 116
     Task Order No. 118
Technical Approach
July - August 1976
October - November 1976
     In order to provide a better understanding of the turbulence structure
and energy balance of the air overriding the St. Louis urban/rural complex,
five selected RAMS towers (105, 107, 109, 111, and 113) were instrumented to
measure temperature and three-component wind velocity fluctuations.   The tem-
perature and wind velocity fluctuations were measured by fast response temper-
ature sensors and UVW propeller anemometers located at the tops of the 100-foot
towers.  Subsequent processing of these data yielded turbulent momentum and
sensible heat fluxes by the eddy correlation technique.
Periods of Data Collection
     The measurements were made at the five RAMS stations during the summer
1976 period, but only RAMS towers at Sites 105, 107, and 109 were instrumented
for the fall 1976 intensive..  Both the temperature and the wind velocity com-
ponents were monitored continuously during the study period.  These fast-response
                                     169

-------
sensor data were recorded at half-second intervals on magnetic tapes.
     The orientations of the anemometers were determined by the surveyor's
transit bearings for the "U" arms.   They are given with respect to  the magnetic
north separately for the two intensive periods as follows:
Operation Period                   Station                 "U" Arm Orientation
7/20/76 - 8/30/76                    105                        225° 12'
7/20/76 - 8/30/76                    107                        224° 26'
7/20/76 - 8/30/76                    109                        225° 47'
7/21/76 - 8/30/76                    111                        225° 35'
7/21/76 - 8/30/76                    113                        226° 02'
10/26/76 - 11/19/76                  105                        279° 45'
10/26/76 - 11/19/76                  107                        280° 00'
10/26/76 - 11/19/76                  109                        279° 45'
Parameters Measured                   Instrument/Method Used
Air temperature fluctuation           Fenwall fast-response thermistor
                                        (time constant = 0.2 sec)
Fluctuations of wind                  Gill  UVW propeller anemometer with shaft
  velocity components                 extenders, by R.M. Young Company
Calibration and Quality Control Procedures
     Calibration of the thermistors was performed every two or three days
using coefficients supplied by EPA.  To perform a calibration, the input ther-
mistor probe was removed and replaced by the resistance box.  Appropriate
resistance values corresponding to 0° and 25°C were set on the resistance box
and resultant voltage output values recorded.  The voltage values were used
with the coefficients to solve a set of conversion equations.  Both values
were then  adjusted as necessary to bring the instrument back into proper
calibration and the final value was recorded.  As a check the ambient temper-
ature was also derived using the coefficients and equations are compared to
the RAMS station value.
     Two point calibrations were performed on the UVW anemometers.  Zero data
were obtained by taping the three  propellers to prevent any movement.  Calibra-
tion data were recorded in this mode for about twenty hours.  Calibration at

                                  .  170

-------
1800 RPM was also obtained by clockwise and counter clockwise rotation of each
propeller.  Data were recorded in this mode for at least an hour at each
station.
Location and Type of Data Available
     The RAMS tower turbulence data were recorded as digitized output voltages
on magnetic tapes at half-second intervals.  Inquiries regarding these data
should be directed to:
                 RAPS Data Manager (MD-80)
                 Environmental Protection Agency
                 Environmental Sciences Research Laboratory
                 Research Triangle Park, NC  27711
                 (919) 541-4545
Publications
Waldron T. L.  St. Louis Summer 1976 Boundary Layer Study.   Rockwell  Interna-
tional Air Monitoring Center, Creve Coeur, Missouri.  Task Order No.  116 Final
Report, EPA Contract 68-02-2093.  May 1977.
Waldron, T. L.  St. Louis Fall 1976 Boundary Layer Study.  Rockwell Internation-
al Air Monitoring Center, Creve Coeur, Missouri.  Task Order No. 118 Final
Report, EPA Contract 68-02-2093.  March 1977.
                                     171

-------
6.2.1.4  PENNSYLVANIA STATE UNIVERSITY INSTRUMENTED AERQCOMMANDER
Principal Investigator                Project Officer
Dennis W. Thomson                     James T. Peterson
Department of Meteorology             National Oceanic and Atmospheric
The Pennsylvania State                  Administration
  University                          Environmental Research Laboratory
University Park, PA  16802            Boulder, CO  80302
(814) 865-0478                        (303) 499-1000 Ext. 6811
Funding  EPA Grant No. R800397
Periods of Performance
     July - August 1974
     February 1975
     July - August 1975
     July 1976
Tec hni c a1 Approach
     Eppley Precision Spectral Pyranometers on the Pennsylvania State Univer-
sity Aerocommander 680E aircraft (Section 6.1.2.1) were used to measure the
vertical variation of solar radiation and thereby to study the effect of pollut-
ants on atmospheric heating and cooling rates.  During each flight two vertical
profiles were mapped, one in relatively clean air upwind of the city and one in
dirty downwind conditions.  Each profile started at approximately 10,000 feet
altitude.  During descent, the aircraft leveled off for about one minute of
measurements at 1000 feet intervals above the haze and 500 feet intervals
within the haze.  The lowest measurement was at approximately 500 feet.
     Vertical radiation profiles were also taken with the EPA/RAPS instrumented
helicopters.  Refer to Section 5.0, Aerial  Monitoring System, for further details.
                                      172

-------
Periods of Data Collection
     July 30 - August 21, 1974
     February 7 - February 20, 1975
     July 22 - August 7, 1975
     July 13 - July 26, 1976
Parameters Measured                   Instrument/Method Used
     For solar radiation and aircraft state parameters, see Section 6.1.2.1.
For aerosol measurements the following additional  instruments were used:
Aerosol size distribution             Royco Counter
Condensation nuclei                   Environment-One
Scattering coefficient                MRI Nephelometer
Calibration and Quality Control  Procedures
     Radiometry was pre-calibrated and post-calibrated against national  stan-
dards at NOAA facilities in Boulder, Colorado.
Location and Type of Data Available
     Radiation data were recorded on magnetic tapes and are available from:
                    RAPS Data Manager (MD-80)
                    Environmental Protection Agency
                    Environmental Sciences Research Laboratory
                    Research Triangle Park, NC   27711
                    (.919) 541-4524
     Aerosol data may be obtained from the Principal  Investigator.
Publication
Grant report was not required.
                                      173

-------
6.2.1.5  RAPS AREA LAND-USE INVENTORY
Principal Investigator                Project Officer
Louis J. Hull                         Francis S.  Binkowski (MD-80)
Environmental Quality                 Environmental Protection Agency
  Research, Inc.                      Environmental Sciences Research
120 S. Central                          Laboratory
Clayton, MO  63105                    Research Triangle Park, NC  27711
(314) 725-2122                        (919) 541-4524
Funding  EPA Contract No. 68-02-2476
Period of Performance  September 1976 - August 1977
Jechni cal App roac h
     The land-use patterns in the metropolitan St. Louis area are classified into
the following categories:  water, marsh/swamp, thick grass, thin grass, farmland,
light density residential (with and without trees), medium density residential,
central business district, industry/railway, and forest.  The LANDSAT Satellite
imagery data were calibrated by means of selected ground truth data for each
land-use category.
Parameters Measured                   Instrument/Method Used
Land Use Pattern                      The percentage occupation for each
                                      land-use category was determined for
                                      both a high-resolution (1 km x 1 km)
                                      grid in the central  RAPS area, and a
                                      lower-resolution (10 km x 10 km) grid
                                      for the entire RAPS  area and surround-
                                      ings using LANDSAT imagery.   Terrain
                                      height and mean terrain slope were also
                                      determined for both  grids.
                                   -   174

-------
Calibration and Quality Control Procedures
     Ground truth data were collected to verify various areas of land use
patterns.
Location and Type of Data Available
     Parameters as described above should be available through the RAPS Data
Bank and may be obtained from:
                    RAPS Data Manager (MD-80)
                    Environmental Protection Agency
                    Environmental Sciences Research Laboratory
                    Research Triangle Park, NC  27711
                    (919) 541-4545
Publication
No contract final  report has yet been filed.
                                      175

-------
6.2.2  BOUNDARY LAYER TRACER STUDY
6.2.2.1  CALIFORNIA INSTITUTE OF TECHNOLOGY SFfi TRACER RELEASE
Principal Investigator
Frederick H. Shair
Department of Chemical Engineering
California Institute of Technology
Pasadena, CA  91125
(213) 795-6811
                                      Project Officer
                                      Francis A.  Schiermeier (MD-80)
                                      c/o Environmental  Protection Agency
                                      Environmental  Sciences Research
                                        Laboratory
                                      Research Triangle  Park, NC  27711
                                      (919) 541-2649
Funding  EPA Grant No. R804990010
Period of Performance  October 1976 - September 1978
Technical Approach
     Seven atmospheric tracer tests were conducted in St.  Louis between Nov-
ember 8 and 14, 1976.  The purpose of these tests was to examine the transport
and dispersion of pollutants from a tall stack during unstable meteorological
conditions.
     During these tests, 2017 grab samples were analyzed from 92 airborne
traverses, 3411 grab samples from 80 automobile traverses, and 613 hourly
averaged air samples from 9 stationary locations.  A total of 6040 air samples
were analyzed during the seven field tests.
     To help locate the plume's movement and to guide the airborne and auto-
mobile traverse teams to the plume area, pibals and tetroons were released
hourly near the SFs release site (Sections 6.2.2.2 and 6.2.2.3).
Period of Data Collect]' on
     November 8-14, 1976
                                     176

-------
Parameters Measured                   Instrument/Method Used
Sulfur Hexafluoride Concentration      Samples  were analyzed by  electron  capture
                                      chromatography,  using a Loenco  Model  70
                                      portable gas chromatograph,  equipped  with
                                      a Spectra Physics Autocab System  I  Inte-
                                      grator.
     Samples were collected from the  roofs  of   RAMS stations during automobile
traverses and aircraft flights.   To obtain  continuous  air  sampling at stationary
ground locations, nine hourly-sampling syringe units were  installed on  the
roofs of RAMS Stations 102, 110, 112, 114,  115, 117, 119,  120,  and 121.   Each
air sampling unit consisted of a timing mechanism (electrically driven)  and
twelve syringes mounted on a board.  The calibrated timing mechanism  allowed
the plunger of each syringe to be  sequentially retracted,  drawing  air into  the
syringe reservoir over a period of one hour.   These sampling units provided
hourly averaged air samples for SFg analysis  for twelve consecutive hours
(from 2-3 hours before tracer release to 4-5 hours after release termination)
at each of the selected RAMS stations.
                                                                  3
     For automobile traverses, grab samples were collected in 30 cm   plastic
syringes.  A similar system was used  for airborne sampling.
Calibration and Quality Control  Procedures
     The chromatographs were calibrated using  an exponential dilution system.
                                        -12
The detection limit was approximately 10    parts SFg  per part  of  air.
     During the sampling period, the  SF,- chromatographs were cross-checked
against each other with a constant concentration sample.   The cross-check
results indicated that the response characteristics of the chromatographs had
a probable uncertainty of +15% with +24% in the worst  case.
Location and Type of Data Available
     Some raw data are contained in the preliminary report referenced below.
All of the SFg measurements will be stored in  the RAPS Data Bank and  may be
obtained by contacting:
                                      177

-------
                 RAPS Data Manager (MD-80)
                 Environmental  Protection Agency
                 Environmental  Sciences Research Laboratory
                 Research Triangle Park,  NC  27711
                 (919) 541-4545
Publication
Derus, M., B. K. Lamb, and F. H. Shair.   Development and Application of Multiple
Tracer Techniques for the Study of Pollutant Transport and Dispersion in the
Atmosphere:  Transport and Dispersion from Tall  Stacks under Unstable Meteoro-
logical Conditions.  California Institute of Technology, Pasadena, California.
Preliminary Report, EPA Grant R804990010.  February 1977.
                                   .  178

-------
6.2.2.2  MOBILE PIBAL SUPPORT
Principal Investigator                Task Coordinator
Timothy L. Waldron                    Francis A.  Schiermeier (MD-84)
Rockwell International                c/o Environmental  Protection Agency
Air Monitoring Center                 Environmental Sciences Research
11640 Administration Drive              Laboratory
Creve Coeur, MO  63141                Research Triangle  Park, NC  27711
(314) 567-6722                        (919) 541-2649
Funding  EPA Contract No. 68-02-2093, Task Order No. 119
Period of Performance  November - December 1976
Technical Approach
     As part of the RAPS Boundary Layer Tracer Study conducted in the St. Louis
Metropolitan Area during November 1976, low level wind profiles, obtained by
releasing pilot balloons (pibals), were used to define the available transport
winds.
Period of Data Collection
     Pibal observations were taken at one-half hour intervals during daytime
hours from November 7-14, 1976.  Three pibals were released on November 7 before
a planned experiment was cancelled due to high winds.   All observations  were
taken at the Labadie power plant near Labadie, Missouri  with one day of exception
when the pibals were released from RAMS Station 121 in North St. Louis County.
Parameters Measured                   Instrument/Method  Used
Wind speed and wind direction         10 gram pilot balloon (pibal) observations
                                      using the single theodolite method.
                                      Calculated wind speed and wind direction
                                      from angular values observed at a  constant
                                      time interval of 30 seconds.

                                      179

-------
Cal i bration and Qua!_ity Control Procedures
     Except for the minimum observation being five minutes (weather permitting),
all pibals were released in accordance with Upper Air Sounding Network procedures
(Section 4.0).  A compass was used at each site to determine magnetic north.
A reference point for true north was then established by correcting for the
appropriate magnetic declination angle, obtained from U.S. Geological Survey
maps.
     Quality control procedures included reviewing elevation and azimuth angles
for angular continuity and checking for correct magnetic declination.  Orienta-
tion was checked before and after each pibal release.
Location and Type of Data Available
     Copies of the task order final report and additional information may be
obtained from the EPA Task Coordinator.  Data are available on magnetic tape
as part of the RAPS data bank and may be obtained by contacting:
                    RAPS Data Manager (MD-80)
                    Environmental Protection Agency
                    Environmental Sciences Research Laboratory
                    Research Triangle Park, NC  27711
                    (919) 541-4545
Publication
Waldron, T. L.  November 1976 SFg Tracer Study.   Rockwell International Air
Monitoring Center, Creve Coeur, Missouri.   Task Order No. 119 Final Report,
EPA Contract 68-02-2093.  May 1977.
                                      180

-------
6.2.2.3  NOAA/ARL TETROON RELEASES
                                      Project Officer
                                      Francis Pooler, Jr.  (MD-84)
                                      Environmental Protection Agency
                                      Environmental Sciences Research
                                        Laboratory
                                      Research Triangle Park, NC  27711
                                      (919) 541-2649
Principal Investigators
C. Ray Dickson
National Oceanic and Atmospheric
  Administration
Air Resources Laboratory
Idaho Falls, ID  83401
(208) 526-2328
James K. Angell
Walter H. Hoecker
National Oceanic and Atmospheric
  Administration
Air Resources Laboratory
Silver Spring, MD  20910
(301) 427-7645
Funding  EPA Interagency Agreement No. D7-0305
Period of Performance  November 1976
Technical Approach
     In support of the RAPS Boundary Layer Tracer Study conducted in the St.
Louis Metropolitan Area during November 1976, terrahedral balloons (tetroons)
were used to define the existing transport wind.
Period of Data Collection
     Tetroons were released each day from the SF,. tracer release site for the
period November 7-14,  1976.  For each period of operation during the tracer
study, approximately  six tetroons were released and tracked with an M-33 radar.
The  tetroon  release interval was hourly, with two or three tetroons released
before,  three during,  and one after the SFg release.
                                     181

-------
Parameters Measured                   Instrument/Method Used
Transport Wind                        Released tetrahedral  balloons (tetrooris)
                                      from the SFC tracer release site to de-
                                                 fa
                                      fine the existing transport wind in
                                      real-time.  The tetroons with attached
                                      transponders were tracked by means of
                                      M-33 radar.  Sketches of the radar's
                                      Planned Position Indicator (PPI) scope
                                      showing tetroon locations were drawn by
                                      the radar observer.
Calibration and Quality Control Procedures
     Before release, the tetroons were super-pressurized to 20 or 30 millibars,
enabling them to float aloft at nearly constant altitudes.
Location and Type of Data Available
     The tetroon data are in the form of PPI scope sketches and have not been
reduced to a computer compatible format.  Information concerning data collec-
tion and available data may be obtained by contacting the EPA Project Officer.
Publication
Final report was not required.
                                   .  182

-------
6.2.3  HIGH LEVEL VERTICAL FLUX STUDY
Introduction
     A field program was carried out in and around the St. Louis Metropolitan
Area in 1975 in conjunction with the Regional  Air Pollution Study (RAPS) and
the Metropolitan Meteorological Experiment (METROMEX).  Its principal  purpose
was to provide detailed information on the three-dimensional  airflow in the
planetary boundary layer over a metropolitan area.
     Because of the differences in the surface roughness and temperature of
urban versus rural terrains, both the mean winds and the turbulent components of
the air motion are expected to vary over a region including an urban complex.
Of particular interest, from the point of view of boundary layer meteorology
and regional dispersion modeling, are the vertical wind profiles and the ver-
tical fluxes of momentum, heat, moisture, and aerosols as well as their associ-
ated exchange coefficients.
     Three separate but closely coordinated field efforts were designed to
address different aspects of the problem.  They were implemented during the
months of February and July 1975 so as to study conditions in both winter and
summer.  They are summarized in the following subsections.
                                      183

-------
6.2.3.1  NCAR INSTRUMENTED QUEEN AIR
Principal Investigator                Project Officer
Bernice Ackerman                      James L. McElroy
Atmospheric Sciences Section          Environmental  Protection Agency
Illinois State Water Survey           Environmental  Monitoring and Support
Urbana, IL  61801                 '      Laboratory
(217) 333-2210                        Las Ve9as' NV  89114
                                      (702) 736-2969
Funding  EPA Grant No. R803682
Period of Performance  February 1975 - December 1976
Techn 1 cal App roach
     An instrumented Queenair 306 airplane, pilot, and technician were pro-
vided by the Research Aviation Facility of NCAR,  The Queenair carried instru-
ments that measured the three components of wind velocity, and high frequency
fluctuations in velocity, temperature and humidity, as well as standard state
parameters and aircraft position.
     Depending on the particular field experiments, or missions, the aircraft
executed various flight patterns.  Generally, straight alongwind and crosswind
flight paths were used to map the fields of temperature, moisture, wind, tur-
bulence intensity, and vertical fluxes as well as to estimate vertical exchange
coefficients and their variations with height.  These paths were usually quite
long so as to cover both St.  Louis city and the adjoining rural areas, and were
repeated at different elevations.  Closed circular or triangular flight paths
were used to determine the nocturnal urban heat island circulation and its
strength.  Circuits around the city and metropolitan area were also accompanied
by closed rectangular and triangular flight patterns over a predominantly
rural area.
                                      184

-------
Periods of Data Collection
     February 17-28, 1975
     July 1-31, 1975
     The only major difference in instrumentation between the February and the
July operations was the addition of the condensation nuclei counter in July.
Parameters Measured                   Instrument/Method Used
Air temperature                       NCAR reverse-flow thermometer
                                      (slow response - a few seconds)
Air temperature                       Rosemount platinum resistance
                                      thermometer (medium response - a few
                                      tenths of a second)
Air temperature fluctuation           NCAR "K-probe", platinum
                                      resistance thermometer
Dew-point temperature                 Cambridge dew-point hygrometer
Atmospheric refractive index          NCAR microwave refractometer
Cloud liquid water content            Johnson-Williams liquid water
                                      content meter
Concentration of condensation nuclei  Environment I nuclei  counter
(July only)
Radiation-temperature (analog IR)     Barnes PRT-5
Land use patterns                     Downward-viewing time lapse
                                      movies, one frame every 4 seconds
Altitude                              Static pressure probe (transducer)
Altitude (less than 1 km only)        Radio altimeter
Airspeed                              Wing-mounted Rosemount pitot
                                      Boom-mounted pitot and transducer
Orientation to airstream              Angle of attack, fixed vane
                                      Angle of attack, rotating vane
                                      Sideslip angle, fixed vane
                                      185

-------
Parameters Measured                   Instrument/Method Used  (continued)
Boom accelerations                    Vertical and lateral  accelerometers
                                      (boom-mounted)
Aircraft velocity relative to ground; Inertia! Navigational System (INS)
INS - computed latitude and longitude

Calibration and Quality Control Procedures
     The thermometers were calibrated in a standard temperature bath.   For
the resistance thermometers, verification was also done with fixed resistors.
The dynamic heating effects were determined by flying the aircraft at differ-
ent controlled speeds.
     The main wind instruments used in the study were the boom-mounted fixed
vanes and the rotating vane used as an alternative.  These provided the
fluctuating wind velocity components required for calculating the fluxes.
They were calibrated using a strain gauge bridge circuit.  Bench tests were
performed in which calibrated weights were correlated to the output voltages.
The vanes were also tested in the Air Force Academy wind tunnel facility at
Colarado Springs before the program started.
     Sensitivity calibration for the refractometer (humidity fluctuation) was
provided by NOAA. Its offset was further determined from the Cambridge dew-
point hygrometer.
     The dynamic pressure probes were calibrated against standard pressures
using a servo-controlled system.
     The above calibrations were performed both before and after the program.
Routine checks on the instruments were also made before each flight.
Location and Type of Data Available
     All data collected during the flight missions were recorded on magnetic
tapes.  They have been reduced and processed by NCAR and will reside at the
Illinois State Hater Survey.  They are available to RAPS researchers,  subject
to the ISWS data policy.   Further information may be obtained from the Principal
Investigator.
                                      186

-------
Publication
Ackerman, B.  Vertical Fluxes and Exchange Coefficients in the Air Over St.  Louis
- Field Program 1975.  Illinois State Water Survey, Urbana, Illinois.   EPA
Grant R803632.  February 1977.  EPA-600/2-77-027.
                                      187

-------
6.2.3.2  NCAR BOUNDARY LAYER PROFILERS
Principal Invest!gator                Project Officer
Bernice Ackerman                      James L. McElroy
Atmospheric Sciences Section          Environmental Protection Agency
Illinois State Water Survey           Environmental Monitoring and Support
Urbana, IL  61901                 '      Laboratory
(217) 333-2210                        Las Vegas' NV  89114
                                      (702) 736-2969
Funding  EPA Grant No. R803682
Period of Performance  February 1975 to December 1976
Technical Approach
     Two tethered-balloon systems for measuring detailed profiles up to a
nominal operational altitude of 750 m were loaned to the Illinois State Water
Survey for the July field effort by the Field Observing Facility of NCAR.  The
urban profiler was located in downtown St. Louis, and the rural profiler at
Triad High School on Highway 40 about 2.5 km west of Illinois Highway 4.
     Basically, the system consisted of a relatively small  plastic balloon
                             •3
(inflated volume about 3.25 m ) with an aerodynamic shape from which was sus-
pended the sensor package.  The balloon was tethered to the surface and was
raised and lowered using an electric winch.  The sensor package provided
measurements of air pressure, dry and wet bulb temperature, wind speed and
wind direction.
     The maximum height actually reached by the profiler depended on the
stability and wind speed, decreasing with increasing stability and wind speed.
The balloon was let out at 46 m/min  and brought back to the surface at nearly
twice that rate.   The equipment could not be operated under strongly turbulent
conditions or in wind speeds of greater than 10 m/sec.   Of the 228 soundings
                                     188

-------
that were made in July 1975, nearly 20 are unusable because  of instrument
malfunction.  The remaining 208 soundings appear to be  good.
Parameters Measured                   Instrument/Method Used
Air pressure                          Sealed aneroid capsule
Air temperature                       Ventilated bead thermister
                                      in  radiation  shield
Wet-bulb temperature                  Wick-covered  thermister,
                                      mounted 2  cm  behind dry
                                      temperature sensor
Wind speed                            Three-cup  anemometer
                                      (nrin.  speed:   0.5 m/sec)
Hind direction                        Magnetic compass
                                      (based on  assumption that
                                      balloon is effective vane)
     The sensors on the boundary layer profiler  were interrogated  via  radio
telemetry and recorded in sequence over a 20-second interval  during the  field
operations.
Calibration and Quality Control Procedures
     The air pressure sensor, a sealed aneroid capsule, was  calibrated over
the air pressure range of 900-1000 mb in  a computer-controlled Tenney  environ-
mental chamber.  The cup anemometer was calibrated  in the NCAR research  wind
tunnel over the wind speed range of 0 - 10 m/sec.  These calibrations  were
performed before the field program.
     The thermistors used on the tethered balloon were  factory calibrated
at the Yellow Springs Instrument Company  in  Ohio.  They were tested to be
thermally linear within 0.1° C over a span of 25° C, and were  checked  against
an Aspen psychrometer during the field program.
Location and Type of Data Available
     Ten parameters were recorded in each record covering twenty seconds, in
the following order:  high reference, low reference, temperature,  wet  bulb,
pressure, wind speed, temperature, wet bulb, wind speed, wind  direction.

                                     189

-------
These records have been digitized using a digitizer (the Autotrol) which pro-
duces punched IBM cards.   All of the usable profiler data have been processed
and converted into physical parameters:  height (using the hypsometric equa-
tion), vapor pressure, mixing ratio, dewpoint, relative humidity, saturation
vapor pressures at both dry and wet bulb temperatures, virtual temperature,
potential temperature, and potential wet bulb temperature.  The data are arch-
ived on 9-track-!600 BPI  magnetic tapes in IBM unformatted binary code.  They
will reside at the Illinois State Water Survey and are available to RAPS
researchers, subject to the ISWS data policy.  Further information may be
obtained from the Principal Investigator.
Publication
Ackerman, B.  Vertical Fluxes and Exchange Coefficients in the Air Over St. Louis
- Field Program 1975.  Illinois State Water Survey, Urbana, Illinois.  EPA
Grant R803682.  February 1977.   EPA-600/2-77-027.
                                      190

-------
6.2.3.3  USAF MOBILE PIBAL SUPPORT
Principal Investigator                Project Officer
Bernice Ackerman                      James L.  McElroy
Atmospheric Sciences Section          Environmental  Protection Agency
Illinois State Water Survey           Environmental  Monitoring and Support
Urbana, II  61801                       Laboratory
(217) 333-2210                        Las Vegas' NV   89114
                                      (702) 736-2969
Funding  EPA Grant No. R803682
Period of Performance  February 1975 - December 1976
Technical Approach
     Pilot balloons with double-theodolites were used to make wind measure-
ments up to about 2000 m from twelve specified  sites scattered in  and around
St. Louis.
     When establishing each site, the survey team selected two suitable spots
for the theodolite "pads", requiring that the two be line-of-sight.   They
then measured off the straight line distance between the two with  transit and
tape and the difference in elevation with a stadia rod.   The orientation of  the
baseline relative to true north was determined  later from sightings on Polaris
on clear nights.
     Two observers, one at each theodolite, were linked by a land  telephone
line for communication.  Into this line were hooked  a tape recorder and a tone
generator that was activated by a timer.  At the start of the tone,  which was
set at 20-second intervals and sounded for roughly 3 seconds, the  observers
centered the balloon on the cross-hairs of the  theodolite and kept it there
until the tone ended.  Then they would read the azimuth and elevation angles
of the balloon into their head phones for recording  on a cassette  tape.
                                      191

-------
     During the field operations,  a number of  pre-selected pibal sites were
activated depending on the missions and balloons were  launched  at  regular  time"
intervals.
Parameters Measured
Wind speed and wind direction
                                      Instrument/Method Used
                                      Observations were made using the double
                                      theodolite method with 30-gram balloons.
                                      Wind direction and wind speed were calcu-
                                      lated using the Thyer method with constant
                                      time intervals of 20 seconds.
Periods of Data Collection
     February 17-28, 1975
     July 1-31, 1975
     Pilot balloons were launched at 20-min intervals except for the flux
cross section observations during which 10-nrin launch intervals were used.
Sightings to the balloons were recorded at 20-second intervals during the first
13 minutes of each 20-min launch interval.
Calibration and Quality Control Procedures
     The theodolites were checked and adjusted by skilled technicians before
the program and also by the trained observers on a daily basis throughout the
field program.  Errors due to misalignment were minimized by having the obser-
vers record their shift from short to long scope and by application of the
Thyer computational method.
     The theodolites were carefully leveled by the observers at the beginning
of each experiment.  The level was checked periodically during the observa-
tional  period.  Azimuthal orientation in the fixed cartesian coordinate system
was accomplished by lining up on the marker at the opposite end of the
baseline and on two other marked landmarks off the baseline which had been
established when the site was surveyed.   The theodolite was azimuthally-
oriented at the beginning of each experiment and checked for azimuth to at  least
one of the markers once or twice during each experiment.
     Vertical profiles of errors in wind speed, wind direction, balloon rise
rate and height were determined on the bases of three separate field tests
                                    . 192

-------
(August 1 and August 9, 1972, and July 31, 1975).  The principal conclusion
was that the estimated errors were much smaller than the temporal variabilities
in the corresponding measurements.
Location and Type of Data Available
     The pilot balloon data have been archived on 9-track-1600 BPI magnetic
tapes in IBM unformatted binary code.  They will be edited by the ISWS and
made available to researchers through the RAPS Data Bank.  Further information
may be obtained from the Principal Investigator.
Publication
Ackerman, B.  Vertical Fluxes and Exchange Coefficients in the Air Over St. Louis
- Field Program 1975.  Illinois State Water Survey, Urbana, Illinois.  EPA
Grant R803682.  February 1977.  EPA-600/2-77-027.
                                      193

-------
6.2.4  BOUNDARY LAYER VARIABILITY STUDY
Introduction
     As part of the study of the urban land use and its influence on the over-
riding air, the University of Wyoming carried out measurements of turbulent
fluxes of heat, humidity and momentum as well as incoming and reflected solar
radiation flux densities in the St. Louis urban-rural atmosphere during summer
1976.  The major instrumented research platform was the NCAR Queen Air 304D.
     A complete analysis of the energetics and humidity budget requires other
meteorological measurements such as wind shear and temperature profiles that
were obtained in separate field programs that are described in Section 6.1.3.
     The following discussion will concentrate on the airborne measurements of
radiation and turbulent fluxes by the University of Wyoming group during the
1976 summer intensive study period of RAPS.
                                      Project Officer
                                      Jason K. S.  Ching (MD-80)
                                      Environmental  Protection Agency
                                      Environmental  Sciences Research
                                        Laboratory
                                      Research Triangle Park, NC  27711
                                      (919) 541-4524
Principal^ Inyestigators
Frank D. Eaton
John M. White
Department of Atmospheric Science
University of Wyoming
Laramie, WY  82071
(307) 766-3245
Funding  EPA Grant No.  R800875
Period of Performance  June 1971  - November 1977
Technical Approach
     The instrumented aircraft was flown both alongwind and crosswind over the
St. Louis urban-rural complex at various times throughout the day.   Typically,
the length of each flight leg was approximately 30 km, at altitudes of 150 m,
900 m and 1420 m over the same ground track.   The middle and highest elevations
                                      194

-------
would be respectively below and above the typical early afternoon inversion
over St. Louis in August.  In this way it was feasible to measure the turbulent
fluxes both within and above the mixed planetary boundary layer.
Period of Data Collection
     Each airborne observation period lasted between one and several hours,
depending on the missions, during which both the turbulence and radiation data
were recorded continuously.
Parameters Measured                   Instrument/Method Used
Air temperature fluctuation           NCAR "K-probe", platinum
                                      resistance thermometer
Atmospheric refractive index          NCAR microwave refractometer
Altitude                              Static pressure probe (transducer)
Altitude (less than 1 km only)        Radio altimeter
Airspeed                              Wing-mounted Rosemount pitot
                                      Boom-mounted pitot and transducer
Wind velocity fluctuations            Angle of attack, fixed vane
and orientation to airstrearn          Angle of attack, rotating vane
                                      Sideslip angle, fixed vane
Boom accelerations                    Vertical  and lateral  accelerometers
                                      (boom-mounted)
Aircraft velocity relative to ground; Inertia!  Navigational  System (INS)
INS-computed latitude and longitude
Global  solar radiation flux           Eppley spectral precision
density                               pyranometer (pointed upward)
Reflected solar radiation flux        Eppley spectral precision
density                               pyranometer (pointed downward)
Terrestial  radiation flux             Barnes PRT-5 infrared
density                               radiometer
Land use patterns                     Downward-viewing movie
                                      camera (16 mm film)
                                      195

-------
Calibration and Quality Control Procedures
     Calibration of the aircraft instrumentation was conducted by NCAR both
before and after the field project.
     The main wind instruments in the study were the boom-mounted fixed vanes
and the rotating vane used as an alternative.  These provided the fluctuating
wind velocity components required for calculating the fluxes.  They were cali-
brated using a strain gauge bridge circuit.  Bench tests were performed in
which calibrated weights were correlated to the output voltages.   The vanes
were also tested in the Air Force Academy wind tunnel facility at Colorado
Springs.
     Verification of the NCAR resistance thermometer was done with fixed resis-
tors.  The dynamic heating effects were determined by flying the  aircraft at
different controlled speeds.
     Sensitivity calibration for the refractometer (humidity fluctuation) was
provided by NOAA.  Its offset was further determined from the Cambridge dew-
point hygrometer.
     The dynamic pressure probes were calibrated against standard pressures
using a servo-controlled system,
     The pyranometers were compared against each other and also calibrated
           o
against an Angstrom pyrheliometer.
Location and Type of Data Available
     The turbulence data were recorded at the rate of 16 per second on magnetic
tapes.   The radiation data have been processed by NCAR into one-second average
values  on microfilms.  These data are available to researchers through the
RAPS data bank,   For more information on data availability contact:
                    RAPS Data Manager (MD-80)
                    Environmental Protection Agency
                    Environmental Sciences Research Laboratory
                    Research Triangle Park, NC  27711
                    (919) 541-4545
                                      196

-------
Publications
Eaton, F.  D.,  and R.  A.  Dirks.   Turbulent Flux Measurements  in  the Urban-rural
Atmosphere of Greater St.  Louis.   Paper presented at the Sixth  Conference  on
Inadvertent and Planned Weather Modification,  Champaign-Urbana, Illinois.
October 1977.
Auer, A. H. Jr., and J.  M. White.   Inadvertent Weather Modification by Urban
Pollution - Final Report.   University of Wyoming, Laramie,  Wyoming.  EPA Grant
R800875.  November 1977.
White, J.  M.,  F. D. Eaton, and A.  H.  Auer, Jr.  The Net Radiation Budget of
the St. Louis Metropolitan Area.   Journal of Applied Meteorology, (6):593-599,
1978.
                                     197

-------
6.2.5  URBAN-RURAL SURFACE ENERGETIC CHARACTERISTICS

Principal Investigators               Project Officer
Walter F. Dabberdt                    James L.  McElroy
Paul A. Davis                         Environmental  Protection Agency
SRI International                     Environmental  Monitoring and Support
333 Ravenswood Avenue                   Laboratory
Menlo Park, CA  94025                 Las Vegas, NV   89114
(415) 326-6200                        (702) 736-2969
Funding  EPA Contract 68-02-1015
Period of Performance  July 1972 - April 1973
Techn1ca1 Ap proac h
     The role of surface geophysical characteristics in the partioning of
energy at the complex and heterogeneous metropolitan earth-air interface was
evaluated through a unique application of Lettau's climatonomy theory.  This
methodology permits the determination of the surface descriptors on the basis
of the observed diurnal response of the surface to the observed forcing func-
tion of available solar energy.  Features of various land use types can then
be evaluated in the context of the surface energy budget.
     During two designated experimental periods, totalling some 50 hours,
aircraft data-collection missions were flown repetitively at 2-3 hour inter-
vals along a selected flight track across the St. Louis area.  The aircraft
used during this experiment was an Aerocommander owned by Colorado State
University.  The airborne measurements were supplemented by a pyranometer/radio-
meter site established at the Granite City Army Depot (August 1972) and at
St. Louis University (April 1973).
                                    198

-------
Periods of Data Collection
     August 9-12, 1972
     April 17-27, 1973
Parameters Measured
Total Downwelling Solar Irradiance
Total Upwelling Solar Irradiance
Surface Temperature (remote)
Wet and Dry Bulb Temperatures
Subtrack Photographs
Total Solar Irradiance
Incident Radiation
Instrument/Method Used
Eppley pyranometer
Yellott SOL-A- METER (solarimeter)
Barnes PRT-5 radiometer
Model unknown
Hasselblad 70 mm camera
Eppley precision spectral  pyranometer
Eppley pyrgeometer infrared radiometer
C.S.I.R.O. net radiometer
Calibration and Quality Control Procedures
     All of the radiation sensors were calibrated and tested prior to and
following each of the two field experiments.
Location and Type of Data Available
     The experimental data are contained in graphical and tabular form in the
report cited below.  Additional information may be obtained from the EPA Pro-
ject Officer.
Pub 1J cation
Dabberdt, W. F., and P. A. Davis.  Determination of Energetic Characteristics
of Urban-Rural Surfaces in the Greater St. Louis Area.  Stanford Research
Institute, Menlo Park, California.  EPA Contract 68-02-1015.  April 1974.
EPA-650/4-74-007.
                                     199

-------
7.0  POLLUTANT TRANSFORMATION AND REMOVAL STUDIES

Introduction
     The formation rate and mechanism of particulate sulfur compounds in the
atmosphere is recognized as an important problem in current environmental
research.  Hence, the focus of the. pollutant transformation and removal  studies
was on oxides of sulfur, with much of the experimental  work devoted to the
dynamics of aerosol formation.  The experiments described in Section 7.0 may
be divided into four areas of emphasis.
     In the point source component of this study, oxides of nitrogen, oxides
of sulfur, and ozone, together with the spectrum of aerosol size, were sam-
pled at increasing travel times from the sources to determine transformations
occurring within relatively high pollutant concentrations.  Similar studies
were conducted of the complete mix of pollutants in the plume from the entire
urban complex.
     Photochemical reaction studies were performed to ascertain the photo-
chemically stimulated transformations in order to develop appropriate chemical
kinetic models.
     Aerosols were sampled in an effort to characterize them in terms of their
physical and chemical properties and their probable origins and evolution.
     Under pollutant removal experiments, studies of dry removal processes
were conducted to determine the dry deposition rate for S02 as a function of
different land classes.  Precipitation scavenging was also studied.
                                     200

-------
7.1   POINT SOURCE AND URBAN PLUME STUDIES
7.1.1  PLUME MAPPING PROGRAM (MISTT)
7.1.1.1   WASHINGTON UNIVERSITY

Principal Investigator                Project Officer
Rudolph  B. Husar                      William E.  Wilson (MD-84)
Air Pollution Research Laboratory     Environmental  Protection Agency
Mechanical Engineering Department     Environmental  Sciences Research
Washington University                   Laboratory
St.  Louis, MO  63130                  Research Triangle Park, NC  27711
(314) 889-6099                        (919) 541-2551
         EPA Grant Nos. R802815 and R803896
Periods of Performance
     EPA Grant No. R802815  November 1973 - December 1977
     EPA Grant No. R803896  April 1975 - March 1978
Technical Approach
     Washington University provided field direction for the 1974, 1975 and
1976 field experiments of the Midwest Interstate Sulfur Transport and Trans-
fomr'tion (MISTT) study, a program closely allied with and partially funded
by RAPS.  Washington University also provided near real-time data processing
of MISTT measurements and participated actively in subsequent MISTT data
analyses.  The University's Air Pollution Research Laboratory (APRL) performed
chemical analyses of various filter sampler collections.
     Washington University furnished a scout/communications relay aircraft
during  the 1975 and 1976 MISTT experiments and an instrumented Aerocommander
during  the 1976 field experiment.  The scout aircraft was lightly equipped
to enable the vectoring of other more completely instrumented aircraft into
the plumes at long distances downwind.  Because of these distances, the
                                     201

-------
scout aircraft was also utilized to relay communications  and data  between  the
aircraft and the mission control facility at Washington University.   During
the 1976 MISTT experiment,  a second scout aircraft equipped with a correlation
spectrometer was operated by Environmental  Measurements,  Inc.  under contract
to Washington University (Section 7.1.1.3).
     Along with the Cessna  206 provided by Meteorology Research,  Inc. (Section
7.1.1.2), the instrumented  Aerocommander was an integral  part of  the MISTT
field program which consisted of airborne sampling platforms and associated
ground support.  The purpose of the Aerocommander flights was to  locate and
track the plumes originating from the Labadie Power Plant (about  60 km west
of St. Louis) as well as from the St. Louis urban-industrial complex, and  to
document the pollutant burdens as a function of time and  distance  from the
sources.
     The flight patterns of the aircraft were designed for detailed charac-
terization of the plume at discrete distances downwind of the source.  At
each distance, horizontal traverses were made in the plume perpendicular to
the plume axis at three or more elevations.  The traverses were augmented  by
vertical spirals outside the plume and near the plume center!ine,  extending
up to at least 100 meters above the mixing layer height or the maximum plume
height.  The plume mapping began near the source and proceeded downwind, with
the two sampling aircraft making measurements, whenever feasible,  following
a single air parcel.  In some instances, the two aircraft performed a
coordinated parallel traverse for data comparison.  Based on the  weather
forecast, several plume mapping scenarios were elaborated at least 12 hours
in advance of each sampling mission at a planning meeting.  A typical sampling
mission consisted of two or three sampling flights, each  lasting  2-4 hours.
The premission pibal data were used as the final input in making  the decision
to implement a specific flight plan for the mission.
Periods of Data Collection
     July 29 - August 16, 1974        MRI Cessna
     July 14 - August 15, 1975        MRI Cessna, Scout Aircraft
     June 27 - August 3, 1976         MRI Cessna, WU Aerocommander, Scout
                                        Aircraft
                                     202

-------
Parameters Measured (Aerocommander)   Instrument/Method Used
Light Scattering Coefficient (b   .)
                                  .
                               o L* d
Aerosol Concentration
Aerosol Charge Detector
Particulates
Total Sulfur
Ozone
                                      Meteorology Research,  Inc.  (MRI)  Model
                                      1550  integrating  nephelometer.   Sensi-
                                                        -5       -2
                                      tivity  range of 10   to  10    reciprocal
                                      meters.
                                      Environment/One Condensation  Nuclei
                                      Counter (CMC)  responding to particles
                                      especially in the 0.01  to 0.1 ym size
                                      range.
                                      Washington University  developed  aerosol
                                      charge  detector using  an ionizer/elec-
                                      trometer analysis technique.  Measure-
                                      merit  range was 0.01 -  1.0 ym  with a  3
                                      second  response time.
                                      Filter  samples were collected by a
                                      two-stage filter-tape  sampler that
                                      collects separate deposits  for coarse
                                      (>3ym)  and fine (<3ym)  particles.
                                      Meloy SA-285 flame photometric sulfur
                                      analyzer with a lower  detection  limit
                                      of 0.5  ppb and high temperature
                                      stability.
                                      Dasibi UV-absorption instrument.
     The above instruments were interfaced to a Metrodata Model  DL640 data
logger and simultaneously recorded on a four channel  strip chart recorder
and digital cassette recorder.  The data logger recorded signals from the
instruments every 2 seconds.  Standard aircraft positioning instruments were
also interfaced to the data logger.
Calibration and Quality Control Procedures (Aerocommander)
     Before each mission, the calibrations of S02 and 0^ instruments was
performed by EPA using standard calibration gases.  During the flights, these
instruments, as well as the aerosol instruments, were zero-checked at frequent
                                     203

-------
intervals.   At the end of each mission,  the instrumentation in  the  aircraft
underwent detailed, multipoint calibration.  Between  missions,  the  instruments
were operated by external power provided in the base  hanger.
     Graphical outputs of the aircraft data were generated within hours of
each field mission.  These computer plots were inspected to check for any
indications of instrument malfunctions or any other abnormalities.   The results
of data processing and preliminary analyses were presented at a review meeting
on the day following the sampling mission.  These meetings were attended by
the pilots, instrument operator/observers, data processing personnel, the
field manager and other participants, of the program.   The flight pattern, the
meteorology and the data were reviewed in order to identify the weak points
and suggest possible improvements in the sampling program.
Location and Type of Data Available
     The data are in the custody of the Principal Investigator to whom all
inquiries may be directed.  The data are available on magnetic tapes as well
as in the form of a hard copy volume of data plots.
Publications
Gillani, N. V., R. B. Husar, and D.E. Patterson.  1976 Washington University
Aircraft Data Volume.  Washington University, St. Louis, Missouri.   December
1976.
Wilson, W.  E., R. J. Charlson, R. B. Husar, K. T. Whitby, and D. L. Blumenthal.
Sulfates in the Atmosphere - A Progress Report on Project MISTT.  Environmen-
tal Sciences Research Laboratory, Research Triangle Park, North Carolina.
March 1977.  EPA-600/7-77-021.
Husar, R. B., D. E. Patterson, 0. D. Husar, N. V. Gillani, and W. E. Wilson.
Sulfur Budget of a Power Plant Plume.  Atmospheric Environment, 12:549-568,
1978.
Gillani, N. V., R. B. Husar, J. D. Husar, D. E. Patterson, and W. E. Wilson.
Project MISTT:  Kinetics of Particulate Sulfur Formation in a Power Plant
Plume out to 300 Km.  Atmospheric Environment, 12:589-598, 1978.
                                     204

-------
7.1.1.2  METEOROLOGY RESEARCH INSTRUMENTED CESSNA

Principal Investigator                Project Officer
Donald L. Blumenthal                  William E. Wilson (MD-84)
Meteorology Research, Inc.            Environmental Protection Agency
464 W. Woodbury Road                  Environmental Sciences Research
Altadena, CA  9100!                     Laboratory
(213) 791-1901                        Research Triangle Park, NC  27711
                                      (919) 541-2551
Funding
     EPA Contract No. 68-02-1081, Task Order No. 41
     EPA Contract Nos. 68-02-1919, 68-02-2245, 68-02-2411
Periods of Performance
     Task Order No. 41                July - August 1974
     EPA Contracts                    June 1974 - June 1977
Technical Approach
     As part of Project MISTT, airborne measurements of the physical and
chemical characteristics of urban and power plant plumes were performed to
determine plume transport arid dispersion properties.  One of the primary
sampling platforms  used for the project was an instrumented Cessna 206 provi-
ded and operated by Meteorology Research,  Inc. (MrtI).  In contrast to previous
demonstration versions of this airborne sampling platform (Section 7.3.1.2),
the following paragraphs describe this aircraft's equipment and how it was
used  in conjuction  with several investigators' experiments during the project.
Periods of Data Collection
     July 29 - August 16, 1974
     July 14 - August 15, 1975
     June 27 - August 3,  1976
                                     205

-------
Pa r ame ter Mea s u red
Sulfur Dioxide
Nitric Oxide/Oxides of Nitrogen
Ozone
Hydrocarbons/Halocarbons
Sulfates
Aerosol Composition
Light Scattering Coefficient
Instrument/Method Used
Theta Sensors L5400 sulfur dioxide
analyzer using an electro-chemical cell
technique.   The typical  measurement
range was 0-1.0 ppm with a response
time of 9-15 seconds with an approximate
resolution of 0.01 ppm.
Monitor Labs 8440 chemi luminescent
analyzer with a typical  measurement
range of 0-0.5 ppm.  Response time was
9-10 seconds and approximate resolution
was 0.01 ppm.
REM 612 chemi luminescent ozone monitor
usually set on the 0-0,5 ppm range.
Response time was 5 seconds and the
approximate resultion was 0.005 ppm.
Stainless steel canisters pressurized
to 1 atm by a Metal Bellows MB-158
pump were used to save air samples for
subsequent gas chromatography analyses.
MRI Two-Mass (prototype) flash vapor-
ization/flame photometric detector
measuring sulfate particles less than
3 ym in diameter.  Response time was
10 minutes with an approximate resolu-
             _3
tion of 3 ygm  .
MRI Airborne Impactor System with 3
stages and filters.  Samples were
analyzed by microscopy and IEXE
techniques.
MRI 1550 Integrating Nephelometer with
a measurement range of 0.1 to 10 x
          Response time was 1 second
                                      10" m~
                                    '206

-------
Parameter Measured
Aerosol Charge Acceptance
Condensation Nuclei
Aerosol Size Distribution
Turbulence
Temperature
Dew Point
Instrument/Method Used (continued)
with an approximate resolution of
0.1 x lO'V.
This instrument was constructed by
Washington University and used an
ionizer/electrometer analysis technique.
Measurement range was 0.01 - 1.0 ym
with a 3 second response time.
Environment/One Rich 100 condensation
nuclei counter with 3 second response
time.
Thermo Systems Inc. Model 3030 elec-
trical aerosol analyzer sensing
particles in the 0.006 - 1.0 ym range.
A Royco Model 218 optical particle
counter was also used.  There was a
3 minute analysis time per distribution.
Meteorology Research, Inc. Model 1120
sensing pressure fluctuations with a
                  2/3 -1
range of 0 - 10 cm   s  .  Response
time was 3 seconds to 60%.
A Yellow Springs Instruments bead
thermistor housed in a Meteorology
Research, Inc. Vortex housing.  Range
was from -5° to +45°C.  Response time
was 5 seconds.
Cambridge Systems Model 137 cooled
mirror dew point sensor with a range of
-50° to +50°C.  Response time was 0.5
seconds per degree C with 0.5°C
resolution.
                                      207

-------
Parameter Measured                    Instrument/Method Used (continued)
Altitude and Indicated Airspeed       Validyne absolute and differential
                                      pressure transducers with respective
                                      ranges of 0 - 3,000 meters MSL and 20
                                      to 65 meters per second.   Response time
                                      was 1 second and accuracy was 6 meters
                                      arid 0.1 meters per second, respectively.
Position                              King KX170B/Metrodata M8 Aircraft
                                      VOR/DME with a range of 0-75 km from
                                      the station.  Response time was 1
                                      second and resolution was 1° bearing
                                      and .2 km distance.
     The above equipment was interfaced to a Metrodata 620 data logger which
had an input range from 0 to 9.99 volts DC with 0.01 volts DC resolution.
Scan rate was 0.8 seconds per 40 channel scan.  A Linear Instruments dual
channel strip chart recorder was also used.  Power was supplied by a 1000 VA
Topaz inverter.
     Air samples were brought in through three 4.1 cm and one 0.9 cm ID inlet
tubes mounted on a dummy window.  An additional 0.3 cm ID inlet tube was used
for the hydrocarbon/halocarbon sample collection system.

Calibration and Quality Control Procedures
     Preparation of the aircraft for a sampling mission began about 2.5 hours
before takeoff with a visual inspection of the instruments, as well as sample
lines, electrical connections, and external  sensors.  The  instruments were  then
turned on and allowed to warm up for about 1.5 hours.  After the warm up
period, a detailed checklist was used to prepare the system for sampling.
This checklist covered items such as range switch settings, flow rates, inter-
nal calibration and zero checks, grab sampling and data acquisition system
checks, and preparation of flight record sheets.  A standard form was filled
out during pre-flight preparation to document the status of instruments prior
to the mission.
     Immediately after takeoff, those instruments which could not be

                                     208

-------
completely prepared on the ground were checked for proper operation (e.g.,
those instruments that used the venturi exhausts for vacuum).   Frequent
scans of all data channels on the data logger were made by the instrument
operator to ensure prompt detection of instrument malfunctions.
     The calibration system for the calibrations of the continuous gas
analyzers in 1976 was based on a Bendix 8861  calibrator, modified to include
mass flow controllers.  This system provided  NO calibration gas  using gas
phase dilution of a 100 ppm reference gas bottle, and N0? and  03 using gas
phase titration techniques.  Sulfur dioxide calibrations were  performed using
a permeation tube operated in a temperature-controlled water bath.  Critical
parts of the calibration system (e.g., flow controllers, NO span gas) were
checked before and after the field program to verify their stability.  The
EPA-supplied calibration systems used in 1974 and 1975 were similar in nature,
and were operated by EPA personnel.
     In general, the continuous gas analyzers were calibrated  immediately
after each sampling mission.  Each calibration consisted of a  zero reference
plus 2-5 upscale readings.  Equilibration times between readings ranged from
about 2 min (SO-) to 10 min (NO/NO ,  CL); a strip chart recorder was used to
determine when the steady-state value had been reached.  Calibration gas
concentrations were chosen to reflect the range of concentrations encountered
on sampling missions (S02: 0.15-2.4 ppm, NO:  0.04-0.5 ppm, 03: 0.02-0.3 ppm).
The efficiency of the NO  converter in the NO/NO  analyzer was checked during
                        X                       X
each calibration.
     The aerosol size distribution measurement system, condensation nuclei
monitor, and aerosol charge acceptance monitor were calibrated by the
University of Minnesota before the field program using the monodisperse
aerosol generation techniques described by Marple (1974).  Calibrations of
the integrating nephelometer were performed by MRI before and  after the field
program, using Freon-12 as the reference gas.  Span and zero checks of the
nephelometer using its internal calibrator were performed as part of the
routine pre-flight procedures.  The technique used to calibrate the sulfate
analysis system was developed by R. Husar.
                                    209

-------
Location and Type of Data Available
     Initial processing of the aircraft data was performed at Washington Uni-
versity and the preliminary results were used to guide  further sampling mis-
sions.   This processing involved copying the Metrodata  cartridges  to a 1/2-
inch magnetic tape and producing plots of important parameters as  a function
of time.  Final processing was performed at MRI  and other laboratories (see
sections 7.1.1.1 and 7.1.1.5) involved in the project,  and included application
of zero drift and calibration corrections to the data.   The outputs of the
final data processing step were 1/2-inch magnetic data  tapes, as well  as plots
of parameters measured by the aircraft for each  sampling run.
     For information on data availability, contact the  Project Officer.
Publications
Jones,  A. C.  Aircraft Monitoring Support for Characterization Study in the
St. Louis Area.  Rockwell International Air Monitoring  Center, Newbury Park,
California.  Task Order No. 41 Final Report, EPA Contract 68-02-1081.
October 1974.
Smith,  T. B., D. L. Blumenthal, J. A. Anderson,  and A.  H. Vanderpol.  Transport
of SOo in Power Plant Plumes:  Day and Night.  Atmospheric Environment, 12:605-
611, 1978.
Blumenthal D. L., 0. A. Ogren, and J. A. Anderson.  Airborne Sampling System
for Plume Monitoring.  Atmospheric Environment,  12:613-620, 1978.
                                     210

-------
7.1.1.3  ENVIRONMENTAL MEASUREMENTS MOBILE VAN

Principal Investigator                Project Officers
William M. Vaughn                     Richard J.  Paur (MD-47)
Environmental  Measurements Inc.        William E.  Wilson (MD-84)
8505 Delmar Blvd.                     Environmental  Protection Agency
University City, MO  63124            Environmental  Sciences Research
(314) 993-0543                          Laboratory
                                      Research Triangle Park,  NC  27711
                                      (919) 541-3131/2551
Funding
     EPA Contract No. 68-02-1851
     EPA Grant No. R803896 (through Washington University)
Periods of Performance
     EPA Contract No. 68-02-1851       July 1974 - February  1975
     EPA Grant No. R803896            July 1975 - August 1976
Technical Approach
     The EMI instrumented van was equipped with various monitoring arrays to
meet the requirements of the MISTT program.  This was to track point source
and urban plumes in the St. Louis area at the surface level and  aloft, and to
observe changes in plume chemistry and composition.   The van was also utilized
near other monitoring installations for measurement comparisons  and variabi-
lity studies (Section 8.3.1.2).   EMI participation in the 1976 Summer MISTT
experiment only entailed operating a correlation spectrometer on board a
scout aircraft.  A summary of the van monitoring instruments and their periods
of operation in the other MISTT experiments are included in Table 10.
                                     211

-------
Q.
»—i
r)
LU
O
•a:
CO
Q
O
D-
o
«=c
>
o
o:
CO
VD
r--.
-c
o
UD J_
01 s:
oo
h- •—
1—
CO 1
h— 1
o
s-
(O
5:
CO
IT)
r-~ 3
r™ • 3
£™
s: i
3
•"3
CO
l-~
en
i—
•si- 3
r^% cr>
CTi 3
H^
CO 1
z: >>
en
CM



Q
O
i— i
r\s
LU
D-

^_
Q

1—
CO











X






X










X




c
o

40
T3
r—
Q^
s_
5^.
o s-

•4-*
S- (U
CU E
CD O
c s-
•I- +J
S- 0
s- cu
«3 Q-
CQ CO





X






X










X




s-
Ol
N
^,
r—
re
c
^£

LO S-
CO 3
r- M-
1 r—

c
*f—
1 '
(O
s-
cn
cu
+-^ S*
c cu
H-l 4-»
cu
0 E
IT) O
LO i—
r~- CU
c*
J— 4 f>
o: cu
s: z:





X






X










i










r—
O
(/>
o

cu
"
s_
O CU
3 r-
1— Q-
E
_1 tO
ec. co
O-
< CU
\ Q.
•=> to
3 b-





X






1










1










CO
ejr t-
>
Or-
o re
i— C
•=c

-Q CU
•i- C
in o
re N
Q 0





X






X










»








i-
0)

40
o

SI
cu
r— T3
•t- CU
jQ 4->
o re
s: E

i— -»->
s: 3
LU =£
                                       212

-------
Periods of Data Collection
     The actual data collection periods are shown in Table 10.   The EMI
mobile automated plotter (MAP) records the van's position once  every six or
eight seconds.  When the position is recorded the data channels are scanned,
recorded and printed by the line printer in the van.  The data  are recorded
digitally on a HECON A0737 cassette recorder.  A six pen Rikandenki chart
recorder provides a backup system and a real  time analog display.   Prior to
the use of the MAP unit the Rikandenki chart recorder was coupled with a
precision odometer which varied the recorder speed proportional to the van
speed.  By manually marking the chart record when locations with known UTM
coordinates were passed exact locations could be interpolated which corre-
sponded with pollutant anomalies.
Parameters Measured
Total Overhead Nitrogen Dioxide
  and Sulfur Dioxide Burden
Total Sulfur
Surface Oxides of Nitrogen
  Concentrations
Surface Back Scattering Coefficient
Sub-micron Aerosol Concentrations
Instrument/Method Used
Barringer COSPEC III correlation
spectrometer indicating ppmm to the
nearest + 10 ppmm.
Meloy SA-185 flame photometric total
sulfur monitor.  Range varied somewhat
but was normally 0.00-0.50 ppm.  Con-
centrations read to nearest 0.01 ppm.
Thermo Electron Corporation 14-B
chemiluminescent monitor, 0.00-0.50 ppm
range.  Concentrations read to nearest
0.01 ppm.
MRI model Ij50 integrating Nephelometer
equipped with Air Pollution Research
Laboratory (APRL) at Washington
University designed heater to facilitate
study of volatile aerosol species.
APRL Aerosol Charger counting sub-micron
particles with high surface area.
                                     213

-------
Parameters Measured
Fine Particulate Sulfate Analysis
Surface Ozone Concentrations
Location and Data Recording
                                      Instrument/Method Used  (continued)
                                      APRL TWO MASS  tape sampler collecting
                                      spots  for  fine particulates  (sub  3.5
                                      microns).  When advanced, exact time and
                                      location was annotated  by the  EMI
                                      navigational system.  The sulfur  deter-
                                      mination was carried  out by  the flash
                                      vaporization-flame photometric detection
                                      technique  in the APRL Laboratories  at
                                      Washington University.
                                      Dasibi  1003 AAS ultraviolet  absorbtion
                                      ozone  analyzer, 0.00  to 0.25 ppm  range.
                                      Concentration  read to the nearest 0.01.
                                      EMT  Mobile  Actomated  Plotter.   The
                                      navigational  system includes direction,
                                      distance and  time sensors.  The bearing
                                      with respect  to  true  North  and  distance
                                      traveled are  fed into a  Hewlett-Packard
                                      9830 programmable calculator which
                                      computes UTM  coordinates in real  time.
                                      The  position  is  updated  every 6 or  8
                                      seconds. Data are recorded on  a  HECON
                                      system.   The  cassettes were delivered
                                      to APRL  at  Washington University for
                                      logging  and analysis  at  the central
                                      computer complex.
                                      A six pen Rikadenki chart recorder
                                      provides a  real  time  analog display and
                                      backup system.
     Electrical  power was provided by a 4  kw ONAN generator installed in  the
rear of the van.  All gaseous and aerosol  samples were ducted  through a common
Teflon and glass manifold to their respective  analyzers.
                                    . 214

-------
Calibration and Quality Control  Procedures
Barringer Correlation Spectrometer    Internal  calibration cells containing
                                      known quanities of SCL and NCL were
                                      rotated into the optical  path, the volt-
                                      age output changed in proportion to the
                                      pollutant concentrations.   This instru-
                                      ment was  equipped with calibration cells
                                      having concentrations of 75 ppmm and
                                      180 ppmm  for S0? and 38 ppmm and 115
                                      ppmm for  NO^.   The magnitude of the
                                      changes during calibration were deter-
                                      mined from the line printer display
                                      during calibration.  This  assures that
                                      and filtering  due to recording on
                                      magnetic  tape  would be taken into
                                      account during calibration procedures.
Meloy SA-185 Sulfur Monitor
TECO 14B Nitrogen Dioxide Monitor
MRI 1550 Integrating Nephelometer
Calibration was performed daily using
a Metronics Dynacalibrator system
coupled with an NBS traceable permeation
tube.  Tube was maintained at a constant
25°C and the flow rate at 200 cc/min.
Calibration was performed daily.
Calibrated by EPA using a pressure bottle
of known NO content which is diluted with
clean air in a Bendix dilution system to
achieve a range of concentrations.
Usually calibrated once per study period.
Nephelometer was calibrated before and
after each study using Freon 12.
Location and Type of Data Available
     Additional information as well as the data collected are available on
magnetic tape from the Principal Investigator.
                                     215

-------
Publications
Sperling, R. B., and W. M. Vaughan.  Limited S09 and NO  Measurements in
                                               C.       A
St. Louis, 1974:  Volume I - Plume Tracking by Correlation Spectroscopy.
Environmental Measurements, Inc., San Francisco, California.  EPA Contract
68-02-1851.  February 1975.  EPA-650/2-75/005-a.
Vaughan, W. M.  Moving Laboratory Field Measurements Executed by Environ-
mental Measurements, Inc. for the Midwest Interstate Sulfur Transport and
Transformation Study.  Environmental Measurements, Inc., University City,
Missouri.  Subcontractor Report for EPA Grant R 803896.  January 1976.
                                     216

-------
7.1.1.4  MOBILE PIBAL SUPPORT

Principal Investigators
Timothy L. Waldron
Rockwell International
Air Monitoring Center
11640 Administration Drive
Creve Coeur, MO  63141
(314) 567-6722

Albert C. Jones
Rockwell International
Hanford Operations
Box 800
Richland, WA  99352
(509) 942-6308

Funding
            Task Coordinators
            William E.  Wilson (MD-84)
            Environmental  Protection Agency
            Environmental  Sciences Research
              Laboratory
            Research Triangle Park, NC  27711
            (919) 541-2551

            Lester L. Spiller (MD-57)
            Environmental  Protection Agency
            Environmental  Sciences Research
              Laboratory
            Research Triangle Park, NC  27711
            (919) 541-2127
     EPA Contract No.  68-02-1081, Task Order Nos. 41 and 61
     EPA Contract No.  68-02-2093, Task Order Nos. Ill and 115
Periods of Performance
     Task Order No. 41
     Task Order No. 61
     Task Order No. Ill
     Task Order No. 115
August 1974
July - August 1975
March  1976
June - July 1976
Technical Approach
     One objective of the MISTT Plume Mapping Program was to mathematically
describe the nature and role of pollutant transformation and removal processes
                                     217

-------
downwind of urban sources.   Various phases of this program were  undertaken  to
study the rate processes acting on aerosols and aerosol  precursor gases in
urban plumes and in tall stack plumes from local  power generating stations.
In order to derive the rate processes from aircraft plume measurements, it
was necessary to know the effective transport mechanism.   Mobile pilot balloon
(pibal) observations were utilized to obtain wind data for derivation of the
transport wind profile over the St. Louis Metropolitan Area and  surrounding
areas of Missouri, Illinois, Iowa, Indiana, and Kentucky.

Periods of Data Collection
     Actual mobile pibal data collection dates were as follows:
          Task Order No. 41  - August 3 - 15, 1974
          Task Order No. 61  - July 17 - August 13, 1975
          Task Order No. Ill - March 2 - 12, 1976
          Task Order No. 115 - June 29 - July 30, 1976
     During operational periods, pibal observations were made at one-half
hour intervals.
Parameters Measured
Wind Speed and Wind Direction
Instrument/Method Used
10 or 30 gram pilot balloon (pibal)
observations using the single theodolite
method.  Calculated wind speed and wind
direction from angular values observed
at a constant time interval of 30
seconds.
Calibration and Quality Control Procedures
     Except for the minimum observation being five minutes (weather permitting),
all pibals were released in accordance with Upper Air Sounding Network pro-
cedures  (Section 4.0).  Because mobile pibal site orientation points have to
be determined, a compass with sighting apparatus was used at each site to
locate a reference point for Magnetic North.  A reference point for True North
was established by correction for the appropriate magnetic declination angle,
obtained from U. S. Geological Survey maps.
                                     218

-------
     Quality control procedures included reviewing elevation and azimuth
angles for angular continuity and checking for correct magnetic declination
Theodolites were checked and collimated prior to each study period.   Theodo-
lite orientation was checked before and after each pibal  release.
Information Concerning Data Collection
     Information concerning data collection or any additional  information may
be obtained by contacting the EPA Task Coordinators.
Location and Type of Data Available
     Data are available on magnetic tape as part of the RAPS Data Bank and may
be obtained by contacting:
                 RAPS Data Manager (MD-80)
                 Environmental Protection Agency
                 Environmental Sciences Research Laboratory
                 Research Triangle Park, NC  27711
                 (919) 541-4545
Publications
Jones, A. C.  Aircraft Monitoring Support for Characterization Study in the
St. Louis Area.  Rockwell International Air Monitoring Center, Newbury Park,
California.  Task Order No. 41 Final Report, EPA Contract 68-02-1081.
October 1974.
Bryant, J. D.  MISTT Plume Study, Pibal Support.  Rockwell International Air
Monitoring Center, Newbury Park, California.  Task Order No. 61 Final Report,
EPA Contract 68-02-1081, November 1975.
Waldron, T. L.  EMI Plume Study, Pibal Support.  Rockwell International Air
Monitoring Center, Newbury Park, California.  Task Order No. Ill Final Report,
EPA Contract 68-02-2093, April 1976.
Waldron, T. L.  MISTT Plume Study, Pibal Support.  Rockwell International Air
Monitoring Center, Newbury Park, California.  Task Order No. 115 Final Report,
EPA Contract 68-02-2093, November 1976.
                                     219

-------
7.1.1.5  UNIVERSITY OF MINNESOTA AEROSOL MEASUREMENTS

Principal Investigator                Project Officer
Kenneth T. Whitby                     William E.  Wilson (MD-84)
Particle Technology Laboratory        Environmental  Protection Agency
Mechanical Engineering Department     Environmental  Sciences Research
University of Minnesota                 Laboratory
Minneapolis, MN  55455                Research Triangle Park, NC  27711
(612) 373-3049                        (919) 541-2551

Funding  EPA Grant No. R803851-02

Period of Performance  July 1974 - August 1976
Technical Approach
     The principal objectives of the study were:   1) to measure the size
distribution of the aerosol particles as a function of plume age, altitude,
etc. 2) to determine the aerosol volume growth, and 3) to estimate the rate
of nucleation in the plume.
     An instrumented Cessna 206 aircraft was used for this study (Section
7.1.1.2).  The basic flight pattern used to map the plume (Labadie power
plant - St. Louis) consisted of a spiral upwind of the source from 3,000 m
to 150 m above ground to obtain a profile of the background concentration.
An aerosol sample taken every 305 m provided a fairly good characterization
of the vertical background distribution of aerosol in the air that will  be
mixed with the plume.  Next, several sets of horizontal measurement passes
were made through the plume approximately at right angles to its direction
of movement with the prevailing wind.  Each set of passes consisted of a
number of flights at a fixed distance downwind of the source passing through
the body of the plume at altitudes that increased or decreased by a fixed
increment for each pass.  These were continued until a representative cross-

                                    220

-------
section of the plume at that distance was mapped.   The flight pattern was
then repeated at distances further downwind, dictated by the meteorology for
that day and the terrain over which the flight occurred.  Aerosol  samples for
size distribution measurements were taken near plume center, one for each
pass.  The size of the aerosol sample was determined by the speed of the air-
craft, the 2.5 min. minimum analysis time required by the aerosol  analyzer
and the width of the plume.  Normally, additional  size distribution measure-
ments were made outside the plume during each cross-sectional mapping for
background characterization.
     At various distances downwind of the source,  more vertical  spiral
patterns were flown.  These were usually flown at the position of a cross-
sectional mapping near plume center from just above the plume down through
it.  Such spirals provide vertical concentration profiles and help to establish
the vertical extent of the plume.  Together with radiosonde and pilot balloon
data, the cross-section mapping and vertical spiral results were used to re-
construct a fairly accurate picture of the plume geometry.
Periods of Data Col lection
     July 29 - August 16, 1974
     July 14 - August 15, 1975
     June 27 - August 3, 1976
Parameters Measured
Total Aerosol Concentration
                                      Instrument/Method Used
                                      Environment/One condensation nuclei
                                      counter (CNC).   In the 1974 study a
                                      standard instrument was used measuring
                                      Aitken nuclei.
Light Scattering Coefficient (bcf,a+.)  Meteorology Research,  Inc.  (MRI) Model
                                      1550 integrating nephelometer.   Sen-
                                                          -5      -2
                                      sitivity range of 10   to 10   recip-
                                      rocal  meters.
                                      Thermo-Systems Model 3030 Electrical
                                      Aerosol Analyzer (EAA).  The EAAs used
                               scat
Particle Size Distribution
                                     221

-------
Parameters Measured                   Instrument/Method Used  (continued)
Particle Size Distribution            in  1974  and  1975 were limited  in  their
  (continued)                         ability  to make usable  measurements  of
                                      particles less than  0.02 ym  because  of
                                      a charge buildup problem on  the bottom
                                      collector rod insulator.   A  highly
                                      modified Royco Model 218 optical
                                      particle counter  (OPC)  was also used.
                                      Since the last channel  of  the  EAA was
                                      not usable at low concentrations  because
                                      of  the aircraft data acquisition  system,
                                      the lowest channel of the  OPC  was set
                                      up  to measure the 0.56  to  1  ym range.
                                      Together the EAA and OPC resolved the
                                      aerosol  size distribution  between
                                      0.006 and 4.5 ym diameter  into 11
                                      discrete intervals.
     All of the above instrumentation as  well  as the rest  of  aerometric
equipment aboard the Cessna are described in section 7.1.1.2  and the aerosol
instrument descriptions presented here are for additional  clarification.
     Because of the various requirements  of the different  aerosol  instruments,
separate aerosol sample inlets were used, one  each for  the condensation
nuclei counter and integrating nephelometer, sulfur aerosol sampler, and  the
OPC-EAA combination.  Because the latter  two instruments are  cyclic, re-
quiring a minimum of 2.5 minutes to complete a measurement cycle,  it was
necessary to obtain a static air sample and store  it in a  bag (200 liter)  for
them.  In this way, the aerosol measurement was made at one point  in the  plume
and not integrated over the large'concentration gradients  present.  The bag
sampling system used in 1974 had a manually operated three-way valve for
filling, sampling, and emptying the bag.   Fill time was about two  seconds,
hold time about 2.5 minutes, and emptying time about 10 seconds.
     Aerosol losses in such a sampling system  were significant for both large
and small particles.  Therefore, a detailed theoretical calculation  of  the
                                     222

-------
sampling efficiency as a function of size was made.   This included the iso-
kinetic sampling efficiency outside the aircraft, losses in bends and valves,
diffusion and turbulent deposition in sampling lines, and settling in the
sampling bag.  A sampling efficiency curve was used to correct the raw count
data from the optical  particle counter and electrical aerosol  analyzer.
However, it is believed that there were enough uncertainties in the calculated
efficiencies below 0.01 and above 2 \m that data outside these limits were
not used.

Calibration and Qualjty Control  Procedures
     The instruments used were calibrated prior to their use.   The Environ-
ment/One Condensation Nuclei Counter was calibrated at the University of
Minnesota before the flight.  The MRI Nephelometer was calibrated by MRI prior
to the sampling period.  The Thermo Systems Aerosol  Analyzer was calibrated
prior to the flight.  An adjustment was made during data reduction since the
monodisperse calibration was judged inadequate.  The Royco Optical Particle
Counter was a highly modified instrument, calibrated at the University of
Minnesota.

Lo^ati_on and Type of Data Available
     Original data are at the University of Minnesota.  Inquiries may be
directed to the Principal Investigator.
Publications
Whitby, K.  T., B. K. Cantrell, and D. B. Kittelson.  Nuclei Formation Rates in
a Coal-Fired Power Plant Plume.  Atmospheric Environment, 12:313-321, 1978.
Cantrell, B. K., and K. T. Whitby.  Aerosol Size Distributions and Aerosol
Volume Formation for a Coal-Fired Power Plant Plume.  Atmospheric Environ-
ment, 12:323-333, 1978.
                                     223

-------
7.1.1.6  UNIVERSITY OF WASHINGTON MOBILE LABORATORY

Principal Investigator                Project Officer
Alan P. Waggoner                      William E.  Wilson (MD-84)
Department of Civil Engineering       Environmental  Protection Agency
University of Washington          .    Environmental  Sciences  Research
Seattle, Washington  98195              Laboratory
(206) 543-2044                        Research Triangle Park, NC  27711
                                      (919)  541-2551

Funding  EPA Grant No. R800665

Period of Performance  April  1971 - December 1974

Technical Approach
     The University of Washington operated a mobile  laboratory  in the St.  Louis
area from August through October 1973.  The  purpose  of this laboratory was to
gather field data in an effort to characterize aerosols, particularly those
that affect visibility.  Various aerosol scattering  parameters  in urban and
rural locations were measured and optical methods and equipment  for identifying
background aerosols were demonstrated.  The  specific method of  interest in this
study was a light scattering/humidity relation which was used to detect the
reaction of ambient aerosols  with NH3 to form the deliquescent  salt (NH,)2SO«.

Periods of Data Collection
     Data was collected from  August 20 to October 5, 1973.   The  exact sampling
periods for measurements concerning the light scattering/humidity relationship
are shown in Table 11.  Other measurements were taken intermittently thoughout
the sampling period.
                                     224

-------
            TABLE 11.  UNIVERSITY OF WASHINGTON SAMPLING PERIODS
      LOCATION
 SAMPLING
  PERIOD
          SAMPLING FREQUENCY
Washington University
8/21  - 8/31
Non-NH^ run every half hour with one
NH~ injection during the entire
sampling period.
Tyson
 9/3 - 9/21
                         9/21 - 9/27
NHo injection run were performed
occasionally with non-NH-, every half
hour.
NhL injection run every hour with
non-NH., every half hour
St. Louis University
9/27 - 10/4
NI-L injection run every half hour with
a non-NH, run preceeding it by 15
minutes.
Parameters Measured
b   - Scattering extinction
      coefficient of particles
      at 530 nm (Rayleigh
      coefficient at 530 nm =
      0.15 x 10'V1)
aRG - Wavelength exponent
      (Red - Green)

aBG - Wavelength exponent
      (Blue - Green)
             Ins trument/Met ho d Used
             University of Washington patented
             Integrating Nephelometers measuring
                               -4 -1
             b   in units of 10  m  .  These
             nephelometers were arranged in a
             special apparatus called a humidograph
             which allowed for a light scattering
             /humidity relationship to be measured.
             A diagram of the apparatus is shown in
             Figure 6.
             Wavelength exponent calculated from
             Red-Green b   values.  Red = 640 nm,
             Green = 530 nm.
             Wavelength exponent calculated from
             Blue - Green b   values.  Blue = 430 nm,
             Green = 530 nm.
                                     225

-------
Parameters Measured
Instrument/Method Used (continued)
Scattering ratio
b n - Particle absorption
 ap
      extinction coefficient
b  .  - Extinction coefficient
       of a real atmosphere
Absorption fraction of extinction
Scattering ratio calculated from the
ratio of half sphere back scatter to
b   from particles at 530 nm.
Measured using the method described by
Lin (1973).  Atmospheric aerosol was
collected by passing ambient air through
a Nucleopore filter.  The optical
absorption coefficient due to particles,
b,,,, was calculated by passing a known
 ap
volume of air through the filter during
collection of the aerosol.
Obtained by calculating the sum of b
and b
                                    ap
     sp'
Calculated as the ratio of b   to b  ,..
                            ap     ext
                     H2S04/(NH4)2S04 background aerosol
                                     4BSOL UTf
                                      FILUR
                  FIGURE 6.   HUMIDOGRAPH WITH NH3 PRETREATMENT
                                     226

-------
Calibration and Quality Control Procedures
     At preselected times during the field measurements (usually midnight)
a standard aerosol [ie. HpSO. or (NhL),,SCh] was injected into a filtered
air stream for the generation of one humidogram, and in the case of H^SCL a
second humidogram was generated after the addition of NFL in order to check
the system response and hygrometer calibration.  All dilution air was passed
through an NFL trap of H^SCL on a fibrous glass filter, and then passed
through an absolute filter to assure no effects due to a locally derived
aerosol or NH~.  Tests were also run to establish that NH, addition did not
create new particles but only reacted with existing ones.  The data were also
examined for increases in b   due to NFL and none was found.

Location and Type of Data Available
     Summaries and conclusions based on the collected data are contained in
the grant report listed below.  For additional information on data avail-
ability contact the Principal Investigator.

_Pub1_i cations
Waggoner, A. P., and R. J. Charlson.  Aerosol Characteristics and Visibility.
University of Washington, Seattle, Washington.  Grant Report, Grant R800665.
July 1977.  EPA-600/3-77-072.
Charlson, R. J., A. H. Vanderpol, D. S. Covert, A. P. Waggoner and N. C.
Ahlquist.  H2SO./(NH4)9S04 Background Aerosol:  Optical Detection in the
St. Louis Region.  Atmospheric Environment, 8:1257-1267, 1974
Vanderpol, A. H., F. D. Carsey, D. S. Covert, R. J. Charlson, and A. P. Waggoner.
Aerosol Chemical Parameters and Air Mass Character in the St. Louis Region.
Science, 190:570-578, 1975.
                                     227

-------
7.1.1.7  ARGONNE NATIONAL LABORATORY ACOUSTIC SOUNDER
                                      Project Officer
                                      William E.  Wilson  (MD-84)
                                      Environmental  Protection Agency
                                      Environmental  Sciences  Research
                                        Laboratory
                                      Research Triangle  Park, NC  27711
                                      (919)  541-2551
Principal Investigator
Bruce B. Hicks
Atmospheric Physics Section
Radiological and Environmental
  Division
Argonne National Laboratory
Argonne, IL  60439
(312) 972-5792

Funding  Joint MAP3S and MISTT

Periods of Performance
     July - August 1975
     July 1976

Technical Approach
     The main objective of this experiment was to investigate the evolution
of the planetary boundary layer capping inversion between the hours of 0400
and 1200.  To do this, hourly radiosonde or pibal ascents were tracked to
give wind and temperature profiles.  Surface pressure, temperature and
humidity measurements were made at Galesburgh, Champaign and Auburn (Illinois)
A network of four accoustic sounders measured mesoscale variations near the
inversion at Glasgow, Palmyre, Waverly and Auburn.  Only the sounder at
Glasgow fell within the RAPS study area.

Periods of Data Collection
     The acoustic sounder was operational during the following periods:
          July 15 - August 15, 1975   0400 to 1200 CST
          July 15 - July 30, 1976     1600 to 2400 CST
                                     228

-------
Parameter Me a s u r e d                    Instrumen_t/Method Used
Acoustic echo returns reflecting      Argonne National Laboratories acoustic
  turbulent fluctuations of           sounder with a range of approximately
  atmospheric temperature             500 meters.
Location and Type of Data Available
     All data are located at Argonne National Laboratory.  Further informa-
tion may be obtained by contacting the Principal  Investigator.
Pub! icatjons
Hess, D. G., and B. B. Hicks.  A Study of PBL Structure:  The Sangamon
Experiment of 1975.  Argonne National Laboratory, Argonne, Illinois.  Radio-
logical  and Environmental Research Division Annual Report, January - December
1975, ANL-75-60, Part IV.
Sisterson, D. L., B. B. Hicks and M. L. Wesely.  An Outline of the 1976
Sangamon Field Experiment.  Argonne National Laboratory, Argonne, Illinois.
Radiological and Environmental Research Division Annual Report, January -
December 1976, ANL-76-88, Part IV.
                                     229

-------
7.1.1.8  WASHINGTON STATE UNIVERSITY HALOCARBON/HYDROCARBON MEASUREMENTS

Principal Investigator                Project Officer
R. A. Rasmussen (formerly with)       Jack L. Durham (MD-57)
Air Pollution Research Office         Environmental  Protection Agency
Washington State University           Environmental  Sciences Research
Pullman, WA  99163                      Laboratory
(509) 335-1526                        Research Triangle Park, NC  27711
                                      (919) 541-2183

Funding
     EPA Contract No. 68-02-2254
     EPA Purchase Order No. DA-6-99-1993J

Period of Performance  June 1975 - June 1976

Technical Approach
     The purpose of this study was to obtain information on the nature of
atmospheric hydrocarbons, to differentiate between natural  and anthropogenic
origins, and to apply this understanding to the involved chemistry that
results in the production of ozone and aerosols.
     The experiment was conducted at Glasgow, Illinois about 100 km north of
St. Louis, Missouri.  Although this area is rural  farmland, it is affected by
urban pollution under certain meteorological conditions.  Fluorocarbon-11
(CFCLo) and acetylene (C?H?) were used as indicators of anthropogenic
pollutants.
     Simultaneous analyses for halocarbons, hydrocarbons and ozone were made.
Other measurements included wind speed and direction, solar radiation, temper-
ature and dew point.  These analyses and measurements permitted an interpreta-
tion of the atmospheric chemistry for four distinct situations:

                                   .  230

-------
     1)  Remote:   unambiguously clean and therefore accepted as  characteristic
         of air unaffected by any discernable urban contamination;
     2)  Near plumes:   urban pollutant plumes with easily measurable levels
         of primary pollutants still  reacting in transit over the rural  study
         site;
     3)  Distant plumes:   clearly marked fluorocarbon plumes, with  most  of
         the reactive hydrocarbons consumed;
     4)  Regionally polluted:  no plumes noticeable, but clear evidence  of
         photochemical  oxidation of hydrocarbons and elevated oxidant.

Period of Data Collection  July 16 -  August 14, 1975
Parameters Measured
Non-Methane Hydrocarbons
Instrument/Method Used
Hydrocarbon analyses were performed
using three Perkin-Elmer flame ioniza-
tion gas chromatographs.  A Perkin-Elmer
(PE) Model  990 analyzed hydrocarbons
from butane through decane (C. to C^).
The column used was a 200-ft SCOT
OV-101, phase ratio a = 65, programmed
from 0° to 100°C at 6°C/min.  Helium
flow rate measured about 7 ml/min.  The
second instrument, a PE Model 3920,
quantified hydrocarbons from ethane
through hexane.  A 20-ft by 1/16-in.
outer diameter (o.d.) stainless steel
column packed with Durapak (n-octane/
Porasil C) was used.  Separation was
accomplished when programming from -70°
to 65°C at 16°C/min with a flow rate of
7 ml/min of helium.  The overlap in
carbon number between the two instru-
ments provided a check in determining
actual concentrations of individual
                                      231

-------
Parameters Measured                   Instrument/Method Used  (continued)
                                      compounds.  Total non-methane hydro-
                                      carbons  then were determined by summing
                                      the  C2 through C. compounds on instru-
                                      ment two with the C5 through C,Q com-
                                      pounds on  instrument one.  The third
                                      instrument, a PE Model  3920, analyzed
                                      specifically for ethane, ethylene and
                                      acetylene  and provided  another check
                                   <   on  the precision between instruments.
                                      The  column used was a 5 ft by 1/8 in.
                                      o.d., filled with Poropak N, operated
                                      isothermally (55°C) with a carrier  flow
                                      rate of  30 ml/min helium.
                                      Identification of the hydrocarbons  was
                                      accomplished by periodically injecting
                                      a set of standard compounds and then
                                      matching their retention times with
                                      those from an actual sample.  Those
                                      peaks with similar retention times  were
                                      named accordingly.  Occasionally an
                                      actual sample was "spiked" with a
                                      standard to further support identifi-
                                      cation.
                                      The  air  samples  (500 to 1000 ml) were
                                      obtained from the sampling manifold with
                                      100-ml ground-glass syringes.  The  air
                                      was  passed through an enrichment trap
                                      that was located in front of the chro-
                                      matographic column.  The liquid oxygen
                                      Dewar flask used to facilitate the
                                      freezeout  was replaced  with one of  hot
                                      water (90°C) to assist  the transfer of
                                      the  contents of the traps onto the
                                      analytical column.
                                     232

-------
Parameters Measured
Halocarbons (Freon 11, Freon 12,
methyl  chloroform and carbon
tetrachloride)
Ozone
Wind speed, wind direction, solar
radiation, dew point and ambient
temperature
Instrument/Method Used (continued)
Halocarbon analyses were performed
employing a Perkin-Elmer 3920 electron
capture (Ni 63) gas chromatograph.  The
column was fabricated with a 10-ft by
by 1/4-in. o.d. stainless steel  tubing
packed with 10% SF-96 on Chromosorb W
(100-120 mesh).  The column oven was
operated isothermally at 45°C.  Carrier
flow (95% Ar-5% CH4) was 50 ml/min.
The ambient air sample was drawn through
the sample loop (5-ml volume) with a
Metal  Bellows pump (MB-41) hooked in
line to the sampling manifold.  Auto-
matic analyses of Freon-12, Freon-11,
methyl chloroform and carbon tetra-
chloride were conducted every 20 min-
utes.   Halocarbon identification was
accomplished by matching retention
times with standards.  Periodically,
samples were obtained outside the field
laboratory to check against possible
contamination due to leakage in gas
sampling system.
Meloy Model OA 350-2 ozone analyzer
with a built-in calibration system and
a minimum detection limit of .0005 ppm.
                                     233

-------
Calibration and Quality Control  Procedures
     Calibration (hydrocarbon) was accomplished using neohexane  as  an  exter-
nal standard.  Response factors  for all  hydrocarbons were considered to be
one.  For example, 32 ng of neohexane has an area response of 1.00  on  the
PEP-1 computer.  This ratio, 32  ng/area  of 1.00, is then multiplied by the
individual peak areas.   The result for each peak is in nanograms per 1000 ml
of sampled air, or the equivalent of micrograms per cubic meter  of  sampled
air.  Summing the individual hydrocarbons peaks gives a good indication of
the total non-methane hydrocarbon burden.
     Halocarbon calibration was  accomplished by preparing known  concentra-
tions in static chambers in the  home laboratory.  Dilution of the appropriate
amount of pure halocarbon species into the chambers gave concentrations
simulating ambient air levels to a precision of * 10%.  Reference canisters
were then calibrated and shipped to the field site for daily calibration of
the instruments.
     Zero and calibration checks of the Meloy ozone analyzer were performed
daily with a MacMillan Model 1000 ozone generator, which was calibrated in
the laboratory by the standard KI method prior to the field sampling period.

Location and Type of Data Available
     All data are contained in Appendices A-C of the publication referenced
below.  Additional information may be obtained from the EPA Project Officer.
Publication
Rasmussen, R. A., R. Chatfield and M. Holden.  Hydrocarbon and Oxidant
Chemistry observed at a Site Near St. Louis.  Washington State University,
Pullman, Washington.  Final Report, EPA Contract 68-02-2254.  June  1977.
EPA-600/7-77-056.
                                     234

-------
7.1.1.9  BATTELLE COLUMBUS HEAVY HYDROCARBON MEASUREMENTS
Principal Investigator
G. David Mendenhall
Peter W. Jones
BatteHe Columbus Laboratories
505 King Avenue
Columbus, OH  43201
(614) 424-5237
Task Coordinator
Ronald K. Patterson (MD-57)
Environmental Protection Agency
Environmental Sciences Research
  Laboratory
Research Triangle Park, NC  27711
(919) 541-2254
Funding  EPA Contract No. 68-02-1409, Task Order Nos.  30 and 43
Period of Performance  October 1973 - June 1976
Technical Approach
     Organic pollutants in urban atmospheres were characterized by analyzing
particulate and/or vapor-phase samples collected by the EPA in St.  Louis,
Missouri; Miami, Florida; Denver, Colorado; Houston, Texas; and at the General
Motor Test Track in Milford, Michigan.  The samples collected in St.  Louis
came from Washington University (RAMS Station 112) and RAMS Station 103 with
aerial sampling occurring over the Baldwin Power Plant, the Labadie Power
Plant, Granite City, and Wood River, Illinois.
     The purpose of this experiment was to identify organic species present
in both the gaseous and particulate fraction of organic materials collected
in an urban area.  The particulate and vapor-phase samples were analyzed by
solvent extraction followed by elemental combustion analysis and infrared
spectroscopic analysis.  The vapor-phase samples collected from the atmosphere
over St. Louis were analyzed by electron impact and methane chemical  ioniza-
tion gas chromatography-mass spectrometry.
                                     235

-------
Periods of Data Collection
     Samples were collected at various  times  during  the  following  periods:
          October 3-4,  1973
          February 26 - March 2,  1974
          July 23 - October, 1975
Parameters Measured
Organic Composition of Aerosols
 Instrument/Method Used
 The samples were collected by the EPA
 with General  Metals hi-vols equipped
 with an Anderson 2000 High Volume
 Sampling Heads and treated quartz final
 filters.  The hi-vols were operated
 from 0000-2400 CST with the flow rate
 maintained by a Thermal Systems
 anemometer whose hourly averages were
 recorded by an on-site data acquisition
 system.  Gaseous samples were collected
 from an airplane using Chromsorb 102
 chromatographic traps without filters.
 Approximately 300 liters of gas per
 sample were collected over 20 minute
 periods.
 Particulate samples were removed from
 the filters by extraction with various
 solvents, including methylene chloride,
 diethyl ether, benzene and methanol,
 using Soxhlet extractors and ultrasonic
 devices.  The extracted materials were
 analyzed for carbon, hydrogen and
 nitrogen.  Infrared spectra of the
 percarbonyl bond (1770 cm  ), the
 carbonyl bond (1710 cm" ) and the
 nitrate bond (1630 cm" ' were obtained.
 The gaseous samples were recovered by

236

-------
Parameters Measured
Instrument/Method Used (continued)
                                      thermal  desorbtion,  followed by freeze-
                                      out and  then thermal  injection onto  a
                                      gas chromatographic  column.   Gas chro-
                                      matographic separation was achieved
                                      using a  Silar 5CP chromatographic
                                      column.   Gas chromatographic-mass
                                      spectrometry analysis  was  carried out
                                      by methane chemical  ionization.   About
                                      a dozen  compounds were tenatively
                                      identified as shown  in Table 12.
         TABLE 12.  COMPOUNDS TENTATIVELY IDENTIFIED FROM METHANE
              IONIZATION GC-MS ANALYSIS OF AMBIENT ST.  LOUIS
        	VAPOR SAMPLES	
COMPOUND
Styrene
Allylbenzaldehyde
Benzaldehyde
Phenyl acetate
Acetophenone
Naphthalene
Terephthaldehyde
Phenol
Methyl naphthalene
C5-benzene
C2-naphthalene
Biphenyl
MW
1
1
1
1
1
1
1

1
1
1
1
04
32
06
36
20
28
34
94
42
48
56
54
S7
X
X
X


X
X
X
X
X


S5
X
X
X


X
X
X
X
X


S6
X
X
X

X
X
X
X
X
X

X
SI
X
X
X

X
X
X
X
X
X

X
SAMPLES
S3
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
S4
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
S8
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X

X
X
X
S9
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X

X

X
S10
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X

X

X
                                     237

-------
Calibration and Quality Control  Procedures
     Blanks were used to check extraction procedures.   Routine calibrations
were made for the infrared, gas  chromatograph and mass spectroscopy instru-
ments every 24 hours.

Location and Type of Data Available
     Available data are contained in the report referenced below.   Additional
information may be obtained from the EPA Project Officer.

Publication
Mendenhall, G. D., P. W. Jones,  P.  E.  Strup, W. L. Margard.   Organic
Characterization of Aerosols and Vapor Phase Compounds in  Urban Atmospheres.
Battelle Columbus Laboratories,  Columbus, Ohio.  Task Order Nos. 30, 43
Final Report, EPA Contract No. 68-02-1409.  March 1978.  EPA-600/3-78-031.
                                   .  238

-------
7.1.1.10  ARGONNE INFRARED ANALYSIS OF FRACTIONATED AEROSOL SAMPLES

Principal Investigator
Paul T. Cunningham
Environmental  Chemistry Section
Chemical Engineering Division
Argonne National Laboratory
Argonne, IL  60439
(312) 972-4473

Funding  Interagency Agreement IAG-D5-F814

Period of Performance  August 1974

Technical Approach
     During August of 1974, a 24-day period of continuous sampling was  con-
ducted at a site just north of National City, Illinois, at a point about 12  km
NE of downtown St. Louis.  This site was also occupied by the RAMS Station 103
as a part of the Regional Air Pollution Study (RAPS).   It was anticipated that
considerable data on meteorology and gaseous pollutant concentration would be
available to assist in interpreting the particle chemistry data, but start-up
difficulties greatly reduced the amount of supplemental information available.
The data collected during this sampling period represent the weight of  sample
recovered from the Mylar substrate of the stage III and stage IV impactor
stages and as such represent a minimum for the weight actually collected.

Period of Data Collection  August 5 - 29, 1974

Parameters Measured                   Instrument/Method Used
Suspended particulate loading and     A Lundgren 4-stage Cascade Imoactor was
  sulfates                            used for sample collection.   Onlv
                                     239

-------
Parameters Measured                   Instrument/Method  Used  (continued)
                                      material  collected on stages  III  and  IV
                                      was  processed.   The Mylar  substrates
                                      used in the impactor were  weighed and
                                      the  sample loading reported both  as
                                      weight of sample and the equivalent
                                      atmospheric loading. Weight  of sulfates
                                      was  determined  by  infrared absorbance.

Calibration and Quality Control  Procedures
     The infrared method was calibrated by preparing  potassium bromide
pellets containing known amounts of ammonium sulfate  and determining their
absorbance at 620, 1110 and 1400 cm~ .  No particular quality control  pro-
cedures were used.

Location and Type of Data Available
     Data summaries were listed  in tabular form in the report below and have
been placed on magnetic tape.  Inquiries may be directed to  the  Principal
Investigator.

Publication
Cunningham, P. T., and S. A. Johnson.   Chemistry of Airborne  Particulates,
Chemical Engineering Division, Argonne National Laboratory,  Argonne, Illinois.
Environmental Chemistry Annual Report, ANL-15-51.
                                     240

-------
7.1.1.11  DERIVATIVE SPECTROMETER VAN
Principal Investigator
Ralph Keller
Midwest Research Institute
425 Volker Blvd.
Kansas City, MO  64100
(816) 753-7600


Funding  EPA Grant
Project Officer
William E.  Wilson (MD-84)
Environmental  Protection Agency
Environmental  Sciences Research
  Laboratory
Research Triangle Park, NC  27711
(919) 541-2551
Period of P e r fo rma nc e  October 1973 - November 1974

Tec hn i ca1 Approach
     The purpose of this study was to determine the distribution of pollutants
in an urban area, using a derivative spectrometer in a mobile application.   A
total of 350 measurements were made at several locations in the St.  Louis area,
including the locations of RAMS Stations 106, 107 and 111.   Strip chart
recorders were used to record the data which were later transferred to
computer cards.

Periods of Data Collection
     October 23, 1973 - February 1, 1974
     August 15 - September 24, 1974
     November 8 - November 22, 1974
Parameters Measured
Ammonia, nitric oxide, carbon
monoxide, nitrogen dioxide, sulfur
dioxide and ozone
Instrument/Method Used
Spectrometrics (Lear Siegler) ultra-
violet derivative spectrometer.  Con-
centration measured and reported
                                     241

-------
Parameters Measured                   Instrument/Method Used (continued)
                                      in ppm.
Carbon monoxide                       Ecolyzer CO monitor.   Concentration
                                      measured and reported in ppm.
Wind speed and direction              R. M.  Young wind set  (propeller type)

Calibration and Quality.Control. Procedures
     A five point calibration of the spectrometer was performed weekly,
using EPA furnished gas standards (NBS traceable) and a bag dilution technique.
Internal  and wavelength calibrations were performed daily.
     The  calibration was cross-checked twice using the RAPS helicopter cali-
bration system at Scott Air Force Base (Section 5.0).  The  standard  gases
used were NBS traceable.

Location and Type of Data Available
     All  data were keypunched on computer cards and are available in printout
form from the Principal Investigator.  They are also contained in the
publication referred below.

Publication
Keller, R.  Examination of the Concentration Distribution of Six Air Pollutants
by Mobile Monitoring.  Ph.D. Thesis, University of Missouri, Columbia, Missouri,
Available from University Microfilms, Ann Arbor, Michigan.   May 1977.
                                   .   242

-------
7.1.1.12  MASS SPECTROMETER ANALYSES OF ATMOSPHERIC ORGANIC AEROSOLS
Principal Investigator
Alden L. Crittenden
University of Washington
Department of Chemistry
Seattle, WA  98195
(206) 543-1609


Funding  EPA Grant No. R-801119
Project Officer
Ronald K.  Patterson (MD-57)
Environmental  Protection Agency
Environmental  Sciences Research
  Laboratory
Research Triangle Park, NC  27711
(919) 541-2254
Period of Performance  June 1972 - October 1975

Technical Approach
     The prime objectives in the work were (1) to examine the usefulness of
high-resolution mass spectroscopy without prior chemical separations in
determining the composition of the organic portion of atmospheric aerosols
and (2) to investigate the composition of real aerosol samples at various
urban sites.  Six sets of samples were obtained in the St. Louis area, in
collaboration with the Regional Air Pollution Study.  Samples were taken on
the "intensive study" days to permit future comparison with other work.  The
Tyson Valley site was used to provide a rural site near St. Louis.  Sampling
site locations were:
     Washington University, 1973 - height, 4 meters at the too of the EPA
          trailer on the campus of Washington University on the soccer field
          near the intersection of Forsythe and Big Bend.
     Washington University, 1974 - height, 10 meters on tower at east end of
          Francis field on the campus of Washington University north of
          Forsythe.
                                     243

-------
     Holiday Inn, 1973 - height,  50 meters  on top of Holiday  Inn  hotel  in
          downtown St. Louis.
     National City, 1974 - height,  4 meters on top of EPA trailer in  the
          industrial area in National  City, Illinois.
     Tyson Valley, 1973 - height, 6 meters  on tower mounted on truck  at Tyson
          Valley reservation,  a wooded area about 35 km southwest of  St. Louis.
     Tyson Valley, 1974 - height, 2 meters  on roof of old radio shack at
          Tyson Valley.
     Samples studied in this work were collected using an apparatus which
consisted of an impactor designed to collect particles of larger  diameter
than 1 or 2 micrometers on small  gold plates.  Following the  impactor, Gelman
Type A glass fiber filters were used to collect fine particles.  The  impactor
back-up was always used, whether or not the large particles were  later
examined.  The glass filters and impactor plates were cleaned by  heating to
550°C. for 24 hours.  They were then stored in glass vials with Teflon lined
caps.  After sampling, the filters and impactor plates were returned  to glass
vials and cooled to dry-ice temperature.   Samples were maintained at  dry-ice
temperature during shipment and storage until just before introduction into
the mass spectrometer.  Filters and impactor plates were handled  with tools
which had been flamed to remove organic materials, and handling was carried
out in a clean zone of aluminum foil.   In the examination of  a sample,
material was evaporated from the spectometer probe into the ion source over
a period of time as the temperature of the  probe was raised in a  programmed
manner.  During this time, a series of mass spectra of the effluent gases  was
recorded.  From these, plots of ion abundance against temperature-time were
made for specific ions.  These plots were called "mass thermograms".   Similar
profiles from different thermograms implied that the ions originated  from
compounds evaporated at the same temperature.  If the spectum of  a suspect
compound was known from the literature or could be reasonably deduced from
the spectra of related compounds, the ions  expected to be produced in large
amounts could be determined.  The compound  could be identified by the
appearance of similar mass thermograms for  the ions expected.  Care was taken
in anticipating alternate compounds of similar spectra.  Many compounds were
originally identified in this way from studies of samples containing  relatively
                                     244

-------
large amounts.  Other samples may be of suc.h low concentration  that only the
major ion was seen.  It was assumed that the origin of the major ion remains
the same.  This was a risky procedure, but appeared to be the best that could
be followed.

Periods of Data Collection
     Samples were collected at Washington University on September 5 to
September 7, 1973, and August 19-21, 1974.  At the Holiday Inn, samples
were collected September 5-11, 1973.  In National City, sample collection
occurred on August 19 - 21, 1974.  Tyson Valley samples were gathered
September 4 - 11, 1973.
Parameters Measured
Organic aerosol species
Instrument/Method Used
An Associated Electronics Industries
Type MS 9 mass spectrometer, having
Nier-Johnson geometry, was used in this
work.  The resolving power was set to
7000 to 10,000.  The spectrometer was
interfaced to a Digital Equipment
Corporation PDP-12 computer.  During
operation, the computer provided the
timing for initiation of spectral scans
and recorded the spectral data on
magnetic tape.  The same computer was
used off-line for subsequent data pro-
cessing.  As is common in high-
resolution mass spectrometry, perfluoro-
kerosene was admitted to the ion source
during scans to provide ions of known
mass to serve as mass markers.  Because
of the large number of fluorine atoms
in these ions, they are mass deficient
and are seldom confused with ions from
other compounds.
                                      245

-------
Parameters Measured                   Instrument/Method  Used  (continued)
                                      From these studies,  chemical  species
                                      found in  aerosols  were  classified  into
                                      several groups,  such as alkones  and
                                      alkenes,  pinene  and  terpenes, aromatic
                                      hydrocarbons,  polynuclear aromatic
                                      hydrocarbons,  aromatic  oxygenated
                                      compounds, and others.   Diurnal  varia-
                                      tions in  the abundance  of compounds
                                      were examined in an  effort to deduce
                                      the source of emissions.

Calibration and Quality Control  Procedures
     The computer was provided with a spectrum  of  the  perfluorokerosene  used
as a marker.  The .computer required operator interaction to identify a few  of
the perfluorokerosene peaks in the aerosol spectrum with perfluorokerosene
peaks in the known spectrum.   The computer programs then attempted to identify
a series of selected perfluorokerosene peaks in the aerosol spectrum by
comparing the two spectra.  Usually 45 to 48 peaks were identified.  If
identifications were not satisfactory, operator interaction was used.  Once
the perfluorokerosene was identified, these known  masses were used as mass
standards.  The masses of other peaks in the aerosol spectrum were then
calculated by interpolation between known peaks on a time  basis.  Masses were
calculated to 0.0002 atomic-mass units, with errors seldom exceeding 0.0003
atomic-mass units.  The calculated masses and peak intensities were logged  on
magnetic tape and were displayed or printed out.   The  set of observed mass
thermograms was printed out and examined for erroneous mass identifications
and, if needed, corrections were made by the operator.  Similar mass thermo-
grams and printouts were used for sensitivity calibration  runs on
o-bromobenzoic acid.  The thermograms were ion  intensities as functions  of
time.  The average area under the thermograms for  the  four intense peaks for
o-bromobenzoic acid were divided by the weight  of  o-bromobenzoic acid and
used to obtain instrument sensitivity factors.
                                     246

-------
Location and Type of Data _Aya11aJ3l_e
     A computer list of the results of all analyses is contained in an
Appendix to the report referenced below.  Further information may be
obtained from the Principal Investigator.

Publication
Crittenden, A. L.  Analysis of Air Pollutants by Mass Spectroscopy.
University of Washington, Seattle, Washington.  Final Report, EPA Grant
R-801119.  August 1976.  EPA-600/3-76-093.
                                     247

-------
7.1.2  POWER PLANT PLUME MAPPING
7.1.2.1   BROOKHAVEN INSTRUMENTED CESSNAS
Principal  Investigator
Leonard Newman
Brookhaven National  Laboratory
Upton, NY  11973
(516) 345-4467
Project Officer
A. Paul Altshuller (MD-59)
Environmental Protection Agency
Environmental Sciences Research
  Laboratory
Research Triangle Park, NC  27711
(919) 541-2191
Funding
     EPA Interagency Agreement No.  IAG-D4-0391
     ERDA Contract No.  E(30-l)-16
Periods of Performance
     June - August 1974
     July - October 1975
Technical Approach
     Measurements of particulate sulfur to total  sulfur concentration ratios
and   S:  S isotope ratios were employed to determine the percent of sulfur
dioxide converted to sulfate in the plumes of the Labadie and Portage des
Sioux power plants.  A  Cessna 182 and/or 206 was  outfitted with a high-volume
impregnated filter assembly to collect samples.   A variety of parameters were
investigated including  relative humidity ranging  from 32 to 85%, temperatures
from 10° to 25°C, distances as far as 70 km and  times as long as 200 min.
Generally, the extent of S02 oxidation seldom exceeded 5% with essentially
all of the observed oxidation occurring within the first few kilometers after
emission.  The observations are interpreted as indicative of a heterogeneous
mechanism with the consumption or poisoning of available catalyst.  No
                                     248

-------
distinct correlation was found between the extent of sulfur dioxide  con-
version with distance,  travel  time,  temperature,  relative humidity,  time  of
day or atmospheric stability.   Plume reproducibility measurements  were made,
aircraft flight patterns compared and fringe effects investigated.   An
extensive body of information  has been obtained and  should serve as  a
reference for future investigations.

Periods of Data Collection
     June 12-18, 1974
     July 30 - August 5, 1974
     July 22-30, 1975
     September 30 - October 8, 1975
Parameters Measured
Sulfur Dioxide and Sulfate
 Instrument/Method Used
 Samples of the power plant plumes were
 obtained with a single-engine Cessna
 by means of a 8 x 10 in.  high-volume
 filter assembly containing a glass-
 fiber particulate filter (Whatman 81)
 for sulfate collection followed by two
 KOH-triethanolamine impregnated cellu-
 lose papers (Schleicher and Schuell Fast
 Flow No. 2W) to absorb S02-  During the
 1975 experiments at Labadie, the glass-
 fiber prefilter was replaced by Pall flex
 Tissuquartz filters, pretreated to
 neutralize alkaline sites.  This modi-
 fication made possible chemical specia-
 tion of plume sulfate particulates with
 emphasis upon measurement of sulfuric
 acid.  Pretreatment of the quartz
 filters consisted of first heating
 overnight at 700-750°C, subsequently
 rinsing with 2-3 1. of distilled water
 using suction, drying at 110°C, soaking
 in hot 85% HoPO. at steam bath temper-
249

-------
Parameters Measured                   Instrument/Method Used  (continued)
                                      atures  for 30 min., rinsing thoroughly
                                      with  10-15 1. distilled water using
                                      suction,  and finally drying.  During the
                                      October 1975 series at  Labadie, 4  in.
                                      dia.  filter packs replaced the 8 x 10 in.
                                      package.
                                                                          2_
                                      Analyses  for the amount of SOp and SO,
                                      collected on the filter pack were  per-
                                      formed  by a procedure which utilizes
                                         Ag.  Briefly, the collected sulfur
                                      compounds were  reduced  to H^S, distilled
                                      over  into cadmium acetate to precipitate
                                      the sulfide, and metathesized with AgNO,
                                                       110
                                      containing tracer    Ag to form Ag?S
                                      which was separated and counted.   When
                                                     34  32
                                      isotope ratios  (  S:  S) were desired,
                                      the Ag2S  was converted  to SO^ by com-
                                      bustion with oxygen and the isotope
                                      ratios  measured with a  mass spectrometer.
                                      Background  (i.e. upwind of the plume)
                                      concentrations  were measured in each
                                      instance  and this value was subtracted
                                      from  the  plume  sample concentrations to
                                      obtain  solely the power plant plume
                                      contribution to the sample.
                                      10 gram (day) or 30 gram  (night) pilot
                                      balloon observations using the single
                                      theodolite method.  See Section 7.1.2.2
                                      for more  detailed information.
     The temperature and humidity measurements  were made with equipment  in the
aircraft, with vertical  spirals flown to determine atmospheric  stability.
Wind direction and wind speed
                                     250

-------
Calibration and Quality Control  Procedures
     There were no calibration and quality control  procedures for sample
collection.  However the analytical  procedures were checked with spiked
samples.

Location and Type of Data Available
     Data are presented in the publication referenced below.   Additional
information may be obtained from the EPA Project Officer.

Publication
Forrest, J., and L.  Newman.  Further Studies on the Oxidation of Sulfur
Dioxide in Coal-Fired Power Plant Plumes.   Atmospheric Environment,  11:465-474,
1977.
                                     251

-------
7.1.2.2  MOBILE PIBAL SUPPORT

Principal Investigator
Timothy L. Waldron
Rockwell International
Air Monitoring Center
11640 Administration Drive
Creve Coeur, MO  63141
(314) 567-6722
Task Coordinators
Francis A. Schiermeier (MD-84)
c/o Environmental Protection Agency
Environmental Sciences Research
  Laboratory
Research Triangle Park, NC  27711
(919) 541-2649
Jackie D. Bryant (formerly with)
Environmental Protection Agency
Regional A1r Pollution Study
11640 Administration Drive
Creve Coeur, MO  63141
Funding
     EPA Contract No. 68-02-1081, Task Order Nos.  33 and 59
     EPA Contract No. 68-02-2093, Task Order No.  105

Periods of Performance
     Task Order No. 33 - June 1974
     Task Order No. 59 - July 1975
     Task Order No. 105 - September - October 1975

Technical Approach
     The objective of the Brookhaven plume studies (Section 7.1.2.1) was to
determine the conversion rates of sulfur dioxide (S0?) to particulate sulfate
and nitric oxide (NO) to nitrogen dioxide (N02) within tall stack plumes from
power generating plants.  To correlate the results obtained by stack sampling
and airborne measurements of the plume with the existing meteorological

                                   •  252

-------
conditions, it was necessary to characterize the low-level  wind field to
determine the existing transport mechanism.   In order to define the existing
transport wind, mobile pilot balloon (pibal) observations were obtained at
20 minute intervals near the Labadie and Portage des Sioux power plants.

Periods of Data Collection
     June 12-18, 1974
     July 22-30, 1975
     September 30 - October 8, 1975
Parameters Measured
Wind speed and wind direction
Instrument/Method Used
10 or 30 gram pilot balloon (pibal)
observations using the single theodolite
method.  Calculated wind speed and wind
direction from angular values observed
at a constant time interval of 30 seconds
Cal ibration and Qua! i.ty__C_ojitr_ol Procedures
     Except for the minimum observation being five minutes (weather permitting),
all pibals were released in accordance with Upper Air Sounding Network pro-
cedures (Section 4.0).  Because mobile pibal site orientation points have to
be determined, a compass with sighting apparatus was used at each site to
locate a reference point for Magnetic North.  A reference point for True North
was then established from U.S. Geological Survey maps.
     Quality Control procedures included reviewing elevation and azimuth
angles ror angular continuity and checking for correct magnetic declination.
Theodolites were checked and collimated prior to each study period.  Theodo-
lite orientation was checked before and after each pibal release.

Information Concerning Data Collection
     Information concerning data collection or any additional information may
be obtained by contacting the EPA Task Coordinator, Francis A. Schiermeier.
                                     253

-------
Location and Type of Data Available
     Data are available as part of the RAPS Data Bank and may be obtained
by contacting:
                    RAPS Data Manager (MD-80)
                    Environmental Protection Agency
                    Environmental Sciences Research Laboratory
                    Research Triangle Park, NC  27711
                    (919) 541-4545

Publications
Jones, A. C.  Labadie Plume Study - Meteorological  Support.  Rockwell
International Air Monitoring Center, Newbury Park,  California.  Task Order
No. 33 Final Report, EPA Contract 68-02-1081.  July 1974.
Waldron, T. L.  Brookhaven Plume Study Pibal Support.  Rockwell International
Air Monitoring Center, Newbury Park, California.  Task Order No. 59 Final
Report, EPA Contract 68-02-1081.  October 1975.
Waldron, T. L.  Brookhaven Plume Study Pibal Support.  Rockwell International
Air Monitoring Center, Newbury Park, California.  Task Order No. 105 Final
Report, EPA Contract 68-02-2093.  December 1975.
                                  .   254

-------
7.1.3  PLUME TRACER STUDY (MISTT)
7.1.3.1  CALIFORNIA INSTITUTE OF TECHNOLOGY SFg TRACER RELEASE
         	o	
Prin c ipal Investigator
Fredrick H.  Shair
Department of Chemical Engineering
California Institute of Technology
Pasadena, CA  91125
(213) 795-6811


Funding  EPA Grant No. R802160-03-2
Project Officer
William E.  Wilson (MD-84)
Environmental Protection Agency
Environmental Sciences Research
  Laboratory
Research Triangle Park, NC  27711
(919) 541-2551
Period of Performance  February 1975 - March 1976

Tjchn i cal_Approacn
     Five full-scale tracer releases were conducted in St.  Louis between
August 8 and 15, 1975.  The purpose of these studies was to characterize the
transport and dispersion of plumes emitted at ground and elevated levels.
     During the studies, 63 grab samples were analyzed from four airborne
traverses, 2162 grab samples from 50 automobile traverses,  and 929 hourly
averaged air samples from 20 fixed locations.  A total of 3154 air samples
were analyzed during the five field tests.
     Data from 37 of the automobile traverses were used to  calculate cross-
wind standard deviations associated with the Gaussian plume model.  In 25
automobile traverses, the average wind direction determined from the tracer
data was +; 10° of that obtained by averaging the RAMS hourly averaged data.

Period of Data Collection  August 8 - 15, 1975
                                      255

-------
Parameters Measured                   Instrument/Method Used
Sulfur Hexafluoride (SFg)              To  obtain continuous air sampling at
                                      stationary ground locations, nine
                                      hourly-sampling  syringe units were
                                      installed on the roofs of RAMS Sites
                                      102,  110, 112, 114, 115, 117, 119,  120,
                                      and 121.  Each sequential air sampling
                                      unit  consisted of a timing mechanism
                                      (electrically driven) and twelve syringes
                                      mounted on a board.  The calibrated
                                      timing mechanism allowed the plunger  of
                                      each  syringe to  be sequentially retract-
                                      ed, drawing air  into the syringe
                                      reservoir over a period of one hour.
                                      These sampling units provided hourly
                                      averaged air samples for SFg analysis
                                      for twelve consecutive hours (from  2-3
                                                   V
                                      hours before tracer release to 4-5  hours
                                      after release termination) at each  of
                                      the selected RAMS stations.
                                      For automobile traverses, grab samples
                                      were  collected in 30 cm  plastic
                                      syringes.  A similar system was used  for
                                      airborne sampling.
     Samples were analyzed by electron capture chromatography, using a Loenco
Model 70 portable gas chromatograph,  equipped with a Spectra Physics Autocab
System I Integrator.

Calibration and Quality Control  Procedures
     The instruments  were calibrated  using  an exponential dilution system.
                                        -12
The detection limit was approximately 10   parts SFg  per part of air.
     During the sampling period, the  SFg chromatographs were cross-checked
against each other with a constant concentration sample.  The cross-check

                                     256

-------
results indicated that the response characteristics of the chromatographs  had
a probable uncertainty of + 15% with + 24% in the worst case.

Location and Type of Data Available
     All raw data are contained in the preliminary report.  Additional  infor-
mation may be obtained by contacting the principal investigator.

Pub!ication
Lamb, B. K., J. D. Bruchie, and F. H. Shair.   Tracer Studies for Character-
izing the Transport and Dispersion of Plumes  Emitted at Ground and at
Elevated Levels.  California Institute of Technology, Pasadena, California.
Preliminary Report, EPA Grant No. R802160-03-2.  October 1975.
                                     257

-------
7.1.3.2  SF6 TRACER RELEASE SUPPORT

Principal Investigator
Albert C. Jones
Rockwell International
Hanford Operations
Box 800
Richland, WA  99352
(509) 942-6308
Task Coordinator
William E. Wilson (MD-84)
Environmental Protection Agency
Environmental Sciences Research
  Laboratory
Research Triangle Park, NC 27711
(919) 541-2551
Funding  EPA Contract No. 68-02-1081, Task Order No. 63

Period of Performance  June - December 1975

Technical Approach
     The purpose of this task order was to provide technical  support for the
Plume Tracer Study (Section 7.1.3.1) conducted in St. Louis between August 8
and 15,  1975.
     Tracer release site surveys and selection discussions were held at a
meeting between the EPA Task Coordinator and members of the Rockwell Interna-
tional Air Monitoring Center.  Two high plumes, similar to the Labadie power
plant, and a low plume such as that from an industrial boiler with a rela-
tively short stack were recommended.  Stacks at the Union Electric power
plants and Washington University were to be used for tracer releases.  However,
a strike at Union Electric forced the investigation of alternate power plants
or other test methods.  It was then decided to perform tracer releases from
the towers at RAMS Sites 111, 113, 119, 120 and from the KETC television
station  tower located in south St. Louis county.
     At  the four RAMS towers, copper tubing was installed from the base to the
top (30 meters) of each tower.  At RAMS Sites 111 and 113, additional copper
                                     258

-------
tubing was installed at the ten meter level.   At the television tower,  copper
tubing was installed from the base to 61  meters and connected to garden hose
installed to the tower top (328 meters).   The installation of these tracer
release lines permitted the SFfi gas cylinders to be conveniently located at
the base of the towers.
     Sequential air sampling units were received from the California Institute
of Technology.   The units were inspected and repaired prior to installation
at selected RAMS sites.
     Manpower was provided to assist in the operation of the sequential air
sampling units  and the release of the SFfi tracer gas.  Two leased vans  were
utilized to house the SFg gas cylinders and flow controllers during their
installation and operational periods.  Pilot balloons (pibals) were occa-
sionally used to visually estimate wind directions up to approximately  610
meters.
     At the termination of the tracer study,  all sequential air sampling units,
gas cylinders and flow controllers were removed from the RAMS sites and tele-
vision tower and returned to the Principal Investigator.

Publication
Jones. A. C.  Summer 1975 SFfi Tracer Study.  Rockwell International Air
Monitoring Center, Creve Coeur, Missouri.  Task Order No. 63 Final Report,
EPA Contract 68-02-1081,  December 1975.
                                     259

-------
7.2  PHOTOCHEMICAL REACTION STUDIES

7.2.1  HYDROCARBON CHARACTERIZATION BY GAS CHROMATOGRAPHY

Introduction
     In late 1973 and early 1974, a gas chromatograph laboratory was set up
at the RAPS Central Facility in St. Louis in support of the Regional Air
Pollution Study.  The laboratory was equipped to chemically analyze bag
samples originating from several different RAPS activities.  Among the
sources of bag samples were:  The Regional Air Monitoring System (RAMS)
stations, airborne sampling, highway sampling, plume tracking, and photo-
chemical model verification studies.
     Over its three years of operation, the gas chromatography laboratory
made changes in instrumentation and analytical procedures.  What follows is
a survey of the data collection activities of the gas chromatography labora-
tory, done on a task order by task order basis to reflect these changes and
to chronologically organize the laboratory operations.
Task Order No. 3

Principal Investigator
John Q. Walker
McDonnell Douglas Corporation
Under Contract To:
Rockwell International
Air Monitoring Center
11640 Administration Drive
Creve Coeur, MO  63141
(314) 567-6722
Task Coordinator
Stanley L. Kopczynski (MD-47)
Environmental Protection Agency
Environmental Sciences Research
  Laboratory
Research Triangle Park, NC  27711
(919) 541-3064
Funding  EPA Contract No.  68-02-1081, Task Order No. 3
                                     260

-------
Period of Performance  August 1973 - February 1974
Periods of Data Collection
     Analyses performed under Task Order No. 3 were not routine, but were part
of the initial laboratory set-up and development of standard analytical  pro-
cedures.   Therefore, sampling periods cannot be delineated.
     Almost all samples were taken at the RAPS Central Facility, 11640
Administration Drive, Creve Coeur, Missouri, 63141.
Parameters Measured                   Instrument/Method Used
C-j - C-JQ hydrocarbon concentrations,  Perkin Elmer Model  900B Gas Chromato-
sensitivity 0.1 ppb                   graph and Model PEP-1 Laboratory
                                      Computer System.
Methane,  Carbon Monoxide concen-      Beckman Model 6800 Gas Chromatograph
trations, sensitivity 10 ppb for
CO, 0.1 ppb for CH4
Used for data recording               Houston Omni Scribe Model 5213-4
                                      Dual Pen Recorder
Calibration and Quality Control Procedures
Perkin Elmer 900B                      Routine calibration was not performed
                                       since only a few special tests were
                                       run.  However, problems were encoun-
                                       tered with the squalane column.
Beckman 6800                           A mixture of 45 ppm CO, 5 ppm CH,,
                                       5 ppm C^H. and 5 ppm C-H- in nitrogen
                                       mixture was also used.  Problems were
                                       encountered with the circuit boards
                                       and molecular  sieve column.  One
                                       problem of particular concern was the
                                       poor repeatability of results.
Location and Type of Data Available
     Data, in  the form of notebooks and chromatograms, have been submitted
to EPA and may be obtained  from the Task Coordinator.

                                     261

-------
Publication
Jones, A. C.  Gas Chromatographic Analyses of Atmospheric and Source Samples.
Rockwell International Air Monitoring Center, Newbury Park, California.  Task
Order No. 3 Final Report, EPA Contract 68-02-1081.  October 1975.

Task Order No. 21
Principal Investigator                 Task Coordinator
John Q. Walker                         Stanley L.  Kopczynski (MD-47)
McDonnell Douglas Corporation          Environmental Protection Agency
Under Contract To:                     Environmental Sciences Research
Rockwell International                   Laboratory
Air Monitoring Center                  Research Triangle Park, NC   27711
11640 Administration Drive             (919) 541-3064
Creve Coeur, MO  63141
(314) 567-6722
Funding  EPA Contract No. 68-02-1081, Task Order No. 21
Period of Performance  March - November 1974
Periods of Data Collection
     Data collection occurred from March 1974 to November 1974.  Bag samples
were nominally collected from selected RAMS sites at variable intervals.
Additional sources of samples during the Summer 1974 Field Expedition were
the Long Path Monitoring (Section 8.2.1) and Pollutant Variability Studies
(Section 8.1) and the EPA/RAPS helicopters (Section 5.0).  Some of the samples
for the Long Path Monitoring and Pollutant Variability Studies were collected
in aluminum cylinders.
Parameters Measured                    Instrument/Method Used
Co - C,Q hydrocarbon concentrations,   Perkin Elmer Model 900B Gas Chroma to-
sensitivity 0.1 ppb                    graph and Model PEP-1 Laboratory
                                       Computer System
Methane  (CH^), Carbon Monoxide (CO),   Beckman Model 6800 Gas Chromatograph
Total Hydrocarbons (THC) and t
                                    .262

-------
Parameters Measured                   Instrument/Method Used (continued)
hydrocarbon concentrations, sensi-
tivity 10 ppb for CO, 0.1  for CH4,
THC and C2
Sulfur Dioxide (SO^)* Hydrogen        Tracer Model  270 Sulfur Chromatograph
Sulfide (H2S), Total  Sulfur, and
Methyl Mercaptan concentrations,
sensitivity 0.1  ppb.
Calibration and Quality Control  Procedures
Perkin Elmer 900B                     Standards, prepared weekly,  consisted
Beckman 6800
Tracor 270
of a mixture of eight different hydro-
carbons in the C? to CR range, combined
in a Teflon or Tedlar bag containing a
known amount of Linde zero air.  Preci-
sion syringes were used to inject known
amounts of gases in making up the stan-
dards.
Synthetic standards were prepared daily
consisting of CO and CH,, at approximate
ambient concentrations, combined in a
Teflon bag containing a known amount of
Linde zero air.  Precision syringes were
used to inject known amounts of gases in
making up the standards.  Reproducibility
was checked periodically.
Calibration was not performed on a rou-
tine basis, since the instrument was not
used routinely.  In an effort to improve
repeatability, Teflon bags were precon-
ditioned before use.  Immediate analysis
after sample collection was found to be
essential due to the instability of SO-
in the Teflon bags.
                                     263

-------
Calibration and Quality Control  Procedures (continued)
     Sample bags were cleaned prior to use.   Impurity hydrocarbons were removed
by evacuating the bags.  A study of diffusion losses through Teflon and Tedlar
bags was made, however, no conclusive results were obtained.
     A great deal of effort was  expended in column development for the Perkin
Elmer 900B for better resolution of C2 - C,  hydrocarbons.   Also,  the Beckman
6800 was modified for greater sensitivity to C^ hydrocarbons, since it was
not meeting RAPS requirements.
     The validity of the Co - C,Q hydrocarbon data from the Perkin Elmer 900B
chromatograph is questionable due to sample contamination from the chromato-
graph carrier gas.
Location and Type of Data Available
     All chromatograms and PEP-1 computer outputs were transferred to coding
forms and stored on magnetic tape (9 track odd parity).  Data tapes were sub-
mitted to the RAPS Data Bank and may be obtained from:
                  RAPS Data Manager (MD-80)
                  Environmental  Protection Agency
                  Environmental  Sciences Research Laboratory
                  Research Triangle Park, NC   27711
                  (919) 541-4545
     A computer printout of sampling data and sources of samples  is available
upon request from the RAPS Data  Bank.
Publication
Jones, A. C.  Gas Chromatography Laboratory Operation.   Rockwell  International
Air Monitoring Center, Creve Coeur, Missouri.  Task Order No. 21  Final
Report, EPA Contract No. 68-02-1081.  March 1976.

Task Order No. 53
Principal Investigator                 Task Coordinator
Raymond F. Mindrup, Jr.                Stanley L. Kopczynski (MD-47)
Rockwell International                 Environmental Protection Agency

                                     264

-------
Principal Investigator
Air Monitoring Center
11640 Administration Drive
Creve Coeur, MO  63141
                                      Task Coordinator (continued)
                                      Environmental  Sciences Research
                                        Laboratory
                                      Research Triangle Park,  NC  27711
(314) 567-6722                        (919) 541-3064
Funding  EPA Contract No.  68-02-1081, Task Order No. 53
Period of Performance  December 1974 - August 1975
Periods of Data Collection
     Bag samples were nominally collected every 3 days from December 1974 to
August 1975 at RAMS Sites 101 - 109, 111 - 116, 118 - 125 and from the EPA/RAPS
helicopters during the Summer 1975 Field Expedition.
Parameters Measured
   - r
 '2   hi
                                       Instrument/Method Used
                                       Perkin Elmer Model 900B Gas Chromatograph
                                       and Model  PEP-1  Laboratory Computer
                                       System
         hydrocarbon concentrations,
sensitivity 0.1  ppb; C? - Cr
analysis with silica gel column;
^4 ~ ho ana^ys'"s with Support-
Coated-Open-Tubular (SCOT) squalane
column
Carbon Monoxide (CO),  Methane (CH^)    Beckman Model  6800 Gas Chromatograph
and Total Hydrocarbon  Concentra-
tion (THC), sensitivity 10 ppb for
CO, 0.1 ppb for CH4 and THC
Total oxides of nitrogen (NO ) con-
                            /\
centrations, sensitivity 5 ppb
Sulfur Hexafluoride (SFg) and
fluorocarbon concentrations,
sensitivity 20 ppt, and 500 ppt,
respectively
Used for calibrations
                                       Bendix Model 8101-B NOV Analyzer
                                                             X
                                       Varian Model 940 Chromatograph with
                                       an electron capture detector
                                       Bendix Dynamic Calibration System and
                                       Pure Air System
                                     265

-------
Parameters Measured
Used for data recording
Instrument/Method Used (continued)
Houston Omni Scribe Model  5213-4 Dual
Pen Recorder.
Calibration and Quality Control  Procedures
Perkin Elmer 900B
Beckman 6800
Bendix NO  Analyzer
Under Task Order No.  53, a new column
system was installed for better separa-
tion of Cp - CIQ hydrocarbons.  A
reproducibility study with the PE 900B
was undertaken to determine its reli-
ability and proved satisfactory.  Cali-
brations were carried out daily using
standard mixtures of hydrocarbons in
hydrocarbon-free air.  Concentrations
were verified by NBS standards.
A reproducibility study was carried
out to determine the precision of the
Beckman 6800.  The results proved to
be satisfactory.  Daily three-point
calibrations were run with standard
mixtures of CH^ and CO in hydrocarbon-
free air.  Five-point calibrations of
THC, ChL and CO analyses were performed
periodically with the same standard.
Daily calibrations were performed by
diluting an NBS traceable quality
control standard of 100 ppm NO in
nitrogen gas to 400 ppb NO with the
Bendix Dynamic Calibration System and
using this as a calibration standard.
Periodic five-point calibrations were
conducted monthly using the Bendix
Dynamic Calibration System and the
above mentioned standard.
                                     266

-------
Calibration and Quajity Control  Procedures (continued)
Varian 940 Chroma tograph               Daily calibration was performed using
                                       the standards prepared from 99% purity
                                       fluorocarbon 11 and 12, and SFfi in
                                       hydrocarbon-free air.
Bendix Dynamic Calibration System      This system was itself calibrated every
                                       three months by plotting flow rate
                                       versus pressure applied for each of the
                                       seven capillaries.  The constant
                                       temperature bath was checked at the
                                       same time.  At six month intervals,
                                       the pressure gauges were checked.
     All laboratory standards were NBS traceable.  Tedlar sample bags were
found to have a high THC build-up and consequently their use was limited to
CO and CFL analysis.  However, the CH. - CO analysis was affected by problems
of methane contamination in the hydrogen carrier gas of the Beckman 6800.
This fact casts serious doubt on the validity of some of the Beckman 6800
data for the period of Task Order No. 53.  The validity of analyses conducted
on the Perkin Elmer 900B is also questionable due to suspected contamination
of samples from the chromatograph carrier gas.
Location and Type of Data Available
     All chromatograms and PEP-1 computer outputs were transferred to coding
forms and stored on magnetic tape (9 track, odd parity).  Data tapes were
submitted to the RAPS Data Bank and may be obtained from:
                   RAPS Data Manager (MD-80)
                   Environmental Protection Agency
                   Environmental Sciences Research Laboratory
                   Research Triangle Park, NC   27711
                   (919) 541-4545
     A computer printout of sampling dates and sources of samples is avail-
able upon request from the RAPS Data Bank.
                                     267

-------
Publication
Mindrup, R. F.  Gas Chromatography Laboratory Operation.  .Rockwell  Interna-
tional Air Monitoring Center, Creve Coeur, Missouri.   Task Order No.  53
Final Report, EPA Contract 68-02-1081.   May 1976.

Task Order No. 103
Principal Investigator                 Task Coordinator
Gary W. Seeger                         Stanley L.  Kopczynski (MD-47)
Rockwell International                 Environmental  Protection Agency
Air Monitoring Center             •     Environmental  Sciences Research
11640 Administration Drive               Laboratory
Creve Coeur, MO   63141                Research Triangle Park, NC   27711
(314) 567-6722                         (919) 541-3064
Funding  EPA Contract No. 68-02-2093, Task Order No.  103
Period of Performance  August 1975 - April 1976
Summary
     In addition to bag sampling, this task order included two related
investigations:  an evaluation of 2 mil versus 5 mil  Teflon bags, and a test
of a modified bag sampling system.
     In evaluating 2 mil and 5 mil bags, the 2 mil  bags were used exclusively
from the beginning of the task order until the end of 1975.  However, the
bags proved very troublesome during this period, susceptible to leakage and
generally too fragile to withstand normal handling.  Evaluation of the 5
mil Teflon bags showed them to be leak-free, however, further experimentation
proved the permeability of both Teflon bags to hydrocarbons.  Hence,  to
minimize this problem, laboratory analyses of sample  bags took place  within
12 hours of sampling.
     In an attempt to improve the performance of the  bag sampling system in
the RAMS stations, a prototype installation of a proposed improved sampling
system was made at Station 120 on October 13, 1975.  Concurrent with  the
installation and evaluation of the modified system in Station 120, the flow
rates at the other RAMS stations were adjusted to reduce the nominal  collected

                                     268

-------
volume from 80 liters to 50 liters.   This reduction in volume caused an
immediate increase in the percentage of acceptable samples collected, thus
identifying over-filling of the Teflon bags as one of the major problems in
the sampling program.  Because of this revelation, plans to modify more bag
sampling systems were dropped and the prototype installation was removed
January 14, 1976.
     The EPA Task Coordinator stopped analyses for NO  in February 1976 due
                                                     /\
to a laboratory experiment indicating that 1^ significantly decreased upon
storage in 5 mil Teflon.  NO was found not to adhere on the walls of the
bags.   It was recommended that all  NO  bag analyses be discontinued and
                                     A
past results be invalidated.   Since NOV data were readily available from
                                      X
RAMS stations, there was no real need for bag analyses.
     Two additional  problems occurred during Task Order No. 103.  One problem
involved the diffusion of hydrocarbons through the Teflon sample bags.  The
other problem was the contamination of samples by impurities in the helium
carrier gas used in the gas chromatographs.  These two problems make some
of the results questionable for analyses performed using the helium carrier
gas.  Subsequent to this date, special cryogenic traps were installed to
remove contaminants from the helium carrier and backflush gas.   The validity
of the Co - CIQ hydrocarbon analyses from the Perkin Elmer 900B chromatograph
prior to January 1976 is therefore questionable because of this possible
sample contamination from the carrier and backflush gas.
Periods of Data Collection
     Pata collection took place from August 1975 to April 1976 with the Winter
1976 Field Expedition conducted during this period.  Bag samples were nominally
collected at selected RAMS sites every 3 days.  Additional sources of samples
were roadside locations and the Continuous Air Monitoring Program (CAMP) sta-
tion daily from January 7 to February 6, 1976.
Parameters Measured                    Ins t r timen t / Me t h o d Used
C2 - On,, hydrocarbon concentrations,   Perkin Elmer Model 900B Gas Chromato-
sensitivity 0.1 ppb; C~ - OV analy-    graph and Model PEP-1 Laboratory
sis with silica gel column; C, -       Computer System
C-jn analysis with SCOT  squalane
column
                                    269

-------
Parameters Measured
Carbon Monoxide (CO), Methane (CH^)
and Total Hydrocarbon Concentra-
tions (THC), sensitivity 10 ppb
for CO, 0.1 ppb for CH4 and THC
Total oxides of nitrogen (NO )
                            )\
concentrations, sensitivity 5
ppb
Total oxides of nitrogen (NO )
                            J\
concentrations, sensitivity
5 ppb
Sulfur Hexafluoride (SFg) and
fluorocarbon concentrations,
sensitivity 0.1 ppb and 500
ppb, respectively
Used for calibrations
Used for data recording
Instrument/Method Used (continued)
Beckman Model  6800 Gas Chromatograph
Bendix Model 8101-B NOV Analyzer
                      A
Thermo-Electron NOV Analyzer
                  X
Varian Model 940 Chromatograph with
an electron capture detector and a
Texas Instrument 1 MV Chart Recorder

Bendix Dynamic Calibration System
and Pure Air System
Houston Omni Scribe Model 5213-4
Dual Pen Recorder
Calibration and Quality Control Procedures
Perkin Elmer 900B
     Cp - Cg Analysis - Initial calibrations were performed using standards
prepared in Teflon bags with known amounts of ultrapure air and hydrocarbons.
Each of the ^2 ~ cs hydrocarbons was prepared in this manner at a known
concentration so that its "response factor" could be determined on the PE
900B.  Daily calibrations were performed using a stainless steel cylinder
pressurized with ambient air.  The concentration of propane in the air drawn
from the cylinder was used for standardization.  This concentration was
determined prior to the start of regular analyses each day.
     C* - Cln Analysis - This was the same as the C^ - Cr analysis calibra-
tion except that for daily calibration toluene was used instead of propane.
                                     270

-------
Calibration and Quality Control Procedures  (continued)
Beckman 6800
     On a monthly basis, five-point calibrations were performed using a Scott
cylinder of CH. and CO.  This cylinder was then diluted  for the multi-point
calibrations.  Response was tested for THC, CH,, and CO.   Daily calibrations
were also performed using Scott standard gases.  The Scott cylinders were
analyzed at the beginning of Task Order No. 103 and checked against an NBS
standard.

Bendix NOV Analyzer
         A
     Five-point calibrations were performed monthly using an NBS standard.
Daily calibrations were performed by diluting a quality  control standard of
100 ppm NO in nitrogen gas to 400 ppb with the Bendix Calibration System.
The quality control standards themselves were calibrated monthly against an
NBS standard.

Thermo-Electron NOV Analyzer
                  A
     Same calibration procedures as the Bendix NOV analyzer.
                                                 A
Varian 940 Chromatograph
     Daily calibration for SFg analyses was performed using a standard
prepared by injecting a known amount of SFg into a 150 liter Tedlar bag
filled with Linde zero air.  Fluorocarbon analysis calibration was performed
using standards prepared by injecting known amounts of fluorocarbons 11 and
12 into 150 liter Tedlar bags filled with Linde zero air.

Bendix Dynamic Calibration System and Pure Air System
     The instrument was calibrated in August 1975 and January 1976.  Flow
rate versus pressure applied was plotted for each of the seven capillaries.
The constant temperature bath and the pressure gauges were checked for
proper operation.
Location and Type of Data Available
     All chromatograms and PEP-1 computer outputs were transferred to coding
forms and stored on magnetic tape (9 track, odd parity).  Data tapes were
                                     271

-------
submitted to the RAPS Data Bank and may be obtained from:
                    RAPS Data Manager (MD-80)
                    Environmental  Protection Agency
                    Environmental  Sciences Research Laboratory
                    Research Triangle Park, NC   27711
                    (919) 541-4545
     A computer printout of all sampling dates and sources of samples is
available upon request.
Publ ication
Seeger, G. W. and D. H.  Hern.  Gas Chromatography Laboratory Operation.
Rockwell International Air Monitoring Center,  Creve Coeur, Missouri.  Task
Order No. 103 Final Report, EPA Contract 68-02-2093.  December 1976.

Task Order No. 113
Principal Investigator                 Task Coordinator
Gloria G. Cardwell                     Stanley L. Kopczynski (MD-47)
Rockwell International                 Environmental Protection Agency
Air Monitoring Center                  Environmental Sciences Research
11640 Administration Drive               Laboratory
Creve Coeur, MO   63141                 Research Triangle Park, NC   27711
(314) 567-6722                         (919) 541-3064
Funding  EPA Contract No. 68-02-2093, Task Order No. 113
Period of Performance  April 1976 - February 1977
Periods of Data Collection
     Data were collected in the period from June to November 1976 which
included the Summer 1976 and Fall  1976 Field Expeditions.   Bag samples were
nominally collected at selected RAMS sites 2 days per week and at roadside
locations during September and October.
                                     272

-------
Parameters Measured                    Instrument/Method Used
C2 - C-JQ hydrocarbon concentrations,   Perkin Elmer Model 900B Gas Chromato-
sensitivity 0.1 ppb; Cp - Cr analy-    graph and Model PEP-1 Laboratory
sis with Dura Pak phenyl isocyanate    Computer System
column; C,- - C,n analysis with
SCOT squalane column
Carbon Monoxide (CO), Methane (CH.)    Beckman Model 6800 Gas Chromatograph
and Total Hydrocarbon Concentra-
tions (THC), sensitivity 10 ppb
for CO, 0.1 ppb for CH4 and THC
Used for data recording                Houston Omni Scribe Model 5213-4
                                       Dual Pen Recorder
Cal ib ration and Quality Control Procedures
Perkin Elmer 900B
     C? - Cr Analysis - Daily calibration was carried out with a cylinder
pressurized with ambient air (secondary standard).  One  five-point calibra-
tion was performed using the primary standard, 5 ml of propane gas in 50
liters of ultrapure air.  In addition to calibrations, duplicate analyses
were run for quality control.
     Cj- - C,n Analysis - Daily calibration was performed using a cylinder
pressurized with ambient air (secondary standard,  .0500 ml liquid toluene
in 50 liters ultrapure air.  Duplicate analyses were run for quality con-
trol.

Beckman 6800
     Scott-Marrin gases were used as calibration standards.  The primary
standard, Scott-Marrin LI749, was used to check the secondary standard
cylinders,  Scott-Marrin 12327 and L2359, which were used for daily calibra-
tions.  Before being used in the gas chromatography laboratory, the primary
standard was analyzed by EPA personnel at Research Triangle Park, North
Carolina.   Small amounts of methane and carbon monoxide  in air made up the
primary standard.
                                     273

-------
     The first daily sample on the PE 900B was analyzed three times to check
the instrument's performance.   For both the PE 900B and the Beckman 6800,
duplicate analyses were run at the beginning and end of the sample day to
insure stability of the instruments.
Location and Type of Data Available
     All chromatograms and PEP-1 computer outputs were transferred to coding
forms and stored on magnetic tape (9 track, odd parity).  Data tapes were
submitted to the RAPS Data Bank and may be obtained from:
                 RAPS Data Manager (MD-80)
                 Environmental Protection Agency
                 Environmental Sciences Research Laboratory
                 Research Triangle Park, NC  27711
                 (919) 541-4545
     A computer printout of all sampling dates and sources of samples is
available on request.
Publication
Cardwell, G.  Gas Chromatography Laboratory Operation.  Rockwell International
Air Monitoring Center, Creve Coeur, Missouri.  Task Order No. 113 Final Report,
EPA Contract 68-02-2093.  June 1979.
                                     274

-------
7.2.2  BAG IRRADIATION STUDIES
Principal Investigators
Robert L. Seila (MD-84)               William A.  Lonneman (MD-84)
Environmental Protection Agency       Environmental  Protection Agency
Environmental Sciences Research       Environmental  Sciences Research
  Laboratory                            Laboratory
Research Triangle Park, NC   27711    Research Triangle Park, NC   27711
(919) 541-2214                        (919) 541-2829
Fiindi n g
     Program Element 1AA008, Research Objective Achievement Plan 21AKC,
Task 16
Period of Performance  October 1974 - March 1975
Technical Approach
     A bag irradiation study was undertaken in November 1974 to obtain
chemical reaction rate data for atmospheric photochemical modeling.  Poly-
vinyl fluoride (Tedlar) bags were used as the reaction containers.  The
Tedlar bags were irradiated artificially with a bank of sunlamps and after-
wards were chemically analyzed.
Periods of Data Collection
     The bag irradiation experiments took place in 1974 from October 21 to
November 22 and from November 30 to December 18.  All experiments were
performed at the RAPS Central Facility.
Parameters Measured                   Instrument/Method Used
Oxides of Nitrogen, Nitrous Oxide     Bendix Model 8101-B NOV Analyzer
                                                            X
Ozone                                 Bendix Model 8002 Ozone Analyzer
                                    275

-------
Parameters Measured
Sulfur Dioxide
C-, - C,~ Hydrocarbon Concen-
tration
Carbon Monoxide, Methane,  Total
Hydrocarbons
Calibration and Quality Control  Procedures
Instrument/Method Used (continued)
Tracor Sulfur Analyzer
Perkin Elmer Model 900 Gas Chromato-
graph
Beckman Model 6800 Gas Chromatograph
Bendix NO  Analyzer
         A
Bendix Ozone Analyzer
Tracor Sulfur Analyzer
Perkin Elmer 900
Beckman 6800
General Quality Control
Calibration standards were prepared
with known amounts of NO being injected
into Tedlar bags filled with ultrapure
air
An ozone generator was used to prepare
Tedlar bags of known ozone concentra-
tion for calibration standards
Known amounts of SO? were injected
into Tedlar bags filled with ultra-
pure air and used as calibration stan-
dards
Known amounts of C, - C,n hydrocarbons
were injected into Tedlar bags filled
with ultrapure air and used as cali-
bration standards
A commercial calibration gas cylinder
was used as the primary standard.  For
the secondary standard, known amounts
of CH^ and CO were injected into
Tedlar bags filled with ultrapure air
None of the above calibration gas
mixtures were NBS traceable
Location and Type of Data Available
     Because of sample contamination from the polyvinyl  fluoride (Tedlar)
                                    276

-------
bag material, the EPA Principal  Investigators  do not feel  that the data
should be included in the RAPS Data Bank.   However,  data in the form of  strip
charts, chromatograms, and logbooks may be obtained  from William A.  Lonneman,
Principal Investigator.
Publication
Seila, R. L., W.  A.  Lonneman and S. A.  Meeks.   Evaluation  of Polyvinyl
Fluoride as a Container Material for Air Pollution Samples.  Journal  of
Environmental Science and Health, Environmental  Science and Engineering,
All (2):  121-130, 1976.
                                    277

-------
7.2.3  BATTELLE-COLUMBUS SMOG CHAMBER STUDY
Principal Investigator                Project^Officer
David Miller                          Basil Dimitriades  (MD-59)
Battelle-Columbus Laboratories        Environmental  Protection Agency
505 King Avenue                       Environmental  Sciences  Research
Columbus, OH   43201                    Laboratory
(614) 424-5307                        Research Triangle  Park, NC   27711
                                      (919) 541-2706
Funding  EPA Contract No. 68-02-1720
Period of Performance  June 1976 - September 1977
Technical Approach
     The purpose of the Smog Chamber Study was to determine the  rate of con-
version of S02 as a function of reactant concentration  in  ambient air.   A
13.5 m3 5 mil Teflon (or Tedlar) chamber was filled  with ambient air, sealed
off, exposed to direct sunlight, and monitored.   It  was  assumed  that the
initial concentrations of pollutants in the ambient  air  were  the same as
those being measured by the RAMS station at which the chamber was set up.
While the experiments were in progress, direct measurements of the chamber
atmosphere were made for S02, NO, NOX, 03, aerosol size  distributions,  and
sulfate aerosol by filtering.  Control samples of ambient  air in Teflon or
Tedlar bags were also exposed to sunlight.  After sunlight irradiation, the
sample bags were chemically analyzed.
Periods of Data Collection
     Samples were taken daily during the following periods:
          RAMS Site 106               July 12-15, 1976
          RAMS Site 103               July 19-30, 1976
                                    278

-------
Parameters Measured
                                      Instrument/Method jJsed
Nitrous Oxide, Oxides of Nitrogen
Sulfur Dioxide

Ozone

Aerosol Concentrations
                                      Bendix  Series  8100  N0v  Analyzer
                                                           X
                                      Beckman Model  906  Sulfur Dioxide
                                      Analyzer
                                      REM 612B Chemiluminescent Ozone
                                      Analyzer
                                      Thermo-Systems  Model  3030 Electrical
                                      Aerosol Analyzer
                                      Homemade Nitric Acid  Analyzer
                                      Sequential  Air  Filter Sampler
Nitric Acid
Time integrated particulate
loadings
Calibration and Quality Control Procedures
     Calibrations were performed before the start of each sampling period,
and not on a daily basis.
                                      The analyzer was calibrated against
Bendix NOV Analyzer
         X
Beckman S02 Analyzer

REM 03 Analyzer

Thermo-System Aerosol Analyzer

Battelle Nitric Acid Analyzer
                                      an NBS span bottle of NO gas
                                      Calibrated using Metronix permeation
                                      tube
                                      Calibrated using the neutral  buffer
                                      KI method
                                      Basic monodisperse calibration was
                                      performed
                                      Calibrated once before the study by
                                      expanding a known volume of pure
                                      nitric acid from a vacuum line into
                                      the smog chamber and analyzing with
                                      the Battelle nitric acid instrument.
                                      As a further check, the nitric acid
                                      content in the chamber was determined
                                      with a chemiluminescent analyzer, the
                                      Bendix 8100 Oxides of Nitrogen Analyzer
                                    279

-------
Calibration and Quality Control  Procedures (continued)
Battelle Sequential Air Filter        The critical  orifices were calibrated
Sampler                               using a flow meter once before and once
                                      after the study and identical  readings
                                      were obtained.   The filter was in
                                      place during the calibrations
Location and Type of Data Available
     Data, recorded on strip charts, magnetic tape, and in tabular form,
may be obtained from the Principal  Investigator.
Publication
Miller, D. F.  Precursor Effects of S0? Oxidation.   Atmospheric Environment,
12:273-280, 1978.
                                    280

-------
7.2.4  0, - NO - NOp MAXIMA STUDY
        OC-
Principal Investigators
E. L. Martinez (MD-14)                Norman E.  Hester (formerly with)
Environmental Protection Agency       Environmental Protection Agency
Monitoring and Data Analysis          Environmental Monitoring and Support
  Division                              Laboratory
Research Triangle Park, NC   27711    Las Vegas, NV   89114
(919) 541-5474                        (702) 736-2969
Funding
     Regional Air Pollution Study
     Program Element 1AA003, Research Objective Achievement Plan 26AAI
     Program Element 1AA603
Peripd of _Perfprmance  July 1975 - August 1976
Summa ry
     During the summer of 1975, five flights were made with instrumented
helicopters to measure ozone and oxides of nitrogen in the St. Louis urban
plume.   Further flights in the same program were made during the summer of
1976.  However, due to the uncertainty of navigational position, data from
the  i976 flights remain unanalyzed.
     The EPA/RAPS helicopters were instrumented to measure:  Ozone (0-J,
nitric oxide (NO), total oxides of nitrogen (NO ), sulfur dioxide (S09),
                                               A                     L-
temperature, dew point, particulate light scattering, pressure altitude,
air  speed, compass heading, and navigational position.  For further details
on actual instruments used and the calibration of those instruments, see
Section 5.0.
     Throughout the helicopter flights, wind data were being obtained from
RAPS Upper Air Sounding Network stations.  Flight patterns for each

                                    281

-------
experiment were planned taking into account the most recent forecast of
wind speed and direction together with recent pibal  measurements.   Cross
sections were determined by means of flights perpendicular to the  wind
direction.  Flights were made until the outer boundaries of the urban plume
were defined.  When cross sections were completed, the aircraft returned
to the position of the maximum ozone or NO concentration, and flights to
determine the vertical distribution of pollutants were performed.   Flight
patterns are shown in Figure 7.
Period of Data Collection
     Valid data were collected from July 15, 1975 through August 6, 1975.
Locations of sampling are shown in Figure 7.
Location and Type of Data Available
     All data have been recorded on magnetic tape for both 1975 and 1976
flights.  However, only 1975 data have been reduced and analyzed,  since
navigational positions were uncertain for 1976 flights.  Data may be obtained
from:
                    RAPS Data Manager (MD-80)
                    Environmental Protection Agency
                    Environmental Sciences Research Laboratory
                    Research Triangle Park, NC   27711
                    (919) 541-4545
Publication
Hester, N. E., R. B. Evans, F. G. Johnson, and E. L. Martinez.  Airborne
Measurements of Primary and Secondary Pollutant Concentration in the St.
Louis Urban Plume.  In:  Proceedings of the International Conference on
Photochemical Oxidant Pollution and Its Control, Volume I, pp. 259-274.
January 1977.  EPA-600/3-77-001a.
                                   •  282

-------
                                      PETROLEUM REFINERY COMPLEX
                                                 /
                                                -ll E
                                    CHEMICAL REFINERY

                                               * r, 01T  AIR  f 0 R C E BASE

                                           B( U EVILI.E
                                     UASN 143
                                     00
                                                   0      10
                                           SCALE  IN  KILOMETERS
FIGURE  7.   FLIGHT  PATTERNS  FOR 03 - NO  - N02 MAXIMA STUDY
                               283

-------
7.2.5  ARGONNE CARBON MONOXIDE ISOTOPIC COMPOSITION STUDY
Principal Investigator                Project Officer
Laurids E. Ross                       Joseph J.  Bufalini  (MD-84)
Argonne National Laboratory           Environmental Protection Agency
Chemical Engineering Division         Environmental Sciences Research
Argonne, IL   60439                '     Laboratory
(312) 739-7711, ext. 2527             Research Triangle Park, NC    27711
                                      (919) 541-2422
Funding  EPA Interagency Agreement No. IAG-069
Period of Performance  June 1973 - June 1974
Technical Approach
     The purpose of the study was to provide information  on the movement of
the urban plume by determining the concentration and isotopic composition of
carbon monoxide in air samples taken within 80 km of St.  Louis.  Samples
were also taken along a highway in a rural  area to monitor carbon monoxide
produced by vehicles in order to evaluate the changes in  concentration and
isotopic composition of CO caused by automobile traffic.   Two additional
experiments were conducted outside of the RAPS study area in the  vicinity
of Plainfield, Illinois, which is situated southwest of Chicago.   Samples
were taken along Highway 55 in a rural area to monitor CO produced by
vehicles in order to evaluate the changes in concentration and isotopic
composition of CO caused by automobile traffic.   In the second experiment,
diurnal changes in concentration and isotopic ratios of CO in a predominantly
agricultural area were determined.
Periods of Data Collection
June 27, 1973                         Locations 1-5 (see  Figure 8 for
                                      locations)
                                    284

-------
                                 o
                                                   GO
                                                   UJ
                                                   GO



                                                   Q


                                                   h-
                                                   GO


                                                   •Z.
                                                   O
                                                   OO
                                                   O
                                                   CL.
                                                   S
                                                   O
                                                   O
                                                   Q.
                                                   O
                                                   t—
                                                   o
                                                   LU
                                                   o
                                                   X
                                                   o
                                                   o
                                                   CD
                                                   O
                                                    o

                                                    o:



                                                    co

                                                    UJ

                                                    :r>
                                                    CD
285

-------
Periods of Data Collection (continued)
July 17, 1973                         Locations 2,  6-9
November 13 and 14, 1973              Locations 1,  10, 11
(Note:  Sites 3, 4, and 5 are located just east of  the RAPS study area).
Parameters Measured                   Instrument/Method Used
Isotopic composition (isotopic        Consolidated-Nier Mass Spectrometer
ratios 13C. 12C and 18Q. 16Q)         (Modified)
     Ninety (90) liter aluminum cylinders were evacuated,  allowed to come to
atmospheric pressure and pumped to 30-40 pounds pressure,  ambient air being
taken in through a sample port one meter above ground.  Sampling time was
15 minutes per cylinder.
     Air samples were processed to remove C02» N20, NO and N02-   Then CO
was oxidized to C02 with I20g (Schutze reagent).  The C02  thus formed was
liquified in a liquid nitrogen trap, and the amount of CO^ was measured
manometrically and the CO concentration was then derived.
Calibration and Quality Control Procedures
     Standard mass spectrometric calibration procedures were used on the
Consolidated-Nier mass spectrometer.
     As a check on the results obtained, additional samples were taken in
Tedlar bags and sent to the Environmental Sciences  Research Laboratory at
Research Triangle Park.  Some of the Tedlar bags were filled directly from
the 90 liter aluminum sample cylinders, while most were ambient samples
taken just before the cylinders were filled.
Location and Type of Data Available
     Data extracted from strip charts and in logbooks may  be found in the
publication referenced below.
Publication
Ross, L. E., A. Engelkemeir, and E. E.  Voiland.  Isotopic  Composition of
Carbon Monoxide in St. Louis, Missouri.  Argonne National  Laboratory,
Argonne, Illinois.  EPA-IAG-069.  April 1976.  EPA-600/3-76-010.
                                    286

-------
7.2.6  MIDWEST OXIDANT TRANSPORT STUDY
Introduction
     The Midwest Oxidant Transport Study was conducted from July 8 to  August
4, 1977 by investigators from Battelle-Columbus Laboratories,  Washington
State University (WSU), and EPA/ESRL.   Ozone precursor relationships and
causes of high rural ozone levels over several  midwestern states were
investigated.   To aid this multistate study, instrumented aircraft were
employed by both Battelle and WSU for extensive horizontal  and vertical pro-
file determinations.  Flight patterns were designed to investigate three
major areas:  1) downwind plumes from small urban areas (pop.  200,000  or
less) to determine the magnitude of increased ozone levels above background;
2) vertical profiles for ozone and its precursors to altitudes of 20,000
feet to determine ozone concentrations above the subsidence inversion  layer;
and 3) background levels of ozone and its precursors in rural  areas of the
midwestern U.S. and the effect of the passage of high pressure systems on
pollutant concentrations.  EPA/ESRL, WSU and two Battelle mobile laboratories
were set up as ground monitoring sites to analyze samples taken in the air
and on the ground in plastic bags and aluminum cylinders.
     The following three sections detail operations of the three groups of
investigators.
                                    287

-------
7.2.6.1  BATTELLE INSTRUMENTED AIRCRAFT AND MOBILE LABORATORIES
Principal Investigator
Chester W. Spicer
Battelle-Columbus Laboratories
Analytical, Physical & Atmospheric
  Chemistry Section
505 King Avenue
Columbus, Ohio
(614) 424-6424
43201
                                      Project Officers
                                      William A.  Lonneman  (MD-84)
                                      Environmental  Protection  Agency
                                      Environmental  Sciences  Research
                                        Laboratory
                                      Research Triangle  Park, NC    27711
                                      (919)  541-2829
                                      Joseph J.  Bufalini  (MD-84)
                                      Environmental  Protection  Agency
                                      Environmental  Sciences  Research
                                        Laboratory
                                      Research Triangle  Park, NC    27711
                                      (919)  541-2422
Funding  EPA Contract No.  68-02-2439
Period of Performance  June - August 1977

Periods of Data Collection
     Battelle ground units #1 and #2, in operation  for the entire study
period (July 8 - August 4, 1977), were located at UASN site 144 at the Alton
Civic Memorial Airport.  The aircraft made fairly routine flights over the
RAPS study area during this time.
     Hard copy plots of flight paths have been generated and  are  available
from the Principal  Investigator.
                                   . 288

-------
Battelle Instrumented Aircraft
Parameters Measured                   Instrument/Method Used
Ozone                                 Dasibi Airborne Ozone Analyzer
Ozone                                 REM 612B Chemiluminescent NO  Analyzer
                                                                  X
Ozone, Nitric Acid                    TECO Model 14D Chemiluminescent NO
                                                                        X
                                      Analyzer (modified to measure HNO-,)
Total Suspended Paniculate           High Volume Sampler (Battelle's own
                                      design)
Air speed, altitude, temperature,     Metrodata Data Logger System
relative humidity (also VOR and DME
signals accepted)
Used for recording data on magnetic   Pertec Data System
tape
Calibration and Quality Control Procedures
Dasibi Airborne Ozone Analyzer        Due to a malfunction, this instrument
                                      was used for only one week
REM NO  Analyzer                      Calibrated periodically using a
      )\
                                      MacMillan 1000 Ozone Generator which
                                      was itself calibrated before and after
                                      the study
TECO NO  Analyzer                     Calibrated with a permeation tube bi-
       X
                                      weekly.  Cross-calibrated against
                                      WSU instruments
Hi-Vol Sampler                        Flow rate calibrated before and after
                                      study.  Pressure drop checked several
                                      times daily
Metrodata System                      Problems were experienced with the
                                      system since it was being used for the
                                      first time
                                     289

-------
Calibration and Quality Control Procedures (continued)
Pertec Data System
Battelle Mobile Laboratories
Parameters Measured
                                      Problems  were  experienced with  the
                                      system since  it was  also being  used
                                      for the first  time
                                      Instrument/Method Used
Wind speed and direction, temperature MRI Model  1071  Weather Station
and relative humidity
Solar Intensity
Total Suspended Particulates
                                      Eppley 180°  Pyrheliometer
                                      Two High Volume Samplers (Battelle's
                                      own design)
Used for collecting aerosol samples   Low Volume Sampler (Battelle's own
over long time intervals              design)
Ozone

Nitrous Oxide
Nitrogen Dioxide

Peroxyacetyl Nitrate (PAN)

Nitric Acid

Fluorocarbon-11

Total Hydrocarbons, Methane,
Acetylene, Ethylene and Carbon
Monoxide
Ammonia, Nitrate and Sulfates
Used for cassette tape data storage
                                      Bendix Model 8002 Chemiluminescent
                                      Ozone Analyzer
                                      Bendix Model 8101-B NOV Analyzer
                                                            y\
                                      Bendix Model 8101-B NOV Analyzer
                                                            /\
                                      (modified)
                                      Varian Hi-Fi III Electron Capture
                                      Gas Chromatograph
                                      Mast Micro-Coulometric Ozone Analyzer
                                      (modified)
                                      Varian Hi-Fi III Electron Capture Gas
                                      Chromatograph
                                      Beckman Model 6800 Gas Chromatograph
                                      Dionex Ion Chromatograph
                                      Digitem Data Acquisition System
                                    290

-------
Calibration and Quality Control Procedures
MRI Meteorological Station
Eppley Pyrheliometer
Hi-Vol Samplers
Bendix Ozone Analyzer
Bendix NO  Analyzer
         A
Bendix NO  Analyzer (modified)
         X
Mast Ozone Analyzer (modified)

Varian Gas Chromatograph (for PAN)
Varian Gas Chromatograph  (for
Fluorocarbons)
Beckman 6800
Relative humidity and temperature
calibrations were performed biweekly
No special calibrations for this study
were performed.  Normally the instru-
ment is calibrated once or twice per
year
Flow rate calibrated before and after
study.  Pressure drop checked several
times daily
Calibrated biweekly using the MacMillan
1000 Ozone Generator
Calibrated biweekly with an NBS
cylinder containing NO in N2-
Calibrated biweekly with an NBS permea-
tion tube
Calibrated once before the study in a
smog changer
Calibrated prior to study in the
laboratory by  infrared spectral
analysis.  In  the field, periodic
cross-calibrations were performed
against WSU instruments
A permeation tube was used during bi-
weekly calibrations against standards
prepared by WSU.  Mass spectral analy-
sis was performed before and after
the study
Daily calibrations were performed
using NBS traceable standard hydro-
carbon mixtures and prepared hydro-
carbon mixtures
                                    291

-------
Calibration and Quality Control  Procedures (continued)

Dionex Ion Chromatograph              Checked two or three times daily for
                                      proper operation
Digitem Data System                   The system worked satisfactorily and
                                      no special checks were made

Location and Type of Data Available
     Data in the form of strip charts,  cassette tapes,  and 4-track magnetic
tape cartridges, are still in the possession of the Principal  Investigator
who is in the process of data reduction and analysis.   Upon completion, data
will be incorporated into the RAPS Data Bank.
Publication
     A report on The Fate of NO  in the Atmosphere and the Transport of
                               A
Oxidant beyond Urban Areas is to be published in August 1979.
                                    292

-------
7.2.6.2  WASHINGTON STATE INSTRUMENTED AIRCRAFT AND MOBILE LABORATORY
Principal Investigator                Project Officers
Halver Westburg                       William A. Lonneman (MD-84)
Air Pollution Research Office         Environmental Protection Agency
Washington State University           Environmental Sciences Research
Pullman, WA  99164                      Laboratory
(509) 335-1526                        Research Triangle Park, NC   27711
                                      (919) 541-2829
                                      Joseph J. Bufalini (MD-84)
                                      Environmental Protection Agency
                                      Environmental Sciences Research
                                        Laboratory
                                      Research Triangle Park, NC   27711
                                      (919) 541-2422
Funding  EPA Grant No. R805142
Period of Performance  June - August 1977

Periods of Data Collection
      The WSU mobile laboratory, operational for the entire study period
(July 8 - August 4, 1977), was located in Robinson, Illinois.  Although it
was well outside the RAPS study area, samples were analyzed in the labora-
tory which were taken during five flights over the St. Louis area, from
July 15 to July 30.
     Hard copy plots of flight paths have been generated and are available
from the Principal Investigator.
                                    293

-------
Washington State Instrumented Aircraft
Parameters Measured                   Instrument/Method Used
Ozone                                 Bendix Model  8002 Ozone Analyzer
Oxides of Nitrogen                    Monitor Labs  Model  8440 Analyzer
Sulfur Dioxide                        TECO Model  43 Pulsed Fluorescent
                                      Analyzer
Aerosol Loadings                      Environment - 1  Condensation Nuclei
                                      Counter
Light Scattering Coefficient          MRI Integrating  Nephelometer
Air speed, altitude, temperature,     Metrodata M8  Data Logger System
relative humidity (VOR and DME
signals accepted also)
Calibration and Quality Control Procedures
Bendix Ozone Analyzer                 Calibrated weekly using MacMillan
                                      Ozone Generator.  The final  calibra-
                                      tion after the study was NBS traceable.
                                      The neutral buffer KI technique was
                                      used for all  calibrations
Monitor Labs Analyzer                 Calibrated weekly with a standard
                                      cylinder of NO gas.   Gas titrations
                                      were performed in the laboratory.  The
                                      converter efficiency was checked in
                                      August 1977 by the State of Wisconsin
TECO Analyzer                         Calibration was  performed prior to
                                      beginning of study with a permeation
                                      tube (NBS traceable)
Environment - 1 Counter               Calibrated once  before the start of
                                      the study.   (Used only as a plume
                                      detector)
MRI Nephelometer                      Calibrated once  before the start of
                                      the study.   (Used only as a plume
                                      detector)
                                    294

-------
Calibration and Quality Control Procedures (continued)
Metrodata M8 System
Washington State Mobile Laboratory
Parameters Measured
C~ - C,Q hydrocarbon
Flourocarbon-11 and -113, Chloro-
form, Ethyl Chloroform, and Carbon
Tetrachloride
Used for 4-track magnetic tape
cartridge storage of data
Temperature and relative humidity
calibration curves were determined.
The relative humidity sensor was
changed weekly.


Ins_trument/Method Used
Perkin Elmer Model 900 Gas Chromatograph
Hewlett-Packard Electron Capture
Gas Chromatograph

Metrodata 620 Data Logger
Calibration and Quality Control Procedures
Perkin Elmer 900
Standard mixture of
hydrocar-
Hewlett-Packard Gas Chromatograph
Metrodata 620 Data Logger
Location and Type of Data Available
bons were prepared and used for daily
cal ibrations
Standard mixtures of halocarbons were
prepared and used for daily calibra-
tions for all halocarbons listed in
"Parameters Measured"
No special checks were made on the
system since it appeared to perform
satisfactorily
     Data, in the form of strip charts and 4-track magnetic tape cartridges
are in the possession of the Principal Investigator.
Pub!ication
     A final report on this study is expected to be published in August or
September 1979.
                                     295

-------
7.2.6.3  EPA/ESRL MOBILE LABORATORY
Principal  Investigators
William A.  Lonneman (MD-84)
Environmental Protection Agency
Environmental Sciences Research
  Laboratory
Research Triangle Park, NC  27711
(919) 541-2829
Funding  Environmental Protection  Agency
Period of Performance  July - August 1977
Period of Data Collection
     The EPA/ESRL Mobile Laboratory, located at RAMS Site 114 in north St.
Louis County, was operational for  the entire study period (July 8 - August
4, 1977).
Joseph J.  Bufalini (MD-84)
Environmental  Protection Agency
Environmental  Sciences Research
  Laboratory
Research Triangle Park, NC  27711
(919) 541-2422
Parameters Measured
C? - CIQ Hydrocarbon Concentrations

Ozone

Freon-11

Peroxyacetylnitrate (PAN)

Total Hydrocarbons, Carbon
Monoxide
Instrument/Method Used
Perkin Elmer Model 900 Gas Chromato-
graph and PEP-2 Computer System
Bendix Model 8002 Chemiluminescent
Ozone Analyzer
Perkin Elmer Model 3920 Electron
Capture Gas Chromatograph
Analog Technology Corporation
Electron Capture Detector
Beckman Model 6800 Gas Chromatograph
                                     296

-------
Parameters Measured
Oxides of Nitrogen

Wind speed and direction
Relative humidity, temperature
                             o
Solar radiation (2900 - 4000 A)
Calibration and Quality Control
      Instrument/Method Used (continued)
      TECO Model  14B Chemiluminescent NO
      Analyzer
      Bendix Aerovane System
      Bel fort Hygrothermograph
      Eppley UV Radiometer
Procedures
Perkin Elmer 900 Chromatograph
Bendix Ozone Analyzer
Perkin Elmer 3920
Analog Technology Detector
Beckman 6800
TECO NO  Analyzer
       A
Bendix Aerovane System
      Weekly calibrations were performed
      using a hydrocarbon mixture prepared
      at Research Triangle Park.
      Periodic calibration was performed
      using an Ultraviolet Products Ozone
      Generator.   An internal  calibration
      was carried out every other day.  The
      ozone generator was calibrated accord-
      ing to the neutral buffered KI method.
      Calibrations were performed July 2 and
      August 1, 1977.
      A Tedlar bag containing a known con-
      centration of PAN was used  for the
      calibrations which were performed
      July 2 and August 1, 1977.
      Weekly calibrations were performed
      using a mixture of hydrocarbons and
      CO
      A cylinder of NO was used for periodic
      calibrations (NBS traceable)
      After initial set-up with a compass,
      no further calibrations were carried
      out
                                    297

-------
Calibration and Qua!ity Control  Procedures (continued)
Bel fort Hygrothermograph              One calibration prior to beginning of
                                      study was performed
Eppley UV Radiometer                  No special  calibration for the study
                                      was performed.   The instrument is
                                      calibrated by Eppley yearly, prior to
                                      field studies
Location and Type of Data Available
     Data, in the form of strip charts and computer printouts of pollutant
concentrations at five minute intervals, are still in the possession of the
Principal Investigators who are in the process of data reduction and analy-
sis.  The data will be available through the RAPS Data Bank.  For informa-
tion on data availability contact:
                     RAPS Data Manager (MD-80)
                     Environmental Protection Agency
                     Environmental Sciences Research Laboratory
                     Research Triangle Park, NC   27711
                     (919) 541-4545
Pub!ication
     A final report on this study is expected to be published in August or
September 1979.
                                     298

-------
7.3  AEROSOL CHARACTERIZATION STUDIES

7.3.1  AEROSOL SOURCE CHARACTERIZATION

7.3.1.1  EPA/ESRL AEROSOL LABORATORY TRAILER

Principal Investigator                Project Officer
Thomas G. Ellestad (MD-57)            William E.  Wilson (MD-84)
Environmental Protection Agency       Environmental  Protection Agency
Environmental Sciences Research       Environmental  Sciences Research
  Laboratory                            Laboratory
Research Triangle Park, NC  27711      Research Triangle Park, NC  27711
(919) 541-2253                        (919) 541-2551

Funding
     EPA Contract No. 68-02-1081,  Task Order No.  19
     Regional Air Pollution Study, Program Element 1AA003,
     Research Objective Achievement Plan 26AAI
     MISST Funding 1NE625
Period of Performance  September 1973 - August 1976
Technical Approach
     Aerosol  source  characterization studies, carried out intermittently over
a 4 year period,  investigated the existence, transport and removal of aerosols
in the RAPS  area.  During the period, the EPA/ESRL Aerosol Lab Trailer was at
the  following locations  (Figure 9):
     Summer  1973  - Washington University Campus
     Spring  1974  - Washington University Campus
     Summer  1974  - RAMS  Site 103
     Summer  1975  - Glasgow,  Illinois (100 km north of St. Louis)
     Summer  1976  - Spirit of St. Louis Airport

                                     299

-------
                                         ILLINOIS
                      pST.  LOUIS

-------
     The Lab Trailer was instrumented to measure both gaseous and particulate
contaminants as well as various surface meteorological  parameters.   The
trailer also provided the ground support data for correlation with  instru-
mented aircraft flights.  (Sections 7.1.1.1,  7.1.1.2, and 7.3.1.2.)
Periods of Data Collection
     September 5 - October 9, 1973
     March 1-2, 1974
     August 5 - August 27, 1974
     July 15 - August 15, 1975
     July 9 - August 15, 1976
Parameters Measured
Sulfur Dioxide
Oxides of Nitrogen
Ozone
Total Hydrocarbons, Carbon Monoxide
  and Methane
Particle size distribution
Instrument/Method Used
Meloy Model  SA-160 flame photometric
detector with a minimum detection limit
of 0.005 ppm and a Meloy SA-185 flame
photometric detector.   Minimum detection
limit was 15 ppb.
Thermo Electron Corporation (TECO) 14-B
NO/NO,-, chemiluminescent analyzer with a
minimum detection limit of 1  ppb.
Bendix Model 8100 chemiluminescent ozone
analyzer with a minimum detectable limit
of 1 ppb.
Beckman Model 6800 Air Quality Chromato-
graph utilizing a flame ionization de-
tector.  The lower detection limit was
0.2 ppm for CO and 0.05 ppm for THC
and CH4-
Whitby Electric Aerosol Analyzer and
Royco Models 220 and 245 optical
particle size analyzers.  These instru-
ments covered the particle size ranges
between  .Oly to 40y.
                                     301

-------
Parameters Measured
Light scattering coefficient


Condensation Nuclei

Particulate Composition and
  Mass loadings
Solar Radiation

Barometric Pressure
Relative Humidity
Wind Speed, Wind Direction and
  Ambient Temperature
Instrument/Method Used (continued)
Meteorology Research, Inc.  (MRI) Model
1550 nephelometer.   Sensitivity range
           -5      -2
was from 10   to 10   reciprocal meters,
Environment/One Rich-100 Condensation
Nuclei Counter
A variety of instruments were used to
collect particle data.  High volume
filter samplers were used to measure
total suspended particulate while an
Anderson impactor, LBL dichotomous
sampler and Jensen Nelson streakers
were used to collect samples for sub-
sequent X-ray analysis.
Two Eppley radiometers measuring both
broadband and ultraviolet radiation.
Rosemount pressure sensor.
EG&G Vapormate II dew point sensor.
Climet meteorological system.
Calibration and Quality Control  Procedures
     Calibrations were not adequate for '73 and '74 and no valid data are
available.  In 1974, NBS permeation tubes were used for S02 calibrations and
NBS traceable permeation tubes for NO.  Ozone was determined by NO titration,
and a certified Scott cylinder was used for hydrocarbon calibrations.  Five
point calibrations were performed before each sampling period.

Location and Type of Data Available
     All data were either recorded or placed on magnetic tape.   The 1973
period was used primarily to set up and check out the instruments, and no
valid data were produced.  During 1974 and 1975, data for both  gaseous and
                                   . 302

-------
participate pollutants were gathered, but only 1975 gaseous data are reliable.
Data on gas analyses are being processed at the Environmental  Research
Laboratory at Research Triangle Park.
     Particle size data are being processed by Dr.  Whitby at the University
of Minnesota.
     Valid data were also produced during the 1976 period and were audited
by an independent quality assurance team.
     For additional information or to inquire about data availability contact
the EPA Principal Investigator.

Publication
Wang, H. H.  Support for the EPA Aerosol Laboratory.   Rockwell  International
Air Monitoring Center, Newbury Park, California.  Task Order No. 19 Final
Report, EPA Contract 68-02-1081.  April  1974.
                                     303

-------
7.3.1.2  AIRCRAFT MONITORING SUPPORT

Principal Investigator                 Task Coordinator
C. Shepherd Burton (formerly with)     William E.  Wilson (MD-84)
Rockwell International                 Environmental  Protection Agency
Air Monitoring Center                  .Environmental  Sciences Research
11640 Administration Drive               Laboratory
Creve Coeur, MO  63141                 Research Triangle Park, NC  27711
(314) 567-6722                         (919) 541-2551

Funding  EPA Contract No. 68-02-1081, Task Order No.  6

Periodof Performance  July - November 1973

Technical Approach
     Meteorology Research, Inc. (MRI) provided the aircraft monitoring support
for an aerosol characterization study undertaken in St. Louis over a 9-day
period from September 1 to September 9, 1973.
     MRI's primary objective during the field test was to demonstrate the
feasibility of using a fixed-wing, single-engine aircraft (instrumented for
air pollution sampling) in upcoming St. Louis studies (Section 7.1.1.1 and
7.1.1.2).  The successful completion of a wide variety of flight patterns and
special sampling requirements clearly demonstrated the achievement of this
goal.  Other objectives that were realized include the characterizations of
both the St. Louis urban plume and Labadie power plant plume at various down-
wind distances from their sources.  Preliminary information concerning particle
growth rates was obtained for the Labadie plume as well as sulfate filter data.
Finally, one flight was made to obtain three-dimensional urban aerosol mapping
data.  Further, it was shown that special particle sensors and filter sampling
techniques could be adapted to the aircraft sampling package to provide addi-
tional aerosol data.
                                     304

-------
Period of Data Collection
     Valid sampling flights were conducted on September 5,  6 and 7,  1973.
The Metrodata logger recorded instantaneous values from 20  channels  at 48
channels per second.
Parameters Measured
Ozone
Oxides of Nitrogen
Carbon Monoxide
                                     ^nstrument/Method Used
                                     REM 612 Ozone Monitor operated in an
                                     0-0.5 ppm range with 5 second response
                                     time.
                                     REM 642 NO-NOV Monitor operated in the
                                                  A
                                     0-0.5 ppm range with 15 second
                                     response time.
                                     Andros Model 7000 CO Monitor operated
                                     in the 0-50 ppm range with a
                                     specially ordered 5 second response
                                     time.
                                     MRI  Integrating Nephelometer, 0 -
                                     10 x 10   m~  range with a 1 second
                                     response time.
                                     Environment 1 Condensation Nuclei
                                                               c
                                     Monitor  (Rich 100), 0-15  cn/cc
                                     range.   Response time was 5 seconds.
                                     MRI  Airborne  Instrument Package with
                                     the  following response times:
                                       temperature - 15  seconds  (thermistor)
                                       humidity  -  30 seconds  (strain gauge
                                                     and cellulose element)
                                       turbulence  - 10 seconds  i^Pitot-static
                                                                     tube)
                                       altitude  -  1 second
     The above instrumentation was interfaced  to  a  Metrodata #620 data
logger with 20 channel  capacity.   The position instrumentation  in the aircraft
Light Scattering Coefficient
Condensation Nuclei
Temperature, Humidity,
  Turbulence, Altitude
                                     305

-------
used the standard aircraft VOR and DME systems interfaced to a Metrodata M/8
package to convert the signals to an analog output.   Altitude was measured
by a Validyne P-24 15 psi absolute pressure sensor which was part of the
MRI Airborne Instrument Package.

Calibration and Quality Control Procedures
     The instruments were zeroed and spanned before each flight.  A calibra-
tion using zero and span gases was routinely performed once a month on these
instruments.  No other QC procedures were observed for this test period.

Location and Type of Data Available
     Data from the aircraft flights are contained in the final report as
computer generated profiles.  The N0« monitor was run during the flights, but
an intermittent instrument failure resulted in the loss of almost all NOX
data.  Therefore, the NCL data obtained while the instrument was running are
questionable and have not been included in the report.  All aircraft data
were recorded on tape cartridges and transferred to two magnetic tapes.  One
tape contains all vertical spiral data, while the other contains all hori-
zontal traverse data.
     The tapes were turned over to Dr. R. Husar at Washington University for
analyses.  Additional information on data availability may be obtained from:
                    Rudolph B. Husar
                    Air Pollution Research Laboratory
                    Mechanical Engineering Department
                    Washington University
                    St. Louis, MO  63130
                    (314) 889-6099

Publication
Anderson, J. A., and D. L. Blumenthal.  Aircraft Monitoring Support for the
Aerosol Characterization Study in St. Louis.  Meteorology Research, Inc.,
Altadena, California.  Task Order No. 6 Final Report, EPA Contract 68-02-1081
January 1974.
                                      306

-------
7.3.1.3  METEOROLOGICAL SUPPORT AND ANALYSIS
                                      Task Coordinator
                                      Philip W.  Allen (formerly with)
                                      Environmental  Protection Agency
                                      Regional  Air Pollution Study
                                      11640 Administration Drive
                                      Creve Coeur, MO  63141
Principal Investigator
William P.  Dannevik
Environmental Quality Research
(under contract to:)
Rockwell International
Air Monitoring Center
11640 Administration Drive
Creve Coeur, MO  63141
(314) 567-6722
Funding  EPA Contract No. 68-02-1081, Task Order No. 7

Period of Performance  September - October 1973

Technical Approach
     The purpose of this study was to provide meteorological  support for the
RAPS Aerosol Characterization Study; to outline analysis procedures applied
to the data; to make certain recommendations, based on information gathered
to date, relating to further analysis of the influence of the St. Louis urban
build-up on localized circulation; and to determine the impact such a study
may have on future field experiment planning and RAPS transport/trajectory
model specification.
     Environmental Quality Research's (EQR) meteorological support was
basically twofold, aside from preparation of routine planning forecasts.
One function was the real-time monitoring and interpretation of urban and
mesoscale circulation patterns for pre-flight briefing for the Meteorological
Research, Inc. (MRI) aircraft (Section 7.3.1.2).  A second activity centered
on the integration of various data records into a unified picture of the time
                                     307

-------
evolution of those urban-scale circulation features  affecting boundary layer
air parcel trajectories.

Periods of Data Collection
     Data were compiled from the following three sampling periods  in  1973:
          First Sampling  Period:  1500 CST September 5 to
                                  0700 CST September 7
          Second Sampling Period: 1200 CST September 18 to
                                  2300 CST September 20
          Third Sampling  Period:  1500 CST October 3 to
                                  1300 CST October 4
     Pibals were launched at Washington University at approximately two-hour
intervals during the daylight and early evening hours.
     Radiosondes were launched at the St.  Louis Gateway Arch  at 0600  and
1200 CST.
Parameters Measured
Surface Temperature,
  Wind Speed and Direction
Wind Speed and Direction Aloft
Instrument/Method Used
Surface data were derived from the
10-station remote telemetry air quality
monitoring network operated jointly by
the St. Louis Air Pollution Office and
the St. Louis County Health Department.
Refer to Section 10.2 for specific infor-
mation regarding the network's instru-
mentation.
Release of a 10 gram pilot balloon
(pibal) tracked by a single theodolite
to a maximum altitude of about 1  km.
Pibals released at approximately two-
hour intervals during the daylight and.
early evening hours, with angular read-
ings taken every 30 seconds for a ten
minute duration.  Elevation and azimuth
                                     308

-------
Parameters Measured
Temperature, Relative Humidity,
  Pressure, Wind Speed and
  Direction Aloft
                                      Instrument/Method  Used  (continued)
                                      angles were  field  reduced  to wind speed
                                      and  direction  utilizing  a  National
                                      Weather  Service  (NWS) winds aloft
                                      plotting board and employing the one
                                      minute overlap wind reduction  technique.
                                      Wind direction was reported in degrees
                                      azimuth  with reference  to  true north
                                      and  wind speed in  meters per second.
                                      Viz  403  MHz  Model  No. 1395 radiosonde
                                      equipped with  a  standard thermistor,
                                      hygristor and  baroswitch.   The unit was
                                      tracked  by a single theodolite, with
                                      angular  readings of elevation  and
                                      azimuth  taken  every 30  seconds. Data
                                      were transcribed to a D-31 adiabatic
                                      chart and manually reduced to  temper-
                                      ature and dew point in  degrees Celsius,
                                      barometric pressure in  millibars, wind
                                      direction in degrees azimuth with
                                      respect  to true  north and  wind speed
                                      in meters per second.
     The radiosonde was carried aloft by a 100-gram balloon at a reduced
ascent rate, obtaining an altitude of 700 mb in 20 minutes.   Radiosondes
were tracked to 700 mb (approximately 3 km) whenever possible.  Altitude  was
calculated in meters above mean sea level.  Significant levels were  selected
whenever the temperature deviated +_ 1.0°C from the established lapse rate and
whenever the relative humidity deviated 10% or more from the  established  trend.

Location and Type of Data Available
     All meteorological support analyses and abbreviated data records are
contained in the final report referenced below.  Radiosonde data may be
obtained from the RAPS Data Bank.  For information contact:
                                     309

-------
                 RAPS Data Manager (MD-80)
                 Environmental  Protection Agency
                 Environmental  Sciences Research Laboratory
                 Research Triangle Park, NC  27711
                 (919) 541-4545
Publication
Dannevik, W. P., S.  P. Frisella, and H.  J.  Hwang.   Analysis and Interpretation
of Meteorological Data in Support of the EPA/RAPS  Aerosol  Characterization
Study, St. Louis, Missouri.   Environmental  Quality Research, St.  Louis,
Missouri.  Task Order No. 7 Final Report, EPA Contract 68-02-1081.  August
1974.
                                   .  310

-------
7.3.2  PARTICULATE MEASUREMENT AND ANALYSIS
7.3.2.1   FLORIDA STATE JENSEN NELSON STREAKERS
                                      Task Coordinator
                                      William W.  Wilson (MD-84)
                                      Environmental  Protection Agency
                                      Environmental  Sciences  Research
                                        Laboratory
                                      Research Triangle Park,  NC   27711
                                      (919) 541-2551
Principal  Investigators
John W.  Winchester
Department of Oceanography
Florida  State University
Tallahassee, FL  32306
(904) 644-6700

J.  William Nelson
Department of Physics
Florida  State University
Tallahassee, FL  32306
(904) 644-2423

Funding
     Sample Collection
          EPA Contract No. 68-02-1081, Task Order Nos.  35,  62
          EPA Contract No. 68-02-2093, Task Order Nos.  117, 102
     Sample Analysis
          EPA Grant Nos. R-802132, R-803887, R-802913
Periods of Performance
     Task Order No. 35
     Task Order No. 62
     Task Order No. 117
     Task Order No. 102
                                       July - September 1974
                                       June - August 1975
                                       July - November 1976
                                       December 1976 - April  1977
                                     311

-------
Periods of Performance (continued)
     R-802132                          Analyses  under  these  grants were per-
     R-803887                          formed  after  each  period of data col lee-
     R-802913                          tion  listed below.

Technica1  Appro ach
     Over the period 1974-1976 a series of aerosol characterization  studies
utilizing Nelson Streaker samplers  were conducted as part of RAPS.   The Nelson
Streaker is a time sequenced sampler which collects  particulate matter on  a
Nucleopore filter in the form of a, trace for up  to eighty days.  Nelson
Streaker samplers were installed at the following RAMS sites at the  10 m level
on the station towers:
     Task Order No.  35  - 102, 103, 106, 108-110, 112-125 (106 and 103 had
                          additional  samplers  at 20  and 30 m levels.)
     Task Order No.  62  - 101-125 (103 had an  additional  sampler at  28 m level)
     Task Order No.  117 - 120, 124
     Task Order No.  102 - 120, 124  (125 replaced 124 after February  15, 1977}

Periods of Data Collection
     Task Order No.  35                 July  28 - August 31,  1974
     Task Order No.  62                 July  14 - August 15,  1975
     Task Order No.  117                July  1  -  November  30, 1976
     Task Order No.  102                November  30,  1976  - April 8,  1977
     For each week of sampling, there were 84  individual  time steps  corre-
sponding to the sequential operation of the  streaker.   Thus, aerosol  com-
postional  variations could be determined with  two hour time  resolution.

Parameters Measured                    Instrument/Method  Used
Aerosol composition, with elemental    Nelson  Streaker Sampler, with an air
  analysis including the elements      flow  rate of  2  liters per minute main-
  sulfur,  cerium, potassium,           tained.   Elemental analysis of the
  calcium, titanium, vanadium,         collected particulate matter  was by
  chromium, manganese, iron, nickel,   PIXE  (Proton  Induced  X-ray Emissions).

                                     312

-------
Parameters Measured                    Instrument/Method Used  (continued)
  copper, zinc,  bromine and lead       An automated step drive sample  handling
                                       device  was  used with  a  Van  de Graaf
                                       accelerator to produce  5 MeV  protons.
                                       X-ray counting was performed with  a
                                       Si (Li)  detector.

Calibration and  Quality Control  Procedure^
     As each sampler system was  installed, a leak  test was performed on the
vacuum line, a new filter was installed, and the flow rate was measured and
recorded.  Seven days following  the beginning of operation for each  sampler
system, the site was visited, the system inspected, and air flow measurements
were made and recorded before the filter was removed.  A new filter  was then
installed, and the air flow measured and recorded.  This procedure was repeated
every seven days of operation.

Location and Type of Data Available
     Data will be available through the RAPS Data  Bank.   For information  on
data availability contact:
                    RAPS Data Manager (MD-80)
                    Environmental Protection Agency
                    Environmental Sciences Research Laboratory
                    Research Triangle Park, NC  27711
                    (919) 541-4545

Publications
Jones, A. C.  Support EPA-Aerosol Movable Semi-Trailer Summer 74.   Rockwell
International Science Center, Thousand Oaks, California.  Task Order No.  35
Final Report, EPA Contract 68-02-1081.  October 1974.
Jones, A. C.  Summer 1975 Nelson Streaker Study,  Rockwell International  Air
Monitoring Center, Creve Coeur,  Missouri.  Task Order No. 62 Final Report,
EPA Contract 68-02-1081.  December 1975.
No final  report was required  for Task Order No. 117.

                                     313

-------
Nelson, E. 0.   LBL Dichotomous Aerosol  Filter Sampling System.   Rockwell
International  Air Monitoring Center, Creve Coeur,  Missouri.   Task  Order No.
102 Final Report, EPA Contract 68-02-2093.  April  1979.   EPA-600/4-79-024.
Pilotte, 0. 0., J. W. Nelson, and J. W.  Winchester.   Application of Multi-
Station Time Sequence Aerosol Sampling and Proton  Induced X-Ray Emission
Analysis Techniques to the St. Louis Regional Air  Pollution  Study  for
Investigating Sulfur-Trace Metal  Relationships.   In   : Proceedings of ERDA
Symposium of X- and Gamma- Ray Sources and Applications,  Ann Arbor, Michigan,
1976.
Winchester, J. W., and J. W. Nelson.  Sources and  Transport  of Trace Metals
in Urban Aerosols.  Florida State University, Tallahassee, Florida.  EPA Grant
R802132.  March 1979.  EPA-600/2-79-019.
                                     314

-------
7.3.2.2  FLORIDA STATE IMPACTORS

Principal Investigator
John W. Winchester
Department of Oceanography
Florida State University
Tallahassee, FL  32306
(904) 644-6700
Project Officer
Ronald K. Patterson (MD-57)
Environmental  Protection Agency
Environmental  Sciences Research
  Laboratory
Research Triangle Park, NC  27711
(919) 541-2254
Funding  EPA Grant Nos. R-802132, R-803913, R-803887

Period of Performance  August 1973 - February 1974

Technical Approach
     In August 1973 and February 1974 a team of scientists from EPA and
Florida State University (FSU) conducted a field program in the St. Louis
area in which aerosol and trace gas measurements were made in conjunction
with meteorological observations.  Investigators from FSU carried out
sampling of the aerosol which was later followed by elemental analysis at
FSU, the objective of which was to relate the time and particle size varia-
tions to aerosol sources and transport process.  See Figure 10 for sampling
locations.

Periods of Data Collection
     Samples were collected at the following locations and times during
August 1973 and February 1974:
     1.  Broadway & Hurck Streets     August 16 - 21, 1973
         15 m above street level      February 18 - 25, 1974
                                      315

-------
                                               Approx.  10 km
FIGURE 10.   FLORIDA STATE IMPACTOR SAMPLING SITES
                        316

-------
Periods of Data Collection (continued)
     2.  Holiday Inn Downtown
         50 m above street level
August 17 - 22, 1973
     3.   Head House,  Chain of Rocks    August 25  -  28,  1973
         Municipal  Water Co., St.  Louis
     4.   Washington University        February  18  -  25,  1974
Parameters Measured
Elements for which reasonable
  accurate analyses (+_ 20% or
  better) were obtained included:
  Sulfur, Potassium,  Calcium,
  Titanium, Iron, Zinc and Lead.
Instrument/Method Used
Two BatteHe Cascade Impactors with
five single orifice stages and a backup
Nuclepore filter of 0.4 ym pore diam-
eter were operated at a flow rate of
one liter/min., controlled by a stage
5 as limiting orifice.  All analyses
were carried out by proton-induced
x-ray emission using a 3.7 Me V proton
beam of the FSU Tandem Van de Graaff
Accelerator.  This procedure was
employed to give resolution of the
aerosol into six particle size ranges.
Successive stages of the impactor
collected particles with effective
diameters of >4um, >2pm, >lym, >0.5ym,
>0.25ym, <0.25ym.  Impaction surfaces
consisted of a polystyrene film coated
with a layer Of evaporated paraffin and
supported by 2.5 cm glass disk.
Sampling time was approximately 12 hours
Calibration and Quality Control Procedures
     BatteHe Cascade Impactor - Flow rates were checked before and after
each 12 hour sampling period with a rotameter to detect any drift that might
have occurred.  The rotameter was calibrated in the laboratory using a wet
test meter.
                                     317

-------
Calibration and Quality Control  Procedures (continued)
     Analytical Quality Control  - Accuracy was  achieved  by  maintenance  of
calibrated and reproducible bombardment conditions  and by computer resolution
of the x-ray spectra.   Contamination was controlled in the  laboratory by
carrying out all operations on a clean workbench in a filtered-air environ-
ment.

Location and Type of Data Available
     Data consist of detailed elemental analysis in tabular form.   Although
no single report or paper published to date contains all the data, the  grant
report cited below contains analyses of the data.  For further information,
contact the EPA Project Officer.

Publications
Orsini, C. Q., H. C. Kaufmann, K. R. Akselsson, J.  W. Winchester and
J. W. Nelson.  Variation of Elemental Composition with Particle Size in the
St. Louis Aerosol.  Nuclear Instruments and Methods, 142 :  91-96,  1977.
Pilotte, 0. 0., J. W.  Winchester, and J. W. Nelson.  Components of Lead in
the Atmosphere in St.  Louis, Missouri.  Journal of Applied  Meteorology,
17:627-635, 1978.
Winchester, J. W. and J. W. Nelson.  Sources and Transport  of Trace Metals
in Urban Aerosols.  Florida State University, Tallahassee,  Florida,  EPA
Grant R 802132.  March 1979.  EPA-600/2-79-019.
                                     318

-------
7.3.3  HIGH VOLUME FILTER SAMPLING NETWORK
Principal Investigator
Edward 0. Nelson
Rockwell International
Air Monitoring Center
11640 Administration Drive
Creve Coeur, MO  63141
(314) 567-6722
Task Coordinator
Stanley L. Kopczynski (MD-47)
Environmental Protection Agency
Environmental Sciences Research
  Laboratory
Research Triangle Park, NC  27711
(919) 541-3064
Funding
     EPA Contract No. 68-02-1081, Task Order Nos.  49,  51
     EPA Contract No. 68-02-2093, Task Order No.  101
Periods of Performance
     Task Order No. 49
     Task Order No. 51
     Task Order No. 101

Technical Approach
August - September 1974
January - August 1975
August 1975 - May 1977
     High volume air samplers have been in use for many years for the collec-
tion of suspended particulate matter and are the EPA reference method.   For
this reason 10 RAMS stations were equipped with high volume samplers.  During
the study period, a total of 2,358 filter samples were collected and trans-
ported to a chemical laboratory (Rockwell International Air Monitoring Center
at Newbury Park) where total suspended particulates (TSP) were determined
and wet chemical analyses performed for sulfates (SOl) and nitrates (NO^).
The data capture ratio was 96%.
     Twin high volume samplers were installed at the following RAMS Sites:
103, 105, 106, 108, 112, 115, 118, 120, 122, and 124.  The samplers were
                                     319

-------
equipped with constant flow controllers  to ensure a  constant air flow through
the filter regardless of filter loading  within limits  of the sampler's
capabilities.  However, this constant flow section was not connected during
the first year of operation.  After connection, the  percentage of recoverable
valid data vastly increased.
     The concentration data for the three parameters studied appeared to vary
both seasonally and between stations.  The annual mean for each parameter was
computed and plotted for each sampling station.  The geometric mean ranged
                                   _q
from 33.0 to 90.9 micrograms meter    for TSP, from  7.0 to 12.7 micrograms
      *3       —                                        *3
meter"  for SO*, and from 2.3 to 3.8 micrograms meter  "  for NOZ.  Each year
was divided also into quarters for each  sampling station and the quarterly
mean computed and plotted.   The one way  analysis of  variance (ANOVA) tech-
nique was used to test the significance  of the variations in concentration.
The results of the ANOVA did indeed show a statistically significant differ-
ence in concentrations between stations  and also between quarters or seasons
of the year.

Periods of Data Collection
     Ten samples were collected each sampling day (0000-2400 CST) during the
following periods:
          August - September 1974
          March 1975 - March 1977

Parameters Measured
Total Suspended Particulates,
  Sulfates and Nitrates
Daily Samples
Samples every third day

Instrument/Method Used
Sierra 305 High Volume Sampler equipped
with the Sierra 31 OB solid state con-
stant flow controller.  The model 310B
had a range of 0.425 to 1.56 standard
                          o
cubic meters-per-minute (m /min STP)
and a 0 to 5 vdc output voltage pro-
                         2
portional  to flow rate (m /min STP).
The constant flow controller used a
constant temperature anemometer mounted
                                     320

-------
Parameters Measured                   Instrument/Method Used  (continued)
                                      in the throat of the filter holder to
                                      control  the flow rate through  the
                                      sampler at a constant value measured  in
                                                •3
                                      units of m /min (STP), independent of
                                      line voltage variation,  ambient pressure,
                                      ambient temperature and  filter loading.
                                      Total Suspended Particulates (TSP) were
                                      determined gravimetrically by  weighing
                                      the filters before and after collection
                                      on a Mettler H-20 balance to the nearest
                                      milligram.
                                      Water soluble sulfate and nitrate  were
                                      determined by extracting a 19  x 200 mm
                                      strip, cut from the center of the
                                      exposed filter, with boiling water.
                                      The filtered solution was analyzed
                                      using a Technican Auto Analyzer II.
                                      The methyl thymol blue method  was  used
                                      for sulfate.  For nitrate analyses, the
                                      solution was reduced to  nitrite by a
                                      copperized cadmium reductor column and
                                      reacted with a sulfanilimide.   The
                                      resulting diazo compound was coupled
                                      with N-1-naphtyl ethylene diamine  and
                                      determined colorimetrically.

Calibration and Quality Assurance Procedures
     Each hi-vol sampler was calibrated using a 10 point calibration.  The
output voltage for the appropriate flow rate was noted and routinely checked
each time a filter was placed in the sampler.   If it varied more than +  5%
from the original value, the sampler was re-calibrated.
     Each filter was individually inspected, numbered, and weighed before and
                                      321

-------
Calibration and Qua! ity Assurance Procedures (continued)
after each sampling period utilizing the Community Health Air Monitoring
Program (CHAMP) procedures.  Filters were stored in a controlled environment.
Quality assurance checks for mass determination were done on 10% of the
filters.  The Technicon Auto Analyzer was calibrated against standard
solutions.  Four control samples were used during each run, including a
blank, a standard solution, and a duplicate strip.
     As part of the QA program, unknown samples supplied by the Quality
Assurance Branch at Research Triangle Park were analyzed at weekly intervals.
In general, precision of the analyses as measured by the coefficient of varia-
tion, ranged from 1% to 6%.

Location and Type of Data Available
     The High Volume Sampler data including the concentration of sulfates and
nitrates, total suspended particulates and total air flow are available on
*SAROAD nine-track, 800 BPI, odd parity tapes.   These tapes contain no header
records and the data files are terminated with  five EOF's.  The tape block-
ing is ten card images (80 ASCII characters/card) per physical record.
Therefore, the record length is 800 bytes.  The data produced will become
part of the aerometric data base of the Regional Air Pollution Study.
Further information on data availability may be obtained from:
                    RAPS Data Manager (MD-80)
                    Environmental Protection Agency
                    Environmental Sciences Research Laboratory
                    Research Triangle Park, NC   27711
                    (919) 541-4545

Publication
Nelson, E. 0.  High Volume Filter Measurements  of Suspended Particulate
Matter.  Rockwell International Air Monitoring  Center, Creve Coeur, Missouri.
Task Order No. 101 Final Report, EPA Contract 78-02-2093.  Janauary 1979.
EPA-600/4-79-003.
*Daily Data Format

                                    - 322

-------
7.3.4  LAWRENCE BERKELEY LABORATORY (LBL) DICHOTOMOUS SAMPLERS
7.3.4.1  LBL DICHOTOMOUS SAMPLING NETWORK
Principal Investigator
Edward 0. Nelson
Rockwell International
Air Monitoring Center
11640 Administration Drive
Creve Coeur, MO  63141
(314) 567-6722

Funding
Task Coordinator
Stanley L. Kopczynski (MD-47)
Environmental Protection Agency
Environmental Sciences Research
  Laboratory
Research Triangle Park, NC  27711
(919) 541-3064
     EPA Contract No. 68-02-1081, Task Order No. 27
     EPA Contract No. 68-02-2093, Task Order No. 102
Periods of Performance
     Task Order No. 27
     Task Order No. 102
January - August 1975
September 1975 - April  1977
     In support of the RAPS aerosol modeling studies, a network of ten LBL
Automatic Dichotomous Air Samplers was installed and operated in the Regional
Air Monitoring System (RAMS) by the Rockwell International  Air Monitoring
Center.  Mass measurements and analyses of the samples were performed by the
Lawrence Berkeley Laboratory (LBL), University of California under a separate
contract with the EPA, details of which are discussed in Section 7.3.4.2.
     The total number of filters collected was 33,695 not including 934
filter failures.  Overall sampling efficiency was 97.25%.  Sampler malfunc-
tions accounted for a 0.67% failure rate, overload failures 0.37%, and
                                      323

-------
miscellaneous causes 1.73%.   It appears  that the  virtual  impactor,  with  its
inherent advantages, has fulfilled the need for an  instrument  to  collect
aerosols in two distinct size ranges.
     The samplers were originally calibrated at Berkeley.   After  shipment to
St. Louis, their calibration was re-checked and no  variance from  the
original calibration was found.  A routine flow check  was  made every  time the
samplers were loaded or cleaned.
     The RAMS data acquisition and control system was  used for surveillance
of the sampling network to detect sampler malfunction.   A  computer  operator
prepared a check list three times daily  indicating  the operating  condition of
each sampler.  This list indicated whether a sampler had failed or  was opera-
ting normally.  A master check sheet was kept at  the main  office  indicating
the operating condition of each sampler, the number of the slide  tray and the
estimated slide position, valid and invalid slides, and cause  of  invalidation.
The information contained in the master  check sheet was obtained  from check
sheets filled out when each site was visited, and a visual inspection was
made by the visiting personnel.  When these check sheets were  returned,  they
were verified and the data recorded on the master check sheet.
     The 10 LBL samplers were operated continuously from March 1975 to March
1977 at RAMS Sites 103, 105, 106, 108, 112, 115,  118,  120, 122 and  124.
     The normal sampling periods were six hours for Sites  103  and 105, and
twelve hours for the remaining sites.   However, during the 1975 summer inten-
sive study (mid July to mid August), sampling periods  were reduced  to two
hours for Sites 103, 105, and 112 and six hours for the remaining sites  to
improve the time resolution of the monitoring network.
     Additional information on sample collection  may be obtained  from the EPA
Task Coordinator.

Publication
Nelson, E. 0.  Dichotomous Aerosol Sampling System.  Rockwell  International
Air Monitoring Center, Creve Coeur, Missouri.  Task Order No.  102 Final  Report,
EPA Contract 68-02-2093.  April 1979.   EPA-600/4-79-024.
                                     324

-------
7.3.4.2  LBL DICHOTOMOUS SAMPLE ANALYSES
Principal Investigator
B.  W.  Loo
Lawrence Berkeley Laboratory
University of California
Berkeley, CA  94720
(415)  843-2740
Project Officer
Thomas G. Dzubay (MD-47)
Environmental Protection Agency
Environmental Sciences Research
  Laboratory
Research Triangle Park, NC  27711
(919) 541-3157
Funding  EPA Interagency Agreements Nos.  IAG-D6-0670, IAG-D6-0377

Period of Performance  March 1975 - March 1977

Technical Approach
     This section discusses the analyses  conducted by the Lawrence Berkeley
Laboratory of filters collected from the  network of 10 LBL Automatic Dicho-
tomous Samplers installed at 10 RAMS sites.  The installation, operation, and
maintenance of the samplers was the responsibility of Rockwell International
Air Monitoring Center as previously outlined in Section 7.3.4.1.
     Each sampler collected size segregated airborne particulates on two
separate membrane filters with a cut point of 2.4 urn aerodynamic  diameter.
The collected filters were then sent to LBL for mass determination of the
ranges of particles and elemental analyses.  The total mass was determined
with a beta gauge.  Element concentrations were determined using a fully auto-
mated x-ray fluorescence analyzer with a newly developed pulsed x-ray source.
This analyzer provided considerably improved detection limits  compared to one
using a  continuous x-ray source.
                                     325

-------
Parameters Measured
Instrument/Method Used
Silicon, Phosphorus, Sulfur,
  Chlorine, Potassium,  Calcium,
  Titanium, Vanadium, Manganese,
  Iron,  Nickel,  Copper,  Zinc,
  Gallium,  Arsenic,  Selenium,
  Rubidium, Strontium,  Silver,
  Cadmium,  Tin,  Antimony,  Barium,
  Lead,  Bromone, Aluminum,
  Chromium, Mercury
LBL Automatic Dichotomous Air Sampler
(ADAS) designed to sample ambient
aerosols at a rate of 3m /hr. and divide
the incoming particles into two aero-
dynamic size fractions;  greater than
2.0 microns and less than 2.0 microns
for unit density spheres.
The particles were deposited separately
on two 37 mm diameter cellulose membrane
type filters for subsequent total mass
measurements via beta-gauge and elemental
analysis via x-ray fluorescence analysis.
The effective area of the deposits on
                                 2
the filters is approximately 7 cm .   The
inlet adapter is designed to sample
isokinetically from a vertically down-
ward flow of 217 cm/sec.  Automatic
control functions in the sampler unit
allow unattended operation for up to
36 sample exposures for preset time
intervals from 1 to 100 hours.
Calibration and Quality Control  Procedures
     The procedures used for sample collection are described in Section
7.3.4.1.
     The beta gauge was re-calibrated after each set of two trays of samples,
approximately once an hour, using a film of known weight.
     The x-ray equipment was calibrated using either an evaporated film of
known weight, by interpolation between two adjoining elements,  or against a
known compound deposited as an aerosol on a filter.  An example of the last
procedure was the calibration for sulfur, using an aerosol  containing copper
sulfate.  The sulfur calibration was based on the known copper  values.
                                     326

-------
Location and Type of Data Available
     Available data have been deposited in the RAPS Data Bank.   Additional
information may be obtained from:
                 RAPS Data Manager (MD-80)
                 Environmental  Protection Agency
                 Environmental  Sciences Research Laboratory
                 Research Triangle Park,  NC  27711
                 (919) 541-4545

Publications
Goulding, F. S., J. M. Jaklevic, and B. W. Loo.  Development of Air Particu-
late Monitoring Systems.  Lawrence Berkeley Laboratory,  Berkeley,  California.
EPA-IAG-D6-0377.  January 1978.
Loo, B.  W., W. R. French, R.  C. Gatti,  F. S.  Goulding,  J.  M. Jaklevic,
J.  Llacer, and A. C. Thompson.   Large-Scale Measurement of Airborne Particu-
late Sulfur.  Atmospheric Environment,  12:759-771,  1978.
Goulding, F. S., J. M. Jaklevic, and B. W. Loo.  Aerosol Analysis  for the
Regional Air Pollution Study.  Interim Report.  Lawrence Berkely Laboratory,
Berkeley, California.  IAG-D6-0670.  July 1978.  EPA-600/4-78-034.
                                     327

-------
7.3.5  AEROSOL MONITORING SITE SURVEYS
7.3.5.1  FUGITIVE DUST SURVEY AND INVENTORY
Principal Investigator
Fred E. Littman
Rockwell International
Air Monitoring Center
11640 Administration Drive
Creve Coeur, MO  63141
(314) 567-6722
Task Coordinator
Thompson G. Pace (MD-14)
Environmental Protection Agency
Office of Air Quality Planning
  & Standards
Research Triangle Park, NC  27711
(919) 541-5486
Funding  EPA Contract No.  68-02-2093,  Task Order No.  124

Period of Performance  May - June 1977

Summary
     Ten RAMS sites and two special  study sites where hi-vol  samplers had
been used to collect particulate data  as part of RAPS were surveyed to assess
the impact of ground-level fugitive  dust sources within a one mile radius of
each site.  The RAMS sites surveyed  were 103, 105,  106, 108,  112, 115, 118,
120, 122, a'nd 124.   In addition, the special  hi-vol  study sites  on the Munici-
pal Courts Building at 14th and Market and at the City Air Monitoring Station
No. 2 at South Broadway and Hurck were surveyed.
     Each site was  visited and the surrounding area  was surveyed to determine
the extent of any ground level  fugitive dust  sources.  The area  within a 1.6
km radius of each hi-vol location was  subdivided into annular ring segments
each of which was thoroughly examined  to detect all  ground level fugitive
dust sources, and an inventory of all  such sources  was compiled.  Source
types are shown in  Table 13.  Both black and  white and color  photographs of
the area within a 0.4 km radius of each site  were taken from  a helicopter.
A sketch was also made of the area within a 0.4 km radius.
                                     328

-------
             TABLE  13.  FUGITIVE  DUST SOURCE CATEGORIES  IN THE
             	ST.  LOUIS STUDY AREA	

                    Cleared Areas
                    Active Construction
                      Building construction
                      Highway construction
                    Playgrounds  and athletic fields
                    Reentrained  dust from paved streets
                      Normal  streets
                      Commercial  (dirty)  streets
                    Unpaved roads
                    Railroad right-of-ways and  yards
                    Agriculture
                      Till ing operations
                      Wind erosion

     Once particulate sources were identified,  their emissions were calculatd
using emission  factors.   Fugitive  dust factors  frequently required special
adjustment for  applicability to the St.  Louis area, whereas  industrial  particu-
late emission factors were in general the standard AP-42 factors.   Significant
point sources of particulates were identified by their RAPS  I.D.  codes.   Site
surveys, emission factors, and emission  calculations are thoroughly documented
in the task order final  report which was  submitted along with a set of color
photographs of the stations to the EPA Task Coordinator.
     Copies of the final report and additional  information may be obtained
from the EPA Task Coordinator.

Publication
Griscom, R. W., F. E. Littman, and E. 0.  Nelson.  Fugitive Dust Survey and
Inventory.  Rockwell International Air Monitoring Center, Creve Coeur,
Missouri.  Task Order No.  124 Final Report, EPA Contract 68-02-2093.
October 1977.
                                      329

-------
7.3.5.2  DOCUMENTATION OF SOURCES AND LAND USE
Princi pal Investigator
Fred E. Littman
Rockwell International
Air Monitoring Center
11640 Administration Drive
Creve Coeur, MO  63141
(314) 567-6722
Task Coordinator
Thompson G. Pace (MD-14)
Environmental  Protection Agency
Office of Air Quality Planning
  & Standards
Research Triangle Park, NC  27711
(919) 541-5486
Funding  EPA Contract No. 68-02-2093, Task Order No.  131

Period of Performance  November 1977 - January 1978

Summary
     Under Task Order No. 124 (Section 7.3.5.1), ten  RAMS sites  and two
special study sites where high volume samplers had been operated were
surveyed to assess the impact of ground-level  fugitive dust sources within a
one-mile radius of each site.  The documentation of sources and  land use
under Task Order No. 131  was intended to complement the fugitive dust survey
by assembling additional  pertinent information on the area in each compass
quadrant around the same twelve stations and by extending the radius of consi-
deration from one to three miles.  Additionally, a list of all  point sources
and emissions within a five-mile radius of these twelve stations and 35 agency
operated aerosol monitoring sites located in the RAPS study area was compiled.
     The subjects of the land use documentation were  RAMS Sites  103, 105, 106,
108, 112, 115, 118, 120, 122, and 124; the Municipal  Courts Building at 14th
and Market Streets; and the City Air Monitoring Station No. 2 at South Broad-
way and Hurck.  The land around each site was carefully studied  from aerial
photographs and site visitations.  Based on these surveys, the percentage of
land use per quadrant between one and three miles radial  distance from each
                                    •330

-------
site was estimated for each of the following categories:   agricultural,  com-
mercial, industrial, residential, and undeveloped (land versus water).
     In addition to these twelve sites, 35 additional  stations operated  by
local agencies in the RAMS study area were designated  as  aerosol  sampling
sites.   A computer listing was prepared identifying all particulate point
sources within a five-mile radius of each of the 47 sampling sites.  The tabu-
lation included the type of industry, location and distance from site,  parti-
culate matter emission level, and stack height.
     The land use and particulate source information are  documented in  the
task order final report along with aerial photographs  of  the twelve main
sites.   Copies of the final report and additional information may be obtained
from the EPA Task Coordinator.

Publication
Nelson, E. 0., and F. E. Littman.  Documentation of Sources and Land Use
Around RAPS Aerosol Sampling Sites.  Rockwell International Air Monitoring
Center, Creve Coeur, Missouri.  Task Order No. 131 Final  Report, EPA Contract
68-02-2093.  June 1978.
                                     331

-------
7.4  POLLUTANT REMOVAL PROCESSES

7.4.1  SULFUR DIOXIDE FLUX MEASUREMENTS

Principal Investigator
William P. Dannevik
Environmental Quality Research, Inc.
120 South Central
Clayton, MO  63105
(314) 725-2122
Project Officer
William E. Wilson (MD-84)
Environmental Protection Agency
Environmental Science Research
  Laboratory
Research Triangle Park, NC  27711
(919) 541-2551
Funding
     EPA Grant No. R-803896 to Washington University
     Washington U. Subcontract No.  WU-76-2A to EQR

Period of Performance  August 1974

Technical Approach
     At least two types of information are required for a more complete assess-
ment of the importance of S02 surface removal  processes.  In an attempt to
understand the basic phenomenology, information is needed to define under which
conditions the surface absorption efficiency is the rate-controlling factor,
and under which conditions the SO^ supply to the surface by turbulent exchange
process is a vital mechanism.  Secondly, field data are needed to successfully
parameterize the complex surface removal processes in terms of simpler quan-
tities, such as bulk deposition velocities and surface fluxes.  This parameter-
ization is essential for support of air quality simulation and aerosol dynamics
modeling efforts.
     In view of these two basic requirements,  the specific objectives of this
study were:  (1) to design and test a mobile system for field measurement of
                                     332

-------
S02 surface flux and deposition velocity;  (2)  to  formulate  software  for calcu-
lation of boundary layer meteorological  parameters  needed for the  SC^  flux
estimation, using meteorological  data from the field system;  (3) to  obtain
characteristic SCU surface fluxes and deposition  velocities relevant to selec-
ted surface-based point source plumes in the St.  Louis  area under  summertime
vegetation conditions.

Periods of Data Collection
     Data were collected at seven selected sites  in the St. Louis  Metropolitan
Area during the period of August 3-23, 1974.  Additional  measurements  were
conducted during subsequent MISTT experiments, but  details  are currently un-
available.

Parameters Measured                    Instrument/Method Used
Measurement Platform                   Seven-meter, 3-section radio  antenna
                                       tower fitted with a leveling  base.
Wind Speed and Direction               Dual-gimbaled vaned anemometer  mounted
                                       at 1, 3, and 7-m levels on  the  tower.
Temperature                            Radiation-shielded power-aspirated
                                       thermistor mounted at 1, 3, and 7-m
                                       levels on the tower.
Sulfur Dioxide                         Theta Sensor monitor mounted  on an
                                       elevator; could be cycled from  surface
                                       to 6-m level.
Ozone                                  Dasibi UV absorption monitor mounted
                                       on an elevator; could be cycled from
                                       surface to 6-m  level.
      Data  acquisition, AD  conversion, and recording of meteorological  parame-
ters  and  ozone  concentration was  accomplished with  a Metro-Data 620L data
logger with 20  channels sampled  at a  rate of 2.5/sec.  So2 concentrations from
the Theta  sensor  were  recorded on strip charts.
                                     333

-------
Location and Type of Data Available
     Analyses of selected data are contained in the  report  referenced  below.
Additional data and information may be obtained from the  Principal  Investigator.

Publications
Dannevik, W. P., S. Frisella, and J.  Fishman.   RAPS  1974  SOp  Surface  Flux
Measurement Program.  Environmental Quality Research, Inc., Clayton, Missouri.
Subcontractor Report for EPA Grant R-803896.  December 1974.
Dannevik, W. P., S. Frisella, L. Granat, and R. B. Husar.   SO^  Deposition
Measurements in the St. Louis Region.   Proceedings of Third Symposium  on
Atmospheric Turbulence, Diffusion, and Air Quality.   Raleigh, North Carolina.
October 1976.
                                     334

-------
7.4.2  PRECIPITATION SCAVENGING OF INORGANIC POLLUTANTS
Principal Investigator
Jeremy M. Hales
Battelle Pacific Northwest
  Laboratories
Richland, WA  99352
(509) 942-2861


Funding
Project Officer
Herbert Viebrock (MD-80)
Environmental Protection Agency
Environmental Science Research
  Laboratory
Research Triangle Park, NC  27711
(919) 541-4543
     EPA Interagency Agreement No. IAG-D4-0323
     Program Element No. 1AA009

Period of Performance  July 1972 - June 1974

Technical Approach
     The objective of this study was to formulate reliable precipitation
scavenging submodels in accordance with the overall modelling objectives of
the Regional Air Pollution Study.  Precipitation scavenging is an important
component of atmospheric response as pollutants are removed from the atmo-
sphere and delivered to the earth's surface.  The approach taken to develop
this submodel was to formulate a macroscopic material balance over the
metropolitan complex.  However,  it was obvious that no reasonable field
experiment could be designed to  accurately complete the balance equation.
Consequently, the emphasis was placed on the direct measurement of scavenging
fluxes through the use of precipitation sampling array that in conjunction
with limited support operations  and other sources of data would allow the
approximation of the necessary material balance information.  Other sources
of information included data from the St. Louis Air Pollution Control District
                                     335

-------
Network, the Illinois EPA network,  the CAMP station,  the National  Weather
Service and the participants in the METROMEX project.
     This study consisted of two field programs which  were conducted during
the summers of 1972 and 1973.   The  major measurement  effort,  the precipitation
chemistry arrays, were located both upwind and downwind of the St.  Louis
Metropolitan Complex as shown  in Figures 11 and 12.   Radiosondes released
by Battelle were launched from Lambert - St. Louis  International Airport.

Periods of Data Collection
     Data were collected on potential  convective storm days during the
following periods:
          August 8-31, 1972
          July 9-27, 1973
Parameters Measured
Precipitation Samples
PH
Sulfur Dioxide (dissolved)
Sulfate
Nitrate
Ammonium
Instrument/Method Used
Homemade sampler consisting of a 500 ml
plastic bottle attached to a 20 cm
diameter funnel enclosed in a styrofoam
container with 1 kg of dry ice.  In the
1973 study a homemade sequential rain
                  2
sampler with a 1 m  plastic funnel
mounted on an automobile was used.
Measured by a standard glass electrode.,
Technicon autoanalyzer using a modified
West & Gaeke Method.
Technicon autoanalyzer using a methyl-
thymol blue method.
Technicon autoanalyzer using a phenol-
disulfonic acid method and chromotropic
acid method.
Technicon autoanalyzer using a phenol-
disulfonic acid method.
                                     336

-------
                                                C7
                                                X / EDWARDSVILLE
                                              FIELD LABORATORY
                                               O
                                                COLLINSVILLE
                                          Precipitation Samplers
                                                        Jl6 km.
                                                (anprox.)
FIGURE 11.   PRECIPITATION SAMPLING ARRAY:  AUGUST  1972.

-------
FIGURE 12.   PRECIPITATION SAMPLING ARRAY:  JULY 1973




                       "338

-------
Parameters Measured                   Instrument/Method Used (continued)
Nitrite                               Technicon autoanalyzer using the
                                      Saltzman method.
Temperature, Relative Humidity,       1680 MHz radiosonde equipped with a
Wind Direction and Wind Speed         standard thermistor, hygristor and
Aloft                                 baroswitch.  The unit, carried aloft
                                      with a 300-gram balloon,  was tracked
                                      with a Weather Measure rawinsonde
                                      receiving station.
     Reduction methodologies are the same as those used by the  National
Weather Service and found in Federal Meteorological Handbook No. 3 - Radio-
sonde Observations.  A pressure of 400 mb (approximately 7 km)  or less had
to be obtained to constitute a valid flight.  Significant levels were
selected whenever the temperature deviated +_ 1°C from the established lapse
rate and whenever the relative humidity deviated 10% or more from the estab-
lished trend.

Calibration and Quality Control Procedures
     Rain samples were kept frozen until just before chemical analysis which
was completed at the Battelle mobile lab, generally within a few days after
collection.  Standard buffer solutions were used to calibrate the pH meter
while standard solutions were subjected to the same analytical  procedures to
check the Technicon Autoanalyzer.  The samples which were returned to
Richland, Washington were subjected to repeat nitrogen pollutant analyses,
both as a check on initial procedures and as a limited evaluation of post-
collection changes.  In addition, an independent method of nitrate analysis
was performed as a check on the nitrate procedure.  Good agreement was
observed between the two methods of nitrate analysis, but there was a scatter
of about +; 15% on some individual analyses.  The second analysis for ammonium
ion, which took place after several stages of thawing and freezing for prior
analyses, showed systematically higher readings.
     The radiosondes and associated receiving equipment were calibrated
according to National Weather Service and manufacturer'b recommendations
                                     339

-------
and procedures.

Location and Type of Data Available
     The data are contained in the final  report referenced below.

Pub!ication
Dana, M. T., J.  M. Hales, C.  E.  Hane,  and J.  M. Thorp.   Precipitation
Scavenging of Inorganic Pollutants from Metropolitan Sources.   Battelle,
Pacific Northwest Laboratories,  Richland, Washington.   EPA Interagency
Agreement IAG-D4-0323.  June 1974.  EPA-650/3-74-005.
                                     340

-------
8.0  POLLUTANT MEASUREMENT PROGRAM

Introduction
     The RAPS, based upon the best available monitoring instrumentation at
the time of its design, provided an excellent opportunity to test new instru-
ments and techniques for monitoring air quality.  Comparison with RAMS measure-
ments and with oth,_r appropriate standards enabled evaluation of both gaseous
pollutant and aerosol monitors.
     A second component of the pollutant measurement program was a variability
study to quanticdtively assess the spatial representativeness of the RAMS air
quality and meteorological observations over a one-kilometer square grid
employed by most mathematical simulation models.
     Data quality investigations including comparison audits, cross calibra-
tions, and standards verification comprised the third category of the
pollutant measurement program.
                                     341

-------
8.1  POLLUTANT VARIABILITY STUDIES

8.1.1  EPA/RAPS WINNEBAGQ VARIABILITY STUDY

Principal Investigator                Task Coordinator
C. Shepherd Burton (formerly with)    Stanley L.  Kopczynski  (MD-47)
Rockwell International                Environmental  Protection Agency
Air Monitoring Center                 Environmental  Sciences Research
2421 West Hi 11 crest Drive               Laboratory
Newbury Park, CA  91360               Research Triangle Park, NC  27711
(805) 498-6771                        (919) 541-3064

Funding  EPA Contract No. 68-02-1081, Task Order No. 44

Period of Performance  August - September 1974

Technical Approach
     This study was performed in conjunction with experiments conducted  during
the Summer 1974 Expeditionary Research Program to study pollutant transport
and dispersion.
     The EPA Mobile Laboratory Van (Winnebago) was used to support studies of
sub-grid pollutant variability, pollutant transport and reaction in plumes,
and to perform detailed mapping of pollutants and characterization of source
emissions.  The van was also used to support studies of roadway models.   The
mobile laboratory van was capable of operating while in motion or stationary,
and performing measurements of oxides of nitrogen, ozone, total sulfur,  light
scattering, and air sample bag collections for subsequent analysis in the RAPS
gas chromatography laboratory.
     Rockwell International, Air Monitoring Center provided operational

                                     342

-------
support services to the EPA during August and September 1974 in assisting
experiments utilizing the mobile laboratory van.

Periods of Data Collection
     Field operations began formally August 9, 1974 and were conducted  through
August 30, 1974.  During this period a total  of seventeen data  collection
sorties were run on eleven different days.  A tabulation of these  sorties  and
data collection on each is presented in Table 14.   The  table also  identifies
the data that have been tabulated from the strip chart  recordings.
     While conducting the field operations and sortie missions, two laboratory
logbooks were maintained, which documented all events pertinent to each sortie.
Parameters Measured
Oxides of Nitrogen (NO, NOY)
Ozone (03)
Sulfur Dioxide (S02)
jnstrument/Method Used
Bendix Model 8101-B NOX Analyzer using
the chemiluminescent method of operation.
Lower detectable limit of 5 ppb.
Bendix Ozone Monitor using the chemi-
luminescent method of operation.  This
sensor determined ozone concentration
by mixing a fixed air flow with a fixed
ethylene flow, and measuring any light
output as a result of this with a
photomultiplier tube.  Lower detectable
limit of 0.001 ppm.
Meloy Laboratories, Inc. Model SA-185
SOp analyzer based on the chemilumines-
cence of sulfur compounds produced in a
hydrogen rich flame.  This sensor
employed a narrow band pass filter which
filtered the light before it was passed
to a photomultiplier tube.  This flame
photometric detector sensor provided
continuous measurement of gaseous sulfur
species.  Lower detectable limit of
                                     343

-------
 a:
 UJ
 D-
D-
X
>-
Q
CQ
•a;
o
C3
<
CO
CO
           ©
                      •  •
                             eg
                                 It
HUPS IN NOTE



MAPS IN NOTE
                                       ••••
                                         •*•
                                                    »•  •


                                                            • •
* •
                                            344

-------
Parameters Measured
Light Scattering Coefficient
instrument/Method Used  (continued)
0.005 ppm.   Effective measurement height
of 4 meters.  Range of 0.0 to 0.2 ppm
or 0.0 to 1.0 ppm, auto ranged.
Meteorology Research, Inc. Model  1561
Integrating Nephelometer.  An air sample
was drawn into the interior of the in-
strument and illuminated by light from
an opal glass diffuser, which was
illuminated by a continuously operating
quartz-halogen incandescent lamp.  A
reference phototube maintained a con-
stant light intensity.  Both phototubes
had optical filters to correct the
spectral response of the instrument to
that of the human eye.  The photomulti-
plier tube viewed a small solid angle
parallel to the diffuser surface.  It
measured the scattering portion of the
extinction coefficient of an air sample.
The scatter coefficient obtained was the
sum of the aerosol scatter and Rayleigh
scatter from atmospheric gases.  Effec-
tive measurement height of 5 meters.
                       -4
Range of 0.1 to 10 x 10   reciprocal
meters.  Accuracy of +_ 10% of scale.
Flow rate of 0.0024 cubic meters per
second.
Calibration and Quality Control Procedures
     Calibration checks of all instruments were accomplished on August 8, 1974,
A check of the Bendix NO, NO^, N0>, analyzer was performed using a mixture of
NO in nitrogen (Scott, Syl.  A-1883).  Comparisons of NO were performed with
the Bendix analyzer of the Mobile Laboratory, titration with 0^ at Scott Air

                                     345

-------
Force Base, and the Bendix analyzer at a CAMP station.
     A calibration check of the Bendix ozone analyzer was made using eight
comparison measurements with a Dasibi  model  1003-AH monitor.   The source of
CU was from a Monitor Laboratories, Inc. 8500 calibrator.
     The Meloy sulfur analyzer was calibrated using the output of an NBS
permeation diluted with zero air from the Bendix Dynamic calibration system.
The Meloy instrument indicated a tendency to drift, increasing about 0.01 ppm
per fifteen minutes.

Location and Type of Data Available
     Data collected during field operations were transmitted to the EPA Task
Coordinator and consisted of:
          A.  62 strip chart recordings
          B.  9 Metro-Data Logger magnetic tapes
          C.  Laboratory record
          D.  Logbook, data tabulations
     All data are recorded on magnetic tape as part of the RAPS Data Bank
and may be obtained by contacting:
                    RAPS Data Manager (MD-80)
                    Environmental Protection Agency
                    Environmental Sciences Research Laboratory
                    Research Triangle Park, NC  27711
                    (919) 541-4545

Publication
Jones, A. C.  Mobile Van Operation (Winnebago).  Rockwell International Air-
Monitoring Center, Creve Coeur, Missouri.  Task Order No. 44 Final Report,
EPA Contract 68-02-1081.  June 1977.
                                    . 346

-------
8.1.2  SUBGRID POLLUTANT VARIABILITY

8.1.2.1  MOBILE POINT MONITORS

Principal Investigators
Albert C. Jones
Rockwell International
Hanford Operations
Box 800
Richland, WA  99352
(509) 942-6308
Task Coordinator
Lucian W. Chaney
High Altitude Engineering Laboratory
University of Michigan
Ann Arbor, MI  48104
(313) 764-7210
Funding  EPA Contract No. 68-02-1081, Task Order No. 43

Period of Performance  July - September 1974

Summary
     In compliance with Task Order No. 43 five portable point monitors were
fabricated.  Each monitor consisted of a "Kelty" backpack which was modified
to house an air pump and a 28 liter Teflon sample bag holder.  The air pump
was operated by a 6 volt DC motor which was powered by a 6 volt, 10 amp hour
battery.  A hose and intake manifold for drawing in the sample were attached.
This sampling system was capable of 30 minutes of continuous sampling at a
flow rate of approximately one liter per minute, meeting performance require-
ments set by the EPA.  The samples were subsequently analyzed for carbon
monoxide and ozone.
     Appropriate personnel were hired and trained to operate the monitors.
The monitors were delivered to the EPA Task Coordinator upon completion for
use in the Long Path Monitoring and Pollutant Variability studies (Sections
8.2.1 and 8.1.2.2).
                                     347

-------
Publication
Jones, A. C.  Operational  Support for Long Path Monitoring and Pollutant
Variability Study.  Rockwell  International Air Monitoring Center,  Newbury
Park, California.  Task Order No. 43 Final Report,  EPA Contract 68-02-1081
October 1974.
                                     348

-------
8.1.2.2  CO AND 03 VARIABILITY

Principal Investigator                Project Officer
Lucian W. Chaney                      William A.  McClenny (MD-47)
High Altitude Engineering Laboratory  Environmental  Protection Agency
University of Michigan                Environmental  Sciences Research
Ann Arbor, MI  48104                    Laboratory
/OT-JX -,r, -70^                        Research Triangle Park, NC  27711
(6 I 6) /o4- IcIU
                                      (919) 541-3158
Funding  EPA Grant No. 803399

Period of Performance  July - September 1974

Technical Approach
     The purpose of this experiment was to investigate the pollutant vari-
ability in an area represented by a stationary point monitoring site.  The
experiment consisted of placing mobile monitors at various points within a
one kilometer radius of a stationary (RAMS) station and taking simultaneous
measurements for subsequent comparisons.
     RAMS sites 105 and 108 were selected as test sites as they represented
urban and rural locations respectively.  The two oollutants chosen for monitor-
ing were ozone and carbon monoxide because the pollutant variabilities for
these two gases was expected to be different as carbon monoxide is a primary
pollutant and ozone is a secondary pollutant.
     At each site, four locations were selected and simultaneous readings at
the station and at two of the locations were taken for 20 minutes.  The mobile
equipment was moved to the other locations and the sampling sequence repeated.
Ozone was monitored with two portable monitors and carbon monoxide was

                                     349

-------
measured by collecting bag samples at the locations  which were later analyzed
with a gas filter correlation monitor (Section 8.2.2).
     In addition to measuring the pollutant variability around the RAMS
stations, the mobile monitors were used to gather data  along the laser paths
of two long path monitors which were being field tested (Section 8.2.1).

Period of Data Collection
     Samples collected as 20 minute averages were obtained over selected
periods from July 1  through September 15,  1974.

Parameters Measured                   Instrument/Method Used
Ozone                                 Analytical  Instrument Development, Inc.
                                      Model  801  portable ozone monitor.
Carbon Monoxide                       Bag  samples were collected in 28 liter
                                      Teflon bags and analyzed with Philco-
                                      Ford gas filter correlation spectrom-
                                      eter (Section 8.2.2).

Calibration and Quality Control  Procedures
     The ozone monitors were calibrated twice daily using an ozone generator.
The ozone monitors were also normalized against the RAMS station before  and
after each sampling period.

Location and Type of Data Available
     For information on data availability  or for additional information
contact the EPA Project Officer.

Publication
McClenny, W. A., and L. W. Chaney.   Pollutant Variability in the Regional
Air Pollution Study.  Journal of the Air Pollution Control Association,
28(7):693-696, 1978.
                                     350

-------
8.2  INSTRUMENT EVALUATION STUDIES

8.2.1  LONG PATH MONITORING

8.2.1.1  EPA (MIT LINCOLN LABORATORY) MOBILE LASER

Principal Investigators               Project Officers
Robert T. Ku                          William A.  McClenny (MD-47)
E. David Hinkley (formerly with       Environmental  Protection Agency
Lincoln Laboratory                    Environmental  Sciences Research
Massachusetts Institute of Technology   Laboratory
Lexington, Massachusetts  02173       Research Triangle Park, NC  27711
(617) 862-5500                        (919) 541-3158
                                      Richard A.  Carrigan
                                      National Science Foundation
                                      Advanced Environmental Research and
                                        Technology Department
                                      Washington, D.C.  20550
                                      (202) 632-5970

Funding
     NSF Grant No. ENV 73-07760 A04
     EPA Interagency Agreement IAG-D4-0465
     NSF Contract No. NSF/RANN/IT/GI-37603

Period of Performance  March 1975 - March 1976

Technical Approach
     As part of the Environmental Protection Agency's interest in the develop-
ment and evaluation of new instruments for the monitoring of atmospheric
pollutants, long-path laser techniques were included in the Regional Air
                                     351

-------
Pollution Study.   The purpose of this  contract was  to  provide  for  the  field
operation and validation of an ambient air monitoring  system which incorpo-
rated a low-power, tunable, semiconductor diode laser.   This system,
developed by Lincoln Laboratory, enabled integrated path measurements  of
pollutant gases using the operating principle  of resonance  absorption  in  the
infrared.
     The monitoring system was placed  in a mobile van  and used to  measure
carbon monoxide at several sites (St.  Louis University,  RAMS Sites 105 and
108) during selected periods in 1974 and 1975.

Periods of Data Collection
     Data were collected at various intervals  during the following periods:
          August 16 - September 3,  1974       St.  Louis  University
          September 10 - 18, 1974             RAMS  Site  108
          September 21 - October 3, 1974      RAMS  Site  105
     Data were collected continuously  during the following  periods:
          July 7 - August 3, 1975             RAMS  Site  108
          August 7 - September 10,  1975       RAMS  Site  105

Parameters Measured                   Instrument/Method  Used
Carbon Monoxide Burden                In 1974  a semiconductor  diode  laser
                                      manufactured  at  Lincoln  Laboratory  was
                                      used.   In 1975 lasers manufactured  by
                                      Laser Analytics  was used.
Carbon Monoxide (for comparison       Samples  were  taken with  portable back
  with long path  measurements)         pack samplers (Section 8.1.2.1)  and
                                      analyzed at the  RAPS  gas chromatography
                                      laboratory (Section 7.2.1).   A gas
                                      filter correlation monitor was also
                                      used (Section 8.2.2).
     Information  on the RAMS data and  equipment used for comparison  may be
found in Section  3.0.
                                     352

-------
Calibration and Quality Control  Procedures-
     Calibrations of the long-path measurement equipment were performed in
1974 and 1975 at frequent intervals with calibration cells containing known
concentrations of carbon monoxide in nitrogen mixtures at atmospheric pressure.
Several mixtures were used to establish the system response curve.  This
procedure was used to supply a known additional CO burden during long path
measurements.
     In the 1974 study, the laser data was compared to three other sources of
data.   The following sources of data were used:
     1)  Bag (28 V'ter) samples were collected along the laser path and
         analyzed later by the RAPS gas chromatography laboratory (Section
         7.2.1).
     2)  RAMS data from the station adjacent to the van.
     3)  Real time portable point monitors (Section 8.1.2.1).
     In the 1975 study, comparisons of the laser data were made to RAMS
station point readings and/or a gas filter correlation instrument (Section
8.2.2).

Location and Type of Data Available
     All of the data from the 1974 and 1975 studies are in the form of
24-hour plots in the progress report referenced below.

Publications
Ku, R.  T., E. D. Hinkley, J. 0.  Sample, L. W. Chaney, and W. A. McClenny.
Long-Path Laser Monitoring of Atmospheric Pollutant Gases.  In:  Proceedings
of the 68th Annual Meeting of the Air Pollution Control Association, Boston,
Massachusetts, 1975.  Paper 75-56.5.
Chaney, L. W., W. A. McClenny, and Robert T. Ku.  Long Path Monitoring of CO
in the St. Louis Area.  In:  Proceedings of the 68th Annual Meeting of the Air
Pollution Control Association, Boston, Massachusetts, 1975.  Paper 75-56.6.
Ku, R.  T., and E. D. Hinkley.  Long-Path Monitoring of Atmospheric Carbon
Monoxide.  Lincoln Laboratory, Lexington, Massachusetts.  Progress Report
NSF Contract NSF/RANN/IT/GI-37603.  April 1976.
                                     353

-------
 8.2.1.2  GE CARBON DIOXIDE LASER VAN

Principal  Investigators
Robert J.  Gillmeister
Lawrence R.  Snowman
General Electric
100 Plastics Avenue
Pittsfield,  Massachusetts  01201
(413) 494-1110

Funding  EPA Contract No. 68-02-1290
Project Officer
William A. McClenny (MD-47)
Environmental  Protection Agency
Environmental  Sciences Research
  Laboratory
Research Triangle Park, NC  27711
(919) 541-3158
Period of Performance  May 1974 - May 1975

Technical Approach
     In the development of new methods and equipment for the in-situ monitor-
ing of atmospheric pollutant gases over extended paths,  this contract speci-
fied modifications of the ILAMS (Infrared Laser Atmospheric Monitoring
System) and a period of operational tests in the St. Louis Area in conjunction
with the RAPS program (RAMS Site 103).  The modifications to the ILAMS
included the change to a six wavelength configuration to monitor three target
gases of ozone, ammonia and ethylene as well as incorporation of a beam
steering capability.
     The field experience in St. Louis produced data which correlated
reasonably with point monitor instruments, however, the investigators noted
that there was room for improvement in the performance of the system because:
     1)  Optical effects on the six wavelength beam pattern were a principal
         source of error.
     2)  Changes in signal processing could significantly reduce short term
         excursions in ozone concentration measurements.
                                     354

-------
     3)  Spectral  effects not factored into the wavelength selection process
         were a source of error occurring under certain conditions.
     4)  Zeroing of the system, independent of other gas monitoring  instru-
         ments was an important feature which must be incorporated to make
         the system useful for monitoring.

Period of Data Collection
     Data were recorded continuously from approximately 0900 to 1900 CST
daily during the period of August 15, 1974 through October 12,  1974.

Parameters Measured                   Instrument/Method Used
Total Burden of Ozone,                Breadboard configuration  of a  carbon
Ethylene and Ammonia                  dioxide laser, reflectors, interfaces,
                                      POP 11/05 processor and an ASR-33
                                      teletype.
Ozone                                 Analytical  Development, Inc. (AID)
                                      Model No. 560 chemiluminescent analyzer.

Calibration and Quality Control Procedures
     Comparisons of the laser measurements to the point monitor (Section
8.1.2.1) were made at frequent intervals during the study period.  The point
monitor usually was positioned just outside the monitoring trailer or was
carried along the laser's path.

Location and Type of Data Available
     Data are available in strip chart form from the Project Officer.  Portions
of the data are included in the report referenced.

Publication
Gillmeister, R. J., and L. R. Snowman, Carbon Dioxide Laser System to Measure
Gaseous Pollutants.  General Electric, Pittsfield, Massachusetts.  EPA
Contract 68-02-1290.  January 1977.  EPA-600/7-77-009.
                                     355

-------
8.2.1.3  ENVIRONMENTAL MEASUREMENTS MOBILE VAN
Principal Investigator
William M. Vaughan
Environmental Measurements Inc.
8505 Delmar Boulevard
University City, MO  63125
(314) 993-0543


Funding  EPA Contract No. 68-02-1851
Project Officer
William E. Wilson (MD-84)
Environmental Protection Agency
Environmental Sciences Research
  Laboratory
Research Triangle Park, NC  27711
(919) 541-2551
Period of Performance  July 1974 - February 1975

Summary
     Environmental Measurements, Inc. (EMI), in response to a request by the
EPS's Field Methods Development Section, carried out a demonstration of remote
sensing and moving laboratory methodologies.  One purpose was to investigate
the performance of the Barringer Research COSPEC III Remote Sensing Correla-
tion Spectrometer as a longline ambient monitor.  The spectrometer is
described in Section 7.1.1.3.
     The longline study was designed to provide spatially integrated ambient
air monitoring for S02 over a path of 845 meters, extending to the northeast
of RAMS Site 103.  Efforts were made to coordinate EMI's measurements with
the longline measurements being conducted by General Electric (Section
8.2.1.2) so that simultaneous S02 and NH3 data could be compared.  Due to
equipment problems, however, few NHL measurements were obtained concurrent
with EMI's field measurements.   The ground-level variability study was to
define the temporal and spatial variation within approximately one km of
RAMS Sites 102, 103 and 108, and to provide point monitor data along the
longline path at RAMS Site 103.
                                     356

-------
     The EMI van procured measurements from September 23 through October 7,
1974, including 8 data-days of "longline measurements, 3 of which were con-
tinuous for more than 30 hours.  Six data-days of ground-level variability
measurements were also completed.

Location and Type of Data Available
     Longline and variability data in graphical form and copies of chart
records may be found in the references cited under Publications.  Questions
may also be directed to the Principal Investigator.

Publication
Vaughan, W. M., and R. B. Sterling.  Limited SO,-, and NOV Measurements in
                                               c.       A
St. Louis, 1974:  Volume II - Longline Ambient S02 Monitor and Variability
of S02 and NO,,.  Environmental Measurements, Inc., San Francisco, California,
EPA Contract 68-02-1851.  January 1975.
                                     357

-------
8.2.2  GAS FILTER CORRELATION MONITOR FOR AMBIENT CARBON MONOXIDE
Principal Investigator
Lucian W. Chaney
Project Officer
William A. McClenny (MD-47)
High Altitude Engineering Laboratory  Environmental Protection Agency
University of Michigan
Ann Arbor, MI  48104
(313) 764-7210
Funding  EPA Grant No. 803399
Environmental Sciences Research
  Laboratory
Research Triangle Park, NC  27711
(919) 541-3158
Period of Performance  June 1975 - October 1976

Technical Approach
     The gas filter correlation (GFC) monitor is a convenient, specific,
sensitive, fast-response carbon monoxide monitor developed for use in air
quality monitoring and atmospheric modeling studies.  It is useful over the
full range of probable carbon monoxide concentration from 50 ppb to the parts-
per-million levels.  The gas filter correlation monitor is an instrument that
measures changes in transmission of radiation due to absorption by gaseous
species.  The uniqueness of the monitor is in the manner in which the target
gas absorption is separated from the absorption due to other species.  Specif-
ically, this is accomplished in a signal processing procedure that utilizes
an optical filter cell containing a high concentration of the target gas.
     The GFC monitor underwent several field and performance tests during the
Regional Air Pollution Study.  Consequently the data gathered by this instru-
ment is an additional source of carbon monoxide data collected in the St.
Louis Area.  Essentially three types of field tests were conducted:
     1.  roadside measurements
                                     358

-------
     2.   long-term comparisons  with a gas  chromatograph  flame  ionization
         detector for CO at selected RAMS  sites
     3.   helicopter measurements.

Periods  of Data Collection
     July - August 1975               RAMS Site  105
     September 11, 1975               RAMS Site  106
     September 15, 1975               RAMS Site  122
     August 12, 1976                  RAPS Helicopter No.  1
     August 20, 1976                  St.  Louis  University

Parameter Measured                    Instrument/Method  Used
Carbon Monoxide Concentration         Gas  Filter Correlation Spectrometer
                                      built by Phil co-Ford for the  EPA.
     Information on the gas chromatograph  used at the RAMS sites  for  compar-
ison may be found in Section 3.0.

Calibration and Quality Control  Procedures
     The instrument zero was determined by flushing the  sample chamber with
ultra pure zero air as sold by  Scott-Marrin, Inc., prepurified argon,  high-
purified-grade helium and zero  grade air as sold by Linde, Inc.   The  Linde
zero air was further purified by passage through a Hopcalite scrubber.
Multipoint calibrations were performed with an NBS cylinder of carbon  monoxide
and nitrogen at 100 ppm which was  diluted  dynamically with one of the  zero
air sources.  The H-0 channel was  calibrated by  establishing reference signals
at 0 and 100% relative humidity by bubbling zero air through water.

Location and Type of Data Available
     Information on data availablity may be obtained from  the  EPA Project
Officer.  A grant report will be available about August  1979.

Publication
Chaney,  L. W., and W. A. McClenny.  Unique Ambient Carbon  Monoxide  Monitor
Based on Gas Filter Correlation -  Performance and Application.  Environmental
Science and Technology, 11(13):1186-1190,  1977.
                                     359

-------
8.2.3  AEROSOL MEASUREMENTS

8.2.3.1  CABOT SULFURIC ACID AEROSOL ANALYZER

Principal Investigator
Robert K. Stevens (MD-47)
Environmental Protection Agency
Environmental Sciences Research Laboratory
Research Triangle Park, NC  27711
(919) 541-3155

Funding  Environmental Protection  Agency

Period of Performance    August -  September 1975

Technical Approach
     A new sulfuric acid monitor,  fabricated for the EPA by Cabot Corporation,,
was field tested for the first time in St. Louis at RAMS Sites 106 and 124.
The principle of operation of this monitor involves filter collection of
ambient particulate matter followed by separation of the sulfuric acid from
the other sulfur particles by low  temperature volitilization.   The amount of
sulfuric acid volitilized was then determined with a Meloy flame photometric
sulfur gas analyzer.
     Since the monitor is a combination sampler/analyzer, two  filters are
active at all times.  Ambient air  flows through one of the filters to collect.
the particulate matter and simultaneously dry heated (130°C) air flows through
the other to volatilize sulfuric acid collected during the previous cycle.
Fluoropore filters were used because of their inertness and collection
efficiency.
                                     360

-------
Periods of Data Collection
     August 18 - 28, 1975
     August 29 - September 7, 1975

Parameter Measured
Sulfuric Acid Concentration
RAMS Site 106
RAMS Site 124

Instrument/Method Used
Cabot sulfuric acid monitor with an
attached Meloy sulfur analyzer.
Fluoropore filters were used in the
monitor.  The detection limit of the
monitor was 0.8 yg HLSCL/m  for a one
hour sample collection with a precision
of + 20%.
Calibration and Quality Control Procedures
     Standard zero and multipoint calibrations were performed on the Meloy
portion of the analyzer.

Location and Type of Data Available
     The data were not reported as the analyzer was being field tested for
the first time.  The field test was primarily concerned with the monitor's
mechanical performance and response.  Additional information may be obtained
from the EPA Principal Investigator.

Publication
Stevens, R. K., P. J. Lamothe, W. E. Wilson, J. L. Durham, and T.  G. Drzubay.
The General Motors/Environmental Protection Agency Sulfate Dispersion
Experiment.  EPA-600/3-76-035, U.S. Environmental Protection Agency, Research
Triangle Park, North Carolina, 1976.
                                     361

-------
8.2.3.2  TWO-STAGE MASS MONITOR VJITH AEROSOL SIZE SEPARATOR

Principal Investigator                Project Officer
Rudolf B. Husar                       William E. Wilson (MD-84)
Air Pollution Research Laboratory     Environmental Protection Agency
Mechanical Engineering Department     Environmental Sciences Research
Washington University                   Laboratory
St. Louis, MO  63130                  Research Triangle Park, NC  27711
(314) 889-6099                        (919) 541-2551

Funding
     Work was partially supported under EPA Grant No. R803115

Period of_Performance
     January 1974 - September 1975

Technical Approach
     The two-stage on-line mass monitor with aerosol size separator (TWOMASS)
employs the beta attenuation technique to monitor atmospheric aerosols with
high time resolution.  TWOMASS independently analyzes the mass concentrations
of submicron (d <_ 3 ym) and supermicron (d > ym) particle size fractions.
Coarse particles are inertially separated by impaction on a glass filter paper
with cellulose backing while the fine particle fraction is collected on a
high-efficiency glass-fiber filter.  Carbon 14 is used as the source of beta
particles which are detected by a silicon surface-barrier coupled to fast,
low noise nuclear electronics.  A programmable calculator controls TWOMASS,
calculates the mass concentration of each size fraction, plots, prints arid
stores data on tape.  A field test study of the ambient aerosol mass concen-
tration using TWOMASS with 10-minute sampling intervals and moving the filter
tapes every 2 hours was carried out in April and August 1975 at RAMS Sites
112 and 106 respectively.
                                   .  362

-------
Periods of Data Collection
     Single stage version
     February 1974
     Two stage version
     August 1974
     April 1975
     AUGUST 1975

Parameters Measured
Total  Particulate Mass and
  Particulate Sulfur
RAPS Field Study

RAPS Field Study
RAMS Site 112
RAMS Site 106

Instrument/Method Used
TWOMASS manufactured by Meteorology
Research, Inc. (MRI), Meloy SA-160
flame photometric total sulfur sensor.
Calibration and Quality Control Procedures
     TWOMASS was gravimetrically calibrated with several laboratory aerosols;
Glycine (C2H5N02), Ammonium Sulfate [(NH4)2 SO^], Zinc Chloride (ZnCl2),
Sodium Chloride (NaCl), as well as ambient aerosol  from the St. Louis area.
The results of these measurements yield an exponential relationship between
beta attenuation and gravimetric mass both for laboratory aerosols and
atmospheric aerosols.

Location and Type of Data Available
     For information on data availability contact the EPA Project Officer.

Publications
Macias, E.  S., and R. B. Husar.  High Resolution On-Line Aerosol Mass Measure-
ment by the Beta Attenuation Technique.  Paper presented at Second Inter-
national Conference on Nuclear Methods in Environmental Research, Columbia,
Missouri.   July 1974.
Macias, E.  S., and R. B. Husar.  A Review of Atmospheric Particulate Mass
Measurement Via the Beta Attenuation Technique.  In:  Fine Particles:
Aerosol Generation, Measurement, Sampling and Analysis, B.Y.H.  Liu, Editor.
Academic Press, New York.  1976.  pp. 535-564.
                                     363

-------
Publications (continued)
Macias, E. S., R. B. Husar, and J.  D.  Husar.   Monitoring of Atmospheric
Aerosol Mass and Sulfur Concentration.  In:   Proceedings of the International
Conference on Environmental Sensing and Assessment,  Las Vegas,  Nevada.   1975.
Husar, J. D., R. B. Husar, E. S. Macias, W.  E.  Wilson,  J. L. Durham,  W. K.
Shepherd, and 0. A. Anderson.  Particulate Sulfur Analysis:  Application to
High Time Resolution Aircraft Sampling in Plumes.  Atmospheric  Environment,
10:591-595, 1976.
Macias, E. S., and R. B. Husar.  Atmospheric Particulate Mass Measurement
with Beta Attenuation Mass Monitor.  Environmental  Science & Technology,
10:904-907, 1976.
                                     364

-------
8.2.3.3  MANUAL DICHOTOMOUS AIR SAMPLERS

Principal Investigators
Thomas G. Dzubay (MD-47)
Robert K. Stevens (MD-47)
Environmental Protection Agency
Environmental Scierce Research
  Laboratory
Research Triangle Park, NC  27711
(919) 541-3155

Funding  Environmental Protection Agency

Period of Performance
     August - September 1975

Technical Approach
     As an alternative to the high volume sampler, a dichotomous sampler
capable of separately collecting the respirable and nonrespirable fractions
of atmospheric aerosols was developed.  Another advantage of the dichotomous
sampler was that it was designed to accommodate membrane filters which are
required for X-ray fluorescence analyses (XRF).
     A prototype dichotomous sampler utilizing victual inpaction was evaluated
in the field at St. Louis during the summer of 1973.  The purpose of the
evaluation was to demonstrate that the dichotomous sampler was compatible with
the requirements of both gravimetric mass analysis and X-ray fluorescence
elemental analysis.  In order to accomplish this, eight dichotomous samplers
were tested beside high volume samplers for 20 days at RAMS Sites 106 and
124.  The filters were gravimetrically analyzed for mass and analyzed for
elemental content by XRF.  The samples were then sent to other laboratories
                                     365

-------
(Section 8.2.3.4) for analysis of carbon,  nitrate,  sulfur,  sulfate  and
chemical compounds of nitrogen and sulfur.   Excellent agreement  was obtained
in a comparison of the mass collected in the high  volume  and dichotomous
samplers.  Good agreement was also obtained among  sulfur  measurements by  the
various analytical methods.

Period of Data Collection  August 18 - September 7, 1975
Parameters Measured
Total Suspended Particulates,
  Sulfur and Sulfates
                                      Instrument/Method Used
                                      The sampling equipment operated at each
                                      site included five manual  dichotomous
                                      samplers  consisting of an  aerosol  inlet,
                                      a virtual  impactor particle separator,
                                      vacuum pumps, and flow servocontroller.
                                      One automated dichotomous  sampler  (the
                                      sample filters are changed automati-
                                      cally) was used at each site as well as
                                      one high  volume sampler.   Gravimetric.
                                      analysis  was accomplished  with a
                                      Perkin Elmer AD-2 electrobalance with
                                      a radioactive source to eliminate
                                      electrostatic charges.  XRF was accom-
                                      plished with a spectrometer equipped
                                      with a secondary fluorescence-type
                                      excitation source and a Si(Li) type
                                      energy dispersive detector.

Calibration and Quality Control  Procedures
     The X-ray spectrometer was  calibrated using film standards  obtained from
Micromatter Co.  The flow controllers for each  sampling device were also
checked.  Other quality control  checks were built into the experimental
design as this was a comparative study; for example, a total of  twelve com-
binations of methods and samplers were intercompared for sulfur  during this
study.
                                     366

-------
Location and Type of Data Available
     For information concerning data availability contact the EPA Principal
Investigators.

Publications
Dzubay, T. G., and R. K. Stevens.  The Characterization of Atmospheric
Aerosols by Chemical and Physical Methods.  Paper presented at the Division
of Environmental Chemistry, American Chemical Society, New York, New York.
April 1976.
Dzubay, T. G., and R. K. Stevens.  Application of the Dichotomous Sampler to
the Characterization of Ambient Aerosols.  Paper presented at the Division of
Environmental Chemistry, American Chemical Society, San Francisco, California.
September 1976.
Dzubay, T. G., R. K. Stevens, and C. M. Peterson.  Application of the
Dichotomous Sampler to the Characterization of Ambient Aerosols.  In:  X-ray
Fluorescence Analyses of Environmental Samples, T. G. Dzubay, Editor.
Ann Arbor Science Publishers Inc., Ann Arbor, Michigan, 1977.  pp 95-105.
                                     367

-------
8.2.3.4  COMPARISON OF WET CHEMICAL AND INSTRUMENTAL METHODS FOR SULFATE
         MEASUREMENT

Principal Investigator
Bruce R. Appel
Air and Industrial Hygiene
  Laboratory
California Department of Health
2151 Berkeley Way
Berkeley, CA  94704
(415) 843-7900
Project Officers
Carole R. Sawicki (MD-47)
Environmental  Protection Agency
Environmental  Sciences Research
  Laboratory
Research Triangle Park, NC  27711
(919) 541-3133

Michael E. Beard (MD-77)
Environmental  Protection Agency
Environmental  Sciences Research
  Laboratory
Research Triangle Park, NC  27711
(919) 541-2366
Funding  EPA Contract No.  68-02-2273
Period of Performance  August - September 1975

Technical Approach
     The methylthymol blue (MTB), modified Brosset and barium chloranilate
sulfate methods were evaluated for precision, accuracy, working range, inter-
ference effects and agreement with x-ray fluorescence analysis (XRF) using
atmospheric particulate samples.  The samples used were collected by the EPA
in St. Louis at RAMS Sites 106 and 124 with dichotomous and hi-vol  samplers.
The samples were collected simultaneously with glass fiber, quartz fiber and
Fluoropore filters, permitting the evaluation of artifact sulfate formation
and other filter media-specific effects.
                                    368

-------
     The results indicated agreement within 16% for determining atmospheric
sulfate concentrations by the three wet chemical procedures with all three
types of filter media.  X-ray fluorescence results of the fine particle
fraction on Fluoropore filters agreed within 10% of the wet chemical pro-
cedures on the same samples and on the average equivalent to the results of
the methylthymol blue analyses of glass fiber high volume samples.  Small
differences in results obtained with different filter media were consistent
with the effects of analytical interferents rather than artifact sulfate
formation.

Period of Data Collection  August 18 - September 6, 1975

Parameters Measured                   Instrument/Method Used
Sulfate                               Four methods were used to analyze the
                                      filters for sulfate.  The first method
                                      was an automated methylthymol blue (MTB)
                                      method which employed the use of a
                                      Technicon Autoanalyzer II.  The second
                                      was a semi-automated modified Brosset
                                      method.  The third was a manual barium
                                      chloranilate (BC) method.  The fourth
                                      method, XRF, analyzed for sulfur as
                                      well as a number of other elements
                                      (Section 7.3.4.2).   Samples  were collect-
                                      ed simultaneously with glass fiber,
                                      quartz fiber and Fluoropore  filters.

Calibration and Quality Control Procedures
     Since this was a comparative study, a number of features  in the study
design facilitated cross checks and comparisons.  Two different types of
samplers were used to collect samples simultaneously on different filter
media.  Analyses were done using four different methods.  In addition to this
cross checking and comparisons, the EPA provided audit strips with known
amounts of sulfate that were processed by the various methods  before the
unknowns.
                                      369

-------
Location and Type of Data Available
     Data and analyses are contained in the final  report.   Additional
information may be obtained from the Project Officers.

Publication
Appel, B. R., E. L. Kothny, E.  M.  Hoffer, and J.  J.  Wesolowski.   Comparison
of Wet Chemical and Instrumental Methods for Measuring  Airborne  Sulfate.   Air
and Industrial Hygiene Laboratory, California Department of Health,  Berkeley,
California.  EPA Contract 68-02-2273.   November 1977.   EPA-600/7-77-128.
                                    .370

-------
8.3  DATA QUALITY INVESTIGATIONS
8.3.1  COMPARISON AUDITS AND CROSS CALIBRATIONS
Task Order No. 58
_Principal Investigator
John R.  Hribar (formerly with)
Rockwell International
Air Monitoring Center
2421 West Hillcrest Drive
Newbury Park, CA  91320
(805) 498-6771
Task Coordinator
Stanley L.  Kopczynski (MD-47)
Environmental Protection Agency
Environmental Sciences Research
  Laboratory
Research Triangle Park, NC  27711
(919) 541-3064
Funding  EPA Contract No. 68-02-1081, Task Order No. 58

Period of Performance  July - August 1975

Summary
     A Winnebago van, outfitted for performing comparison audits and cross
calibrations, was originally equipped with various monitoring instruments to
perform pollutant variability studies under Task Order No. 44 (Section 8.1.1).
Under this later task order, multipoint audits were performed during the
Summer 1975 Field Expedition on instruments at RAMS sites 105, 113, 120 and
122; on EPA/RAPS helicopters 1 and 3; Battel'le and MRI instrumented aircraft;
RTI and EMI mobile vans; EPA aerosol trailer; and various individual monitors
operated by RAPS principal investigators.  The gas sources used in these
audits as well as calibration standards are described below.  Prior to the
audits, the Bendix Calibration System was calibrated against reference stan-
dards and NBS standards.
     A distinction should be made here between the words "audit" and "calibra-
tion".  When an instrument is calibrated a gas of known composition is intro-
                                     371

-------
duced and the instrument is adjusted to respond in  accordance  with  the  known
gas composition.   On the other hand, during an  audit,  once, the gas  of known
composition is introduced,  the instrument reading is  simply recorded and no
adjustment is made.
     Throughout the series  of instrument calibrations  or audits which were
performed, a Bendix Dynamic Calibration System  was  used.   This system employed
three precision pressure regulators to maintain a known  pressure differential
across sets of capillaries  for a constant gas flow.   These flows were cali-
brated for various pressure settings using a bubble meter at the beginning
of the study.  The gas mixture produced by the  system was introduced into a
glass manifold to produce a demand system operating at atmospheric  pressure.
Tubing leading to the instrument being calibrated was  connected to  this
manifold.  All connectors and connecting tubes  were Teflon.
     Calibration  curves were prepared every time an instrument was  calibrated,
and the same procedure was  followed for each instrument.   This procedure con-
sisted of generating various gas concentrations, allowing the  instrument to
sample them, and  taking a reading when the instrument stabilized.   This
reading along with the known concentration was  tabulated and a least squares
linear fit was used to determine a slope and intercept.

Parameters          Calibration/Audit Standards
Nitrogenous         The Calibration van contained a cylinder of approximately
Oxides              100 ppm of NO which was used as the  standard for the NO
                    - NOw audits.  Prior to the first audit, calibration of
                    the 100 ppm cylinder was performed in the  RAPS  Gas
                    Chromatography Laboratory St.  Louis,  using a Bendix Model
                    8101-B  NOV Analyzer that had been calibrated with NBS
                             A
                    cylinder # RSG-30-7963 which contained 93.4 ppm NO.
Sulfur Dioxide      For all S0? audits two NBS  S0?  permeation  tubes were used
                    as standards.  When either  of the permeation tubes  was  in
                    use it  was placed in the permeation  chamber of  a Bendix
                    Dynamic Calibration System  with the  temperature main-
                    tained  at 25° + 0.1°C.  The output of the  Bendix System
                    was cross-checked with the  NBS  permeation  tube  in the

                                     372

-------
Parameters
Carbon Monoxide
      and
    Methane
Ozone
Calibration/Audit Standards (continued)
RAMS Station 120 calibration system.
An NBS CO cylinder containing 9.82 ppm CO was used in
conjunction with the GCL's Beckman 6800 Gas Chromatograph
to certify three Scott cylinders, one containing 21.2 ppm
CO (#11722), one containing 2.01 ppm CH4 and 5.24 ppm CO
(#1749) and one containing 2.04 ppm CH4 and 5.20 ppm CO
(#2359).  The gas mixtures in these cylinders were diluted
with either Matheson zero air or Scott ultrapure air to
give a multipoint calibration.  A check was made for CO
in the zero air and the amount was found to be negligible.
The ozone used for the audits was generated on site
through the use of a UV tube generator.  The ozone gen-
erator was calibrated every time ozone was used in an
audit by means of an 0^ - NO titration immediately
following the calibration of an NO - NO,, analyzer.  In
this way the instrument calibration was traceable to an
NBS NO cylinder.  Multipoint audits were obtained by
varying the dilution flow of ozone gas.
Location and Type of Data Available
     All audit data were included in the final  report for Task Order No.  58
referenced below.  Original  data, in the form of strip charts and tabulations,
are currently in the EPA Task Coordinator's possession.  Questions should be
directed to the Task Coordinator.

Pub!ication
Hribar, John R.  EPA Quality Assurance Audits.   Rockwell International  Air
Monitoring Center, Newbury Park, California.  Task Order No. 58 Final Report.,
EPA Contract 68-02-1081.  March 1976.  EPA-600/4-76-032.
                                     373

-------
Task Order No. 106

Principal Investigator
Otto C. Klein (formerly with)
Rockwell International
Air Monitoring Center
11640 Administration Drive
Creve Coeur, MO  63141
(314) 567-6722
Task Coordinator
Stanley L.  Kopczynski  (MD-47)
Environmental Protection Agency
Environmental Sciences Research
  Laboratory
Research Triangle Park, NC  27711
(919) 541-3064
Funding  EPA Contract No. 68-02-2093, Task Order No.  106

Period of Performance  February - November 1976

Summary
     Task Order No. 106 provided for a continuation of the quality  assurance
activity initiated under Task Order No.  58.  The calibration  van was  completely
refitted with new instrumentation for the task.   Several  ambient analyzers
were installed in the van and a Bendix 8861 protable calibartion system was
included for all calibrations.  Preparation and calibration of the  instru-
mentation in the van preceded a series of audits of various RAMS sites  (101,
102, 104, 107, 111, 112, 114, 115, 120,  125), EPA/RAPS helicopters  (1 & 2),
four Illinois EPA sites, St. Louis City  (1-5) and County (6-9) monitoring
network stations, and eight other monitoring systems operated by RAPS
principal investigators.  This period of operation included the Winter,
Summer, and Fall 1976 RAPS Field Expeditions.
     In addition to multipoint calibrations or audits, two special  projects
were conducted.  One study (Section 3.3.2) involved analyzing and documenting
the effects of new and used Teflon particulate filters placed in the  inlet of
instruments measuring atmospheric pollutants.  The filters had an average
pore size of 10 microns and were 47 mm in diameter.  Gases measured were NO,
                                     374

-------
Oo, N0? + Oo, and S0? + 0~.  Both dry and humidified air were used as diluents
     The second study was made to determine the effect of several variables
on the accuracy of SCL gas mixtures prepared with a modified Bendix 8861
calibration system.  Variables investigated included flow rate through the
permeation tube, tube length, position of the permeation tube chamber, and
ambient temperature.  A Meloy SA185 analyzer was used to monitor the results.
Following the study a new chamber was installed in the Bendix 8861 to reduce
leakage and facilitate temperature control.
     In general, audits were carried out by supplying a calibrated source
gas to the instruments being checked.  Audits for CL, NO-NO,, and SOp were
performed using one zero and four non-zero concentrations.  Audits for CO,
CFL and total hydrocarbons were performed using gases of known concentra-
tion from a certified cylinder.
     The supply of calibration gas to the instrument being audited or
calibrated was regulated by means of the Bendix 8861 Calibration System.
Different concentrations were produced by means of this system for multi-
point calibrations or audits for all instruments except the Beckman 6800
for which calibration gas was taken directly from cylinders without dilution.
     Calibrations were performed on the instruments installed in the
calibration van or those which were in the RAPS Gas Chromatography Laboratory
and used in the execution of this task order.  Audits were performed on RAMS
instruments, EPA/RAPS helicopter instruments, etc.

Parameters Measured                   Instruments Used
(The following instruments were mounted in the Winnebago van and used for
the two special studies.)
Nitric Oxide, Nitrogen Dioxide        Monitor Labs Model 8440 Oxides of
                                        Nitrogen Analyzer
Sulfur Dioxide                        Tracor Model 270 HA Atmospheric
                                        Sulfur Analyzer
Ozone                                 Monitor Labs Model 8410 Ozone Analyzer
Total Suspended Particulate           MRI Model 1561 Integrating Nephelometer
                                     375

-------
Parameters Measured                   Instruments  Used (continued)
(The following instruments were used for this  task order at the  RAPS Gas
Chromatography Laboratory.)
Total Sulfur                          Meloy Model  SA185-2 Total  Sulfur
                                        Analyzer
Ozone                                 Bendix Ozone Monitor
Total Hydrocarbons, Methane,  and      Beckman  Model 6800 Gas Chromatograph
  Carbon Monoxide
(The following were used for calibrations only and not for pollutant
detection.  Together they constitute the Bendix 8861  Calibration System.)
                                      Bendix Model  8861D Dilution Air System
                                        (Modified)
                                      Bendix Model  8861P Permeation Tube
                                        Assembly (Modified)

Calibration and Quality Control Procedures
(NOTE:  These are not audit procedures but those used for the van and
        laboratory instruments.)
Monitor Labs Oxides of                Periodic calibration performed using
  Nitrogen Analyzer                   NBS SRM 1684 NO cylinder (100 ppm NO
                                      in nitrogen).  Also, calibrated for
                                      NOo generated by the gas phase titra-
                                      tion of nitric oxide.  Concentrations
                                      were regulated with the Bendix 8861D.
Tracer Sulfur Analyzer                Periodic calibration performed using
                                      NBS permeation tube 21-71  and NBS
                                      SRM 1625, 1626, and 1627 S02 cylinders.
                                      Concentrations were regulated with  the
                                      Bendix 8861D.
                                     376

-------
Calibration and Quality Control Procedures.(continued)
Monitor Labs Ozone Analyzer
MRI Nephelometer
Meloy Total  Sulfur Analyzer
Bendix Ozone Monitor
Beckman 6800
Bendix 8861D
Bendix 8861P
Calibrated periodically using ozone
generated by the Bendix 8861 system.
Concentrations were regulated with the
Bendix 8861D.
Periodically calibrated using Freon-12
bottle.  Proper flow occurred when the
bottle valve was fully open.
Periodically calibrated with an NBS
permeation tube.  Concentrations
regulated with the Bendix 8861D.
Calibrated periodically using ozone
generated by the Bendix 8861 system.
See Section 7.2.1 for calibration
procedures.  Concentrations regulated
with the Bendix 8861 D.
Calibration curves were developed for
the flow controlling orifices of this
instrument.  Duplicate calibrations,
performed repeatedly during the audit
program, were made at all available
instrument pressures on each of the
five orifices using a moving bubble
flow meter.
The permeation tube assembly, consist-
ing of a permeation tube chamber, a
pressure regulator/capillary flow
system, temperature control circuitry
and a battery pack was subjected to
repeated checks during the audit pro-
gram to insure proper function.
                                     377

-------
Parameters
Calibration/Audit Standards
Sulfur Dioxide
Nitric Oxide
Nitrogen Dioxide
Ozone
Total Hydrocarbons.
Methane, and
Carbon Monoxide
NBS Standard Reference Materials (SRM)  1625,  1626,  and
1627 were used for all audits and calibrations.   Usage
of a 10 cm, 5 cm, or 2 cm permeation tube was dictated
by the operating range and sample flow  rate of the
analyzer being audited or calibrated.   The source gas
permeation tube was maintained at constant temperature
(30.00°C + .05°C) during use.
NBS SRM 1684 cylinder containing 100 ppm of NO in
nitrogen served as the standard.  The cylinder was  used
either directly by quantitative dilution or it was  used
to certify a working standard.  In the  latter case, the
NBS cylinder was used to calibrate an oxides of nitrogen
analyzer and a vendor-supplied NO standard was then
certified by analyses under identical  instrument opera-
ting conditions.  The working standard, NBS traceable,
was used during field audits,
Nitrogen dioxide was generated by gas phase titration of
nitric oxide.  A constant current, constant temperature,
ozone generator within the Bendix 8861  provided the ozone
for the titration.
Ozone was generated with the Bendix 8861.  Concentration
was routinely certified by gas phase titration of nitric
oxide.  The Monitor Labs 4880 NOX Analyzer in the
Winnebago was used to monitor each titration, thereby
certifying the ozone concentration delivered.  Both pre-
audit and post-audit certifications were performed.
Vendor supplied cylinders certified by  the EPA were
normally used as standards.  The standards were of such
concentrations that they could be introduced directly
into the analyzer without dilution.  In some instances
the cylinders were used to prepare audit gas samples in
Teflon bags.  An NBS SRM 1681 cylinder  containing 1000
                                     378

-------
Parameters          Cal i bratlon/Audit Standards (continued)
                    ppm CO in nitrogen was used to certify the contents of
                    vendor supplied CO standards on some occasions.  NBS
                    hydrocarbon standards were unavailable during the study.
Zero Air            Zero air was used routinely as diluent air during the
                    audits.  The cylinders were vendor certified so that
                    THC, CO, and NOV concentrations were less than 10 ppb,
                                   A
                    and S0? concentration was less than 1  ppb.  Alternate
                    sources of zero air were sometines substituted as
                    diluents and when this was the case the quality was
                    verified by direct comparison to the cylinder gas.  Use
                    of these sources was limited to audits involving'SOp,
                    NOX, and 0-j.

Location and Type of Data Available
     All audit data may be found in the Task Order No. 106 final report.
Calibration data for the instruments used to perform the audits, as well as
for the Bendix calibration system are also included.  Original data in the
form of tabulations and strip charts may be obtained from the EPA Task
Coordinator.

Pub!ication
Klein, 0. C., and F. E.  Littman.  Quality Assurance Audits.  Rockwell
International Air Monitoring Center, Newbury Park, California.  Task Order
No. 106 Final Report, EPA Contract 68-02-2093.  January 1978.
                                      379

-------
8.3.2  EPA/EMSL STANDARDS VERIFICATION

Principal Investigator               Task Coordinator
Thomas E. Clark (MD-77)              Stanley L.  Kopczynski  (MD-47)
Environmental Protection Agency      Environmental  Protection Agency
Environmental Monitoring and      .   Environmental  Sciences Research
  Support Laboratory                   Laboratory
Research Triangle Park, NC  27711     Research Triangle Park, NC  27711
(919) 541-2723                       (919) 541-3064

Funding
    Regional Air Pollution Study,  Program Elements  1AA003 and 1AA603
    Remaining tasks funded internally by EPA/EMSL

Period of Performance  1974 - 1977

Summary
    From 1974 through 1977 the Quality Assurance Branch (QAB) of the
Environmental Monitoring and Support Laboratory  (EMSL) was  involved in
various quality assurance activities related to  the RAMS/RAPS program.   The
primary activities included the following:
    1)  QAB certified entire calibration systems and supplied certified
        standard reference materials for RAMS internal and independent
        audits.
    2)  Using RAPS funding, EMSL contracted with Research Triangle  Institute
        (RTI) to perform an extensive on-site monitoring and auditing pro-
        gram of the RAMS network.
    3)  EMSL critically reviewed most of the quality assurance documentation
        generated as a by-product of RAMS.
                                    380

-------
     4)  EMSL and the prime contractor, Rockwell  International  Air Monitoring
         Center, analyzed numerous calibration standards and bag samples from
         the RAPS - St.  Louis Facility.

     No single report exists documenting all  of the EMSL's RAPS-related
activities or data.  In  fact, for many of the analyses memoranda containing
the date of analysis, the person requesting the analysis and a  general
summary of the results are the only records.   These memoranda are on file
at EMSL.  Additionally,  the QAB issues monthly reports which summarize its
activities, including those which were RAPS related.  RTI reports on the RAMS
audits are described in  the Independent RAMS Quality Assurance  section of
this report (Section 3.2).

Location and Type of Data Available
     Those individuals who are responsible for the data from the EMSL RAMS/
RAPS related activities  and its disposition are listed below:
                    Thomas E. Clark (MD-77)
                    Environmental Protection Agency
                    Environmental Monitoring and Support Laboratory
                    Research Triangle Park, NC  27711
                    (919) 541-2723

                    Stanley L. Kopczynski (MD-47)
                    Environmental Protection Agency
                    Environmental Sciences Research Laboratory
                    Research Triangle Park, NC  27711
                    (919) 541-3064

                    Darryl von Lehmden (MD-77)
                    Environmental Protection Agency
                    Environmental Monitoring and Support Laboratory
                    Research Triangle Park, NC  27711
                    (919) 541-2415
                                     381

-------
9.0  POLLUTANT EFFECTS STUDIES

Introduction
    Although the quantification of pollutant effects  was  not an  objective
of RAPS, an unparalleled opportunity existed for these types of  studies  to
be conducted, based on the availability of detailed air pollution concen-
tration and exposure data.  The experiments described in  Section 9.0 include
both health effects and materials effects.
    The health effects studies, conducted by two universities, attempted
to evaluate the role of air pollution in aggravating respiratory problems.
In the materials effects studies, possible cause-effect relationships were
investigated by statistically analyzing the effects data  and corresponding
air quality and meteorological measurements.
                                  -  382

-------
9.1  HEALTH EFFECTS

9.1.1  ST. LOUIS UNIVERSITY PULMONARY STUDY OF POSTAL WORKERS

Principal Investigator               Project Officer
Raymond G. Slavin                    Diane G.  Fogleman (formerly with)
St. Louis University Medical School  Environmental Protection Agency
Department of Internal Medicine      Health Effects Research Laboratory
1402 South Grand                     Research  Triangle Park, NC  27711
St. Louis, MO  63104                 (gig) 541_2674
(314) 664-9800

Funding  EPA Contract No. 68-02-1721

Period of Performance  March - December 1975

Summary
    The overall purpose of this study and the  following two studies
(Sections 9.1.2 and 9.1.3) was to assess the relationship of exposure in
adults to ambient sulfur dioxide (S0«), total  sulfur (TS), nitrates (NO.J,
                                    £                                  0
nitrous oxide (NO), ozone (Og), and total hydrocarbons (THC) with lung
function measurements.
    This study made daily measurements of lung functions in the healthy
lungs of seventeen non-smoking, male letter carriers, ages 30-45.  Both
their homes and work locations were encompassed by the RAMS air monitoring
network.  The study was conducted for 48 work  days from March 31 through
May 28, 1975.
    Prior to the study, a preliminary examination was conducted of each
subject which included a comprehensive interview, anthropometric measure-
ments, and clinical pulmonary function testing (PFT) including body
plethysmography.
                                    383

-------
    During the study, at the termination of each postman's work day, six
days a week for eight weeks, an interview concerning symptom status and a
PFT was conducted.
    Finally, at the conclusion of the study, the investigators performed a
terminal examination of the subjects, duplicating the preliminary examina-
tion.
    Peak levels of air pollutants monitored at RAMS Sites 101, 105,. 106, 107,
and 111 during the mail delivery hours were, provided to the Principal  Inves-
tigator by the EPA.
    Findings suggest that 0.,, SO^ and TS, at the levels encountered in this
study, alter the elastic properties of the lung without affecting the large
or small airways.  With 0^, the lungs become less compliant, while with SCL
and TS they are more compliant.  NO-, NO and THC had no measurable effect.
    All data collected have been placed on magnetic tape and forwarded to
Research Triangle Park.  Additional information may be obtained by con-
tacting:
                         Dorothy C. Calafiore (MD-54)
                         Environmental Protection Agency
                         Health Effects Research Laboratory
                         Research Triangle Park, NC  27711
                         (919) 541-2674

Publication
Gill, I. S., R. H. Seeker-Walker, R. G. Slavin, G. 0. Broun, T. Dahms, D.
Fogleman, and V. Hasselblad.  Acute Effects of Air Pollutants on Healthy
Outdoor Workers.  St. Louis University School of Medicine, St. Louis,
Missouri.  Paper in preparation for American Thoracic Society.
Contract final report not submitted.
                                    384

-------
9.1.2  ST. LOUIS UNIVERSITY PULMONARY STUDY OF ASTHMATICS

Principal Investigator               Project Officer
Raymond G. Slavin                    Diane G.  Fogleman (formerly with)
St. Louis University Medical School  Environmental Protection Agency
Department of Internal Medicine      Health Effects Research Laboratory
1402 South Grand                     Research Triangle Park, NC  27711
St. Louis, MO  63104                 (gig) 541_2674
(314) 664-9800

Funding  EPA Contract No. 68-02-1721

Period of Performance  March - December 1975

Summary
    The Asthmatic Study and the Postal  Worker Study (Section 9.1.1) are a
combined project entitled "Serial  Measurement of Pulmonary Function in
Panels of Asthmatic and Occupational Groups in the St. Louis Metropolitan
Area."
    This study of asthmatics had the same purpose as the postman study;
however, its population was eleven individuals, ages 20-63, diagnosed as
having bronchial asthma.  Two were non-smokers, three ex-smokers and three
present smokers.
    The study was conducted for 40 work days from October 1 through November
30, 1975.  Study procedures were the same as for the Postal Worker Study
including preliminary, daily and terminal examination of subjects accompanied
by pulmonary function tests.
    All data collected have been placed on magnetic tape and forwarded to
Research Triangle Park.  Additional information may be obtained by con-
tacting:

                                     385

-------
                   Dorothy C.  Calafiore (MD-54)
                   Environmental  Protection Agency
                   Health Effects Research Laboratory
                   Research Triangle Park, NC  27711
                   (919) 541-2674
Publication
Contract final report not submitted.
                                     386

-------
9.1.3  ST. LOUIS UNIVERSITY PULMONARY STUDY OF GARDENERS

Principal Investigator                 Project Officer
Raymond G. Slavin                      Dorothy C. Calafiore (MD-54)
St. Louis University Medical School    Environmental Protection Agency
Department of Internal Medicine        Health Effects Research Laboratory
1402 South Grand                       Research Triangle Park, NC  27711
St. Louis, MO  63104                   (gig) 541_2674
(314) 664-9800

Funding  EPA Grant No. R805006-010

Period of Performance  September 1976 - May 1979

Summary
     Evolving from the Postal Worker and Asthmatic Studies (Sections 9.1.1
and 9.1.2), this study made daily lung function measurements of outdoor
gardeners at the Missouri Botanical Garden (Shaw's Garden).
     This group was advantageous since the gardeneres spend more time out-
doors than the previously studied letter carrier group and because the
pollutant measurements were taken from RAMS Site 106 which is located on
the immediate premises.
     The study was conducted for 21 work days from October 20 through
November 17, 1976 and for 40 work days from May 2 through June 24, 1977.
     Nineteen gardeners participated in the fall testing period and fifteen
remained and were tested in the spring.
     Study procedures were the same as for the Postal Workers and Asthmatic
Studies including preliminary, daily and terminal examination of subjects
accompanied by pulmonary function tests.
                                      387

-------
     All  data collected have been placed on magnetic tape and forwarded to
Research  Triangle Park.  St. Louis University is completing data analysis
and is due to present study results in May 1979.  Additional  information
may be obtained by contacting the EPA Project Officer.

Publication
Grant final report in preparation.
                                     388

-------
9.1.4  HARVARD UNIVERSITY EPIDEMIOLOGICAL STUDY
Principal Investigator
Benjamin Ferris
Department of Physiology
Harvard School  of Public Health
665 Huntington  Avenue
Boston, MA  02115
(617) 732-1244


Funding  HEW/NIEHS Grant No.  ES01108
Project Officer
Stillman Wright
Department of Health, Education and
  Welfare
National Institute of Environmental
  Health Sciences
Research Triangle Park, NC  27709
(919) 755-4012
Period of Performance  June 1974 - Ongoing

Technical Approach
     "The Epidemic!ogical  Study on the Respiratory Health Effects  of S0?,
Respiratory Particulates,  and Sulfates" is the full title of this  unique
10-year study.  Initiated  in 1974, it approaches the health  effects  of air
pollution from an epidemiological  standpoint.   More specifically,  it is a
two-pronged study designed to measure pollutant levels in the complete
environment while assessing the effects of measured pollutant levels on
chronic respiratory symptoms and changes in pulmonary function in  children
and adults.
     Six communities, with varying known pollution levels, were selected
for the study involving 1400-1800 adults and 1600-2400 children in each
community.  The six communities are:   the southeastern corner of St. Louis,
Missouri; Watertown, Massachusetts; Kingston-Harrington, Tennessee;
Steubenville, Ohio; Topeka, Kansas; and Portage, Washington.
     The southeastern corner of St. Louis is defined in the study  as a high
                                     389

-------
pollution level  community.   It is largely residential  and  commercial  with
several  nearby pollution sources  including a  coke  plant,  titanium  pigment
plant and a sludge incinerator.   At the onset of  the study,  city monitoring
in this  area showed numerous violations of the 24-hour standards,  with  annual
average  sulfur dioxide concentrations  of 110  ug/m3 and total  suspended
particulate concentrations  of 137 yg/m3.   Sulfate  particulates  were  at  the
suggested health effects level of 12 yg/m3.
     Health effects assessment data are collected  using questionaires and
lung function measurement tests.   Questionaires document respiratory symptoms
and factors other than air  pollutants  that influence lung  disease, such as
smoking, age, heredity and  other  socio-economic forces.   Simple pulmonary
function tests are performed by trained non-medical  interviewers on  a low
resistance, low inertia! water filled  recording spirometer.   Adults  are
tested every 3 years and children annually.   The  first adult testing in
St. Louis was in fall/winter 1975.
     Air quality is being measured by  three different means.  These  are
continuous fixed location sampling, indoor/outdoor monitoring and  personal
monitoring.
     In  St. Louis, the fixed locations are at the  RAMS Site  111  and  at  the
City Monitoring Site 2 at Broadway and Hurck.  Concentrations of SCL, TSP,
mass respirable particles (MRP),  N02 and 03 are measured continuously in
addition to meteorological  parameters.
     Fixed site data offer  comparison  of pollution levels  among the  six
cities and also serve as a  reference point for the S0~ bubblers and  MRP and
TSP samplers located throughout the community.
     The indoor/outdoor monitors  at 10 selected St.  Louis  homes help develop
a relationship between ambient and indoor pollution levels.   Concentrations
of S0?,  N0?, and MRP are measured simultaneously within the  house  and
directly outside of it for  24 hours every 6 days.   Indoor  samples  are taken
in the room in the home where the family spends the most time (excluding
bedrooms, kitchens, and bathrooms).  The outdoor  sampling  network  will
supplement the fixed location monitoring.
     Personal monitoring is an attempt to measure  directly the  pollution

                                   -  390

-------
exposure of individuals within the community.   For three days per week,
volunteers carry a monitor with them over a 6-8 week period collecting a
24-hour integrated sample of MRP and water soluble sulfates while they
travel throughout the community.  The volunteer records his activities on
each sampling day.  A similar monitor is placed in the home to sample the
indoor environment.  As of this writing, no personal monitors have been
operational in St. Louis.
     Personal  monitoring will allow for comparison of exposure at home to
those levels encountered during a normal day's activities and for another
assessment of fixed stations' representativeness for an individual who moves
about the community.

Period of Data Collection  (in St. Louis)  1975 - Ongoing
Parameters Measured
Fixed Stations
Sulfur Dioxide, Nitrogen Dioxide,
Ozone, Total Suspended Particulates,
and Mass Respirable Particles
Indoor/Outdoor Monitors
Total Mass Respirable Particles
(under 5.0 urn)
Sulfur Dioxide and Nitrogen
Dioxide
Instrument/Method Used
For details of instruments used and
calibration/quality control  procedures
at RAMS Site 111 and City Site 2 refer
to sections 3.0 and 10.2.1 respective-
ly.


Mine Safety Appliance (MSA)  particle
size analyzer cyclone, segregating
particles at 5.0 urn.  Particles smaller
than 5.0 ym are collected on a Teflon
filter and weighed to determine total
mass.  Flow rate is recorded when the
clean filter is installed and when the
exposed filter is removed.
Homemade bubbler utilizing the West-
Sake method for SO^ concentrations a
the Saltzman method for N0? analyses.
                                     391

-------
Parameters Measured
Indoor/Outdoor Monitors
Personal  Monitors
Water Soluble Sulfates and Mass
Respirable Particles

Indoor/Outdoor Monitors
Instrument/Method Used (continued)
Flow rate is recorded at the beginning
and end of the sampling period.


(No personal monitors have been used
in St. Louis as of this writing.)
     The cyclone and bubblers operate on identical  schedules.   Both actively
sample from 0000-2400 CST once every six days.

Calibration and Quality Control  Procedures
Indoor/Outdoor Monitors
MSA Cyclone
Sulfur Dioxide and Nitrogen
Dioxide Bubblers
Rotameter calibrated every six months
utilizing calibrated orifice plate and
manometer.
Rotameter calibrated every six months
utilizing calibrated orifice plate arid
manometer.
     Every three months the EPA prepares a sample for laboratory analysis
conducted at the Southern Illinois University - Edwardsville Campus.  (Dr.
Stephen Hall of SIU is under grant from Harvard to coordinate the study
activities in St. Louis.)  Laboratory analysis of the samples have compared
favorably with the EPA's known sample concentrations.
     Analysis of collected data is still in a preliminary stage.  Enormous
volumes of data have been generated.  Data retention is vital since there is
presently no certain knowledge which measure best reflects exposure.
     Not too surprisingly, more respiratory symptoms and changes in pulmonary
function have been detected in the dirty cities (St. Louis included).   And
smoking habits of participants are an overwhelming factor, making the mea-
surement of pollutant effects on individuals who smoke extremely difficult,.

                                     392

-------
     All  indicated trends require further-analysis  to standardize for
smoking habits and the effects of differences  in socio-economic status.

Location of Information Regarding Data Collection
     For information on data collected or questions pertaining to this study
contact:
                      Benjamin Ferris
                      Department of Physiology
                      Harvard School of Public Health
                      665 Huntington Avenue
                      Boston, MA   02115
                      (617) 732-1244
Publications
Ferris, B. G., F. E. Speizer, J. D. Spengler,  D. W. Dockery, Y. Bishop,
M. Wolfson, and C. Humble.  A Study of the Effects of Sulfur Oxides and
Respirable Particulates on the Health of Human Beings.  Paper presented at
the 143rd Annual Meeting of the American Association for the Advancement
of Science, Denver, Colorado.  February 1977.
Dockery, D. W. and J. D. Spengler.  Personal  Exposure to Respirable Particu-
lates and Sulfates Versus Ambient Measurements.  Paper presented at the
70th Annual Air Pollution Control Association Meeting, Toronto, Canada.
June 1977.
                                     393

-------
9.2  MATERIALS EFFECTS

9.2.1  RAPS MATERIALS EXPOSURE STUDY

Principal  Investigator
Florian B. Mansfeld
Rockwell International
Science Center
1049 Camino Dos Rios
Thousand Oaks, CA  91360
(805) 498-4545
Task Coordinators
James B. Upham (MD-59)
Fred H. Haynie (MD-59)
Environmental Protection Agency
Environmental Sciences Research
  Laboratory
Research Triange Park, NC  27711
(919) 541-2535
Funding  EPA Contract No. 68-02-1081, Task Order No.  26
         EPA Contract No. 68-02-2093, Task Order No.  112

Period of Performance  October 1974 - April 1977

Summary
     This field study was developed to complement controlled environment
chamber studies conducted by the Materials Section of the EPA in assessing the
damaging effects of air pollutants on various materials.  The field study was
necessary to evaluate the overall  agreement between laboratory results and
real world damage observed and measured under ambient environmental  conditions.
The damaging effects of sulfur pollutants to materials is particularly impor-
tant because the energy crisis may possibly bring about increased use of
higher sulfur fuels.  The overall  knowledge resulting from both laboratory
and field studies will provide important input for developing secondary air
quality standards for sulfur pollutants and help establish cause-effect
relationships by statistically analyzing materials effects data and corre-
sponding air quality data.
                                     394

-------
     Nine RAMS sites were selected for this study based on criteria related
to monitoring of air quality data important for this exposure  study and  to
a reasonable spread of test sites in the area covered by the RAMS network.
The sites chosen were #103, 105, 106, 108,  112, 115, 118,  120  and 122.
     Exposed samples were analyzed for corrosion damage with corrosion
behavior observed as a function of the nature of material, exposure site
and length of exposure.
     Table 15 describes  the materials studied, preparation of  the samples,
exposure conditions and  methods of assessment of corrosion damage.
     Parameters monitored at each test site by RAMS included:
     wind speed                        ozone and sulfur dioxide
     wind direction                    hydrogen sulfide
     temperature                       oxides of nitrogen
     dew point                         total sulfur
     sulfate and nitrate               total hydrocarbon
     Refer to the Regional  Air Monitoring System (RAMS) (Section  3.0) for
details regarding instruments operated at the RAMS sites.
     Air quality data collected from each RAMS test site were  received at
the Science Center from  the St. Louis Branch of Rockwell International Air
Monitoring Center on magnetic tapes in the  form of hourly  averages  with  the
exception of sulfate, nitrate and particulate matter data, which  were
obtained from RAPS hi-vol data at the Thousand Oaks Branch of  the Air
Monitoring Center.
     The hourly averages received at the Science Center were further pro-
cessed to produce daily  and weekly averages, maxima and minima and  standard
deviations as discussed  in the one-year and two-year reports.   For the final
report, only validated quarterly average data for the various  exposure periods
were used.
     Corrosion Code Numbers (CCN) and Pollution Code Numbers (PCN)  were
assigned to each test site based on the average corrosion  values  and
pollutant levels, respectively.
     For the six digit CCN, the sequence of numbers corresponds to  the

                                     395

-------
           TABLE 15.  MATERIALS, PREPARATION, EXPOSURE CONDITIONS
                     AND ASSESSMENT OF CORROSION DAMAGE
     Material

Galvanized Steel
(4" x 6" x 0.036")

Weathering Steel
(Corten A)
(4" x 6" x 0.036")

Al 7079-T651
 Exposure Condition   Samp1e P re pa ra t i o n    Assessment

30° from horizontal   Degrease, clean,
facing south          weigh
                    Gravimetric
30° from horizontal
facing south
Degrease, descale,  Gravimetric
weigh
(tension speci men
in short trans-
verse direction,
15 and 25 Ksi
stress level)

Al 2014-T651
(tension specimen
in short trans-
verse direction,
45 and 25 Ksi
stress level)

House Paint
on stainless steel
(4" x 6" x 0.036",
type 3 with 2B
finish)

a.  oil base,
    2.5 mil.

b.  latex, 1.5 mil

White Cherokee
Marble
(4" x 6" x 3/8")

Silver
(6" diameter
plated discs)
Textile-Nylon
(15 denier nylon
filament)
30° from horizontal   Degrease, stress    Time-to-failure
facing south
30° from horizontal   Degrease, stress
facing south
Vertical facing
north and south
Degrease, clean,
apply paint,
condition, weigh
30° from horizontal
facing south
Open to ambient air
but protected from
direct environmental
factors

Horizontal, no
protection
Clean, condition,
weigh
Degrease
Stress and mount
on plastic slide
                    Time-to-failure
Gravimetric
loss of
reflectance
Visual, gra-
vimetric
Visual, loss of
reflectance
electro-chemical
Visual inspec-
tion for defects
                                     396

-------
336652
494431
868977
123223
779799
544518
652375
987856
211134
676644
432931
227712
355553
X6X815
111378
X9X189
782466
534297
ranking of galvanized steel,  weathering steel,  house  paint,  marble,  silver
and stressed aluminum alloys.  In the PCN,  the  sequence  is SCL,  TS,  hLS,
On, NO , and THC.   The corresponding CCN and PCN  for  each  site are given
 o    X
below:
                  Site #            CCN            PCN
                   103
                   105
                   106
                   108
                   112
                   115
                   118
                   120
                   122
Based on the CCN,  sites #108  (CCN = 123223)and  #122  (CCN = 211134) are  by
far the most corrosive sites.  For these two sites  the two corresponding
PCNs are 355553 and 534297 indicating average or  low  pollutant concentra-
tions.  On the other hand, at site #106, CCN -  868977 and  PCN =  227712
indicate low corrosivity but  high concentrations  of S00, TS, NOV and THC.
                                                      C        A
A comparison of CCNs and PCNs, therefore, does  not  show any  obvious
correlations between corrosivity and pollution.  It has also to  be con-
sidered that high  concentrations of some pollutants might  have an inhib-
iting effect on corrosion rates.
     Several experiments not  included in the Task Order specifications  were
added to the program at various times.  Since samples for  the  tests  were
provided and analyses of the  results carried out  by the persons  who  were
responsible for these experiments, no additional  costs were  incurred.   A
brief summary of each program follows.

Aluminum Alloy Panels Exposed by ALCOA
     At the start of the exposure test in October 1974, ALCOA personnel
exposed a number of Al alloys at all nine sites to  evaluate  weathering  of
such materials and to analyze the deposits as an  indicator of the pollutants
                                     397

-------
present on the Al tension samples.   The test panels were 4 by  6 in.  in  size
and 0.063 in. thick.  Five 2014-T6  panels and a single panel each  of 1160-H14
and 7075-T6 were exposed at each site.   A set of 2014-T6 panels was  returned
for evaluation after 3, 6, 12 and 24 months.  The 1160 and 7075 panels  were
returned after 24 months.  After visual examination, panels from sites  #103,
108 and 122 were retained for further analysis while the other panels were
re-exposed.
     It was concluded from the results  obtained by ALCOA that  differences
in the depth of attack at the various sites are small  and not  significant.
As expected, pure Al panels incurred considerably less corrosion than Al
2014-T6 and 7075-T6.  The rate of corrosion of Al 2014-T6 decreased  markedly
after the initial three months of exposure.  The results of the tensile tests
showed no significant reduction in  tensile strength as a result of the  two
year exposure.  There was a slight  decrease in elongation as a result of
notch effects from sites of corrosion.   However, even this was considered to
be slight and unrelated to the level of airborne pollutants.

Exposure of CLIMAT Devices
     Starting in April 1976, four sets  of CLIMAT (Classification of  Industrial
and Marine Atmospheres) devices were exposed at all nine test  sites  for a
period of 90 days.  Al wire (0.9 mm in  diameter and 900 mm long) was wound on
plastic, Cu or Fe bolts.  Corrosion indices were calculated based  on the
percent weight loss of the Al wire.  From the Al/nylon couple  an atmospheric
corrosion index (ACT) was derived,  the  Al/Fe couple gave the marine  corrosion
index (MCI), and a calculated combination of the Al/Fe and Al/Cu data pro-
vided the industrial corrosion index (ICI).  Periods of no corrosion were not
considered in the averages.
     H. H. Lawson of ARMCO Steel Corp., Middletown, Ohio, who  provided  and
analyzed the CLIMAT samples, reached the following conclusions:
     "Inspection of the tabular data does not indicate any particular
     trends with respect to the atmospheres at the sites.  The signifi-
     cant corrosion rates, where observed, appear to be random excur-
     sions, and are scattered between the various couple indices.  In
     general, as might be expected, the fall/winter exposures  are

                                 •    398

-------
     somewhat more severe, and the two 'extremity1  sites, 118 and 122,
     appear to be less corrosive than the rest with respect to the
     CLIMAT devices.  Site 120 is probably the next least corrosive
     site.  It is difficult to determine the most severe site due to
     the inordinate influence of the excursions referred to earlier.
     However, I would be inclined to call site 105  the most severe,
     closely followed by 103.  Sites 106 and 108 are comparable and
     probably the next most severe.   I would rank the sites from
     severest to mildest as follows:
                 105, 103, 106, 108, 112, 115, 120, 118, 122
     The St. Louis area does not seem to be particularly corrosive - at
     least not to Al 1100."
     It will be noted that failure of 100% of all Al tension samples at 25
Kilopounds per square inch (Ksi) occurred in the shortest time at site  #105
followed by #103, 122, 106 and 108.   All  Al 2014 samples at 25 Ksi failed
only at sites #105 and 108.  Failure times of the other samples also seem to
be related to the CLIMAT results.

Atmospheric Weathering Test on Bronze Samples
     This task was conducted by Prof. D.  W. Zimmerman, Director of the  Center
for Archeometry of Washington University, St. Louis, Missouri.
     Bronze plates were placed on the roofs of five RAMS stations in the
greater St. Louis area.  The purpose was to observe and measure the rates of
corrosion of plates over a period of at least 2 years to provide fundamental
and vital data for the University's  outdoor bronze  monument conservation
program.  Specific questions to be studied were:
     1.  Do wrought and cast bronzes corrode at different rates?
     2.  How does glass-bead peening affect the corrosion rate?
     3.  How does the alloy composition affect the  corrosion rate?

Samples
     Fourteen samples (2" x 3" x 1/4") were placed  on each of the five  sites.
Seven samples of each of two alloys:  85% Cu, 5% Sn, 5% Zn, 5% Pb; and
                                     399

-------
89% Cu, 11% Sn, were prepared as follows:
     1.  Cast — surface filed
     2.  Cast -- surface polished
     3.  Wrought -- surfaced polished
     4.  Wrought -- no surface treatment
     5.  Cast — no surface treatment
     6.  Cast -- glass-bead peened
     7.  Wrought -- glass-bead peened
The samples were  weighed  before being set in place on April  15th and 16th,
1976, at sites #105, 108,  112, 120 and 122.
     After one year of exposure, the results were as follows:
     1.  The primary effect was a darkening/tarnishing.  Very little of the
         basic green corrosion product had formed yet - only a thin green
         veil over the "untreated" cast plate at site #122.
     2.  The 85-5-5-5 (Cu, Sn, Pb, Zn) alloy was darkening considerably
         faster than the 89-11 (Cu, Sn) alloy.
     3.  The glass bead peened (the technique used for cleaning outdoor
         bronze monuments) plates showed the same or less darkening than
         unpeened plates.
     4.  Areas peened a higher pressure (80-100 psi) and with larger bead
         ,size (125 urn) showed less tarnishing than lower pressure (4-60
         psi) and smaller bead size (75 ym).
     5.  The highly polished, wrought plates showed the least tarnishing.
     6.  No systematic differences between the five sites were apparent.
Exposure of Atmospheric Corrosion Monitors (ACM)
     The atmospheric corrosion monitor (ACM) consists of a Cu/Zn or Cu/steel
couple which registers current flow when electrolyte bridges the dissimilar
metal plates.  The electrolyte might result from condensation of water from
the air on corrosion products, from dew or from rain.  It has been shown
                                     400

-------
that the ACM data not only measure the time-of-wetness of a test panel,  but
can also determine the corrosivity of a test site.  Three ACMs were installed
on October 3, 1975 at sites #103, 112 and 122.   Later an additional Cu/steel
ACM was installed at site #106.  The ACM recording was stored in the RAMS/
RAPS system and the resulting data evaluated at the Science Center under an
Office of Naval  Research contract which deals with basic mechanisms of
atmospheric corrosion.
     The ACM data for all four test sites will  be analyzed in terms of time-
of-wetness and corrosivity of test sites and correlations between ACM data
and atmospheric  parameters will be attempted.
Location and Type of Data Available
     All corrosion and air quality data are contained in the reports
referenced below.  Additional  information may be obtained from the EPA Task
Coordinators.
Publications
Mansfeld, F. B.   Study of the Effects of Airborne Sulfur Pollutants on
Materials, One-Year Exposure Report.  Rockwell  International Science Center,
Thousand Oaks, California.  Task Order No. 26 Progress Report, EPA Contract
68-02-1081.  January 1976.
Mansfeld, F. B.   Study of the Effects of Airborne Sulfur Pollutants on
Materials, Two-Year Exposure Report.  Rockwell  International Science Center,
Thousand Oaks, California.  Task Order No. 112 Progress Report, EPA Contract
68-02-2093.  May 1977.
Mansfeld, F. B.   Study of the Effects of Airborne Sulfur Pollutants on
Materials.  Rockwell  International Air Monitoring Center, Creve Coeur,
Missouri.  Task Order No. 112  Final  Report,  EPA  Contract 68-02-2093.
September 1979.
                                      401

-------
10.0  LOCAL POLLUTION MONITORING NETWORKS

Introduction
     Included in Section 10.0 are descriptions of local  pollution monitoring
networks operated in the RAPS study area by state agencies, by city and
county agencies, and by private industry.  These networks are important to
the RAPS for two reasons.
     First, RAPS researchers may use these data to augment their own measure-
ments obtained in the St.  Louis area.  Secondly, these networks provide a
reference base or benchmark for the RAMS network, enabling past and future
extrapolation of air quality trends, as well as serving as a mechanism for
cross-checking simultaneous RAMS measurements.
                                    • 402

-------
10.1  STATE AGENCIES

10.1.1   MISSOURI DEPARTMENT OF NATURAL RESOURCES

Location
     Three air monitoring sites are being operated by the Missouri Division
of Environmental Quality in the RAPS study area.  Two of these sites are
point source pollutant monitors.  One is located at the Missouri  Portland
Cement Company in Riverview Gardens and the other is situated at the St.
Joseph  Mineral Plant in Herculaneum.  The third site continuously samples
ambient air in the northwest quadrant of the city of St. Charles.  The spatial
distribution of these three sites and their respective monitoring capacities
are delineated in Figure 13.
Parameters Measured
Total Suspended Particulates
Sulfur Dioxide
Nitrogen Oxides
Instrument/Method Used
General Metals high volume particulate
samplers.  Flow rate is continuously
monitored with a Dixon chart recorder.
Filters are weighed to determine total
mass concentrations only.
TECO Model 43 pulsed fluorescence S02
analyzer, 0 to 1 ppm range.  Concentra-
tions, read to nearest 0.01 ppm.
Philips Model 7500 coulometric analyzer,
0 to 1 ppm range.  Concentrations read
to nearest 0.01 ppm.
TECO 14B chemiluminescence analyzer, 0
to 0.5 ppm range.  Concentrations read
to nearest 0.01 ppm.
                                     403

-------
                                                ^SWOOD
                                                 RIVER .EDWARDSVILLE
                                                      c ;•;
                                                     •LVcoLLiNSviLLE
                                                                    LEBANON
                                                        -v'BELLEVILLE
Approx. 10 km
St. Charles:  S02, THC,  CO, NOX,  03


Missouri Portland Cement Company:

  4 Hi-Vols, 2 which are wind activated


St. Joseph Mineral: 1 Hi-Vol, 1 S02
         FIGURE 13.   MISSOURI  DEPARTMENT OF NATURAL RESOURCES


                            AIR  MONITORING SITES
                                  404

-------
Parameters Measured                   Ins_t r umen t/Method Used (continued)
Ozone                                 Monitor Labs 8410 chemiluminescence
                                      ozone analyzer, 0 to 0.2 ppm range.
                                      Concentrations read to nearest 0.01.
Carbon Monoxide                       Beckman 365 nondispersive infrared
                                      analyzer, 0 to 50 ppm range.  Concentra-
                                      tions read to nearest 0.10 ppm.
Total Hydrocarbons                    Bendix A201 flame ionization total hydro-
                                      carbon analyzer, 0 to 10 ppm range.
                                      Concentrations read to nearest 1.00 ppm.
Observation Interval
     All of the total suspended particulate samplers were operational prtor
to 1972.  The Philips SO,, analyzer at the Herculaneum location has been
operational since 1973.   All instruments at the St. Charles site have been
operational since 1972.   The Monitor Lab 8410 03 analyzer was removed in 1975.
The Bendix A201 hydrocarbon analyzer, Beckman 365 CO sampler, and TECO 14B
NOY sampler were removed in 1976.  The TECO model 43 was phased out i"n
  A
September 1977.  The phaseout was due to the very low pollutant concentrations
being registered.
Total Suspended Particulates          All high volume particulate samplers,
                                      with the exception of two at the Portland
                                      Cement Company, sample at six day inter-
                                      vals with an active sampling interval
                                      from 0000-2400 CST.  The two at the
                                      Missouri Portland site are activated
                                      when the wind is within 7-1/2 degrees of
                                      due south.
Gaseous Pollutant Samplers            All instruments sample continuously.
Calibration and Quality Control Procedures
General Metals Particulate            The flow meters are calibrated three
  Sampler                             times a year. A calibrated orifice plate
                                      and a manometer are used for fteld

                                      405

-------
Calibration and Quality Control  Procedures  (continued)
TECO Model 43 and
  Philips Model 7500
  S02 Analyzers
TECO 14B NOX Analyzer
Monitor Labs 8410 0,
  Analyzer
Beckman 365 CO Analyzer
Bendix A201 Hydrocarbon
  Analyzer
calibrations.   The calibrations are
performed biannually by the Missouri
Department of Natural  Resources and
annually by the EPA.
Zero and multipoint calibrations are
performed once every three months.  An
NBS permeation tube with a Meloy dilution
system is used during the calibration
process.
Zero and span calibrations are performed
every three months.  A Scott Research NO
cylinder with a concentration of approx-
imately 5 ppm, traceable to an NBS
standard, is used in conjunction with
an NBS NO,, permeation tube with a Meloy
dilution system for the calibration
process.
Zero and multipoint calibrations are
once every three months.  A modified
Scientific Products ozone generator is
calibrated against a Dasibi 0,. analyzer
in the laboratory and then used for the
field calibrations.
Zero and multipoint calibrations are
performed once every three months.  A
Scott Research CO cylinder is compared
to an NBS standard at the laboratory and
used for field calibrations.
Zero and multipoint calibrations are
performed every three months.  A dilute
Scott Research propane cylinder is used
for field calibration processes.
                                     .406

-------
Instrument Location
     The locations of the gaseous pollutant monitoring and hi-vol  sites  and
their respective instrumentation are represented in Figure 13.

Location and Type of Data Available
     All raw data generated in the field, excluding the hi-vols,  are recorded
on strip chart and reduced at the State Office.   Data are available on mag-
netic tape in SAROAD format from the Department  of Natural  Resources,  Division
of Environmental Quality in Jefferson City, Missouri.  These data  are  also
submitted to the EPA Region VII office in Kansas City, Missouri,  who in  turn
submit them to the National Aerometric Data Bank (NADB) at Research Triangle
Park.
     To acquire data from the Missouri Department of Natural Resources contact:
                    Randy Raymond
                    Department of Natural Resources
                    Air Quality Section
                    2010 Missouri Boulevard
                    Jefferson City, MO  65101
                    (314) 751-3241
     For data from the National Aerometric Data  Bank contact:
                    Rowena Micheals
                    Environmental Protection Agency, Region VII
                    324 East llth Street
                    Kansas City, MO  64106
                    (816) 374-5493
Location of Information Concerning Data Collection
                    Robert Shaw
                    Department of Natural Resources
                    Air Quality Section
                    2010 Missouri Boulevard
                    Jefferson City, MO  65101
                    (314) 751-3241
                                      407

-------
10.1.2  ILLINOIS ENVIRONMENTAL PROTECTION AGENCY
Location
     The Illinois Environmental  Protection Agency (IEPA)  operates  18 air
monitoring sites in Madison, St.  Clair and Monroe counties.   The  locations  of
the various sampling sites are shown  in Figure  14 and the instrumentation
contained at each site is annotated in Table 16.
Parameters Measured
Sulfur Dioxide
Nitrogen Oxides
Instrument/Method Used
Philips 9700 coulometric S02 analyzer,
0 to 1 ppm range.  Concentrations read to
nearest 0.01 ppm.  -
Technicon Model IV colorimetrtc S02
analyzer, 0 to 1 ppm range.  Concentra-
tions read to nearest 0.01 ppm.
Pedco N02/S02 bubbler sampling once every
six days and analyzed by a Technicon
automated analyzer.  S02 concentrations
are expressed in parts per million.
Concentrations read to nearest 0.01 ppm.
TECO 14B NO/NO, chemiluminescence analy-
zer, 0 to 1 ppm range.  Concentrations
read to nearest 0.01  ppm.
Pedco N02/S02 bubbler sampling once every
six days and analyzed by a Technicon
automated analyzer.  N0? concentrations
are expressed in parts per million.
Concentrations read to nearest 0.001
ppm.
                                     408

-------
                                                        ILLINOIS
A Particulate  Samplers Hi-Vo
   or AISI Tape  Samplers
LJ SOp Monitors
   Remote Telemetry Stations
                                                        Approx. 10 km
           FIGURE 14.   ILLINOIS EPA AIR POLLUTION  MONITORING SITES
                                   409

-------
CO
LU
CO

C5
a:
o
1

o
o
ex
IX
CL.
LU

CO
H~4
o
LU
_J
CO













-p
E
O)
cz
fi
•p-
3
CT
LU
01 x—
E -P to
•p- .E S-
i— cn o> _i
Q_-i— -P CD
E CO CU >

CO




S-
o
•p
re

S- CO
CO 0.
E O
a







0 1
•r- *r—
P .E
&>- *— "*
re
D- S-
O)

C f}
3 E

o co

CU

01 re
•r- i —
n: 3



Lf)
i —
•
cn

"re
E T-
re s-
-0 P
s- to
3 13
^^ T^[
3 E
CO >— i

^f
O.
LU

to
•i —
O
E

P_
» — i

^ *
CO

•a
r— 5-
r— CO
re

LU

-P CO
•r- O
O r—
>J
E
3
O

E
O
to E
•r- O
•o -p
re i— •
s: <:



r—


OJ
0
z: -o
O*^ »> E
O CMO O) «T-
co O r-- o S- 3
CO Cn E >
j= a. s-

r~~ fl^ Q) t- ^~ CJ E ^
o ' — i — re -E  Q..O a; i— i -P -P s Qj
~T* ^^ ^f^ Q^* ^^ ^S C/") H^"



^d"
CM
•
r^
-p "re
•r- •!—
O -P
E
i- ^
•
CM

"re
E -r-
re o
.a s-
S- 0)
3 E
f^ C
3 O
CO O

^£
D-
LU

(/)
•r-
O
C
•r~
i—
I— t
C

^C re
O ^-'
LU

O-r- 2
E 4-
•r- H- et
i— 0 LO

i — i i —

ai
i — -
pM
•I-
t/1
c
•r-
r—
i —
O




CO


















r—
o

i
•P—
31



^*
OJ
•
LO

re
E -r-
re o
^^ S^
i- QJ
13 g
p) E
3 O
CO 0



r»>
•>-
to
•a
s_
re
5
-a
LU



^j-



OJ
o
z

CM
0
CO

o
o
XJ
OJ
D-

« s-
p- CO
O i—
> .a
1 JD
•r- 3
:n to



CO
i —
•
OJ
1 —
P r-
•p- re
0 T-
i.
S- -P
0) IO
-P 3
E -O
(U E
O i-H
->. E-—
•a: >> o o
O- -P T- D_
LU -P- -P <:
C-> 3 *• — '
V> r—
•r- CD i— i—
O 4-> O O
E T- Q. i-
••- E -P
c— re s_ E
r— S- •!- O
I-H crscc o



E
O
JH -r- cu
re T3 3
DT LU C
CU
^> C3 >
•P O ^
-p
•p-
0
cu
•p
•r-
E
re
s-
cc



00







*~-+.
T^3
cu
3
E
•P—
-P
E
O
a



































































                                                         410

-------
-o
CU
CO











4->
C
O)
E
CL
•r"
3
CT
LU
CT) ^~~
C 4-> CO
••- JT S_
•— cn cu — l
CUT- 4-> CD
E CU CU «£
ro ii E
CO ^--


c
0
•i- CU
4-> CL
03 >>

CO


i-
o
4-)
O3
^ S-
S_ 
ro

CO
C
O
CL-r-
03 4-)
s: 03
o
o














1 —
0

1
• I —
^



f-s^
CM

^j-


ro
C -r-
03 S~

!- to
3 3
JD -a
3 c:
co i— i
£
•r~
O

CU

• r~
C
OB O
5- a.
CD 
 CU i—
C -^ O
O 03 CM
0 _J CO
4->
3 4->
O -r-
c_> o
C 0)
0 4->
to -t-
•r- C.
•a ro
ro &~
s: CD




^o


£
ai \
CLLO
03 i—
-C 1— ~v.
O CO
S- * — t
ra CO 4-
(U 1—1 O
t/1 c^
O) CO
a: cu 03

« c s^
r— 03 CU
0 -i- r—
> i— a.
t a. E
•r- CL (O
1C eC CO



p-^
LO
»
«^J-

+-> i—
•i- ro
C__? "p™1
S-
S_ +j
O) co
+J H3
£^ ~O
OJ C
O HH
>>
'I 	
^

QJ
+_>
•r~
^
rt3 O
S- Q_
C3 -=i

.C!
4->
o
CM

4-^
CO
ra
UJ

r—
0
o
CM

£2
• r—
CJ
cu
4-)
• r—
C
(O
S-
CD




LO
















i —
O

1
•1—
x:



px».
LO
.
«sj-

+J i—
•r- ni
CJ *n™
s_
i- 4->
CU CO
4-> 3
c -o
CU C
CJ >—i
£
•r~-
t_>

O)

•r—
C
03 O
S_ D-
CD 
S- CO
3 3
J3 -O
3 C
CO i— i
£
•i —
O

CU

• 1 —
c
O3 CJ
s- a.
en et
CM
~tfc
-a
c c
O 03
•i—
40 4-J "O
03 r- 03
4J O) O
co > o:
cu
CU CO ^
s- o u
•r- O O


•p*
• r—
CJ
O)
4-)
•r—
C
03
S-
CD




r^*


CU "O
r— C 4->
a> •> Q-'I- t-
O S- E 3 03
c: ai ro jz
ro i — CO CU CJ
•r- CL S_
i — E CN13 CL
CL O3 O •!—
Q.CO CO O3 S-
ej; CU 4->
i— i c: si co to
JT CO O i-
O >— i O i- •> CU
S- eC -i- CU E "d
03 E JT CU S^
OJ CU JC 4-> 4-> O
to D- O rO CO U
CU rd CU O) >j CU
ce t— t— 3 co a:



p^
CO
.
0
r—

03
C~ «j—
03 S-

S- CO
3 3
_O "O
3 C
CO i— i
£
*I—
O

CU
4->
•I-"
c:
03 CJ)
S- 0.
cacc



>.
4-J
•r- CU CO
0 0 E
•r- 03
cu ci- -a
4_> lf_ e^
•<- o
C r—
O3 CJ> O
s- a_ oo
CD et CM

•P*
•r-
C-)
CU
4->
•r—
c
n3

e?




0
r— -















r—
O

f
»,_
^



o
r^
.
VD

O3
*r~
C 4-*
ra C
.a cu
S- T3
3 -i-
JO CO
3 0)
co o;
a. 4J
LU -i-
CJ
CO
•r- V
O 4J
C -i-
•r- C
I— (O
r- S-
i — i CD
, 	
O
O

u o
co to
c
4-> c~
~O O
S_ «-3
03
-C O
O *^~
S- 0
U- CM

4^
•i—
CJ
a>
4-)
*r-
c
03
S-
CD




CM
^—

                                                                                          CU
                                                                                          3
                                                                                          O
                                                                                          O
                                           411

-------
-a
CU
c:
o
o
CO
<










-P
c
CU
pz
r*l
•r-
3
CT
LU
O1 '— •
C -P tO
•r- JC S_
i — D) CU 	 1
Q.-I- -P CD
E CU CU <
fO "T" E
00 	

c
o
•r- CU
-P Q.
fO ^">
+-* H—
CO



s-
o
•P
re
*»^ £_
S- CU
CU Q-
C O





to
V)
CU
s-
"0
-a
eSi







C
O

-P
re
•P
to
c
o
O.T-
2: re
o
o
_J
-o
CU CCO
Q_ *» «p- O CJ
re s- 3 foo Q
.el— cu o M- LU •> >
U X r— CU CO.S-S-
i-i-i-r-a.s-T-.c cu -P
re to -a E 3 .a u «i— at
cu i—1 c re to *^ cu &— *"* pi
to ^c cu to re >ca a>
(J "CO S- r— H-
*t C S— S— *» (I) (O CM
I—™ fO OJ LO QJ E N C CD QJ
O 'f™ r~~ ^ J~ cD ^s ^C ^^ -4^^
>i— CXCC-P-Pi— ^.O
i Q. E o re co re CM c\e
•r- o_rez cu >,coo cu
z < oo => 3 oo «=c t/> oo a:



fXs.
ID

^~ '

r—
m
C -r-
(& S—
J2 -P

3 3
xi -a
3 C
to i— <
^
D_
LU

to
•r-
O
c
•1—
t— 1
c
^
"° *"* -P
^ CU -P
c S- 0

j_) r™—
c s- -P re
0 CU C 3

° re i — «a-
— 3 Q. LO
>J
-P
c
3
o s-
o cu
>
C T-
o ct

•r- -0
-a o

s: 3



CO
r—














P»«
O
1
•r-
^



^J-
p^
•
CTi

re
C T-
re u
JQ S-
s- cu
3 £=
-Q E
3 0
to o
^
D.
LU

to
•r~
O
C
•r-
l— i
a.
Ou
re

r— JC
r— -P
re 3
n: o

^>
•P 00
•r- O
C_5 CM

>^
-P
C
3
O
o re
•P*
CU -Q
0 E
S- 3
C r—
O O
s: o



^j.
i—














|M
O

•^
1



^~
f-^
*
CTi


C
re

s.
3
r^
3
to
•a;
CL
LU

to
•r-
O
C
• |M
1— 1
to
•I—
0
c
•p-
r— r-
1 	 H-t
re
1C •

^j
•p P—
•r- O
t_) p—
C
3
O
0
cu
S_ r—
•p- i —
re •*-
r— >
o cu
P.~
• p^
-P CU
00 CQ



U'J
p—

CtL
CU O
Q-z: i
re s re
.c h- c coc
o x «c o o x>
r • 	 . *__ f. -i \ f~
>• r~^ "n~ •» ^^^ w.
re to "o s- cv*- •+•> re
CU >-< C CU O -Q -r-
to«a; cu r— co -r- _j e
cu oo Q. 10 53
o; cu E c re ••«->
o «• re o Q s- to
» c s- co o cu >i
r— HJ CU -i- « N CO
o -i- p— o c s- ;>-,
i "a. E o N "re c
•p- o. re to cu >> c T-
01 
•
^j-

re
C -r-
re o
JD i.
S- CU
3 E
o E
3 O
to o
.,,.
a.
LU

to
•p-
o
c
•P"
1 — 1
cu
3
o

CO
CO
cu
c
•p-
to
3 O
CO «*

cu

re

to

re

^^
O -X
J^* i_
as 
-------
CU
4J
c:
o
u
LU
_J
03










4O
C
CU
E
Q.
•r—
3
cr
UJ
£='40 to
•r- JC S-
i — CD CU 	 1
Q_'r- 4O C!3
E CU CU  Q_
ro >,
40 I—
to




t-
O
40
ro
-^ S-
S_ CU
CU Q-
C O
jj
O






VI
to
CU
s_
-o
•o






c
o
•i—
1 *
ro
40
oo
c
0
Q--r-
ro 40
SEI ro
U
O
	 1
O CU
O) I TJ C_> 4->
CD O C UJ O
 ro 1 — E
.^ 4-> CU CU
u «=c s- s~ o:
ro 3 rc •
Ct- " tO r— *- — • "
CU tO O C S-
>> S- CU 00 O  a. "40 >, >,
r— (O i— ro i— S-
O S- O i— -r- rO 4->
S- CU -r- ro T3 C O)
O Q. S- M_ ro < E
cu E cu c o; cu
4-> cu jr -i- x—
O) (— CX (O > O CU
s:— U)Q;ZDZI-






























^^
-o
CU
3
c
•r-
1 ^
c
o
o


£
3
o
CJ
S-
'5
p^
o

.
4_)
oo



















r-~'
o

1
•I—
a:


^~
tM
•
LO
I—
^^
J_i r .—
••- (0
C.J *p~
i.
5- 4->
cu to
4-J 3
C "^3
CU C
0 •-<
to
^ 3
D- O
UJ _l

to •
•r- 4->
o oo
c
•r- 4-> >,
r— to 4->
r—- CO T-
>— i UJ O
CU
r—
•r—
^
r-' t/)
i— C
ro *i~
IE r— CU
r— 3
>> O C
4-> O CU
•I- >
c_2 r^ , U S_ S- 4-> CU -O
r~ c~ rjj <~^ CU t/J tv| 3 >^
ro ro i— C_3 -C >, >,QQ S-
C -r- Q. 4-> 00 i— 40
, 3 .Q O 40
r— CU 1— l "O i — tO-r-C_> O
•i-tooOCrarOlOQE
c~ rj,) * — t CU c CU ro UJ CU
Q. OZ < QQ < SI Q Q. QC


Oi
CM

CO
"~
•r- rO
O 'I-
s-
S- 4->
cu to
•M 3
c -o
CU C
CJ t — '

ei
D_
UJ

to
•r—
O
c
*l—
r—
r—
i — t

cn-r-
"a s.
i—. 3
CO O
l/l
i — tO
ro -r-
i- s:
CU
-o o
cu Ln
ii ip
in
•r-
3
O
"""
+1
00

40
to
03
UJ



00
| 	

                                     413

-------
Parameters Measured
Ozone
Carbon Monoxide
Coefficient of Haze
Wind Direction and Speed
Total Suspended Particulates
Meteorology Monitoring
  Package including Temper-
  ature, Rainfall, Ultra-
  violet and Solar Radiation,
  and Atmospheric Pressure
Observation Interval
Instrument/Method Used (continued)
Dasibi Model  10003 AH ultraviolet absorp-
tion ozone analyzer, 0 to 0.5 ppm range.
Concentrations read to nearest 0.01 ppm.
Bendix UNOR-5 nondispersive infrared CO
analyzer, 0 to 50 ppm range.  Concentra-
tions read to nearest 0.10 ppm.
Research Appliance Corporation AISI
tape sampler measuring the coefficient
of haze.
Weather Measure and Litton wind systems
indicating direction in degrees of
azimuth corrected to true north and
speed in miles per hour.
General Metals high volume particulate
sampler.  Flow rate is recorded when the
clean filter is installed, and when the
exposed filter is removed.  Flow rate
during a sampling interval is the
average of these readings.
The site located at Cahokia Mounds State
Park has a Litton meteorological package
containing a thermistor, recording in °C
and an Epply ultraviolet radiometer and
a solar pyranometer measuring Langleys
per minute.  Also operational are a
Sostman model 201-4 barometer measuring
millimeters of mercury and a MRI tipping
bucket rain gauge measuring rainfall to
the nearest hundredth of an inch.
     Instantaneous values for all parameters at remote telemetry sites are
                                   -  414

-------
transmitted at five minute intervals to the central computer complex at IEPA
offices in Springfield, Illinois.  These are then recorded and averaged on an
hourly basis.  The hi-vol  samplers and the NO-/SCL bubblers sample once every
six days from 0000 to 2400 CST and their data are retrieved manually.  The
AISI coefficient of haze instruments sample continuously.  The paper tape is
advanced and readings are made at two hour intervals.  All locations were
operational prior to 1972.

Calibration and Quality Control Procedures
Philips 9700 S02 Analyzer
Technicon Model IV SO,
  Analyzer
PEDCO N02/S02 Bubbler
TECO 14B NOX Analyzer
Dasibi Model 10003 Ozone
  Analyzer
A zero and span check is performed
daily.  Monthly calibrations are per-
formed using an NBS traceable permea-
tion tube and a Monitor Lab'8500
dilution system.
A zero and span check is performed
daily.  A monthly calibration is per-
formed using an NBS traceable permea-
tion tube and a Monitor Lab 8500
dilution system.  Permeation tube
temperature is oven controlled.
Equipment is cleaned and calibrated
every six days when sample is retrieved.
Zero and multipoint calibrations are
performed once every three months.  An
Airco NO cylinder traceable to an NBS
standard and an NBS NOp permeation tube
with a Meloy dilution system are used
for the calibration procedure.
An electrical zero and span is per-
formed daily.  A TECO ultraviolet
ozone generator is employed for total
calibration once every six months.
                                     415

-------
Calibration and Quality Control  Procedures  (continued)
Research Appliance AISI
  Tape Sampler
Weather Measure and
  Litton Wind Systems
Bendix UNOR-5 CO Analyzer              The instrument undergoes a weekly manual
                                       zero and span check and receives a
                                       monthly calibration using an NBS stan-
                                       dard bottled gas.
                                       No calibration is  performed on this
                                       particular piece of equipment.
                                       Since 1973, wind speed data are
                                       checked weekly for anomalies.  A
                                       constant RPM motor is utilized for the
                                       yearly calibration.  Directional
                                       alignment is performed on a yearly  .
                                       basis employing solar noon as an
                                       orientation point.
                                       The flow meters are calibrated bi-
                                       annually utilizing a Rootsmeter
                                       calibrated orifice plate and a manom-
                                       eter.
                                       Every three years  the whole unit is
                                       shipped to Litton  for recalibration.
                                       The last calibration was implemented
                                       in 1974.
     All data produced are visually examined for obvious  anomalies.  For re-
motely telemetered data at least three valid readings per hour must be
acquired before the data are recorded.  Slope and drift for the instruments
are calculated and programmed.

Instrument Location
     The locations of the instruments are shown in Figure 14 and described in
Table 16.

Location and Type of Data Available
     Data are available on magnetic tape, micro-fiche and as hard copy.  All
General  Metals Particulate
  Samplers
Litton Meteorology Package
                                    416

-------
data generated by IEPA are routed through EPA Region V headquarters in
Chicago and eventually are filed in the MADE at Research Triangle Park.
Data quality has improved since 1975 with the implementation of quality
control procedures.   All  data are in SAROAD format.
     For further information on data availability contact:
                    Robert Swinford
                    Illinois Environmental  Protection Agency
                    Division of Air Pollution Control
                    2200 Churchill Road
                    Springfield, IL  62706
                    (217) 782-5811
     For data from the National Aerometric Data Bank contact:
                    Christopher Timm
                    Environmental Protection Agency, Region V
                    Surveillance and Analysis Division
                    230 South Dearborn
                    Chicago, IL  60604
                    (312) 353-2000

Location of Information Concerning Data Collection
                    Robert A. Arnott
                    Manager, Ambient Air Monitoring Section
                    Illinois Environmental  Protection Agency
                    Division of Air Pollution Control
                    2200 Churchill Road
                    Springfield, IL  62706
                    (217) 782-5811
                                     417

-------
10.2  CITY AND COUNTY AGENCIES
10.2.1  CITY OF ST. LOUIS POLLUTION CONTROL NETWORK
Locati on
     Ten air monitoring sites are located in the city of St.  Louis (Figure 15).
All continuous sampling sites are monitored remotely and recorded at a central
computer terminus located at the corner of Clark and Twelfth  Streets.
Parameters Measured                   Instrument/Method Used
Wind Direction and Speed
Ambient Temperature
Sulfur Dioxide
Nitrogen Oxides
Xonics anemometer and directional vane.
Speed is recorded in miles per hour and
direction in degrees of azimuth correc-
ted to true north.
Xonics forced ventilation radiation
shielded thermistor, reported in degrees
Fahrenheit.
Davis 11-7010 RP conductimetric SO
analyzer, 0 to 1 ppm range.  Concentra-
tions read to nearest 0.01 ppm.
TECO Model 43 pulsed fluorescence S0?
analyzer, 0 to 1 ppm range.  Concentra-
tions read to nearest 0.01 ppm.
Meloy NA-520-2 chemiluminescent analyzer,
0 to 1 ppm range.  Concentrations read
to nearest 0.01 ppm.
Beckman K-78 colorimetric acrylizer
converted from Lyshkow reagent to
Saltzman reagent in December 1972, 0 to
1 ppm range.  Concentrations read to
nearest 0.01 ppm.
418

-------
O             REMOTE  MONITORING
             SITES

         A   HI-VOL  SITES
             REMOTE  MONITORING
             AND HI-VOL SITES
                                                   Approx. 10 km
FIGURE 15.   ST.  LOUIS CITY REMOTE MONITORING AND HI-VOL SITES
                            419

-------
Parameters Measured
Total Hydrocarbons
Carbon Monoxide
Ozone
Aerosol Backscatter
Coefficient of Haze
Total Suspended Particulates
Observation Interval
Instrument/Method Used (continued)
Beridix 8401 and Beckman 108A flame ioni-
zation total hydrocarbon analyzers, 0 to
20 ppm range.  Concentrations read to
nearest 0.1 ppm.
Beckman 315 BL nondispersive infrared
analyzer, 0 to 100 ppm range.  Concentra-
tions read to nearest 0.1 ppm.
McMillian 1100-2 and Bendix 800-02
chemiluminescence ozone analyzer, 0 to
0.5 ppm range. Concentrations read to
the nearest 0.01 ppm.
Prior to May 1975 for the McMillian
analyzer and May 1974 for the Bendix
analyzer, a Beckman K-78 acrylizer was
used to measure total oxidants.  Concen-
trations read to nearest 0.01 ppm.
Meteorology Research 1550 integrating
nephelometer measuring the scattering
coefficient.
Research Appliance AISI tape sampler
measuring the coefficient of haze.
General Metals hi-vol particulate sampler.
Flow rate is recorded when the clean
filter is installed, and when the
exposed filter is removed.  Flow rate
during a sampling interval is the
average of these readings.
     All remote telemetry data are recorded instantaneously every three
minutes for each parameter by an onsite data acquisition system.   This
system transmits fifteen minute averages to the central  computer of the
                                      420

-------
City of St. Louis Pollution Control  Office.   The fifteen minute averages are
further reduced to hourly averages at the central  computer complex.   The
hi-vols sample once every six days from 0000-2400  CST.   The AISI tape sam-
plers operate continuously and record at two hour  intervals.   All hi-vols
were operational prior to 1972.   Periods of operation for remote monitoring
sites are annotated in Table 17.
Calibration and Quality Control  Procedures
Xonics Anemometer and
  Directional  Vane
Xonics Forced Ventilation
  Thermistor
Davis 11-7010 and TECO
  Model  43 S02 Analyzer
Beckman K-78 Acrylizer
  NOX Analyzer
Meloy NA 520-2 NOX
The only calibration is done at factory
prior to installation.
Original calibration occured in June
1973.  Readings are compared daily to
NWS information.  If a discrepancy of
greater than +_ 2.0°F occurs, the sensor
is recalibrated.
A Mylar bag sample of S0? with a concen-
tration determined by the Federal
Reference Method (Pararosaniline Tech-
nique) is used for calibration.  Cali-
bration has been done monthly since
1973.  Prior to 1973, calibration
occurred about once every 3 months.
Static color calibration and span
calibrations are performed once every
six months.  A cylinder of Airco NBS
traceable NO is used in conjunction with
a homemade ozone generator for NO and
NOp calibrations.  Concentrations of the
combined gases were determined by gas
phase titration.
Static color calibration and span cali-
brations are performed once every six
months.  A cylinder of Airco NBS trace-
able NO is used in conjunction with a
                                      421

-------
Q-
l—i


cr
a:
h-
UJ

LU
o

LU
o
CO
U-
o
ca
H-

UJ UJ
i— < p^j
0 <
LL
U_ U_
UJ CD
O
O
g£
^ ^j
r— ~ — '
n: ^ o
H_£;r
-^







o

o



2- C
O — '
CQ X
ce o
ej o




ty;
2:
O
cn
— ' Q"
£«*
1^
>~ ccr
o
>-
x


£="
^ UJ
§2
£s





i°
CO , 	 ,
§£

tZ1 Q
2!!




-, UJ









Ul
ex
i— zi
~z? \—
ui <=r
— cc
CO LLJ
21 a.
d 2_
UJ





3 Uj






c5

5 "-
= Cj
^ --U
- C£

Q
1—
K-
ii
C
O» r-
-£=04-!
u c ro
U ro £-
ro i— O
i— i O) <— Q.
U~) (/) Q i-
— < QJ CL 0
c£ CC <£ LJ
D QJ
C 4-J


ro O Cn
o 'aj i
QJ -C CXJ
CC C QJ CTi
5. •— • Z ' —
4~!
c

T3 r^ r--


C O ^ Q1 i


J*: ro CXJ •!— CTi
QJ O Cn u ^-~.
CQ i — i — si ^o
QJ
£

c -a r~-
C (/> QJ CTi
E -0 ro '
-V ) S_ CXJ
o c 4- r-.
QJ o c cn
or> ^ —. ,--


c
c r--
•i— r^
c 4-1 Cn
fO ro ' —
£ QJ rsi i
-* £- -i- CXJ
0 ro c r^
QJ r— o Cr
CQ U. — n-
4J
C

e ' > f-
-^ cxi o cn
cj r~- • — • —
Q; CT) QJ *^»
CQ i — S^ r-.
4J
C
QJ
LD LT>
r~~. QJ
CTI i-
.— c
E i ^>i^
3& Cxi O cr>
u r>- — •—
QJ CT> CU "~^,
CD . — si r-^
1








i- cxj c cn

ro CT- uj ^-^
0 "- •"" "^
s_
O rv-
"C 4-> r^.
CL (/i Cn



c r- cu r-~
^ ^ r£ ^
	 _ — _ — _
Q- O. r^-

o a, cn

u a, c i
•- a, s cxi
c s- a r~-

x t— < —
ro

O f~^
•-- cn


— Q) Q,' CM
C i- c r-^.
C <- rn CT-
X Q >" , —
-
c
o
0) •-
-C O 4->
o c ro
L ro s-
ro r- c
— QJ —• D
uO Ul D- S~
— > cu cr o
<: ct: < o
cn QJ
cr 4->

4-J £ 1^--
fO O CT-
QJ J= cxi
CU C QJ CT1
? — ' ^ I—
c


r- cr cn
X i — £1 i —
C O ^-. QJ I


.*: ro cxi r- cn
QJ O CTi O ^
QJ
S-

o TD r-^
c u1 QJ a-
£ "D ro i
j*: t s^ (xj
u c 4- r--
QJ o c: CT
CC, ^ " r-


c:
O r—
4-j cr
X ft) •—
r- QJ KJ (
-D F — rxj
C ro. C r~-
QJ r- O CT
CD u_ — < . —





O C ro
S- ro '—
rO -i- O
<— OJ , — O
1/1 Ul D V.
»— i QJ CL c
•< CC d (._)
t.
C QJ
C 4-1
•- QJ r-

ro o cr>
a 'QJ ' i
CL' C QJ CTi

4-1
c

T3 rv. r^


C 0 \ '


-^ 
cc rr ^' -—


Cl

+j cn
X f3 ^~
•r- QJ M 1
TD E 'r- Cxi
C ro c: r-.
QJ r- o cn




r*-.
f~-.
d cn
jo i —
JK: cxi
U r--
QJ cn
CO i —



r-~
C CTi
E T
-ii CM
U I"1--
QJ cn
CO •—






cn


r- CM

rO CT
a i—
^



ij" "O r— , 	

r- OJ ^ ~Xf
C r- CD l~--

	 ________
<_
c-, a r—

t_j Q, cn,
i/) t- i —
O CJ C i
<- IL ~ r>j
c '— c,1 r~~-
o _e c cn
x h- =yi r-
'"0





r- a GJ CM
c ^- c f^-
C i- ro cn
x: Q ^. . —
M
c
o
QJ --
-C U -*-J
u g: ro
s- ro i-
ro r- o
— QJ r— 0
U"> if) Q- S_
-— QJ d o
<, cr < o
cr QJ



ro o cn
a 'a; i
OJ _C Cxi
cr: c QJ CT,

c
ro u"> r^


X i — C! . —
C O \ QJ 1


-^ ro cxj r- CTI
CU O Cn (j ~^
CQ 1 — i — ^" LJD
QJ
£


C (/! QJ CT
E -0 ro i
JM; I S- CXI
o c: 4- r--
QJ o c cn
CO 2. •— ' • —


c
O r--
c: 4-1 o>
£ QJ (SI |
^ E; ••- cxi
o re c r-
Qj r— O CT
CQ Lu i—« ( —




c cn
ro i —
A: cxi
o r*^
QJ Cn
QD r—


r^.
r^-
c cn
ro r~

j^: cxi
U f*-
QJ cn
QD —
C
QJ

r^-. QJ
cn s-
i — O

LT: r*-

i- CM C Cn


Q _ [_ LP






i- aj C CM

0 .c -c cr

a. CL r--



U X O I


C -C C C"-
X \- < —
-

C r-.



i- a> a. CM
c i- c r-~
C i- n^ C^
X O > , —
-
c
o
QJ ,-
_tr u 4-1
LJ c ro
i- ro S-
ro F- o
>— QJ -— 0
LO i/i CL t-
•— QJ O O
^t cc <; o
a QJ
C 40


re o cn
cr^ i
QJ -C CM
or c QJ en
S — ^ ,-
c


^- cn cn
x • — c: i —
c O ^-. OJ i


-i£ ro cxj i- cn
QJ O CTi U ^~,
CO 1— i — SL UD
QJ
^

c TD r^

E -C ro i
j*: i t. Cxj
o c "4- r-.
QJ o c: cn




O r^-
c 4J cr-


U ro C r^-
QJ -— o cn





r--.
c cn
E i
jx; cxi
o r-
QJ CT'
CO • —



c
QJ
ex

15
C O
r: ui
c
QJ


cr. s_
r 	 C



i- cxi CT cn


Q i 	 1 	 LT
^
C r-~




r- QJ i- rv i
i; r- Oj r--.

	 	 __- 	
d QJ r--

LJ CL 0

u a, 5 T


O .c: c o>

—

O r-~



r~ Qj Qj CXJ
c s- c r--
O i- ro cn

-
                                  422

-------
Calibration and Quality Control Procedures (continued)
                                      homemade ozone generator for NO and
                                      NCL calibrations.  Concentrations of the
                                      combined gases were determined by gas
                                      phase titration.
Beckman 108A and Bendix 8401
  Total Hydrocarbon Analyzers

Beckman 315 BL Infrared
  CO Analyzer

McMillian 1100-2 and
  Bendix 800-02 Ozone
  Analyzers
MRI 1550 Integrating
  Nephelometer
General Metals High
  Volume Particulate
  Sampler
AISI Tape Sampler
                                      The Beckman and Bendix equipment  are  zero
                                      checked daily and calibrated monthly
                                      using dilute propane span  gas.
                                      The instrument is zero checked  daily  and
                                      calibrated monthly using a dilute NBX
                                      traceable span gas.
                                      Both instruments contain an internal
                                      ozone source which is used for  monthly
                                      calibrations.   A more precise portable
                                      ozone generator with the ozone  output
                                      calibrated in the laboratory by the
                                      neutral buffered Potassium Iodide method
                                      is used for field calibrations  once
                                      every six months.
                                      Calibration using Freon 12  is  performed
                                      only when anomalies appear in aerosol data.
                                      The flow meter is calibrated once every
                                      four months using a Rootsmeter calibrated
                                      orifice plate and manometer.
                                      No calibration is performed on this
                                      equipment.
     Quality control operations are performed daily on the data produced by
the remote telemetry sites.   All parameters are visually checked for anomalies
on the computer printout.  Any apparent discrepancies are rechecked to assure
the validity of the data.
                                      423

-------
Instrument Location
     The locations of the remote monitoring and hi-vol  sites are represented
in Figure 15.  The instrumentation contained at each remote monitoring site
is delineated in the Table 17.

Location and Type of Data Available
     All data are available on  magnetic tape in SAROAD  format.   Data genera-
ted by the city of St. Louis are provided to the Missouri  Department of
Natural Resources for state archiving.   They are then forwarded to the EPA
Region VII office in Kansas City,'Missouri  for filing at the NADB at Research
Triangle Park.  Prior to 1972 all  data  quality is doubtful  due  to the lack of
quality control and standardization procedures.  Subsequent to  1972 data
quality improves.
     A programming error existed which  was  not discovered  until  1976.  This
involves all NO and NOX data for December 1975 - December  1976.   All data
for this time interval has been invalidated.  Raw data  are available for the
other time periods.  Data are available from W. L.  Hagar (address below).
     For data from the National Aerometric  Data Bank contact:
                    Rowena Micheals
                    Environmental  Protection Agency, Region VII
                    324 East llth Street
                    Kansas City, MO  64106
                    (816) 374-5493

Location of Information Concerning Data Collection
                    W. L. Hagar
                    St. Louis City Division of Air Pollution Control
                    419 City Hall
                    St. Louis,  MO  63103
                    (314) 453-3334
                                    424

-------
10.2.2  ST. LOUIS COUNTY AIR POLLUTION CONTROL BOARD
Location
     Eleven air monitoring sites are located in St.  Louis County.   The
spatial  distribution and instrumentation of the respective sites are delin-
eated in Figure 16.
                                      Instrument/Method Used
                                      Litton three cup anemometer and direc-
                                      tional vane indicating speed in miles
                                      per hour and direction in degrees of
Parameters Measured
Wind Direction and Speed
Ambient Temperature
Sulfur Dioxide
Nitroyen Oxides
                                      azimuth oriented to magnetic north.
                                      Litton thermistor indicating in degrees
                                      Fahrenheit.
                                      Technicon Model 1 colormetric analyzer,
                                      0 to 0.5 ppm range.  Concentrations  read
                                      to the nearest 0.01 ppm.
                                      Meloy SA-125 flame photometric analyzer,
                                      0 to 0.5 ppm range.  Concentrations  read
                                      to the nearest 0.01 ppm.
                                      Technicon Model 1 colorimetric analyzer,
                                      0 to 0.5 ppm range for NO and 0 to 0.2
                                      ppm range for N0~.  Concentrations read
                                      to the nearest 0.01 ppm.
                                      Thermo Electron chemiluminescent NO,,
                                      analyzer, 0 to 1 ppm range.   Concentra-
                                      tions read to the nearest 0.01 ppm.
                                      425

-------
                REMOTE MONITORING
                SITES
            A  HI-VOL SITES
                REMOTE MONITORING
                AND HI-VOL SITES
Approx. 10 km
FIGURE 16. ST.  LOUIS COUNTY REMOTE MONITORING AND HI-VOL SITES
                              "426

-------
Parameters Measured
Total Hydrocarbons
Carbon Monoxide
Ozone
Aerosol Backscatter
Total Suspended Participates
Observation Interval
Instrument/Method Used (continued)
Pacific 1552 flame ionization total hydro-
carbon analyzer, 0 to 20 ppm range.
Concentrations read to the nearest 0.10
ppm.
A MSA Lira Model 500 infrared analyzer,
0 to 50 ppm range.  Concentrations read
to the nearest 0.10 ppm.
Monitor Lab Model 8400 chemiluminescent
ozone analyzer, 0 to 0.5 ppm range.
Concentrations read to the nearest 0.01
ppm,
Technicon Model 1 colorimetric analyzer,
0 to 0.5 ppm range.   Concentrations read
to the nearest 0.01  ppm.
MRI 1550B integrating nephelometer
measuring scattering coefficient.
General Metals hi-vol particulate samplers.
Flow rate is recorded when the clean
filter is installed, and when the
exposed filter is removed.  Flow rate
during a sampling interval is the
average of these readings.  The sample
receives laboratory analysis for
sulfates, nitrates and six trace metals
(Pb, Mn, Cu, Fe, Cd, Zn), in addition to
mass loading.
     All remote telemetry data are recorded instantaneously every three
minutes for each parameter by the on-site acquisition system.  Thts system
transmits fifteen minute averages to the central computer complex located
at the St. Louis County Air Pollution Board Office.  Here the fifteen minute
                                      427

-------
averages are further integrated
sample once every six days from
prior to 1972 except for hi-vol
operation for remote monitoring
Calibration and Quality Control Procedures
to hourly averages and archived.   Hi-vols
0000-2400 CST.  All hi-vols were operational
8, which was activated in 1976.   Periods of
sites are annotated in Table 18.
Litton Wind System
Litton Thermistor
Technicon Model I
  S00 Analyzer
Meloy SA-125
  S02 Analyzer
Technicon Model I
  NO., Analyzer
Thermo Electron
  NOV Analyzer
      Except for factory calibration and
      initial orientation, no calibration is
      performed on this equipment.
      The temperature sensors at different
      locations within the monitoring system
      are compared with each other to deter-
      mine if any discrepant readings are
      being produced.
      Static color and span calibrations are
      performed once every four months.  A
      Metronics NBS traceable permeation tube
      and a Dynacal 201-P dilution system are
      used for the span calibrations.
      The analyzer is calibrated once every
      four months utilizing a Metronics NBS
      traceable permeation tube and a Dynacal
      201-P dilution system.  The permeation
      tube temperature is maintained by a
      controlled temperature oven which is an
      integral part of the dilution system.
      Except for periodic cleaning, no
      calibration is performed on this system.
      Static color calibration and span cali-
      brations are performed once every two
      months.  A cylinder of Scott NO is used
      in conjunction with a homemade ozone
      generator for NO and N00 calibrations.
                                     428

-------
o:
o

UJ
or
o
o
co


UJ
_1
ca

CT


^ CS-
C_3 UJ

CO h-

O
LO




UJ

o
r-j
O



LU
2: o

CO X
Cd O
<_J O


LO
O
CD

-. O



LU UJ
CD C3
O K1
CE: x
(~ O
1 — 1 1 — ,





C? L^-J

U- v— 1
	 I X
Z3 0
CO •—


m
cc
ID
I—

cc
UJ
CU
3E
UJ
\—
§


2: o
•— • UJ
13 CC



UJ
UJ
Q_
CO
Q
z:

Z2

o
1 —
1 —
;_
CT QJ
d -M

-ME r—
re O Cn
CC i_ r- r—
CT > 1
JZ CO O <-O

CJ CTi QJ Cn
J_
O r—
-M r—
to cn
c; •-- i—
O E i
-M i- CM
-M QJ r— .

— > *— •—
QJ r-
c r— .


0 I
-M T3 CM
-M c r-
r~ -r~ CTi
__j S i —
^
QJ r—

QJ cn
d E p—
O O 1
-M E CM
-M QJ r—
r- C 01
_J 
"^
jd

c^ ^3" — i r— ^
Or— r-
LJ CT> S— Cn
•r- r- 0 r-
C= 1 -M 1
-C CO -r- 0 ^f
u UD d O r-^
OJ cn o -^ en
H- •— s: co r-

r— -
C' r-
C cn
LT ,—
1
fO cn
=£ i- LD
LO -i— cn
CM
LO
LO

r--
O CTi
^Z ""T
•i— CM

ro cn
D- i —

C r — d r—
o CT> o en
r- r— O S- r—
C t E -M 1
JZ CO S_ CJ tD
cj to cu cu r—
QJ cn JT r— cn
I — . — I — LU i —
c LD r-
or— d r-
o cn o cn

d i E 4-> i
jr: CO s_ u to
cj to QJ cp r—
QJ cn -c r— cn
I— r— H" i-U 1—
LO
CM
d tD T r— .
or— , i
jz: co o ^o
o tD i — r—
(U cn QJ cn
s-
o r-.

co cn

5 E i
+-> *- CM
-M QJ r—

_J K- r-
QJ r-

ro 01
c: :P- r—
O 1
4-' "O CM
•M c r-
•r-- -i~ cn
^ ^: -—
^


QJ cn
00 T
•ME CM
-M QJ r-
>- c cn
._! < r-

CM

^
D QJ
d -M
•r- QJ r--
-ME r-

02 t. i~ r—
CT QJ 1
o QJ jz CM

£X LO d QJ Cn
i- ' ' ' •
JD
(Tl


u cr s- cn
•i- r— O r-
C 1 -M 1
-C CC •<- 0 -^
U tC d C r— .
QJ cn o *3~ cn
h- .- ^ 00 ^

r—

c cn
LO i —
ro cn

oo •.- cn
CM
LO
LO


u cn,
M- 1
•r- CM
u r—
ro en
CX (—

C r-
j cn

d i
JZ CO
u to
QJ O1
1— i—


o en

d i
JZ CO

QJ en
I— <—
LO
CM
d to T r-

LJ cn LO o~i

C 1 >> 1
JZ CO O LC

a.) cn QJ cr
^
o r— •

co cn
d •<- T—
0 E I
-MS- CM
4~> QJ r-

— II — 1 —
QJ 1 — .

ro cn

O 1
+-> "O CM
-M d r-
-r- -r- Cn
-1 ^ r-
^
QJ r-

Qj O~>
00 T
-ME CM
-M QJ r-
<- c cn
_i <: r-

en

^
0 0)
d -M

-M E r—
fO o cn
CO S- f— i—
CT QJ I
cr QJ jz CM
>— ' LO 4-J d- r— -
CE: LO c QJ en
1 ' '
_Q
03

or-- r-
O CJi S- CTi
•r- r— O r—
C 1 4-1 I
JZ CO -f O "vj-

QJ cn o *-t- cn
i— r— s: cc •—

^_

C cn

i
ro cn
c£ i_ t£>
uo -i— cn
CM
LO
LO
i— r-.
r--
U CTi
4- *~7
•i— C
u r-v
ro cr


O r—
U cr,

c 1

u tc
QJ en

c r-
o t^--
CJ CTi

C 1
JZ CO
CJ tO
OJ cn
I— , —
LO
CM
c uD i r-.
Or- =£ r-
u cn co cn

C 1 >> i
JZ CC O td
u LD i — r-
cu cn QJ cn
h- i 	 E r—
s-
O r-

c/> Cn
d -r- ,—
O £ i
4-1 i- CM
4-1 flj r—

	 ii — i —
QJ r—

ro cn
c >• 1—
0 1
4-1 "O CM

•r- •!— CTi
	 13 i —
^
OJ r-

QJ cn
C £ r-
0 0 I
-ME cxi
-M QJ r—
<- c cn
_ i =i -—

^

i.
CT OJ
d -M
•i— QJ r—
-ME r—
mo cn
CC S- i — i —
cr cu i
O QJ Jd CM
i — ' LO -M Q, r—
o; LO c cu en
1 ' ' '
JD

c *d- _ j r-
O r- r-
o cn i- cr
•r- i— O r—
C I -M> 1
-C CC •<- O ^J-
o to c o r-
QJ cn o *^- en
(— <— s: co *—

r—
o r-
C Cn
LO .—
ro cn

co -^- cn
ET — J r—
CM
LO
LO

1 —
U cn
4- T
•r~ CM
u r-

Q- r—
c r—
O r-
U cr,


JZ CC
U to
QJ cn
t— r—
C r-.
O r-
0 cn

c: i
JZ CO

QJ cn
f— r—
LO
CM
c to i r— .
Or- <£ r-
u cn co cn

cr i >> i
-C CO O VO
u UP i— r-.
CU cn 
-------
Calibration and Quality Control Procedures  (continued)
                                       Concentrations of the combined gases
                                      were determined by gas phase titration.
                                      A dilute Matheson cylinder source gas is
                                      used for calibration once every four
                                      months.
Pacific 1552 Total
  Hydrocarbon Analyzer
MSA Lira Model 500
  CO Analyzer

Monitor Lab Model 8400
  Ozone Analyzer
Technicon Model I
  Ozone Analyzer
MRI 1550 B Integrating
  Nephelometer

General Metals
  Particulate Sampler
                                      A dilute Scott cylinder of NBS traceable
                                      standard gas is used for calibrations
                                      once every four months.
                                      A homemade ozone generator is utilized
                                      for field calibrations once every four
                                      months. The ozone generator is calibra-
                                      ted using the Federal Reference (Wet
                                      Chemical) Method annually.
                                      Static color and span calibrations are
                                      performed once every four months.  The
                                      homemade ozone generator utilized for
                                      field calibrations is calibrated using
                                      the Federal Reference (Wet Chemical)
                                      Method annually.
                                      Calibration using Freon 12 is performed
                                      only when anomalies appear in the aerosol
                                      data.
                                      A calibrated orifice plate and a manometer
                                      are used to calibrate the hi-vol flow
                                      meter twice a year.
     Daily quality control procedures are performed on the data received
from the remote telemetry stations.  All parameters are visually checked
for anomalies.  Any apparent discrepancies are rechecked to assure the
validity of the data.
                                      430

-------
Instrument Location
     The locations of the remote monitoring and hi-vol sites are represented
in Figure 16.  Table 18 delineates the equipment located at each remote
telemetry station.

Location and Type of Data Available
     All data are available on magnetic tape in SAROAD format.  These are
available through the County Air Pollution Control Board or from the State
Division of Environmental Quality in Jefferson City.  The data are eventually
submitted to the EPA, Region VII office in Kansas City, Missouri who in turn
submit them to the NADB at Research Triangle Park.  Prior to 1975 most data
appear to be of doubtful quality.  Subsequent data appear to improve.
According to St. Louis County Air Pollution Control Branch personnel, all of
the sulfur dioxide, nitrogen oxide and ozone data produced by the Technicon
instruments are of dubious quality.  Data are available from Ashuin Gajjar
(address below).
     For data from the National Aerometric Data Bank contact:
                    Rowena Micheals
                    Environmental Protection Agency, Region VII
                    324 East llth Street
                    Kansas City, MO  64106
                    (816) 374-5493

Location of Information Concerning Data Collection
                    Ashuin Gajjar
                    St. Louis County Air Pollution Control Branch
                    801 S. Brentwood Boulevard
                    Clayton, MO  63105
                    (314) 726-1100
                    Ext. 281 or 282
                                    431

-------
10.3  PRIVATE INDUSTRY
10.3.1  UNION ELECTRIC COMPANY
Location
     The Union Electric Company operates  thirteen  ambient air monitoring
sites in the RAPS study area.   Twelve of  these  sites  are equipped with  High
Volume particulate samplers and sulfur dioxide  analyzers.   The thirteenth
site has only the sulfur dioxide analyzer operating.   The spatial distribu-
tion and respective instrumentation of the sites are  represented in  Figure
17.
Parameters Measured                   Instrument/Method Used
Sulfur Dioxide                        Leeds-Northrup  Aeroscan Model  7860
                                      conductometric  analyzer coupled with a
                                      Leeds-Northrup  18091 strip chart  recor-
                                      der, 0 to 1  ppm range.   Concentrations
                                      read to the  nearest 0.01 ppm.
Total Suspended                       Mine Safety  Appliance High Volume parti-
  Particulates                        culate sampler.   The flow rate is assumed
                                      to  remain constant throughout  the hi-vol
                                      operating period.
Observation Interval
     The hi-vols sample on a six day schedule with an active sampling period
0000 through 2400 CST.  The S02 analyzers sample continuously and record on
strip charts.  The observations are manually reduced  to half hour averages.
The half hour averages are further reduced to hourly  summaries on the final
processed magnetic tape.   All  monitoring  sites  were operational prior to
1972 except for the two sites  located near the  Rush Island power plant  which
became operational in 1976.
                                     432

-------
              JERSE^VILLE
           Portage Dev-Souix
                                       .-.BETHALTO
                                     VJWOOD
                                      RIVER .EDWARDSVtLLE
ST.
CHARLES
                                          jt;-;;COLLINSVILLE

                                  AST'ST. LOU IS
                                               ILLINOIS
                          COLUMBIA   Q S02 Analyzer


                                     A Hi-Vol Sampler


                                         Power Plant
                                     Approx. 10 km
   Rush Is land-A L3js\
FIGURE 17.  : iN I ON ELtCTRIC A1K MONi'iORlNG SITES
                     4 !,l

-------
Calibration and Quality Control Procedures
Leeds-Northrup                        Once every six months the instrument is
  SOp Analyzer                        removed from the field and replaced with
                                      an identical  instrument which has been
                                      calibrated in the laboratory.  An NBS
                                      traceable Metronix SO,, permeation tube
                                      in a constant temperature oven and a
                                      Combustion Equipment Association dilu-
                                      tion system are used for the calibration
                                      process.   A daily zero check is per-
                                      formed in the field.
Mine Safety Appliance                 The particulate samplers are calibrated
  Particulate Samplers                every four months in the laboratory by
                                      determining the air flow using orifice
                                      plates and a manometer.
     The sampling sites are serviced twice weekly by a field technician.  The
reagent utilized by the SO,, analyzer is renewed weekly.
     All data receives stringent quality control checks in the field and
during the reduction process.
Instrument Location
     The location of the monitoring sites and their respective instrumenta-
tion are delineated in Figure 17.
Location and Type of Data Available
     Data are available as 9 track, 1600 bpi magnetic tape.  The data coding
is EBCDIC and the file format is tailored to fit Union Electric1s specific
needs.  Processed data are available as hourly averages.   Unprocessed data
are available on magnetic tape at half hour averages and also on strip chart
at the same frequency.  Computer printouts are also available as hourly
averages.  For information on data availability contact Michael L. Menne
(address on following page).
                                     434

-------
Location of Information Concerning Data Collection
                    Michael L. Menne
                    Union Electric Company
                    Environmental Services Department
                    P. 0. Box 149
                    1901 Gratiot Street
                    St. Louis, MO  63166
                    (314) 621-3222
                                      435

-------
10.3.2  ILLINOIS POWER COMPANY
Location
     The Illinois Power Company operates six air monitoring sites  within the
RAPS study area.  Three units are associated with the Illinois  Power generat-
ing facility at Wood River and three are situated in the vicinity  of the
Baldwin power plant.  One unit at each location  is equipped with a recording
wind system.  The location and respective instrumentation of each  site is
designated in Figure 18.
Parameters Measured
Sulfur Dioxide
Total Suspended
  Particulates
Wind Speed and Direction
Instrument/Method Used
Technicon Air Monitor II A colorimetric
SO^ analyzer, 0 to 1 ppm range.  Concen-
trations read to the nearest 0.01 ppm.
Meloy SA-185-2 and SA-160-2 flame
photometric SO,, analyzer, 0 to 1 ppm
range.  Concentrations read to the
nearest 0,01 ppm.
Environmental Measurement 500 particulate
samplers.  Flow rate is recorded when
the clean filter is installed, and when
the exposed filter is removed.  Flow
rate during a sampling interval is the
average of these readings.
A Bel fort aerovane wind system expressing
direction in degrees of azimuth with
respect to true north and wind speed in
miles per hour.
                                     436

-------
                                                     WER  EDWARDSVILLE
                                                     |QD
                                                   RIVER
                                                         g_;-COLLINSVILLE

                                                 AST'ST.LOUIS
                                                                       LEBANON
                                                           ^BELLEVILLE
   S02 Analyzer and Hi-Vols

   Power Plant

Z\Wind System
                                      Approx.  10 km
                                                       BALDWIN
               FIGURE 18.  ILLINOIS POWER AIR MONITORING SITES
                                     437

-------
Observation Interval
     The sulfur dioxide analyzer samples continuously and its data are record-
ed on strip charts.  The data are then reduced to hourly averages.  Wind
direction and speed are monitored and expressed in the same manner.   The
hi-vol particulate samplers monitor on a six day interval with an active
sampling period 0000 through 2400 CST.  All  equipment has been operational
prior to the inception of the RAPS program,
Calibration and Quality Control Procedures
Technicon Air Monitor II A,           The instrument is replaced on an annual
  Meloy SA-185-2 and SA-160-2         basis  with an identical instrument which
  Analyzers                           has been calibrated in the laboratory.
                                      Laboratory calibrations utilize a
                                      Dynacal permeation tube in a constant
                                      temperature bath used in conjunction
                                      with a homemade dilution system.
Environmental Measurement             The instrument is calibrated using a
  Particulate Samplers                water  manometer during installation and
                                      motor  replacement.
Bel fort Aerovane                      Since  the initial installation and
  Wind System                         orientation of the wind system no calibra-
                                      tion has occured.
     All data are visually examined for anomalies both in the field and
during the reduction process.   Any apparent  discrepancies are rechecked to
assure the validity of the data.
Instrument Locations
     The location of the various monitoring  sites and their respective
instrumentation are delineated in Figure 18.
Location and Type of Data Available
     Data are available as hourly averages on magnetic tape or as computer
printout.  Data are available from Jim May (address on following page).
                                     -438

-------
Location of Information Concerning Data Collection
                    Jim May
                    Illinois Power Company
                    500 South 27th Street
                    Decatur, IL  62525
                    (618)  424-6835
                                    439

-------
11.0  LOCAL METEOROLOGICAL MONITORING NETWORKS

Introduction
     Included in Section 11.0 are descriptions of local  meteorological
monitoring networks operated in the RAPS study area by the federal  govern-
ment and the Air Force, by educational institutions, and by private industry.
Except for instruments mounted on towers, all  of these measurements are
considered surface observations; meteorological  measurements obtained aloft
are described in Section 4.0.
     The purpose for documenting these local  monitoring networks is to
provide supplementary sources of meteorological  information for RAPS
researchers.  In addition, these networks are more suitable for studying
climatological trends in the St. Louis area than the short-term RAMS
network.
                                    440

-------
11.1   NATIONAL WEATHER SERVICE
11.1.1   FIRST ORDER STATIONS
11.1.1.1   LAMBERT - ST.  LOUIS INTERNATIONAL AIRPORT
Location
     Northwestern corner of the St. Louis Metropolitan Area (Figure 19,
Map Location A).
Parameters Measure d
Cloud Height
Surface Visibility
Runway Visibility
Altimeter Setting and
  Barometric Pressure
Ambient Air Temperature
I ns trumen t/Method Use d
A Grouse-Hinds rotating beam ceilometer
supplemented by a Westinghouse ceiling
light.  Additional information is obtained
from pilot estimations.  All  observations
are recorded in feet above ground level.
Visually determined according to National
Weather Service standards and expressed
in miles.
Two Solid State Devices FAA Model 7872
transmissometers using 250 foot and 500
foot baselines supplemented by pilot
estimations and recorded in feet.
One Kollsman altimeter, a Julian P, Friez
one day recording barograph and a H. J.
Green mercurial barometer all indicating
in inches of mercury.
Weston averaging resistance thermistor
with single element remote reading,
measuring in degrees Fahrenheit.
                                      441

-------
                                             VfilOOD
                                               RIVER .EDWARDSVILLE
FIGURE 19.  LOCATIONS OF LOCAL METEOROLOGICAL DATA COLLECTION SITES
                                 442

-------
Parameters Measured
Dew Point
Relative Humidity
Total Opaque Sky
Precipitation
Ambient Radiation
Wind Speed and Direction
Minutes of Sunshine
Instrument/Method Used  (continued)
National Weather Service remote reading
dew point cell measuring in degrees
Fahrenheit.
Derived with a psy chrome trie calculator
using readings from dew point and
temperature sensors and recorded as a
percentage.
Visually determined according to Nation-
al Weather Service standards and expressed
as a percentage.
A Bel fort Universal weighing rain gauge
recording on a rotating drum supple-
mented by an eight inch diameter Friez
stick and cylinder rain gauge, as well
as a Friez tipping bucket rain gauge
that records both digitally and on
a rotating drum.
All the above units record to hundredths
of an inch.
Victoreen Geiger counter measuring milli-
roentgens per hour.
Electra Speed F-420 wind system using a
three cup anemometer and directional
vane,.  Speed is displayed in knots and
direction as degrees azimuth with
reference to true north.
A National Weather Service designed
photoelectric switch coupled to an
Ester!ine Angus Multiple Recorder,
measuring the total minutes of sunshine.
                                      443

-------
Observation Interval
     Ambient radiation measurements are taken weekly.  All other observations
are performed seven days a week at hourly intervals.  Special observations
are initiated when the ceiling height descends below three thousand feet, one
thousand feet and at each decreasing one hundred foot interval down to the
surface.  These observations are also taken when surface visibility is reduced
to three miles, two miles and at decreasing quarter mile intervals thereafter
until zero visibility is reached.  Special observations are also taken when
the process reverses and the visibility and ceiling height increase through
their respective increments.  The beginning, ending, or changes in intensity
of precipitation, severe meteorological phenomena or significant changes in
wind speed and direction also call for special observations.   Observations
were continuous throughout the duration of the RAPS program.
Calibration and Quality Control Procedures
Rotating Beam Ceilometer              The rotating beam ceilometer is mechan-
                                      ically aligned once every two weeks.
                                      Total alignment is done biannually.
Ceiling Light                         The ceiling light is checked four times
                                      a year to assure perfect vertical
                                      orientation.
Altimeter                             The altimeter is compared weekly to the
                                      H. J. Green mercurial  barometer.  The
                                      altimeter is  always adjusted to agree
                                      with the mercurial barometer.
Recording Barograph                   The barograph is compared to the Kolls-
                                      man altimeter every six hours.   The two
                                      readings must fall within +_ 0.05 inches
                                      of mercury.
Mercury Barometer                     The mercury barometer is calibrated
                                      yearly with two portable precision
                                      aneroid barometers used by the  National
                                      Weather Service as a barometric stan-
                                      dard.
                                      444

-------
Temperature Sensor
Dew Point Sensor
Calibration and Quality Control  Procedures,  (continued)
Transmissometers                      The transmissometers are visually and
                                      mechanically aligned every two weeks.
                                      Complete calibration and comparison  to
                                      visual  standards are performed bian-
                                      nually.
                                      The thermistor is compared weekly to a
                                      National Weather Service #391316 mercury
                                      thermometer.  The comparison must fall
                                      within  +_ 2.0° Fahrenheit.   The thermis-
                                      tor is  either recalibrated or replaced
                                      if a discrepancy larger than the allow-
                                      able limit exists.
                                      The dew point is compared weekly to  the
                                      dew point derived by using a sling
                                      psychrometer with National Weather
                                      Service #391316 mercury thermometers and
                                      a psychrometric calculator.  The indi-
                                      cated dew point must be within j^ 2.0°
                                      Fahrenheit of the calculated dew point.
                                      With the exception of periodic cleaning
                                      and drainage, no calibration is per-
                                      formed.
                                      The anemometer is checked weekly.   Total
                                      calibration using a constant RPM motor
                                      is done annually if not required sooner.
                                      The directional indicator is checked
                                      weekly using an electronic test box.
                                      Directional orientation is to true north
                                      utilizing solar noon for alignment.
     Quality control of the observations is performed daily by a designated
observer, then re-examined by the station supervisor before being submitted
to the National Climatic Center.
Rain Gauges
Anemometer and Direction
  Vane
                                      445

-------
Instrument Location
Rotating Beam Ceilometer

Ceiling Light
Transmissometers
Temperature and Dew Point
  Sensors
Anemometer and Directional
  Vane
Barometer, Barograph and
  Altimeter
Rain Gauges

Sunshine Meter

Location and Type of Data Available
     Data can be obtained from:
Near Frost Avenue on northeast end of
runway complex.
Center of runway complex.
Located at approach ends of runways
twelve and twenty-four.
Middle of runway complex.

Middle of runway complex.

National Weather Service Office in old
terminal building at west end of field.
National Weather Service Office in old
terminal building at west end of field.
National Weather Service Office at old
terminal building at west end of field.
                    National Climatic Center
                    Federal Office Building
                    Asheville, NC  28801
                    (704) 258-2850
                    Ext. 683 Summaries and Micro-fiche
                    Ext. 203 Magnetic Tapes
     Hourly data are available on micro-fiche or as copies of the MF1-10A and
MF1-10B hourly summaries.  The hourly data for 1975, 1976 and January through
May of 1977 have been obtained on magnetic tape by the Data Management Branch
at Research Triangle Park.  Data for three hour intervals can be obtained on
micro-fiche, magnetic tape and in copies of the Local Climatological Data
Book.
                                      446

-------
Location ofInformation Concerning Data Collection
                    National Weather Service
                    4100 Mexico Road
                    St. Peters, MO  63376
                    (314) 946-7610
                                     447

-------
11.1.2  SECOND ORDER STATIONS
11.1.2.1  ALTON CIVIC MEMORIAL AIRPORT
Location
     In Alton, Illinois,  northeast of the St.  Louis  Metropolitan Area
(Figure 19, Map Location  B).
Parameters Measured                   Instrument Method Used
Cloud Height                          Crouse-Hinds rotating beam ceilometer
                                      supplemented by pilot observations.
                                      Cloud heights  are measured in  feet above
                                      ground level.
Surface Visibility                    Visually determined according  to Nation-
                                      al  Weather Service standards and repor-
                                      ted in miles.
Altimeter Setting                     Two Kollsman altimeters indicating in
                                      inches of mercury.
Wind Direction and Speed               Electra Speed F-420 wind system using a
                                      three cup anemometer.  Speed is indi-
                                      cated in knots and direction in degrees
                                      azimuth with reference to true north.
Observation Interval
     Observations are taken hourly,  seven days a week from 0500 CST to 2100
CST.   Special observations are initiated when the ceiling height descends
below three thousand, one thousand and at each decreasing one hundred foot
interval  down to the surface.   These observations are also taken when surface
visibility is reduced to three miles, two miles and at decreasing quarter mile
intervals thereafter until zero visibility is reached.  Special observations
are also  taken when the process reverses and the visibility and ceiling height

                                      448

-------
increase through their respective increments.  The beginning, the end, or
changes in intensity of precipitation, severe meteorological phenomena, or
significant changes in wind direction and speed also call for special
observations.  Observations were made throughout the RAPS program.
Calibration and Quality Control Procedures
Rotating Beam Ceilometer
Altimeters
Anemometer and Directional
  Vane
Instrument Location
Electrical tests are made weekly and
more extensive electronic tests are
performed each quarter.  Leveling and
mechanical adjustments are performed on
an annual basis.
The two altimeters are compared daily.
Readings must fall within +_ 0.02 inches
of mercury.  If the range proves to be
greater than +_ 0.02 inches of mercury,
the National Weather Service at Lambert
Field is contacted to determine the
correct setting from the mercurial
barometer.  The National Weather
Service calibrates the Kollsman alti-
meters annually with two precision
aneroid barometers from Kansas City.
The Electra Speed F-420 wind system is
calibrated every six months.   Speed is
calibrated using a constant RPM motor.
Directional orientation is to true north
utilizing solar noon for alignment.
     The rotating beam ceilometer parallels runway 29.   All  other monitoring
devices are located at the control tower.
Location and Type of Data Available
     Data are available as copies of the hourly summary form MF1-10C.   Micro-
fiche copies are available for the years 1973, 1974 and 1975.

                                      449

-------
     Data may be obtained from:
                    National  Climatic Center
                    Federal  Office Building
                    Asheville,  NC  28801
                    (704) 258-2850
                    Ext.  683

Location of Information Concerning Data Collection
                    Alton Air Traffic Control  Tower
                    P. 0. Box 66
                    Cottage  Hill, IL  62018
                    (618) 259-2531
                                    450

-------
11.1.2.2  SPIRIT OF ST. LOUIS AIRPORT
Location
     Adjacent to the Missouri River in the west central section of the
St. Louis Metropolitan area (Figure 19, Map Location C).
Parameters Measured                   Instrument/Method Used
Cloud Height                          A Grouse-Hinds ceiling light is supple-
                                      mented by ceiling balloon observations
                                      when needed.  Pilot observations are used
                                      in conjunction with the other methods.
                                      All estimates are recorded in feet above
                                      ground level.
Surface Visibility                    Visually determined according to National
                                      Weather Service standards and expressed
                                      in miles.
Altimeter Setting                     One Kollsman altimeter recording in
                                      inches of mercury.
Wind Direction and Speed              An Electra Speed F-420 wind system using
                                      a three cup anemometer, indicating speed
                                      in knots and direction in degrees azi-
                                      muth with reference to true north.
Observation Interval
     Prior to May 1976, observations were made hourly when the control  tower
was operational.   Due to the varying periods of operation, exact observation
hours should be obtained from the National Climatic Center.  Since May 1976
observations are made hourly, twenty-four hours a day.  Special  observations
are initiated when the cloud height falls below three thousand feet, one
thousand feet and at each decreasing one hundred foot interval down to the
surface.  These observations are also taken when surface visibility is

                                      451

-------
reduced to three miles, two miles  and at decreasing quarter mile  intervals
thereafter until zero visibility is  reached.   Special  observations  are also
made when the process reverses and the visibility and  ceiling height in-
crease through their respective increments.   The beginning, the end, or
changes in intensity of precipitation, severe meteorological  phenomena, or
significant changes in wind direction and speed also call  for special
observations.  Observations were made throughout the RAPS  program.
Calibration and Quality Control Procedures
Ceiling Light                         The ceiling light was aligned vertically
                                      and locked into  position when it was
                                      installed in 1969.   This is the only
                                      maintenance performed aside from per-
                                      iodic  cleaning and lamp replacement.
Altimeter                             The Kollsman altimeter is compared  daily
                                      to the  setting issued by the  National
                                      Weather Service  at Lambert  Field.  The
                                      altimeter is calibrated yearly with two
                                      precision aneroid barometers  provided
                                      by the  Kansas City National Weather
                                      Service office.
Anemometer and Directional            The Electra Speed F-420 wind system is
  Vane                                calibrated once  every six months by
                                      National Weather Service personnel.
                                      Speed  is calibrated by using a constant
                                      RPM motor.  Directional orientation is
                                      to true north utilizing solar noon  for
                                      alignment.
     All data are reviewed prior to submittal to the National Climatic Center.
Instrument Location
     The ceiling light is located in the runway complex.   All other monitor-
ing devices have been located in the flight  service center since  May 1976,
when they were moved from the control tower.

                                      452

-------
Location and Type of Data Available
     Data are available as copies of the MF1-10C summary sheets.  For the
years 1973 and 1974 micro-fiche are available.  These can be acquired from:
                    National Climatic Center
                    Federal Office Building
                    Asheville, NC  28801
                    (704) 258-2850
                    Ext.  683
Location of Information Concerning Data Collection
                    Spirit of St. Louis Airport
                    Flight Service Center
                    57 Edison
                    Chesterfield MO  63017
                    (314) 532-1011
                                      453

-------
11.1.2.3  PARKS BI-STATE AIRPORT
Location
     In Cahokia, Illinois, east of the St.  Louis Metropolitan Area (Figure 19,
Map Location D).
Parameters Measured                   Instrument/Method Used
Cloud Height                          Since November 1976 a Grouse-Hinds ceil-
                                      ing light has been used supplemented
                                      by ceiling balloons.   Prior to this date,
                                      visual estimation, pilot estimation arid
                                      ceiling balloons were used.   Cloud height
                                      is recorded in feet above ground level.
Surface Visibility                    Visually determined according to National
                                      Weather Service standards and expressed
                                      in miles.
Altimeter Setting                     Aero  Mechanism altimeter indicating in
                                      inches of mercury.
Wind Direction and Speed              Electra speed F-420 wind system using a
                                      three cup anemometer, indicating speed
                                      in knots and direction in degrees azi-
                                      muth  with reference to true north.
Observation Interval
     From December 1973 to December 1974 observations were made hourly from
0800 CST to 2000 CST.   When on daylight savings time the hours  were 0700 CST
to 1900 CST.  Since December 1974 observations were made between 0700 CST and
2100 CST, and when on  daylight savings time between 0600 CST and 2000 CST.
Special observations are initiated when the ceiling height descends below
three thousand feet, one thousand feet and at each decreasing one hundred
foot interval down to  the surface.  These observations are also made when
                                     . 454

-------
the surface visibility is reduced to three miles, two miles, and at decreasing
quarter mile intervals thereafter until zero visibility is reached.  Special
observations are also taken when the process reverses and the visibility and
ceiling height increase through their respective increments.   The beginning,
the end, or changes in intensity of precipitation, severe meteorological
phenomena, or significant changes in wind direction and speed also call for
special observations.  Observations have been made prior to and throughout
the RAPS program.
Calibration and Quality Control Procedures
Ceiling Light                         The ceiling light is checked monthly for
                                      vertical  alignment and proper function-
                                      ing of the lighting unit.
Altimeter                             The altimeter is compared daily to the
                                      National  Weather Service setting from
                                      Lambert Field.   The National  Weather
                                      Service calibrates the altimeter annually
                                      using two precision aneriod barometers
                                      from the  Kansas City office.
Anemometer and Directional            The Electra Speed F-420 wind unit is
  Vane                                calibrated every six months.   Speed is
                                      calibrated with a constant RPM motor.
                                      Directional orientation is to true north
                                      utilizing solar noon for alignment.
Instrument Location
     The ceiling light is located in the runway complex and the other instru-
ments are situated at the control tower.
Location and Type of Data Available
     Data are available as copies of the summary from MF1-10C.   These may be
acquired from:
                                      455

-------
                    National Climatic Center
                    Federal Office Building
                    Asheville, NC  28801
                    (704) 258-2850
                    Ext. 683
Location of Information Concerning Data Collection
                    Parks Bi-State Airport
                    1400 Upper Cahokia Road
                    Cahokia, IL  62206
                    (618) 337-5660
                                      456

-------
11.1.3  COOPERATIVE WEATHER OBSERVERS
11,1.3.1  GATEWAY ARCH INSTRUMENT SHELTER
Location
     Downtown St. Louis, Missouri in Jefferson National Expansion Memorial
Park (Figure 19, Map Location E).
Parameters Measured                   Ins tr umen t/Met hod Used
Daily Maximum-Minimum                 Weksler recording maximum-minimurn
  Temperature                         thermometer indicating degrees Fahren-
                                      heit.
Total Daily Precipitation             Fisher-Porter weighing rain gauge recording
                                      to the nearest hundredth of an inch.
Observation Interval
     Observations are made once a day, seven days a week.  Data have been
collected since 1967.
Calibration and Quality Control Procedures
     The equipment is calibrated annually by a National Weather Service crew
from Kansas City.  No quality control of the data is performed on site.
Routine review of the data occurs at the National Climatic Center.
Instrument Location
     The equipment is located on the Jefferson National Expansion Memorial
Park grounds.
Location and Type of Data Available
     Data are available in the iMssouri Climatological Data Book and on
micro-fiche for the years 1967 through 1976.  These data can be acquired frore:
                                      457

-------
                    National Climatic Center
                    Federal Office Building
                    Asheville, NC  28801
                    (704) 258-2850
                    Ext. 683
Location of Information Concerning Data Collection
                    National Vteather Service
                    4100 Mexico Road
                    St. Peters, MO  63376
                    (314) 946-7610
                                      458

-------
11.2  AIR WEATHER SERVICE

11.2.1  SCOTT AIR FORCE BASE

Location
     Located east of Belleville,  Illinois,  southeast of the St.  Louis  Metro-
politan Area (Figure 19, Map Location F).
Parameters Measured
Cloud Height
Surface Visibility
Runway Visibility
Altimeter Setting and
  Barometric Pressure
Ambient Air Temperature
Dew Point
Instrument/Method Used
Two Air Weather Service GMQ-13 rotating
beam ceilometers.  These are occasion-
ally supplemented by pilot estimates and
are measured in feet above ground level.
Visually determined according to Air
Weather Service standards and expressed
in miles.
Two Air Weather Service GMQ-10 trans-
mi ssometers with five hundred foot base-
lines.  Visibility is expressed in feet.
One Air Weather Service ML-102 aneroid
altimeter, a ML-563 four day recording
barograph and a ML-512 mercury barometer.
All instruments indicate inches of
mercury.
TMQ-11 electrical resistance thermistor
with remote dial readout in degrees
Fahrenheit.
TMQ-11 remote reading dew point cell
measuring in degrees Fahrenheit.
                                     459

-------
Parameters Measured                   I n s t r ument/Me t ho d Use d (continued)
Total Opaque Sky                      Visually determined according to the
                                      Air Weather Service standard and expressed
                                      as a percentage.
Precipitation                         A ML-17 stick and cylinder rain gauge
                                      recording to the nearest hundredth of an
                                      inch.
Wind Speed and Direction              A 3AN/GMQ-20 transmitter combined with a
                                      RO-362 wind speed and direction recorder.
                                      Speed is recorded in knots and direction
                                      in degrees with reference to magnetic
                                      north.
Observation Interval
     All observations are made at hourly intervals  seven  days  a week.   Special
observations are initiated when the ceiling height  descends below three thou-
sand feet, one thousand feet, eight hundred feet and at decreasing one hundred
foot intervals until  three hundred feet is reached.   These observations are
also made when visibility is reduced to six thousand feet, four thousand feet,
two thousand, and four hundred feet,   Observations  are also made when  the
process reverses and the visibility and ceiling height increase through their
respective increments.  The beginning, the end, or  changes in  intensity of
precipitation, severe meteorological  phenomena, or  significant changes in wind
direction and speed also call for special  observations.   Observations  have
been made prior to and throughout the RAPS program.
Calibration and Quality Control Procedures
Rotating Beam Ceilometers             The  transmitter and receiver of  the
                                      rotating beam ceilometers are checked
                                      as needed.  An extensive check of t&e
                                      rotary mount,  alignment, power output,
                                      and  photo cell  is made every twenty-
                                      eight days.
                                     460

-------
Calibration and Quality Control  Procedures . (continued)
Transmissometers
Altimeter
Recording Barograph
Mercury Barometer
Rain Gauge

Temperature and Dew Point
  Sensors
Anemometer and Directional
  Vane
A check is made every twenty-eight days
to assure proper alignment and electrical
operation.
The altimeter is compared weekly to the
ML-512 mercury barometer.  The altimeter
is always adjusted to agree with the
mercury barometer.
No calibration is performed since only
pressure tendencies are monitored.
Calibrated yearly with two precision
aneroid barometers supplied by the Air
Weather Service from Wright-Patterson
Air Force Base.
Mo calibration is performed on the stick
and cylinder rain gauge.
The TMQ-11 electrical resistance ther-
mistor and the dew point cell are compared
weekly to the ML-24 sling psychrometer and
a ML-429 psychrometric calculator.  The
indicated temperature and dew point must
fall within 1.0 and 1.5 degrees Fahren-
heit, respectively of the readings
produced by the sling psychrometer and
the psychrometric calculator.
The transmitter is calibrated weekly for
both speed and direction.  The speed is
calibrated by using a constant RPM motor.
The directional unit is tested electron-
ically for consistency.  The RO-362
recorder is also checked to assure that
it is operating at the correct recording
speed.
461

-------
     Data receive daily examination by a designated observer.  The station
supervisor reviews all observations before submission to the National
Climatic Center.
Instrument Location
     The location of the rotating beam ceilonieters, transmissometers, temper-
ature and dew point sensors and the anemometers are shown in Figure 20.  All
other instrumentation is located at the Air Weather Service building.
Location and Type of Data Available
     Data can be obtained from:
                    National Climatic Center
                    Federal Office Building
                    Asheville, NC  28801
                    (704) 258-2850
                    Ext. 683 Summaries and micro-fiche
                    Ext. 203 Magnetic tape
     Hourly data are available on micro-fiche or as copies of Air Weather
Service Form 10.  Hourly data can be acquired on magnetic tape by special
arrangement.  Data for three hour intervals can be obtained on micro-fiche,
magnetic tape, and in copies of the Local Climatological Data Book.
Location of Information Concerning Data Collection
                    Scott Air Force Base
                    Detachment 9, 7th Weather Wing
                    Scott Air Force Base, IL  62225
                    (618) 256-4149
                                      462

-------
-270
              330°
        RBC
        ELEV. 138.1 m
          ELEV. 139.9 m
                                 360° (MAG)
                                                        30
(D  Anemometer and Directional  Vane
(2)  Rotating Beam Ceilometer
(2)  Transmissometer
(D  Temperature and Dew Point Sensors
    Air Weather Service Office
                 D CONTROL  TOWER
\
  x\
                                                                   60'
       FIGURE 20.   SCOTT AIR  FORCE  BASE  INSTRUMENT  LOCATIONS
                               463

-------
11.3  EDUCATIONAL INSTITUTIONS
11.3.1  ST. LOUIS UNIVERSITY
Location
     Central St. Louis City (Figure 19, Map Location G).
Parameters Measured                 '  Instrument/Method Used
Daily Precipitation                   A Belfort stick and cylinder rain gauge
                                      is used for daily recordings.  This is.
                                      supplemented by a Belfort weighing rain
                                      gauge.  All rainfall observations are
                                      recorded to the nearest hundredth of an
                                      inch.
Maximum-Minimum                       A Weksler Tnaximunwninimum recording
  Temperature                         thermometer recording in degrees Fahren-
                                      heit.
Observation Interval
     The daily precipitation and daily maximum-minimum temperature are the
only measurements made on a regular basis.   These are taken as near as
possible to 1700 CST seven days a week.  Other parameters are monitored but
at irregular intervals.   St. Louis University Department of Meteorology
personnel should be contacted to determine  which parameters were monitored
for a particular time interval.  Observations were made prior to and
throughout the RAPS program.
Calibration and Quality Control Procedures
     No calibration is performed on the instruments.   The data are reviewed
prior to submittal  to the National Climatic Center.
                                     464

-------
Instrument Location
     The rain gauge and the maximum-minimum thermometer are located on the
roof of the Macelwane Building approximately nine meters above ground level.
The Macelwane Building is situated on the St. Louis University main campus.
Location and Type of Data Available
     Data are available from:
                    National Climatic Center
                    Federal Office Building
                    Asheville, NC  23801
                    (704) 258-2850
                    Ext.  683
     Data are on micro-fiche and also recorded in the Missouri Climatological
Data Book for the years 1896 through 1976.
Location of Information Concerning Data Collection
                    Donald Martin
                    St. Louis University
                    Department of Meteorology
                    3507  Laclede
                    St. Louis, MO  63108
                    (314) 535-3300
                    Ext.  544
                                      465

-------
11.4  PRIVATE INDUSTRY
11.4.1  LACLEDE GAS COMPANY
Location
     Central St.  Louis City (Figure 19, Map Location H).
Parameters Measured
Wind Speed and Direction
Ambient Air Temperature
Net Incoming Solar Radiation
Soil Temperature
Instrument/Method Used
Recording anemometer indicating wind in
mph and direction in degrees azimuth
with reference to true north.
Foxbourough recording thermometer
supplemented by a digital thermometer
expressing temperature in degrees
Fahrenheit.
Pyrheliometer recording gram calories/
                 2
minute/centimeter .
Thermistors implanted at depths of 22.86
and 45.72 cm, measuring temperature in
degrees Fahrenheit.
Observation Interval
     All parameters are monitored on a continuous basis  and summarized hourly.
Observations were made prior to and throughout the RAPS  program.

Calibration and Quality Control Procedures
     The pyrheliometer is checked annually while the other instrumentation is
continuously compared to the National  Weather Service measurements.   Any
measurements exceeding the established margin of error are rechecked.
                                    466

-------
Instrument Location
     All instrumentation with the exception of the soil probes are located on
the roof of the Laclede Gas building at the intersection of Vandeventer Avenue
and Forest Park Boulevard.  The soil probes are located on the north side of
the building in a grassy area approximately 30 centimeters from the building.
Location and Type of Data Available
     Data are available in strip chart form from Richard Ryan (address below).
Data must be cleared with Laclede Gas Administrators before release.
Location of Information Concerning Data Collection
                    Richard Ryan
                    Laclede Gas Company
                    3950 Forest Park
                    St. Louis, MO  63108
                    (314) 658-5480
                                      467

-------
11.4.2  MONSANTO CHEMICAL COMPANY
Location
     East of St. Louis in Sauget, Illinois (Figure 19, Map Location I).
Parameters Measured                   Instrument/Method Used
Wind Speed and Direction           '   Currently recorded on Bendix system.
                                      Originally recorded on Weathermaker anem-
                                      ometer.   Both systems record speed in
                                      mph and direction as quadrants with
                                      reference to magnetic north.
Observation Interval
     All parameters are monitored continuously.  Wind shifts were noted on
summary sheets when the Weathermaker system was operational, but were dis-
continued with the installation of the Bendix system.  Observations were made
prior to and throughout the RAPS program.
Calibration and Quality Control procedures
     No quality control or calibration is performed aside from routine
maintenance.
Instrument Location
     The anemometer and directional  vane are mounted on the plant roof approx-
imately eight meters above ground level.
Location and Type of Data Available
     Data are available on recording drums for the Weathermaker instrument
and on strip charts for the Bendix system.  Summaries of wind shifts may also
be available for earlier dates.  Data may be obtained from Clarence Buckley
(address on following page).
                                      468

-------
Location of Information Concerning Data Collection
                    Clarence Buckley
                    Monsanto Chemical  Company
                    Sauget, IL  62201
                    (618)  271-5835
                                    469

-------
11.4.3  UNION ELECTRIC COMPANY
Location
     The four monitoring sites are located at the Union Electric power plants in
the St. Louis area (Figure 21).
Parameters Measured                   Instrument/Method Used
Wind Direction and Speed              A Friez Aerovane Model 120 three propeller
                                      anemometer and directional unit is used
                                      indicating speed in mph and direction in
                                      degrees azimuth with reference to
                                      magnetic north.
Ambient Air Temperature               A Leeds-Northrup thermocouple measuring
                                      ambient air temperature in degrees
                                      Fahrenheit and recording on a strip
                                      chart.
Observation Interval
     All parameters are monitored continuously.   The data are recorded on
strip chart and then reduced and logged on magnetic tape.  Observations were
made prior to and throughout the RAPS program.
Calibration and Quality Control  Procedures
Aerovane Model  120                    The anemometer is  calibrated biannually.
  Anemometer                          The speed  is  calibrated by using a constant
                                      RPM motor.  The directional  unit is
                                      aligned using magnetic north as  the
                                      orientation point.   The unit is  visually
                                      checked twice weekly to assure normal
                                      operation.
                                    .470

-------
                    JERSEYVILLE
                    PORTAGE DES SIOUX
                                           X'W08PR , EDWARDSVILLE
ST.
CHARLES
                                     GRANITE CITY
                                       '" ,:^HORSESHOE
                                                £..'JCOLLINSVILLE

                                      *  EAST ST.  LOUIS
         MANCHESTER

     BALLWIN
                                                     BELLEVILLE
                             RUSH ISLAND
                                                 approx.  10 km
            CRYSTAL
             CITY
FIGURE 21.   UNION ELECTRIC METEOROLOGICAL MONITORING SITES
                             471

-------
Calibration and Quality Control Procedures  (continued)
Leeds-Northrup Temperature            The thermocouple is calibrated biannually,
  Sensor                              using an ice bath for a thirty-two
                                      degree Fahrenheit temperature constant
                                      and a mercury thermometer to develop
                                      a linear relationship.
     All data undergoes quality control procedures during transfer from strip
chart to magnetic tape.
Instrument Location
     The locations of the monitoring sites are shown in Figure 21.  The two
sites at Labadie, Missouri are equipped with temperature sensors in addition
to the wind units.  The other sites are equipped with wind units only.  The
sensors are located approximately 3 meters above ground level except at site
location #2  where they are located approximately seventy-six meters above ground
level on the Shell Oil Company micro wave tower.
Location and Type of Data Available
     Data are available as strip charts and on magnetic tape since 1969 for
site #1 and #2, 1968 for site #3, and 1974 for site #4.  Data may be obtained
from Michael L. Menne (address below).
Location of Information Concerning Data Collection
                    Michael L. Menne
                    Union Electric Company
                    Environmental Sciences Department
                    P. 0. Box 149
                    1901 Gratiot Street
                    St. Louis, MO  63166
                    (314) 621-3222
                    Ext. 2816
                                     472

-------
11.5  OTHER AGENCIES
11.5.1  UNITED STATES ARMY CORPS OF ENGINEERS
Location
     East of St. Louis Metropolitan Area at Mississippi River Lock No. 27 on
the Chain of Rocks Canal (Figure 19, Map Location J).
Parameters Measured                   Ins trument /Me thod Used
Weekly Precipitation                  Friez stick and cylinder rain gauge
                                      measuring to the nearest hundredth of
                                      an inch.
Observation Interval
     Observations have been made once a week since 1953.
Calibration and Quality Control
     All data are reviewed for accuracy.
Instrument Location
     The rain gauge is situated in a grassy area adjacent to the Lock Master's
building.
Location and Type of Data Available
     Data are available on summary sheets.  Contact Floyd Wade for information
(address below).
Location of Information Concerning Data Collection
                    Floyd Wade
                    United States Army Corps of Engineers
                    Lock No.  27
                    P. 0. Box 1227
                    Granite City, IL  62040
                    (618) 452-7107
                                      473

-------
11.5.2  UNITED STATES GEOLOGICAL SURVEY

Location
     The 32 sampling sites are distributed along the various watersheds within
St. Louis City and County (Figure 22).
Parameters Measured
Total Precipitation and
  Intensity of Precipitation
River Stage
Observation Interval
Instrument/Method Used
Fisher-Porter volumetric tipping rain
gauge measuring to the nearest hundredth
of an inch.  The instrument samples every
five minutes and records on paper tape.
The rain gauges have been modified to
United States Geological Survey specifi-
cations.
Fisher-Porter stage monitor recording to
the nearest hundredth of a foot.
     Observations are made every five minutes,  twenty-four hours a day, seven
days a week.  Observations have been continuous since 1972.

Calibration and Quality Control Procedures
     All equipment is checked monthly and calibrated as required.  Quality
control investigations by the National Weather Service have been performed
with favorable results.  The University of Illinois is currently verifying
the accuracy of the rain gauges and the effects of splash out.

Instrument Location
     For periods of operation and location of individual  instruments see
Figure 22.
                                     474

-------
                    ,   O  Rain  Gauge
1972 through 1977   |  A Rain  and Stage. Gauge
                    '  /\ Stage Gauge
 1972  through  1976
Rain Gauge
Rain and Stage Gauge
Stage Gauge
Approx. 10 Km
          FIGURE 22.  UNITED STATES GEOLOGICAL SURVEY RAINFALL AND
                     RIVER STAGE MONITORING SITES
                                   475

-------
Location and Type of Data Available
     All data are available on varying media such as magnetic tape, paper tape
or computer printout from:
                    Donald Coffin
                    United States Geological Survey
                    Water Resources Division
                    Roll a Center-Mail stop 200
                    1400 Independence Road
                    Rolla, MO  65401
                    (314) 364-3680
                    Ext. 84
Location of Information Concerning^ Data Collection
                    Donald W. Spencer
                    United States Geological Survey, WRD
                    Sub-District Office
                    2222 Schuetz Road
                    Creve Coeur, MO  63141
                    (314) 268-7146
                                     476

-------
11.5.3  METROPOLITAN SEWER DISTRICT
Location
     Six monitoring sites are scattered throughout the St.  Louis Metropolitan
Area (Figure 23).
Parameters Measured                   In strument /Me thod Used
Total Meekly Precipitation            Bendix 7750 weighing rain gauge record-
                                      ing to the nearest hundredth of an inch
                                      on a revolving drum.   Before January
                                      1976 a stick and cylinder rain gauge
                                      was used.
Observation Interval
     Rainfall is monitored continuously and recorded weekly.   Prior to
January 1976, when the stick and cylinder rain gauges were in use, data were
collected at irregular intervals.   Observations were made prior to and
throughout the RAPS program.
Calibration and Quality Control  Procedures
     Visual inspection of the rain gauge and data are the only quality control
procedures utilized.
Instrument Location
     See Figure 23 for the locations of the six rainfall monitoring sites.
Location and Type of Data Available
     Data are available on strip charts and summary sheets from Robert Nolte
(address on following page).
                                      477

-------
                                         Approx. 10 Km
FIGURE 23 .   METROPOLITAN SEWER DISTRICT
             RAINFALL MONITORING SITES
                 • 478

-------
Location of Information Concerning Data Collection
                    Robert Nolte
                    Metropolitan Sewer District
                    1900 Sulfur
                    St. Louis, HO  63110
                    (314) 647-0700
                                     479

-------
12.0  RELATED INVESTIGATIONS

Introduction
     Included in this category are investigations  funded by the EPA as well
as by other governmental  agencies.  The first section describes EPA-
sponsored task order investigations performed under the RAPS contract,
although some had no bearing on achieving RAPS goals.
     The next sections describe the Metropolitan Meteorological Experiment
(METROMEX) and the DA VINCI manned balloon flights, both of which were major
investigations conducted in the St. Louis area and primarily funded by other
governmental agencies.
     The final section documents miscellaneous investigations, most of
which produced results which relate to the RAPS objectives.
                                    480

-------
12.1   TASK ORDER INVESTIGATIONS
12.1.1  FLIGHT IMPACT ON STRATOSPHERIC AEROSOLS
Principal Investigator
George M. Hidy (formerly with)
C. Shepherd Burton (formerly with)
Rockwell International
Air Monitoring Center
11640 Administration Drive
Creve Coeur, MO  63141
(314) 567-6722
Task Coordinator
William E. Wilson (MD-84)
Environmental Protection Agency
Environmental Sciences Research
  Laboratory
Research Triangle Park, NC  27711
(919) 541-2551
Funding  EPA Contract No. 68-02-1081, Task Order Nos. 11, 52
Periods of Performance
     Task Order No. 11
     Task Order No. 52
July 1973 - October 1974
October 1974 - June 1975
Summary
     This task was a cooperative effort between the Department of Trans-
portation (DOT) and the EPA.  Its purpose was to investigate the significance
of aircraft engine emissions on the aerosol population in the lower strato-
sphere.  The photochemistry of SOr, oxidation to form sulfate was to be empha-
sized with the key ingredient of the study being the development of the
aerosol kinetic equation that would cover the evolution and growth of particles
from the precursor formation to the aged size distribution.  From the model
size distribution calculations, an estimate would be made of the perturbation
in the stratospheric aerosols created by aircraft engine emissions.
     Although the DOT was specifically interested in the upper atmosphere,
much of the work on both chemistry and physics in the development of an
                                     481

-------
aerosol kinetic model  would be applicable to the  RAPS program as  the  modeling
of sulfur pollutants,  SCL and sulfate, were set at the top of the RAPS
modelling effort.   Consequently, this project was of interest to  both the  EPA
and DOT.
     The study can be divided into four principal elements:
     1.  The analysis of the chemical kinetics of aerosol precursor forma-
         tion.
     2.  The development of an aerosol kinetic model to estimate changes in
         the particle size concentration distribution.
     3.  The analysis of the evolution of aerosols in the perturbed strato-
         sphere.
     4.  The application to estimation of significance of aerosol behavior
         in the disturbed stratosphere.
     The results discussed in the reports cover a brief review of aircraft
and space vehicle  emission inventories and the possible perturbation  of the
stratospheric aerosol.  Disturbances resulting from injections of primary
particles such as  soot and aluminum oxide were considered along with  secondary
processes,  including particulate sulfate formation from sulfur dioxide/nitro-
gen oxide oxidation.  Other atmospheric reactions involving organic vapors
and hydrochloric acid were also included.  The evolution of aerosols  was
modeled using a kinetic equation limited to one spatial  dimension.  Assuming
a simple turbulent convective diffusion model, the concentration  of sulfate
was estimated for  the  natural stratosphere and the stratophere disturbed in
1990 by illustrative aircraft traffic.  The results derived from  the  sulfate
vapor model  were used to estimate the relative importance of new  particle  for-
mation by hetermolecular nucleation and existing  particle growth  by conden-
sation of sulfuric acid vapor.   Finally, the sulfate precursor results  were
used to investigate the evolution of the stratospheric aerosol by a condensa-
tion growth -- Brownian coagulation -- gravitational  fallout dominated  kinetic
mode.   Time dependent solutions for the first and third moments of the  size
distribution were  given, which indicate the aerosol distribution  in the
stratosphere should reach a quasi-steady state for periods exceeding  a  year,
regardless  of the  origins of the particles.
                                      482

-------
     Additional information and copies of the final reports may be obtained
from the EPA Task Coordinator,
Pub! i cati cms
Burton, C. S. The Formation of Sulfuric Acid in the Stratosphere through the
Gas Phase Oxidation of SCL.  Rockwell International Air Monitoring Center,
Newbury Park, California.  Task Order No. 11 Final Report, EPA  Contract
68-02-1081.   April  1975.
Hidy,  G. M., J. P.  Friend, J. Huntzicker, and A. W. Castleman Jr. Investiga-
tion of the  Significance of Aircraft Engine Emissions on Stratospheric Aero-
sol.  Rockwell International Air Monitoring Center, Newbury Park, California.
Task Order No. 52 Final Report, EPA Contract 68-02-1081.  July 1975.*
*Served later as the basis for the completion of Chapter 6 of the Climatic
Impact Assessment Program (CIAP) Monograph Volume III.
                                      483

-------
12.1.2  CAMP STATION OPERATION
Principal Investigator                Task Coordinator
Edward 0. Nelson                      Stanley L.  Kopczynski  (MD-47)
Rockwell International                Environmental  Protection Agency
Air Monitoring Center                 Environmental  Sciences  Research
11640 Administration Drive              Laboratory
Creve Coeur, MO  63141                Research Triangle Park, NC 27711
(314) 567-6722                        (919) 541-3064
Funding  EPA Contract No.  68-02-1081, Task Order No.  14
Period of Performance  December 1973 - December 1974
Technical Approach
     The Continuous Air Monitoring Program (CAMP) Station was located at
215 South 12th Street in St.  Louis, Missouri  and was operated by the U.S.
Environmental Protection Agency's Quality Assurance  and Environmental Monitor-
ing Laboratory, Research Triangle Park, North Carolina.  The  station was
officially opened on March 12, 1964 and monitored several gaseous pollutants
on a continuous basis for almost eleven years.  The  last year of operation,
January 1, 1974 to December 31, 1974, the station was operated by the Rockwell
International Air Monitoring Center in support of the Regional Air Pollution
Study (RAPS) to provide a reference base for the RAPS data and also to serve
as an additional data source for cross-checking with the Regional Air Monitor-
ing System  (RAMS) then being  installed in the St. Louis  area.
Periods of Data Collection
     Total oxidants, nitrogen dioxide, nitrogen oxide, sulfur dioxide, total
hydrocarbons, methane, carbon monoxide, total suspended particulates and coef-
ficient of haze were monitored throughout the period from March 1964 to Decem-
ber 1974.  Oxides of nitrogen and ozone were monitored from 1972 to 1974.   All

                                      484

-------
gaseous analyzers were equipped with strip chart recorders from which a contin-
uous record was obtained and a data logger which recorded on magnetic tape at
five minute intervals.
Total Suspended Particulates
Gaseous Pollutant Samplers
Parameters Measured
Total Oxidants
Nitrogen Dioxide
Nitrogen Oxide
Sulfur Dioxide
Total Hydrocarbons
The high volume particulate sampler
operated every third day with an active
sampling perio'd from 0000 - 2400 CST
synchronized with the National  Air
Sampling Network schedule.
All gaseous analyzers sampled contin-
uously.
Instrument/Method Used
Beckman Speq. 6869 colorimetric analy-
zer - the output from the instrument
was logarithmic with a sensitivity of
1 ppm at 90% of full scale.
Beckman Speq. 6869 colorimetric analy-
zer - the output was logarithmic with
a sensitivity of 1 ppm at 90% of full
scale.
Beckman Speq. 6869 colorimetric analy-
zer - the output was logarithmic with
a sensitivity of 1 ppm at 90% of full
scale.
Technicon Auto Analyzer, colorimetric
- the output was logarithmic with a
sensitivity of 1 ppm at 90% of full
scale.
Beckman Speq. 6869 hydrogen flame ion-
ization analyzer - the output was
linear to 20 ppm at full scale.
                                      485

-------
Parameters Measured
 Instrument/Method Used  (continued)
Methane
Carbon Monoxide
Oxides of Nitrogen
Ozone
Total Suspended Particulates
Coefficient of Haze
 Beckman 108A hydrogen flame ionization
 analyzer - linear output to 20 ppm full
 scale.
 Intertock A5611 non-dispersive infra-
 red radiation absorption analyzer -
 linear output to 100 ppm full scale.
 Bendix 8108-B chemiluminescence analy-
 zer - linear output to 0.5 ppm full
 scale.
 Bendix 8002 chemiluminescence analy-
 zer - linear output to 1 ppm full
 scale.
 General Metal Works high volume parti-
 culate sampler.  Filters weighed to
 determine nitrates and sulfates.
                         3
 Results reported in yg/m .  Weights
 were determined to the nearest mili-
 gram and airflow rates to the nearest
 0.03 m3/min.
 AISI RAC F2-SES spot tape analyzer.
 The amount of light transmitted through
 darkened spots on a filter tape are
 compared to a clean section of the
 tape.
Calibration and Quality Control  Procedures
General Metals Particulate Sampler
 The samplers were calibrated when
 brushes or motors were changed.  The
 flowmeters were calibrated with each
 brush or motor change.  Motors and
 flowmeters were calibrated at the EPA
 laboratory at RTP with the ReF device
 used for calibrations and five
.486

-------
General Metals Particulate Sampler
(continued)
Calibration and Qua!ity Control  Procedures  (continued)
                                      resistance plates.   The results were
                                      corrected to standard conditions.   Spare
                                      motors were kept in the field to replace
                                      the sampler motor when motor brushes
                                      needed replacing.  The malfunctioning
                                      motor was returned to RTP for brush
                                      replacement and calibration.
Total Oxidant, Nitrogen Dioxide,
Nitrogen Oxide and Sulfur
Analyzers
Total Hydrocarbon, Methane and
Carbon Monoxide Analyzers
                                      Each instrument automatically initiated
                                      a purge cycle daily to establish a base
                                      line.   The sulfur analyzer automatically
                                      reset itself to a preset base line when
                                      the drift was away from the set point.
                                      The rest of the analyzers were manually
                                      reset to a baseline when the drift was
                                      ;+ 2%.   A monthly maintenance schedule
                                      was followed in which each instrument
                                      was completely dismantled, and cleaned,
                                      solution pumps calibrated and the photo-
                                      meters statically calibrated with opti-
                                      cal filters.   At approximately three
                                      month intervals the analyzers were
                                      dynamically calibrated by a team from
                                      RTP with the Bendix 8851 calibrator
                                      using calibrated permeation tubes.
                                      The calibrations were multipoint.
                                      Each instrument was calibrated three
                                      times weekly with certified gases from
                                      Scott Research Labs.   (CH. in ultrapure
                                      aif and CO in N^)  Two point calibra-
                                      tion - zero and span.
                                      487

-------
Calibration and Quality Control Procedures (continued)
Oxides of Nitrogen and               These analyzers were calibrated monthly
Ozone Analyzers                      by a Bendix field representative util-
                                     izing the Bendix calibrator, calibrated
                                     permeation tubes and certified gases.
                                     The analyzers were manually zeroed daily
                                     and reset to the baseline in case of a
                                     +_2% drift.  Calibrations were multipoint.
AISI Spot Tape Sampler               The sampler established a base line
                                     every two hours and was manually reset
                                     when the drift was +_ 2%.   Calibrations
                                     were performed at approximately six
                                     month intervals.
     The Bendix 8851 calibrator was calibrated in the EPA lab against chemical
standards and certified gases before each field trip and checked in the field
with chemical standards and a spectro photometer before field calibrations.

Location and Type of Data Available
     The 1974 data generated at the CAMP station, exculuding the hi-vols, were
recorded on strip charts and magnetic tape.   Data are available on magnetic
tape in SAROAD format from the RAPS Data Bank and may be obtained by con-
tacting:
                    RAPS Data Manager (MD-80)
                    Environmental  Protection Agency
                    Environmental  Sciences Research Laboratory
                    Research Triangle Park,  NC  27711
                    (919) 514-4545

Publication
Nelson, E.  0. Camp Station Operation.  Rockwell  International  Air Monitoring
Center, Newbury Park, California.   Task Order No. 14 Final  Report, EPA
Contract 68-02-1081.  June 1975.
                                    488

-------
12.1.3  CATALYST SULFATE STUDY DESIGN AND INSTALLATION
Principal Investigator                Task Coordinator
Edward P. Parry                       Franz J.  Burmann (MD-75)
Rockwell International                Environmental  Protection Agency
Air Monitoring Center                 Environnental  Sciences Research
2421A Hill crest Drive                   Laboratory
Newbury Park, CA  91320               Research  Triangle Park, NC  27711
(805) 493-6771                        (919) 541-2106
Funding  EPA Contract No. 68-02-1081, Task Order No. 23
Period of Performance  March - December 1974
Summary
     The possibility that catalytic converters  installed on 1975 and later
automobiles could cause increased oxidation of  sulfur dioxide to sulfate
prompted the EPA to conduct a field study.   The purpose of this task order was
to  provide support to the EPA during the initial  setup of this monitoring
program.
     This task order consisted of the following four subtasks:
     1.  To provide assistance in the design, selection, and acquisition of
         a  suitable sampling location to monitor vehicular emissions in
         ambient air.
     2.  To collect and evaluate possible methods  for determining the
         number and speed of vehicles passing the  proposed site  and
         formulate a recommendation for the best approach to measure these
         quantities.
     3.  To collect and evaluate all  likely methods  and recommend the best
         approach to the determination of the fraction of the total  cars
         passing the site equipped with catalytic  converters.
                                      489

-------
     4.  To collect and evaluate all  data which have been previously obtained
         by other investigators for the Southern California area concerning
         ambient sulfate, particulate and sulfur dioxide levels.  The methods
         by which the data were obtained were also to be evaluated.
     To evaluate the effects of the catalytic converter under actual field
conditions, a site was required where the ambient air containing the exhaust
from a large number of automobiles could be measured.  A location in California
was required since California was the only state which required the installa-
tion of catalytic converters on new cars starting with the 1975 models.   To
satisfy more specific requirements, including traffic volume, definable wind
flows, etc., a site near the junction of the San Diego-Santa Monica Freeways
in West Los Angeles was selected.  A review of methods available for deter-
mining car speed and count resulted in the recommendation that inductive loops
implanted in the roadbed could be used.  The best method for determining car
mix (the fraction of total cars passing the monitoring site that were 1975
model  year) appeared to be time lapse photography, however, this was relatively
expensive.  Consequently a method to estimate car mix from car registration
data was developed.  Finally, a complete review of existing data sources was
made.   Studies and data sources examined included the California State Air
Resources Board-sponsored Aerosol Characterization Experiment (ACHEX) and
Freeway Aerosol Study (FAS), the Los Angeles County Air Pollution Control
District (LAAPCD), the National Aerometric Surveillance Network (NASN) and
the Community Health and Environmental Surveillance System (CHESS).
     For additional information and copies of the final report, contact the
EPA Task Coordinator.
Publication
Parry, E. P.  Catalyst Sulfate Study Design and Installation.  Rockwell  Inter-
national Air Monitoring Center, Newbury Park, California.   Task Order No. 23
Final  Report, EPA Contract 68-02-1081.  November 1975.
                                      490

-------
 12.1.4  CATALYST 1 SULFATE STUDY SAMPLE ANALYSIS
 Principal  Investigator                Task Coordinator
 Edward P.  Parry                       Franz J. Burmann (MD-75)
 Rockwell  International                Environmental Protection Agency
 Air Monitoring Center                 Environmental Sciences Research
 2421A Hillcrest Drive                   Laboratory
 Newbury Park, CA  91320               Research Triangle Park, NC 27711
 (805) 498-6771                        (919) 541-2106
 Funding   EPA Contract No. 68-02-1081, Task Order No. 36
•Period of Performance  May - December 1974
 Summary
     Previous health studies by EPA have shown that there is a correlation
 between human health and level of particulate sulfate as determined by analyses
 for sulfate on high volume filters.  The support supplied to EPA by this task
 order involved the chemical analyses of high volume and other filters and the
 analysis  of ambient air bubbler solutions for S0?.  The source of the samples
 analyzed  in this task order originated from the monitoring program that was
 designed  in Task Order No. 23  (Section 12.1.3).
     The  sampling effort involved the use of five high volume samplers with
 both four  and 24 hour samples, one 5-stage cascade sampler, and a membrane
 filter sampler.  Of these filters, the high volumes were analyzed for total
 suspended  particulates (TSP), sulfate, nitrate, and lead, while the other
 filters were analyzed for TSP only.
     The  methods used were specified by EPA as those described in the Federal
 Register,  April 20, 1971.  The TSP was determined by weight increase after
 proper conditioning of the exposed filter.  The sulfate was determined by a
 colorimetric procedure using a barium methyl thymol blue complex and use of a
 Technicon  Autoanalyzer.  The nitrate method consisted of a reduction of
                                      491

-------
nitrate to nitrite by a cadmium reduction, followed by coupling to form an azo
dye.  Colorimetric determination was again used with the employment of a
Technicon Autoanalyzer.  An atomic absorption method was used for lead.
     While the analytical methods were furnished by EPA, the details of the
procedures were developed to give reliable, rapid and efficient semi-auto-
mated methods of analyses.  Some of the more significant changes involved a
modification of the Technicon to double the sample output from the sampler
and linearizing the analytical relation (signal vs. concentration) for the
sulfate procedure.  In addition, an internal and external quality assurance
program was initiated.  The internal, quality assurance involved analysis of
blanks, duplicates, standards, and spiked samples and the use of quality
control charts to ensure that the analytical procedures stayed tn control.
     The external quality control involved analyses of unknown samples submit-
ted by EPA and the analysis of aliquots of the same filter by both Rockwell and
EPA.  Correlation coefficients for the agreement between EPA and Rockwell results
for TSP, sulfate, and nitrate were better than 96%.  The agreement for the
lead results were not as good.
     During the contractual period over 1300 high volume filters, 435 membrane
filters, 86 cascade samplers, and 406 SO^ bubblers were analyzed.  The data
were submitted to the EPA Task Coordinator at Research Triangle Park on SAROAD
cards.  Copies of the final report and additional information may be obtained
from the EPA Task Coordinator.

Publication
Parry, E. P.  Assist in the Sampling and Analysis in the Catalyst 1 Sulfate
Study.  Rockwell International Air Monitoring Center, Newbury Park, California.
Task Order No. 36 Final Report, EPA Contract 68-02-1081.  April 1975.
                                      492

-------
12.1.5  VISIBILITY MODEL DEVELOPMENT
Principal Investigator                Task Coordinator
L. Willard Richards (formerly with)   William E. Wilson (MD-84)
Rockwell International                Environmental Protection Agency
Air Monitoring Center                 Environmental Sciences Research
2421A Hillcrest Drive                   Laboratory
Newbury Park, CA  91320               Research Triangle Park, NC  27711
(805) 498-6771                        (919) 541-2551
Funding  EPA Contract No. 68-02-1081, Task Order No. 28
Period of Performance  October 1974 - August 1975
Summary
     Tha purpose of this task order was to statistically examine the data from
the Aerosol  Characterization Experiment (ACHEX), sponsored by the Caltfornia
State Air Resources Board, to determine what atmospheric parameters or combina-
tion of atmospheric parameters correlate with visibility reduction as measured
by b   , , and to contribute to the development of simulation models of air
    scar
pollution processes.   The analysis was based on the continuous instrument data
for local meteorological conditions and the concentrations of the important
pollutrnt gases collected in the Los Angeles South Coast Air Basin.
     Tv/o statistical  methods were used to analyze the data:  The Automatic
Interaction  Detector (AID), which successively splits the data so as to obtain
a maximum reduction in variance, and multiple linear regression analyses.  The
regression analyses were carried out using the computer routines from the IBM
Scientific Subroutine Package for the System 3bO, and included stepwise regres^
sions as well a<; regression:; vri Lh a variety of preselected independent variables.
     Ozone showed the strongest correlation with visibility reduction (b    ).
                                                                        S C31
The only other parameters to show significant positive correlations were the
                                      493

-------
hydrocarbon concentrations, with methane second only to ozone in the strength
of the correlation.  There was little or no correlation between visibility
reduction and the concentrations of S0?, CO and N(L.   There was a negative
correlation between b   .  and the condensation nuclei  concentration.  These
                     scat
results were based primarily on the data from 18 selected days.
     In contrast to smog chamber results, it was found that the maximum visi-
bility reduction often occurred about three hours ahead of the ozone maximum,
and almost never occurred at a later time.
     These data supported the importance of photochemical reactions of hydro-
carbons in visibility reductions and it was also recommended that methane
concentrations be included in future hydrocarbon and field studies.
     The final report and a copy of the data base on magnetic tape was sub-
mitted to the EPA Task Coordinator.  Copies of the report and additional
information may be obtained from the EPA Task Coordinator.  Data may be
obtained from:
                    RAPS Data Manager (MD-80)
                    Environmental Protection Agency
                    Environmental Sciences  Research Laboratory
                    Research Triangle Park, NC  27711
                    (919)  541-4545

Publication
Richards, L. W., Visibility Model:  Correlation of Light Scattering with Other
Atmospheric Parameters.   Rockwell International Air Monitoring Center, Newbury
Park, California.  Task  Order No. 28 Final  Report, EPA Contract 68-02-1081.
May 1976.
                                      494

-------
12.1.6  ARGONNE RADIOMETER OPERATION

Principal Investigator
Edward 0. Nelson
Rockwell International
Air Monitoring Center
11640 Administration Drive
Creve Coeur, MO  63141
(314) 567-6722
Task Coordinator
Ronald K. Patterson  (MD-57)
Environmental Protection Agency
Environmental Sciences Research
  Laboratory
Research Triangle Park, NC  27711
(919) 541-2254
Funding  EPA Contract No.  68-02-2093, Task Order Nos.  117 and 102

Period of Performance  July 1976 - April  1977

Technical Approach
     In cooperation with Argonne National  Laboratory,  the Environmental
Protection Agency provided for the operation and maintenance of a silicon
cell pyranometer at RAMS Site 124 from July 1, 1976 through February 14,  1977
and at RAMS Site 125 from February 15 to April 8, 1977.

Period of Data Collection
     Pyranometer data were continuously recorded on strip charts from July 1,
1976 to April 8, 1977.
Parameters Measured
Direct, diffuse and total solar
radiation (irradiance)
 Instrument/Method  Used
 Silicon cell pyranometer (dichopyran-
iometer) and strip  chart recorder.
            2
 (watts/meter )
Calibration and Quality Control Procedures
     Other than the initial calibration, no calibrations were performed on the

                                     495

-------
pyranometer.  Weekly maintenance consisted of cleaning the diffuser and insur-
ing that the strip above the sensor was rotating.
     Quality control will consist of inspecting the strip charts for errors
during reduction.

Location and Type of Data Available
     Completed radiometer charts were periodically sent to Argonne National
Laboratory for reduction.  Additional information and copies of the data in
the form of strip charts may be obtained from:
                    Marvin L. WeseTy
                    Argonne National Laboratory
                    Atmospheric Physics Section
                    9700 South Cass Avenue
                    Argonne, Illinois  60439
                    (319) 739-7711
                    Ext. 2357 or 3738

Publication
No final report was required for Task Order No. 117.  The description of the
radiometer operation is included in the following report.
Nelson, E.  0.   Dichotomous Aerosol Sampling System.   Rockwell  International
Air Monitoring System, Creve Coeur, Missouri.  Task Order No.  102 Final
Report, EPA Contract 68-02-2093.  April 1979.  EPA-600/4-79-024.
                                     496

-------
12.1.7  COBB/ANDRUS PLUME STUDY PIBAL SUPPORT
Principal Investi gator                Task Coordinator
Joseph A. Strothmann                  Jack L. Durham (MD-57)
Rockwell International                Environmental Protection Agency
Air Monitoring Center                 Environmental Sciences Research
11640 Administration Drive              Laboratory
Creve Coeur, MO  63141                Research Triangle Park, NC  27711
(314) 567-6722                        (919) 541-2181
Funding  EPA Contract No. 68-02-2093, Task Order No. 126
Period of Performance  May - June 1977
Technical Approach
     In May 1977 the Electric Power Research Institute (EPRI), as part of the
Sulfate Regional Experiment (SURE), conducted a point source plume study to
examine aerosol transformation and transport.  The Environmental Protection
Agency cooperated in this effort by providing two mobile pilot balloon (pibal)
teams to define the low level wind fields.
     The two mobile pibal teams collected single theodolite pibal data at the
Cobb Power Plant in Muskegon, Michigan and at the Andrus Power Plant near
Greenville, Mississippi.   Pibals were released during selected periods with
real time data from one mobile unit being transmitted to the field manager.
This allowed the coordination of instrumented aircraft flights and the selection
of subsequent pibal release sites.
Periods of Data Collection
     Pibals were released at irregular intervals during the following periods
selected by the field manager:
               May 15 - 20, 1977     Muskegon, Michigan
               May 25 - 30, 1977     Greenville, Mississippi

                                      497

-------
Parameters Measured                   Instrument/Method Used
Wind speed and wind direction         Single theodolite method.  Calculated
                                      wind speed and direction from angular
                                      values observed at a constant time
                                      interval of 30 seconds.
Calibration and Quality Control Procedures
     Except for the minimum observation being five minutes (weather permitting),
all pibals were released in accordance with Upper Air Sounding Network proced-
ures (Section 4.0).  For agreement with 'the RAPS pibal reduction computer
program, the theodolites were oriented to 180° when aimed at true north.  Mag-
netic north was obtained by compass and corrected to true north by applying
the isogonic correction value from the latest sectional aeronautical chart.
Quality control procedures included reviewing elevation and azimuth angles for
angular continuity and checking for correct magnetic declination.  Theodolite
orientation was checked before and after each release. Theodolites were
checked and collimated prior to the study period.
Location and Type of Data Available
     Copies of the final report and additional information may be obtatned
from the EPA Task Coordinator.  Data may be obtained from:

                    RAPS Data Manager (MD-80)
                    Environmental  Protection Agency
                    Environmental  Sciences Research Laboratory
                    Research Triangle Park, NC  27711
                    (919) 541-4545
Publication
Winkler, B. D.  Cobb/Andrus Plume  Study Pibal Support.  Rockwell International
Air Monitoring Center, Creve Coeur, Missouri.  Task Order No.  126 Final Report,
EPA Contract 68-02-2093.  July 1977.
                                      498

-------
12.1.8  COBB/ANDRUS/BREED PLUME STUDY PIBAL SUPPORT
Principal Investigator                Task Coordinator
Joseph A. Strothmann                  Francis A.  Schiermeier (MD-84)
Rockwell International                c/o Environmental  Protection Agency
Air Monitoring Center                 Environmental Sciences Research
11640 Administration Drive              Laboratory
Creve Coeur, MO  63141                Research Triangle  Park, NC  27711
(314) 567-6722                        (919) 541-2649
Funding  EPA Contract No. 68-02-2093, Task Order No. 130
Period of Performance  October - November 1977
Technical Approach
     The Electric Power Research Institute (EPRI) as part of the Sulfate
Regional Experiment (SURE) conducted a point source plume study to examine
aerosol transformation and transport.  By injecting a conservative tracer,
sulfur hexafluoride (SFfi), into the power plant stack to label  a segment of
the plume, the rate processes acting on aerosols  and aerosol precursor gases
were studied.  The Environmental Protection Agency assisted in  this effort by
providing two mobile pilot ballon (pibal) teams to define low level wind
fields.
     The two mobile pibal teams collected single  theodolite pibal  data at the
Cobb Power Plant in Muskegon, Michigan, the Andrus Power Plant  near Greenville,
Mississippi  and the Breed Power Plant in Terre Haute, Indiana.   Real time data
transmission from one mobile unit allowed the coordination of instrumented
aircraft flights and the selection of subsequent pibal  sites.
Periods of Data Collection
     Pibals  were released at irregular intervals  during  the following periods
selected by  the field manager:

                                      499

-------
               October 21 - 26, 1977     Greenville, Mississippi
               November 4-14, 1977     Terre Haute, Indiana
               November 17 - 22, 1977    Muskegon, Michigan
Parameters Measured                   Instrument/Method Used
Wind speed and wind direction         Single theodolite method.  Calculated
                                      wind speed and direction from angular
                                      values observed at a constant time
                                      interval of 30 seconds.
Calibration and Quality Control Procedures
     All pibals were released in accordance with Upper Air Sounding Network
procedures (Section 4.0) with the exception of the minimum observation being
five minutes  (weather permitting).  For agreement with the RAPS pibal reduction
computer program, the theodolites were oriented to 180° when aimed at true
north.  Magnetic north was obtained by compass and corrected to true north by
applying the isogonic correction value from the latest sectional aeronautical
chart.  Quality control procedures included reviewing elevation and aztmuth
angles for angular continuity and checking for correct magnetic declination.
Theodolites were checked and collimated prior to the study period.  Orienta-
tion was checked before and after each release.
Location and Type of Data Available
     Copies of the final report and additional information may be obtained
from the EPA Task Coordinator.  Data may be obtained from:
                    RAPS Data Manager (MD-80)
                    Environmental Protection Agency
                    Environmental Sciences Research Laboratory
                    Research Triangle Park, NC  27711
                    (919) 541-4545
Publication
Arbuthnot, D.  A.   Cobb/Andrus/Breed Plume Study Pibal Support.   Rockwell
International  Air Monitoring Center, Creve Coeur,  Missouri.   Task Order No.
130 Final  Report,  EPA Contract 68-02-2093.   December 1977.

                                      500

-------
12.1.9  AEROSOL EFFECTS ON VISUAL RANGE
Principal Investigator
R. Lee Myers (formerly with)
Rockwell  International
Air Monitoring Center
11640 Administration Drive
Creve Coeur, MO  63141
(314) 567-6722
Task Coordinator
Francis Pooler (MD-84)
Environmental Protection Agency
Environmental Sciences Research
  Laboratory
Research Triangle Park, NC  27711
(919) 541-2649
Funding  EPA Contract No.  68-02-2093, Task Order No. 127

Period of Performance  May 1977 - October 1978

Summary
     The purpose of Task Order 127 was to assess and then analyze data
collected during the RAPS in terms of the correlation between aerosols and
visibility.  The effort was originally conceived and funded as a four task
project.  Task A was to locate and describe the available relevant data.  Task
B was to provide validation of the nephelometer data and then to analyze that
data in terms of temporal  and spatial patterns.
     In Task C, the nephelometer data were to be correlated with the data
from other aerosol measurements, particularly high volume samplers and the
Lawrence Berkeley Laboratory (LBL) dichotomous samplers.  Task D called for a
correlation of the nephelometer data with the visual range data from Lambert-
St. Louis International Airport with special  emphasis on the influence of
relative humidity and sulfates.
     Due to the limitation of funds in the twilight hours of RAPS and the
inability of Lawrence Berkeley Laboratories to provide the chemical analysis
data in a timely fashion, Task Order 127 was aborted before completion.
                                      501

-------
Interim completion reports were prepared for Tasks A and B.   However, Tasks
C and D were only partially completed, and no reports were prepared.

Publications
Arbuthnot, D. A.   Aerosol  Effect on Visual Range.   Rockwell  International  Air
Monitoring Center, Creve Coeur, Missouri.  Task Order No. 127A Completion
Report, EPA Contract 68-02-2093.  July 1977.
Myers, R. L. and D. A.  Arbuthnot.  Aerosol Effects on Visual  Range.   Rockwell
International Air Monitoring Center, Creve Coeur,  Missouri.   Task Order No.
127B Completion Report, EPA Contract 68-02-2093.   October 1977.
                                    • 502

-------
 12.2  METROPOLITAN METEOROLOGICAL EXPERIMENT (METROMEX)
Introduction
     One of the reasons that led to the selection of the  St.  Louis Metropoli-
tan Area as the study site for RAPS was the availability  of historical  data.
St. Louis had already been the site for several  air pollution investigations.
Project METROMEX, conducted from 1971  through 1975, was a major meteorological
study initiated prior to RAPS.
     METROMEX was conducted by investigators from Argonne National Laboratory,
Battelle Pacific Northwest Laboratories, University of Chicago, Illinois  State
Water Survey, NOAA Wave Propagation Laboratory,  Stanford  Research Institute,
and University of Wyoming, The University of California at San Diego and
the University of Missouri at Roll a were allied  participants.  The overall
goal of the project was to investigate inadvertent weather modification caused
by the St. Louis urban-industrial  complex with emphasis on urbane-related
alterations in precipitation processes and quantitative changes in surface
precipitation.
     The research objectives of the project were:
          1)  To study the effects of the urban  environment upon the
              frequency, amount, intensity and duration of precipita-
              tion and related severe weather;
          2)  To identify the physical processes of the atmosphere
              which are responsible for producing the observed urban
              weather effects;
          3)  To isolate the factors of the ctty complex  whtch are the
              causative agents of  the  observed effects; and
          4)  To assess the impact of urban induced inadvertent weather
              changes upon the wider issues of society.
                                     503

-------
     The principal investigators of METROMEX assembled several times each
year to exchange data, discuss results, revise work plans and combine efforts
for maximum effectiveness.  Week-long scientific conferences were held each
fall (1971-1974) and in the spring (1975) when project scientists, support
staff and representatives of sponsoring agencies reviewed past accomplishments
and planned for their continuing field studies.
Funding
     The funds for METROMEX and its participants were provided by the National
Science Foundation, the Energy Research and Development Administration (formerly
the Atomic Energy Commission), the State of Illinois, and the U.  S. Environ-
mental  Protection Agency.
Period of Performance
     Although some experiments were conducted on a year-round basts, the pri-
mary study periods for METROMEX in the St.  Louis area were during the summer
months  of 1971 through 1975.
Summary
     Argonne National Laboratory.   The Argonne National  Laboratory particiv
pated in the first three years of METROMEX.   During the  summer of 1971,  two
extensive areas of study were airflow characteristics and rain scavenging.
Objectives of the airflow characteristics study were:
     a.   to investigate the thermally-induced pressure force differences
         causing a city air circulation;
     b.   to investigate the effects of frictional  force  differences, aristng
         from the dissimilarity in the characteristic roughnesses of the
         city and rural  surfaces,  modifying  the direction and speed of the
         mean wind and turbulence  intensity.  •
To accomplish these objectives, double theodolite  pibal  observations and air-
borne measurements of meteorological  parameters (temperature, dew point, wind
direction and speed)  were conducted.
     Objectives of the rain scavenging studies were to improve the prediction
and understanding of the rain scavenging of  atmospheric  particulate matter.
                                      504

-------
Aerosol samples (both surface and airborne), daily rain samples,  and sequential
rain samples were collected for the rain scavenging studies.
     For the summer 1972 field studies, an acoustic sounder was  used, supported
by meteorological  observations, both surface and aloft.  The objectives  for
the summer studies were:
     a.  to observe the temporal  and spatial variations of lower  atmospheric
         inversion structures near a large city and to determine  the influences
         of the urban area upon them;
     b.  to study the density structure of the lower atmosphere both upwind
         and downwind of the city (and possibly observe the city  plume);
     c.  to compare the presence  of temperature inversions detected by the
         acoustic sounder with the distribution of airborne particulates
         detected by the Stanford Research Institute lidar system;
     d.  to study the morning break-up of a nocturnal  inversion by  continuously
         observing the changing inversion height as indicated by  the acoustic
         sounder; by periodically measuring the inversion intensity and  height
         by radiosonde flights at hourly intervals; and by comparing the  noc-
         turnal inversion break-up recorded by the acoustic sounder with  the
         development of the daytime mixing layer as detected by the lidar
         instrument.
     The acoustic sounder experiment was expanded into a network  in 1973  by
the addition of two more units.  This network of acoustic sounders  made  it
possible to observe the urban and rural differences of the height and time
behavior of inversion layers, plus providing information of the urban effects
on passing thunderstorms.  The meteorological support  was increased by the
addition of the WHAT (winds, height, and temperature)  system, a semi-automatic
radiosonde and double-theodolite  balloon-tracking apparatus developed for
the measurement of wind and temperature profiles through the planetary
boundary layer.
     Batten e Pacific Northwest Laboratories.  During  August 1971,  Battelle
Pacific Northwest Laboratories conducted several field studies as part of
METROMEX.  Studies included airborne air sampling and  tracer materials released
into the atmosphere and later collected in rainwater samples.  During August
1972 and 1973, three separate studies were carried out.  The first  being  a
                                       505

-------
tracer scavenging study of convective storms;   second,  an  aerosol  size distri-
bution study; and third, measurements of rain  scavenging of pollution  generated
by the metropolitan area.
     The July and August 1974 experiments dealt with the evolution of  aerosol
size distribution study.  Their objectives were to provide an  input into a
mathematical air pollution model  and to determine the mechanisms  of physical
and chemical changes which may occur in a pollutant between the point  of
release and a receptor downwind.   To satisfy these objectives, an instrumented
aircraft measured aerosol  particle size distribution as a  function of  time in
a parcel of air, and also the concentration of Aitken nuclei in an air sample.
In order to follow the time evolution of the particle size distribution in a
given parcel of air, a tetroon was released to a constant  altitude, and its
path intersected by the aircraft at different times, obtaining downwind
measurements.
     Three separate studies took place during July and August of  1975; aerosol
and trace gas transformations, tracer releases into convective storms, and
the transport and deposition of pollutants downwind of St. Louis.   The objec-
tive of the aerosol and trace gas transformations study was to determine the
physical and chemical changes of pollutants in the St.  Louis plume. The
investigation was conducted in a Lagranian frame of reference  using the
Battelle instrumented aircraft.  Measurements  of aerosol particle size dis-
tribution, concentration of Aitken particles,  ozone, nitric oxide, nitrogen
dioxide, sulfur dioxide, several  particle size distributions and  turbidity at
different altitudes were made to determine the relationships between them.  A
multiwavelength sunphotometer was employed to  measure solar intensities in
five narrow wavelength bands and one broad wavelength band; turbidities were
determined for each of the wavelength bands.  Additional observations  were
carried out on the ground to examine changes in particulate loading with
respect to meteorological  conditions.
     Inert tracers were released at sequential altitudes near the sides of
convective storms in the St. Louis area.  The  purpose of the tracer release
was to determine the extent to which the particulate contaminants in tfie
entrained air were being scavenged by the precipitation, and to obtain tnforv
mation on the trajectories of particulates entrained into  the  clouds at known
                                   -   506

-------
locations.  Following the tracer releases, samples of rain were collected
using a network of 219 rain collectors.   These samples were frozen using dry
ice and returned to the laboratory where they were analyzed for the tracers
and other elements using instrumental neutron activation.
     The third study involved the collection of air samples upwind, in,  and
downwind of St. Louis to determine the concentrations of contaminants  produced
by the St. Louis metropolitan area and to define the rate of decrease  in
contaminant concentrations downwind of St. Louis due to atmospheric mixing,
dry deposition on the earth's surface, and in some cases,  chemical conversion
processes.  A grid of air sampling ground stations was developed for data
collection.  The Battelle aircraft collected air samples at three elevations
in the mixed layer above the downwind air sampling stations.   The air  samples
were then analyzed for sulfur dioxide, sulfates, carbon monoxide, fluorocarbons,
and trace elements at the laboratory.
     University of Chicago.  The University of Chicago participated in all five
years of METROMEX.  During July and August of 1971, cloud physics studies were
conducted using radar observations and airborne measurements.   Their four main
objectives were:
     a.  to measure cloud condensation nuclei and ice nuclei  to determine if
         the city effluent is a source for the nuclei;
     b.  to measure cloud drop spectra to determine whether the clouds over  or
         downwind of the city differ from those upwind, and if this difference
         is related to the nuclei measurements;
     c.  to map precipitation using a height-finder radar;
     d.  to measure the size and extent of the city plume as  it is revealed
         through temperature, relative humidity and aerosols.
To achieve these objectives, an AN/TPS-10, three centimeter,  range height
indicator radar and an SPS-4, five centimeter radar were utilized for  mapping
precipitation.  Delineation of the city plume was accomplished using airborne
measurements.   Aircraft were used to study cloud drop spectra, cloud conden-
sation nuclei, ice nuclei, and cloud particle spectra (both liquid and solid).
     The final four years of involvement in METROMEX were similar
to those of the field studies conducted the first year, except that pibal
observations were performed during July and August of 1973.
                                      507

-------
     Illinois State Water Survey.   The Illinois State Water Survey was involved
in the entire five year METROMEX project.   They developed and maintained the
project's field headquarters at Pere Marquette State Park in Illinois.  The
Survey's three basic objectives for the five year study were:
     a.  to study severe local  weather phenomena (heavy rainstorms,
         thunderstorms, and hailstorms) in order to describe the temporal  arid
         spatial relationships  of these events in the St. Louis urban area
         with special reference to these relationships under varying synoptic
         conditions;
     b.  to study rainfall and  radar data to assess the magnitude and loca-
         tion of urban-related  precipitation changes with specific reference
         to time-space analyses of rainfall and synoptic weather analyses;
     c.  to conduct an atmospheric tracer study involving placement of a
         unique chemical tracer into convective storms, and provide subsequent
         analysis to determine  the temporal and spatial distribution of the
         tracer at the surface  following its interaction with the precipitation
         process.
During the summer of 1971, the  Survey began operation of a precipitation,
severe weather network.  Included were measurements of rain, hail, thunder,
atmospheric electricity, rain drop spectra, temperature, relative humidity,
wind direction and speed.  Two  radar systems were utilized along with time-
lapse cloud photography.  Rare  tracer materials were released both at the
surface and aloft into storm updrafts and then measured in a network of rain-
water collectors.  Aircraft cross-sectional measurements were made of low-
level temperature, relative humidity, and aerosols throughout the urban and
rural areas.   Pibal observations were used to delineate the low-level wind
fields.  The surface rain gauges and weather networks remained in year-round
operation for the duration of METROMEX.  In 1972, the rain gauge and hail-
pad network was expanded to permit the delineation of the rainfall and any
possible alterations in the more distant downwind areas of St.  Louis and to
gain a better definition of thunderstorm intensity at the boundaries of the
1971 network.   The raindrop size and chemical  sampling studies, the hygro-
thermograph network, and the upper air observations were also expanded during
1972.  During the remaining three years (1973, 1974 and 1975),  the field studies

                                      508

-------
were basically similar to those conducted 'during 1972.
     National Oceanic and Atmospheric Administration/Environmental Research
Laboratories (NOAA/ERL) Have Propagation Laboratory.  During July and August
1975, the NOAA/ERL Wave Propagation Laboratory performed three-dimensional
wind field measurements using their dual-doppler radar to study high resolu-
tion wind patterns over the urban and surrounding rural areas.   The radar
system was composed of two coherent, X-band radars which were coordinated to
scan in common tilted planes through the radar echo.  When precipitation parti-
cles were not available as tracers of the air motion, X-band chaff was released
either from aircraft or from the ground.
     On a few occasions, fixed beam high resolution data were taken to deter-
mine the one-dimensional wave number spectrum of the radial  velocity component.
From this data and the variance of the Doppler spectrum, estimates were made
of the eddy dissipation rates under a variety of conditions.
     The following were the objectives of the NOAA/ERL Wave Propagation
Laboratory's field studies for 1975:
     a.  to observe the rural-urban difference in the wind field within
         the mixing layer under a variety of environmental stability and
         wind conditions;
     b,  to observe the wind field within convective storms as  they pass
         through the urban area with the intention of documenting city-
         induced changes in the storm kinematics;
     c.  to apply both of the above in an evaluation of existing numerical
         models of the urban mixing layer and convective storms; and
     d.  to provide other METROMEX participants with high resolution measure-
         ments of the three-dimensional urban wind field that had been pre-
         viously unattainable.
     Stanford Research Institute.  During August 1971, the SRI/EPA Mark VIII
lidar system was used to investigate and record the urban aerosol structure
over St. Louis.  The lidar observations were used to provide quantitative
data on aerosol structural features (gradients of relative aerosol concen-
tration, layer height, etc.) that may reveal atmospheric dynamic, physical,
and radiative processes important in air pollution problems.   In August 1972,
the primary data-gathering instrument was the SRI Mark IX lidar system. In
addition to the lidar observations of aerosol structure, other data were
                                      509

-------
collected to extend the lidar observations  in  a  quantitative  sense,  to  derive
or verify relationships governing the interaction  of urban  aerosols  with  the
transfer of solar and terrestrial radiation,  and to  investigate  urban effects
on thermal stability and convection.   A complementary SRI program  during
August 1972 was the investigation of the role  of surface  geophysical character-
istics in determining urban-rural differences  in the surface  energy  budget.
As a part of this study, aircraft observations of ambient dry and  wet bulb
temperatures, downwelling and upwelling solar radiation,  surface radiative
temperature, and panchromatic surface photographs  were made at two to three
hour intervals.
     The lidar system was incorporated with additional  instrumentation  in a
van for the field studies of July and August 1973.   An integrating nephelometer
for measurement of near-surface aerosol content, a solar  radiometer viewing
a 90° vertical atmospheric sector, and dry  and wet bulb temperature sensors
supported the lidar data collection.   Other instrumentation used at a fixed
stte were a multiwavelength sunphotometer for the  observation of solar  in-
tensities, a pyheliometer for observing the wavelength-integrated  solar in-
tensity, a pyranometer for observing the wavelength  integrated solar flux,
a digital data acquisition system to record the  output of the preceding
sensors at one-minute intervals, and a Nuclepore filter sampler  to collect
suspended particulate matter for analysis of aerosol physical and  optical
properties.
     During August 1974, SRI participated in  collaboration  with  the  University
of Wyoming and the National Center for Atmospheric Research flight facility
to obtain airborne observations along a flight track over St. Louis  during
two complete diurnal cycles.  These airborne  observations included solar
trradiance (both downwind and upwind), surface radiometric  temperature, zenith
sky radiance, air temperature, dew point, horizontal winds  (Doppler), and
daytime surface photography.
     SRI concentrated on mobile data collection  for their July and August
1975 studies using their Mark IX mobile lidar van  augmented with additional
sensors to derive the temporal and spatial  contours  of near-surface aerosol
density, temperature, and relative humidity.   This lidar  program was coor-
dinated with the University of Wyoming and  the University of  Chicago aircraft
                                    '  510

-------
flights.   In addition, two sodar units were operated at fixed sites to provide
further information on mixing depth and convective activity.   An array of
solar flux radiometers were used to derive urban/rural  variations in surface
heating and to study mid-day surface heating effects on afternoon aerosol
distributions, cloud formation, and precipitation amounts.
     University of Wyoming.  The University of Wyoming, during its five year
participation in METROMEX, pursued the following objectives:
     a.  to observe and analyze the kinematics of the general  meso-scale
         motion in an urban area;
     b.  to investigate the temporal and spatial variations of the static
         meteorological parameters in the urban environment and relate the
         observed air mass modification to energy, moisture,  and aerosol
         (Aitken nuclei) budgets in the urban atmosphere;
     c.  to observe and analyze the character and modification of life cycles
         of growing cumulus and cumulonimbus clouds due to  the meso-scale
         influences (heat, moisture, and aerosol ingestions)  of an urban
         area; and
     d,  observe and analyze the time variations of heat, moisture, and par-
         ticulate distributions in the urban atmosphere together with the
         rural-urban variations in solar and IR radiation and to relate to
         the energy budget of the urban area.
     During August 1971 the University of Wyoming obtained  samples and measure-
ments using airborne, mobile, and observing units.  Airborne measurements were
made of temperature, dew point, liquid water content, turbulence, cloud nuclei
spectra,  aerosols, size distribution of water droplets, and Aitken nucleus
concentrations.  Mobile units made observations of temperature, dewpoint,
wind direction and speed, atmospheric pressure, ice nuclei, raindrop size
distribution, rate of rainfall, rain and hail amounts.   Single theodolite
pibals were also observed by the mobile units.  The observing units consisted
of four double theodolite pibal teams provided by the United States Air Force
Air Weather Service.  The four teams also made hourly meteorological surface
observations.  For the August 1972 field experiments, the  upper air sounding
network was expanded to include three sources for upper air data.  One source
was a NOAA operated radiosonde station; the second was a radiosonde station
                                      511

-------
operated by University of Wyoming personnel;  and third,  the University of
Wyoming aircraft obtained soundings of the vertical  profile.   The field
experiments for August 1973, July and August of 1974 and 1975 were similar to
those conducted during August of 1971 and 1972
     University of California at San Diego.   Allied with METROMEX, the
University of California at San Diego conducted an airborne visibility
study in the St. Louis area collecting airborne and ground-based measurements
for a 15 day period during August 1971.  Airborne measurements collected were:
     a.  Lower Hemisphere Radiance Distributions
     b.  Upper Hemisphere Radiance Distributions
     c.  Atmospheric Scattering Coefficients
     d.  Horizontal Path Function Radiances
     e.  Irradiance Levels, Upwelling and Downwelling
     f.  Temperature, Pressure, and Dewpoint
     g.  Atmospheric Scattering Coefficient  Profile
     h.  Vertical  Path Function Radiances
     i.  Irradiance Profile, Upwelling Only
Ground-based measurements collected were:
     a.  Atmospheric Scattering Coefficient
     b.  Sky and Terrain Radiances
     c.  Atmospheric Scattering Coefficient
     d.  Apparent Solar Radiance
     e.  Sky Radiance Distribution
     University of Missouri at Rolla.  Also  allied with  METROMEX during August
1973, the University of Missouri at Rolla collected airborne aerosol  size
measurements using a Climet CI 201/205 particle analyzer/counter sampling in
two size bands.  Dew points were continuously recorded by a Technology/Versa-
tronics thermoelectric dewpoint hygrometer.
     Location of Information Concerning Data  Collection.  Additional  infor-
mation may be obtained by contacting the participants of Project METROMEX.
                                     512

-------
Publications
Numerous publications resulted from METROMEX.  The following is a partial list
as only the operational  reports were used to prepare this summary.
Changnon, S.A., Jr.  1971  Operational Report for METROMEX.  Illinois State
Water Survey, Urbana, Illinois.  November 1971.
Lowry, W.P.  1972 Operational Report for METROMEX.  Illinois State Water
Survey, Urbana, Illinois.   April 1973.
Lowry, W.P.  1973 Operational Report for METROMEX.  Illinois State Water
Survey, Urbana, Illinois.   December 1973.
Braham, R.R., Jr.  1974 Operational Report for METROMEX.  University of
Chicago, Chicago, Illinois.   December 1974.
Auer, A.M., Jr.  1975 Operational Report for METROMEX.  University of
Wyoming, Laramie, Wyoming.  November 1975.
                                      513

-------
12.3  DA VINCI II AND III MANNED BALLOON FLIGHTS

Introduction
     Project DA VINCI consisted of a series of instrumented ballon flights
to study the long range transport and transformation of air pollutants.
Interest was focused on the ways in which gaseous effluents from urban indus-
trial and power production activities are slowly transformed into more hazard-
ous pollutants in the lower atmosphere.   Two 24 hour flights were flown  in
late spring and early summer from Arrowhead Airport, 24 kilometers west of
St. Louis (flight paths are shown in Figures 24 and 25).   The St. Louis  area
was selected because it was the site of the EPA's Regional  Air Pollution Study
(RAPS).  As a result of the study, St.  Louis, its industry and its major power
production facilities had been well characterized.   In addition, the Regional
Air Monitoring System (RAMS) established as part of RAPS would provide valu-
able data for the interpretation of DA VINCI results.
     The project was joint effort of the Department of Energy (DOE) (formerly
the Energy Research and Development Administration), DOE's  Sandia Laboratories,
the National Geographic Society, the National Oceanic and Atmospheric Adminis-
tration (NOAA), and the Environmental Protection Agency (EPA).   Along with the
major participants listed above, several other Federal agencies, national
laboratories, and universities were involved in the research effort.  These
institutions include:  Argonne National  Laboratory, Brookhaven National
Laboratory, Lawrence Berkeley Laboratory, Lawrence Livermore Laboratory, and
Los Alamos Scientific Laboratory; the U. S. Army Atmospheric Sciences Labora-
tory (White Sands Missile Range, New Mexico); the Institute for Storm Research;
Washington University; Washington State University; University of Texas  at
El Paso; the Research Triangle Institute; AeroVironment,  Incorporated; and
Grumman Houston Corporation.
                                   -  514

-------
                                                  C_3
                                                  Q_


                                                  1—
                                                  X
                                                  o
                                                  D-
                                                  D-
                                                  CM
                                                  C3
515

-------
                                        Mrx4^i^1'"\l
                                        X-K,* rrv-r J t   r\ ^- \
 =   =•    -ii* ..i^._--A
 g I i 5 -I G 3 a -J U O ; = o  _ I C-- ~- * »"- ' •
 ^ir^ir^ji^-M -1^-5 V 1^1^
 %='•! = 8| f j? Iff s«s>°°,rs?i? ^.S-Wi'A ~;'
  ss        i-iW
-  I S r-   *r s r—J--S-1 z  *  /^ s - e*s=- "
                                 516

-------
Funding
     The funds for project DA VINCI and its participants were provided by  the
Department of Energy, the Environmental Protection Agency, the National  Oceanic
and Atmospheric Administration, and the National  Geographic Society.
Periods of Performance
     Two DA VINCI flights originated in the St.  Louis area:
     DA VINCI  II - June 8 and 9, 1976 (340 km traveled)
     DA VINCI III - July 23 and 24, 1976 (675 km traveled)
Summary
     The DA VINCI balloon, constructed of polyethylene 0.01 centimeters  thick
and inflated with approximately 4,648 cubic meters of helium, suspended  a
2,948 kilogram gondola, a crew of four, over a ton of scientific equipment,
and more than 454 kilograms each of batteries and ballast.  The balloon  flew
over the city at the lowest permissible altitude and was transported with  the
air pollution from St.  Louis urban and industrial activities, acting as  a
Lagragian marker and measurement platform.   Measurements were made both  in the
gondola and from a remote package which was lowered about 60 meters below  the
gondola.  Other aircraft and ground-based experiments were conducted in  conjunction
with the flights.
     Since horizontal and vertical distribution  of pollutants downwind of  the
city are strongly influenced by meteorological conditions, the flight altitude
was selected on the basis of pollutant profiles  obtained by instrumented
aircraft during the flight.
     As the mixing layer deepened, the balloon wa3 allowed to rise keeping
well within the mixing layer until late afternoon.  As atmospheric mixing
decayed late in the day, the balloon maintained a fixed altitude and continued
to follow the elevated pollutants throughout the night and into the next day.
The balloon drifted with the urban/industrial plume as long as data of value
could be safely obtained.
     In coordination with the DA VINCI flight, an instrumented aircraft  mapped
cross sections of the urban/industrial plume for the EPA.  These data aided in
delineating horizontal  and vertical diffusion of pollutants in the cross
                                      517

-------
section of the plume containing the balloon, thus greatly facilitating inter-
pretation and modeling of the measurements made on the DA VINCI balloon.  The
aircraft mapping operations continued throughout the balloon flight.
     On the ground, an instrumented van made pollutant concentration measure-
ments under the balloon's path.  In addition, a pair of ground-based acoustic
sounders were used along the flight path to provide information on the mixing
depth of the plume.
     Aircraft and ground-based measurements helped to define dilution of the
plume by diffusion processes and removal of pollutants at the ground.  These
determinations were necessary for determining pollution concentration changes
by chemical reactions.
On-Board Experiments
     The following is a listing of the DA VINCI on-board experiments that
measured the properties of fine particles suspended in the air, the gaseous
pollutant concentrations, and the meteorological  conditions.   Particular
emphasis was placed on the processes which convert gases to particles and on
the characterization of particles formed.
National Oceanic and Atmospheric Administration:   R.  Pueschel
     Instruments were used to filter minute particles from the air.   They were
analyzed later by electron microscope to determine particle size, shape and
composition.  Then they were tested to determine  their ability to serve as ice
nuclei and their ability to scatter light, which  would determine the aerosols'
effects on incoming sunlight and, therefore, climate.
Lawrence Berkeley Laboratory:  T. Novakov, C. Hollowe!!, R. Giaque and
S. Chang
     Two different types of filter samples were taken.   One was analyzed via
electron spectroscopy for chemical  analyses (ESCA) for data on the chemical
state of sulfur, nitrogen and carbon present.  These  samples  were analyzed for
characteristic functional groups using attentuated total reflectance infrared
spectroscopy.  The second type of sample was used for x-ray fluorescence
analysis, principally for sulfur, aluminum, silicon,  lead and bromine.
                                    •  518

-------
Lawrence Livermore Laboratory:   R.  Ragini
     After elemental  analysis (x-ray flourescence) of the above filters by
LBL, they were subjected to neutron activation analysis to obtain further
elemental composition information.
Los Alamos Scientific Laboratory:  W.  Sedlacek
     A quartz-microbalance cascade  impactor was flown to determine the change
in particle size distribution as gas to particle conversion progressed.
Sandia Laboratories:   B. Zak and R. Schellenbaum
     Measurements of the intensity  and spectral distribution of radiation were
obtained.  A spectrometer defined the  ultraviolet and visible solar flux that
causes the photochemistry proceeding within the plume.   A pulsed fluorescent
detector was also used to gather sulfur dioxide concentration data for studying
the conversion of sulfur dioxide to sulfate.   An ozone monitor gathered data on
long-distance transport of ozone aloft, particularly at night.
Sandia Laboratories:  R. Woods, and Washington State University:  R. Rasmussen
     Grab samples taken with passivated and conditioned stainless steel flasks
were analyzed for carbon monoxide,  nitrous oxide, light hydrocarbons and halo-
carbons.  Since the Freons do not participate in the chemical processes occur-
ring within the plume, they were able  to serve as inert tracers.
Research Triangle Institute:  J. Worth_and J. Tommerdahl
     Grab samples were taken, principally for light hydrocarbons.  Hydrocarbons
of interest were the reactive species  which participate in the atmospheric
chemistry.  This experiment was aimed  at the behavior of ozone precursers
through the nocturnal cycle in  a well-aged, elevated plume.
Atmospheric Sciences Laboratory:  H. Gallard, and University of Texas at El  Paso;
M. Izquierdo
     Temperature, pressure, water vapor and ozone measurements were made.
Water vapor measurements are important in assessing the role of liquid phase
oxidation of sulfur dioxide.  Ozone measurements were made both from the gondola
and from the "down package" about 60 meters below the gondola.
                                     519

-------
National Oceanic and Atmospheric Administration:  J. Angel 1, W. Hoecker
     Sets of three tetroons -- tetrahedral balloons roughly five feet in
diameter -- were released from the balloon.  The flight crew tracked these
balloons as air currents separated them and carried them off in different
directions.  The paths of the tetroons and the time it took them to disperse
provided information on atmospheric diffusion processes.
AeroVironment Incorporated:  P. McCready
     Data on the eddy diffusivity of the atmosphere in the vicinity of the
balloon were obtained by using an instrument suspended from the "down package."
A three-axis anemometer also continuously recorded the relative velocity of the
air at the gondola throughout the flight.
National Oceanic and Atmospheric Administration:  P. Kuhn
     An infrared radiometer was used to study the radiative properties of
aerosols in the St. Louis pollutant plume and of the land surfaces beneath
the balloon.  The study was focused on the heat balance of the atmosphere,
rather than directly upon atmospheric chemistry.  It provided insight into the
relationships of aerosol character, atmospheric mixing and turbulence with
properties of the earth's surface and incoming radiation  from the sun.
Brookhaven National Laboratory:  L. Newman, R. Tanner, R.  Garber. J.  Forrest
and D. Leahy
     Treated filters were employed to measure the concentrations of sulfur
dioxide, ammonia, nitrates, and sulfates.
Coordinated Experiments
Washington University:  R.  Husar
     Plume mapping was accomplished with an instrumented  airplane for the
EPA's Midwest Interstate Sulfur Transport and Transformation (MISTT)  program.
The plane flew in patterns  to define the cross section of the plume.   Measure-
ments were made of sulfur dioxide, ozone, nitric oxide, nitrogen dioxide,
particulate sulfur, temperature, dew point, eddy diffusivity, condensation
nuclei  and particulate size distribution.  Sulfur dioxide and particulate
forms of sulfur were of the most interest.  The objective was to determine the
transport, transformation and removal processes involving sulfur compounds by
                                      520

-------
accounting for total sulfur mass flow.   The plane used the balloon as a
Lagrangian marker for a particular parcel of air so that successive cross-
sectional flights could refer to the same air parcel.
Research Triangle Institute:  J. Worth, J.  Tommerdahl
     In addition to grab samples taken  on the gondola, measurements were made
from an instrumented van following the  balloon on the  ground.   During the
flight, the van measured ground level  concentrations of ozone, oxidant, nitric
oxide, nitrogen dioxide, total  sulfur,  total hydrocarbons, non-methane hydro-
carbons, selected reactive hydrocarbons, and carbon monoxide.   The van also
carried a full complement of calibration instrumentation which was used to
calibrate the balloon-borne instrumentation before and immediately after each
flight.
Argonne National Laboratory:  E. Miller
     Measurements of the inversion level and of atmospheric turbulence near
the balloon were made by "leap-frogging" mobile acoustic sounders along its
path to provide information on  the mixing depth of the plume.   The rate at
which chemistry proceeds in the atmosphere  is strongly dependent upon reactant
concentrations.  These, in turn, are determined not only by source strength,
but also by the degree of the mixing of polluted with  relatively clean air.
The acoustic sounder data provided information on the  dilution processes
occurring in the vicinity of the balloon.
Location of Information Concerning Data Collection
     :  iditional information concerning Project DA VINCI may be obtained by
contacting:
                    Bernard D.  Zak
                    Sandia Laboratories
                    Division 5333
                    Box 5800
                    Albuquerque, NM  87112
                    (505) 264-7328
                                      521

-------
Publ1 cations
Zak, B. D.  Project DA VINCI:   An Overview.   Sandia Laboratories,  Albuquerque,
New Mexico.  October 1976.
Zak, B. D.  Project DA VINCI:   A Status Report.   Sandia Laboratories,
Albuquerque, New Mexico.   March 1976.
Zak, B. D. et al.   Project DA VINCI:   A Study of Long Range Air Pollution
Using a Balloon-Borne Lagrangian Measurement Platform, Volumes I - IV.
Sandia Laboratories, Albuquerque, New Mexico.  SAND 78-0403.   In preparation.
                                     522

-------
12.4  MISCELLANEOUS INVESTIGATIONS
12.4.1  DIRECTIONAL HI-VOL SAMPLING AT GRANITE CITY STEEL
Principal  Investigators               Project Officer
Kenneth E.  Pickering                  Mark Antell
GEOMET, Incorporated                  Environmental Protection Agency
15 Firstfield Road                    Office of Enforcement
Gaithersburg, MD   20760              401  M Street, SW
(301) 948-0755                        Washington,  DC   20460
                                      (202) 755-8137
Ronald G.  Draftz
IIT Research Institute
Fine Particle Research Section
10 West 35th Street
Chicago, IL   60616
(312) 567-4291
Funding  EPA Contract No. 68-01-4144, Task No. 1
Period of Performance  January 1976 - March 1977
Technical  Approach
     This ambient monitoring study was conducted to determine the impact of
coking on total suspended particulate concentrations and,  if possible,  the
impact from specified coking operations, namely charging,  pushing and
quenching.
     The site selected for this study was the Granite City Steel  Company Coke
Works in Granite City, Illinois.  Two sampling sites selected 1200 m north
and south of the coke ovens were equipped with standard hi-vol filter
samplers and hi-vol impactor samplers.  The theory behind  the site location
was that with persistent southerly winds, the south sampler served as a
baseline monitor and the northern site indicated the pollutant contribution
                                     523

-------
of the coking facility.   The opposite being true with a  northerly wind.
     Filter samples collected on days with high  wind  persistence were analyzed
by a variety of analytical  methods to determine  coking impact.
Periods of Data Collection
     One hi-vol and one cascade impactor at each site were operated In tan-
dem.  Each pair was activated once every three days from 0000-2400 CST on an
alternating schedule.   To determine which samples contain particulates
derived from the coking facility, wind data from RAMS Site 103  were com-
pared to the sampling dates.  Using a wind persistence formula  and deter-
ming the predominant wind direction for the day, a decision was made whether
or not to subject the sample to laboratory analysis.
     Analyzed sample dates, with the necessary wind persistence, were:
                         March 2, 1976
                         June 13, 1976
                         September 16, 1976
                         February 10 and 22, 1976
Parameters Measured
Total suspended particulate
mass, total  cyclohexane  soluble
organics, Benzo (a) pyrene concen-
tration, free carbon content, lead
and vanadium concentrations
Instrument/Method Used
The collection process utilized a
Sierra standard hi-vol sampler with
type A glass filter.  A constant air
flow was maintained by a Model 310,
Sierra Instruments, Constant Flow
Controller.  Flow rate was checked
and adjusted every three days.
In addition, two Sierra Model 235 High
Volume Cascade impactors were operated
at each site.  Flow adjustments were
identical to that of the hi-vols.
a)  Total  cyclohexane soluble organics
    by soxhlet extraction.
b)  Benzo (a) pyrene concentration by
                                     524

-------
Parameters Measured
Identification of charge, push and
quench aerosols
Wind speed and direction
Instrument/Method Used (continued)
    high pressure liquid chromatography.
c)  Free carbon content by low tempera-
    ture plasma ashing.
d)  Elemental analysis for lead and
    vanadium to correct for free car-
    bon content due to auto exhaust
    and oil soot.
Optical and electron microscopy.

Meteorology Research Inc.  Model 1022
wind system oriented to true north.
Located at RAMS Site 103 mounted
30 m above ground level.
Calibration and Qua 1ity Control Procedures
Meteorological Research Inc.
Model 1022 wind system.
Sierra Hi-Vols
The wind direction and speed were cali-
brated every six months, speed by using
a constant RPM motor and direction by
sighting the directional vane on a
nearby target whose bearing from the
station had been accurately determined.
Prior to the study, the hi-vols were
calibrated twice by both the U.S. EPA
and the Illinois EPA.
Location of Information Concerning Data Acquisition
                    James Henry
                    Granite City Air Pollution Control Office
                    2301 Adams Street
                    Granite City, IL   62040
                    (618) 451-7636
                                     525

-------
Location and Type of Data Available
     Data in report format are publicly not available at this time.  For
further information contact the Project Officer.

Publications
Draftz, R. G., K. E. Pickering, and D.  J.  Mosechandreas.  Analysis of Total
Suspended Particulates Collected at Granite City, Illinois - TSP Impact
From Coke Batteries.  GEOMET, Incorporated, Gaithersburgh, Maryland.   Task
No. 1 Final Report, Contract 68-01-4144.  December 1977.
                                   .  526

-------
12.4.2  HI-VOL STUDY AT CITY SITE 2 AND MUNICIPAL COURT BUILDING
                                      Project Officer
                                      Ronald K.  Patterson  (MD-57)
                                      Environmental  Protection Agency
                                      Environmental  Sciences  Research
                                        Laboratory
                                      Research Triangle Park,  NC  27711
                                      (919)  541-2254
Principal Investigators
Kenneth A. Hardy
Florida International University
Department of Physical  Sciences
Tamiami Trail
Miami, FL  33199
(305) 552-2605

Ronald G. Draftz
IIT Research Institute
Fine Particle Research  Section
10 West 35th Street
Chicago, IL  60616
(312) 567-4291

Funding  EPA Grant No.  R803078

Period of Performance  July 1975

Technical Approach
     The objective of this study was to determine aerosol  sources based on
elemental concentrations collected from distinct wind directions.
     Four Battelle wind activated directional  impactors and one standard
Battelle impactor were  located at both the City Site 2 at  Broadway and
Hurck, and the Municipal Court Building at 14th and Market.  In addition
to these instruments, two General Metals hi-vol samplers operated as part
of the City of St. Louis Pollution Control Network and a Jenson-Nelson
streaker were situated  at each site.
                                     527

-------
Periods of Data Collection
     The Jenson-Nelson streakers  operated continually  throughout  the  period
of the experiment.   An active sampling period of 24  hours  per  directional
impactor was attempted.   This represented 24 hours of  coverage for  each
wind directional  quadrant.   The Battelle  standard impactor operated from
0000-2400 CST throughout the duration of  the experiment.   The  two hi-vols
supplied by the City of St.  Louis operated on an alternate basis  from
0000-2400 CST throughout the experimental period of  July  15-31, 1975.
Parameters Measured
Sixteen elements were identified
and analyzed with two hour time
resolution (Aluminum, Silicon,
Sulfur, Chlorine, Potassium,
Calcium, Titanium, Vanadium,
Chromium, Manganese, Iron,
Nickel, Copper, Zinc, Bromine,
Lead)
Sixteen elements fractionated
and segregated by wind direc-
tion.  (Aluminum, Silicon,
Sulfur, Chlorine, Potassium,
Calcium, Titanium, Vanadium,
Chromium, Manganese, Iron,
Nickel, Copper, Zinc, Bromine,
Lead)
Sixteen elements fractionated
by size and analyzed.  (Same
elements as above)
Instrument/Method Used
Jenson-Nelson streaker using 6" x 1"
Nuclepore filter paper with two hour
resolution.  The samples were analyzed
by the Proton Induced X-Ray Emission
(PIXE) method at Florida State
University.  Flow rate was checked
every 24 hours.

Four Battelle wind activated impactors
at each site.  Each impactor's sampling
range encompassed approximately 90° of
azimuth with respect to magnetic north.
Samples were analyzed using the PIXE
method by Florida State University.
Flow rate was recorded before and
after each sampling period to deter-
mine if any drift had occurred.
Battelle standard impactor differen-
tiating particle size.  The samples
were analyzed using the PIXE method
by Florida State University.  Flow rate
was recorded before and after each
sampling period to determine if any
drift had occurred.
                                     528

-------
Parameters Measured                   Instrument/Method Used (continued)
Total  suspended particulate mass      General  Metals hi-vol  supplied by the
for 24 hour period.                   City of St.  Louis with microscopical
                                      analysis by IIT Research Institute.
                                      Flow rate was recorded when the clean
                                      filter was installed and when the
                                      exposed filter was removed.  Flow
                                      rate during a sampling interval is
                                      the average of these readings.

Calibration and Quality Control  Procedures
Jenson-Nelson Streaker                The streaker operated in tandem with
                                      the Battelle standard impactor uti-
                                      lizing the same vacuum pump.   The
                                      desired impactor flow rate was pro-
                                      duced in the laboratory utilizing a
                                      rotameter.
Battelle Wind Activated and           The desired impactor flow rates were
Standard Impactors                    produced in the laboratory utilizing
                                      a rotameter.
City of St. Louis General             The flowmeters were calibrated
Metals Hi-Vol                         immediately prior to the study using
                                      a calibrated orifice plate and
                                      manometer.

Location and Type of Data Available
     Data will be available in report format from both institutions where
the particulate analyses were performed pending additional funding by EPA.
     For all Jenson-Nelson streaker data and the Proton Induced X-Ray
Emission analysis contact Kenneth A. Hardy, Principal Investigator.  For
impactor data analyzed for particulate type and source contact Ronald G.
Draftz, Principal Investigator.
Publication
A final report on this study is  expected to be published in Septmeber 1979.
                                      529

-------
12.4.3  ION CHROMATOGRAPH ANALYSIS OF RAPS HI-VOL FILTERS
                                      Project Officer
                                      Ronald K.  Patterson
                                      Environmental  Protection Agency
                                      Environmental  Sciences Research
                                        Laboratory
                                      Research Triangle Park, NC  27711
                                      (919) 541-2254
Principal Investigators
Edward Nelson
Rockwell International
Air Monitoring Center
11640 Administration Drive
St. Louis, MO  63141
(314) 567-6722

Joan Lathouse
Battelle-Columbus Laboratories
505 King Avenue
Columbus, OH  43201
(614) 424-5237
Funding  EPA Contract No. 68-02-2093, Task Order No.  101  (Sample Collection
         by Rockwell  International)
         EPA Contract No. 68-02-2454 (Laboratory Analysis by Battelle-
         Columbus)

Period of Performance  August - September 1976

Technical Approach
     This study was intended to investigate the importance of nitrite in the
ambient atmosphere.
     Hi-vols located at ten separate RAMS sites were  operational during the
study period.  The spatial relationship and numerical designation of the
sites are annotated in Figure 26.
     All instruments were located on platforms extending from the roofs of
                                     530

-------
                                        'lll/ER , EDWARDS/ILLE

                                          ^-
                                          11
ST.
CHARLES
                                     NITE CITY
                                       '   HORSESHOE
                                              ^,,-COLLINSVILLE

                                      EAST ST. LOUIS
     . MANCHESTER
                                                .vBELLEVILLE
                                              approx.  10 km
         CRYSTAL
           CITY  kj
                                       Hi-Vol  Collection  Site
FIGURE 26.  COLLECTION SITES FOR THE 1976 HI-VOL STUDY.
                          531

-------
the RAMS shelters approximately four meters above surface.

Periods of Data Collection
     The ten hi-vols operated from 0000-2400 CST on the following days:
                    August 25, 28, and 31,  1976
                    September 3, 1976
Parameters Measured
Each sample was analyzed for
nitrite, sulfate and nitrate
                                      Instrument/Method Used
                                      The Sierra Instruments Model 305 stan-
                                     , dard hi-vol was used to collect the
                                      sample.  A constant flow rate was
                                      maintained by a Sierra Model 310B
                                      Constant Flow Controller.  The flow
                                      rate was constantly monitored by the
                                      on-site computer.  At the end of the
                                      active sampling period, the flow rate
                                      was manually checked by using the
                                      RAMS station digital voltmeter.  The
                                      sample was then treated with NHL and
                                      transferred to the Battelle-Columbus
                                      Laboratory for ion chromatography.

Calibration and Quality Control Procedures
Sierra Instruments Hi-Vol             The hi-vol flow rate was calibrated
                                      once every three months using a Top-
                                      Loading High Volume Orifice Calibra-
                                      tor, Sierra Model 330.

Location and Type of Data Available
     At present only the first run analysis has been performed.  A re-run
analysis of each sample is pending.  Additional information may be obtained
from the EPA Project Officer.
                                     532

-------
12.4.4  DEPARTMENT OF TRANSPORTATION HIGHWAY EMISSIONS STUDY
Principal Investigator
Frederick F.  Marino
U.S. Department of Transportation
Transportation Systems Center
Kendall Square
Cambridge, MA  02142
(617) 494-2185
Funding  Department of Transportation
Period of Performance  July 1975
Summary
     The formal title of this study was "The Department of Transportation
Prototype Gas Correlation Spectrometer Integrated Path Carbon Monoxide
Burden Measurements".
     This prototype experiment was conducted to determine the feasibility
of integrated path sensing of low concentrations of CO utilizing a Science
Applications gas correlation spectrometer.  The field measurements were
performed in St. Louis during the period of July 10 to 28, 1975 at U.S.
Highway 40 near 21st Street.  Two 20 foot towers were erected on either side
of Highway 40, 120 feet apart.  One tower supported the correlation spec-
trometer and infrared source at elevations of 7, 13 and 20 feet.  The other
tower supported a retroreflector at corresponding elevations.  Carbon monox-
ide burden, atmospheric temperature, humidity and wind speed were monitored
at each elevation.  Traffic volume was monitored and recorded on punched
tape by the Missouri Highway Commission.  During selected peak traffic con-
ditions, EPA personnel took bag samples for carbon monoxide analysis at 3,
9, 37, and 73 meters upwind and downwind of the correlation spectrometer
sampling site.  This facilitated CO burden comparisons and provided calibra-

                                     533

-------
tion criteria for a pending DOT/General  Motors study in Mel ford,  Michigan.
     Based on experience gained during this field experiment,  the towers in
the Michigan study will be replaced by mobile, height-adjustable  platforms
and the gas analyzer system is being modified for easier installation and
optical alignment and for expanded measurement span.
     No data are available due to the prototype nature of this experiment.
     Details of the sampling procedures may be obtained from the  DOT Principal
Investigator.

Publication
None
                                      534

-------
12.4.5  BIOLOGICAL INDICATORS OF POLLUTION
Principal Investigators
John E. Averett
Charles R. Granger
Donald E. Grogan
Buford R. Holt
John E. Ridgway
University of Missouri -
  St. Louis
  Department of Biology
St. Louis, MO   63135
(314) 453-5811
Marion Bakula
Dorothy  Feir
Stephen J. Dina
John G. Severson, Jr.
St. Louis University
Department of Biology
3507 Laclede Ave.
St. Louis, MO   63103
(314) 535-3300
Funding  EPA Grant No
Period of Performance
                Project Officer
                Lawrence Ranier
                Environmental  Protection  Agency
                Corvallis Environmental  Research
                  Laboratory
                200 Southwest  35th Street
                Corvallis, OR   97330
                (503)  757-4625
R802678
December 1973 - July 1974
Introduction
     The objective of this study was to propose a series of biological
indicators of pollution.  The reports which follow consist of state-of-the-
art literature reviews and reports of pilot studies for proposed measures of
air pollution impact based on remote sensing, demographic, genetic,
                                     535

-------
morphological, physiological,  and biochemical  aspects of air pollution.   All
studies in this report were performed in 1974.
     The Protocol developed consists of nine independent studies.   The studies
and their investigators follow.
The Effects of Air Pollution on
Polyploidy in Plants
Cellular and Genetic Effects of
Atmospheric Pollution on Animals
Assessing the Effects of Air Pollu--
tion on Vegetation Using Remote
Sensing
The Effect of Air Pollutants on the
Physiology and Biochemistry of
Vertebrate Systems
Demographic Measures of Air Pollu-
tion Impacts on Plant Populations
The Interactions of Invertebrates
and Air Pollutants
Literature Review of the Effects
of Air Pollution to the Phytocom-
ponents of the Ecosystem
Effects of Airborne Pollutants on
Physiological, Ecological, and
Biochemical Processes of Plants
Preliminary Analysis of the Effects
of Atmospheric Pollution on Annual
Ring-Widths of the Sycamore in the
St. Louis Area
John E. Averett
Marion Bakula
Charles R. Granger


Donald E. Grogan

Buford R. Holt

Dorothy Feir


John E. Ridgway


John G. Severson and Stephen J. Dina
John E. Ridgway, Eugene Estes,
Buford R. Holt
                                     536

-------
Summary
            The Effects of Air Pollution on Polyploidy in Plants
     The abstract suggests that the ratio of polyploids to diploids of
specific plantspecies may serve as a potential  pollution indicator.  The
theory is that the number of polyploids increase as environmental  demands
become more severe due to their greater adaptability.
     Dr. Averett outlines procedures for implementing  a project to deter-
mine pollution levels by monitoring relative numbers of diploid and poly-
ploids of indicator species.  Included in the body of  the report is an inven-
tory of species and chromosome numbers of weedy plants in the St.  Louis area
which might be used for pollution monitoring.

      Cellular and Genetic Effects of Atmospheric Pollution on Animals
     The first phase of this review was concerned with describing  cellular
and genetic changes accompanying animal exposure to monitored air  pollutants.
Sulfur dioxide, ozone, nitrogen oxides, polycyclic hydrocarbons and carbon
monoxide are individually reviewed; combinations of pollutants and particu-
lates are included within relevant sections.  Cellular changes discussed in
the review are alterations occurring in different cell types, plasma mem-
branes, organelles, enzymes and other organic molecules.  The majority of
the studies involve laboratory animals and not those species indigenous to
an urban environment.
     The second phase of this study involved a field experiment utilizing four
laboratory stocks of D. melanogaster (fruit flys).  Two wild type  stocks,
one inbred and two mutant stocks, ebony and tumor-brown, were maintained at
three outdoor sites, representing various pollutant concentrations, and one
indoor control site for two generations.  (Figure 27).  First and  second
generation adult flies were counted, weighed and examined for their rela-
tive abilities to produce adult offspring and their response to sodium
chloride stress.  This is to obtain genetic and physiological estimates of
air pollution effects on animals, and to find what role the genotype plays
in the response of animals to air pollution.  An important aspect of the
                                     537

-------
'-: "'—-:  ST. LOUIS COUNTY J
                                           Approx.  10 km
           =  Control  Site
           =  Experimental Outdoor  Sites
   FIGURE 27.  FRUIT  FLY  OUTDOOR SITES
                  .  538

-------
research was to contrast the responses of homozygous and hetrozygous popu-
lations to see whether the greater genetic variability of three of the stocks
would result in more rapid adaptation to an adverse environment.

                  Assessing the Effects of Air Pollution on
                       Vegetation Using Remote Sensing
     This study explored the basic techniques and feasibility of remote
sensing as an air pollution effects monitoring system for vegetation in the
 St.  Louis area.   Goals  and  objectives  of  this effort  included  the  following:
      1.  To  review  the  literature  on  remote  sensing systems with respect  to
         their  use  in detecting  both  visible and  invisible air pollution
         injury to  vegetation.
      2.  To  relate  specifications  for  the method  of appropriate remote
         sensing techniques  that will  yield  indices which are  important
         biological  indicators of  air  pollution effects.
      3.  To  examine the feasibility of remote sensing  for the  economic
         assessment of  damage  of air  pollution in the  St. Louis area.
      4.  To  predict the reliability of remote sensing  for vegetative assess-
         ment when  used for  proposed  biological studies  in the St.  Louis
         Metropolitan Area.
      5.  To  correlate the degree of complimentarity of remote  sensing to  the
         on-going RAPS  and  METROMEX Programs.
      6.  To  document the use of  a  remote  sensing  system  as a factor in the
         development of a model  for air pollution effects.
      7.  To  point out the use  of remote sensing systems  in the assessment
         of  general  trends  in  environmental  degradation  in and surrounding
         large  metropolitan  areas.
      8.  To  illustrate  the  usefulness  of  remote sensing  in pollution control
          strategies and general  regulatory  programs.
                                     539

-------
             The Effect of Air Pollutants  on  the  Physiology  and
                     Biochemistry of Vertebrate Systems
     This report was a literary search which  summarized  the  findings  of
numerous investigators indicating the effects air pollutants have  on
vertebrate systems.   The pollutants  studied were  carbon  monoxide,  nitrogen
dioxide, nitrous dioxide,  sulfur dioxide,  carbon  disulfide,  hydrogen  sul-
fide, ozone and lead.  The sources consulted  for  this  study  were  supplied
by the EPA computer service and Biological Abstracts.
     In anticipation of amplified responses to air pollution stresses by
strong biological interaction with pollution  resistant species,  tests were
based on interspecific competition and grazing tolerance.

                    Demographic Measures of Air  Pollution
                        Impacts on Plant Populations
     In this paper,  ten demographically based measures of  air pollution
impact were proposed for plant populations and ranked  according  to their
potential for development into relatively simple  bioassays.   Tests based on
interspecific competition and grazing tolerance  were recommended in anti-
cipation of amplified responses to air pollution.  The amplified responses
were attributed to strong biological interaction  with  pollution  resistant
species.  Winter wheat and soybeans  were recommended as  test organisms for
the St. Louis region on the basis of manipulation.

            The Interactions of Invertebrates and Air Pollutants
     This study was undertaken in view of the large numbers  of invertebrates,
their significance to man and the lack of information in this area.  The
 major objectives of the study were:   to do a  thorough literature  search to
 determine what is known about the effects of air pollutants on  invertebrates
 and  the effects of  invertebrates  on the pollutant concentrations;  to deter-
 mine from the  literature  the indirect effects of air  pollution on  popula-
 tions of insects which are herbivorous; and  to perform  a  small  pilot field
 study to determine  the feasibility  of a meaningful  biological monitoring
 system of air  pollutants  by invertebrates.   The  conclusions from  these
 objectives were used to outline the type  of  work needed in  this aspect for
 meaningful  air pollution  studies.
                                     540

-------
                  Literature Review of the Effects of Air
                    Pollution to the Phytocomponents of
                               the Ecosystem
     The abstract reviews the effects of air pollution on both seed and
nonseed plants.  The report delineates the influence of air pollution upon
vegetation at the morphological, physiological  and enzymological  levels as
reported in the literature during the last decade.  The literature has been
researched from the Environmental Protection Agency Abstract Service,
Biological Abstracts, Biosearch Index, Pollution Abstracts, and Biological
Indicators of Environmental Pollution.

                     Effects of Airborne Pollutants on
                Physiological, Ecological, and Biochemical
                            Processes of Plants
     This review presents recent information on the effects of airborne
pollutants on the physiological, ecological and biochemical processes of
higher plants.  It is divided into six sections to correlate with the
major airborne pollutants being monitored in the Greater St. Louis Area,
namely, sulfur oxides, nitrogen oxides, oxidants, hydrocarbons, carbon
monoxide and particulates.

                  Preliminary Analysis of the Effects of
                Atmospheric Pollution on Annual Ring-Widths
                of the Sycamore (Platonus Occidental is L.)
                           in the St. Louis Area
     The report describes a preliminary examination of the annual ring-
widths of the mature sycamore.  The study was mad2 to £t:termine what effects
atmospheric pollution might have upon the width of the annual ring.  Trees
from three sites, each representing different levels of atmospheric pollu-
tion, were sampled by taking two cores from each tree.  The cores were 180°
apart and taken by standard dendro-chronological techniques.  The sycamore
was selected for this study because it was the only apparent species of
any age that was surviving in the more heavily polluted areas.  The area
chosen to represent an area of high pollutant concentration was Carondelet
                                    541

-------
Park in South County.  The moderate pollution site was Forest Park and the
light pollution area chosen was in Weldon Springs in St.  Charles County.
     The relative size of the annual  rings for the representative trees
of each site were compared.  Preliminary findings indicated that the tree
ring size of the south St. Louis site (heavy pollution) were statistically
smaller than the trees from the other locations.   Further findings and
suggestions are included in the text of the report.
Publication
Averett, 0. E., M. Bakula, C. R. Granger, D. E.  Grogan, B.  R. Holt, D. Feir,
J. E. Ridgway, J. G. Severson, Jr., and S. J. Dina.  Protocol For a
Biological  (Ecological) Effects Monitoring System.  University of Missouri-
St. Louis and St. Louis University, St. Louis, Missouri.  Final Report,
EPA Grant No. R802678.  October 1974.
                                    542

-------
12.4.6  FATE OF ATMOSPHERIC POLLUTANTS STUDY (FAPS)

Principal  Investigator
James P. Lodge (formerly with)
National Center for Atmospheric Research
Laboratory of Atmospheric Sciences
P. 0. Box 1470
Boulder, CO  80307
(303) 494-5151

Funding  National  Science Foundation

Periods of Performance  October 1971, October 1972, and April 1973

Summary
     The Fate of Atmospheric Pollutants Study (FAPS) was conducted by the
National Center for Atmospheric Research (NCAR), which is sponsored by the
National Science Foundation.
     The overall purpose of the FAPS measurements was to assess the effect
of urban pollution on the global atmosphere.  More specifically, the purpose
of FAPS was to obtain estimates of the mean lifetimes of a number of short-
lived pollutants emitted from a major city (St.  Louis).  In fulfilling the
objectives, measurements were made in three dimensions in the pollutant
plume.
     The field tests of October 1972 and April  1973 included both ground
and air measurements on arcs of 80- and 120- km radius around St. Louis.
See Figure 28.  Although these field tests were designed to be preliminary
experiments, this program was terminated sooner than originally planned.
Thus, available data is fragmentary since the preliminary field tests became
in fact the final  study only after they were completed.
                                     543

-------
FIGURE 28.   MAP  OF THE  ST.  LOUIS AREA  SHOWING THE 80-km AND 120-km ARCS AMD THE
            SITE LOCATIONS.
                                     544

-------
     Pollutant measurements were made in conjunction with meteorological
observations of the movement of air masses over and around St.  Louis  to
give precise location of the pollution plume.
     In addition, background trace gas concentrations were determined in  the
rural areas for comparison purposes, and two models were used to forecast
the behavior of the plume.
     The FAPS scientists utilized the chemistry laboratory at MacMurray
College, Jacksonville, Illinois, to perform some analyses and set up  their
chemical equipment.
     On the ground, scientists measured the downwind concentrations of
pollutants such as sulfur dioxide, hydrogen sulfide, oxides of nitrogen,
hydrocarbons and particulate matter.  Simultaneously, similar measurements
were made from aircraft to locate pollution layers  aloft.
     Two aircraft were used in both field tests.  The NCAR Queen Air  was
equipped to take bubbler and bag samples and was equipped with a condensation
nuclei  counter.  In April 1973, a nephelometer and  an oxidant monitor were
added.   The primary mission of the Queen Air was to fly back and forth within
the plume to measure concentrations aloft in the plume.  The other plane, a
Bonanza, had the location and delineation of the plume as its primary mission.
The Bonanza was equipped with a light-scattering instrument which measured
the number of particles in 2 adjacent size ranges.   Both aircraft had temper-
ature,  dew point temperature, and pressure recorders.

Location and Type of Data Available
     Auditional information on data collection and  availability may be
obtained from the NCAR Principal Investigator.

Publication
Lodge,  J. P.  Results of the FAPS Field Experiment  in the St. Louis Area.
National Center for Atmospheric Research, Boulder,  Colorado.  March  1971,
May 1973, and June 1974.
                                     545

-------
12.4.7  OPTIMUM URBAN SAMPLING NETWORK SELECTION
Principal Investigator
Fred M.  Vukovich
Research Triangle Institute
Research Triangle Park, NC   27709
(919) 541-5813
                                      Project Officers
                                      James L.  McElroy
                                      Environmental  Protection  Agency
                                      Environmental  Monitoring  and Support
                                        Laboratory
                                      Las Vegas,  NV   89114
                                      (702) 736-2969 Ext.  241
                                      Richard Dirks
                                      National  Science  Foundation
                                      Washington, DC   20550
                                      (202) 632-4380
Funding  Phase  I NSF Grant No.  GI-34345
         Phase II NSF Grant No.  AEN 72-03431 A03
                  EPA Contract No.  68-03-2187
Periods of Performance (in St. Louis)  July - August 1975
                                       February - March 1976
Technical Approach
     The first phase of this investigation initiated in 1972,  concerned the
development of the theory and the models to establish an optimum meteorolog-
ical and air pollution sampling network in urban  areas.  The theory and
models are generalized to be applicable to any urban area.
     The optimum network provides a basis whereby the distribution of any
given pollutant may be obtained at a given time over the domain of the net-
work.  The data may be used to determine long-term statistics  or short-term
analysis.
                                     546

-------
     Three specific models are required to determine the optimum network
and acquire the air pollution distribution over the domain of the network.
These are:  a three-dimensional  hydrodynamic model; a statistical model;
and an objective variational analysis model.
     The basis of the network is the wind field in the urban area rather
than the air pollution distribution.
     Phase II of this research project concerned itself with verifying and
testing the models generated in Phase I.  St. Louis was chosen as the test
site particularly because the RAPS would provide corollary data to evaluate
the optimum network.
     During the summer of 1975 and the winter of 1976, field programs were
conducted concurrent with a RAPS intensive study period to collect data to
test and evaluate the optimum network.
     The optimum network consisted of nineteen stations, sixteen, of which,
coincided or nearly coincided with existing RAPS or city/county stations.
     It was necessary for Research Triangle Institute (RTI) to establish  its
own stations at three locations.  These sampling stations were located on
the grounds of Incarnate Word Academy in northwest St. Louis County; on
the grounds of Kenrick Seminary in southwest St. Louis County; and on the
grounds of the East Side Sanitary District's South Pumping Station in East
St. Louis, Illinois.  Figure 29 shows the locations of all nineteen stations.
     The facility on the grounds of Incarnate Word Academy consisted of the
RTI Mobile Ambient Air Monitoring Laboratory.  The facility contains a 10-m
crank-up tower for the wind system.  The van was located at the southwest
end of the Academy's baseball field.
     The facilities at both the South Pumping Station and on the grounds  of
Kenrick Seminary consisted of a metal shelter and a 10-m tower for the
wind system.  Each shelter contained a Beckman 6800 and strip chart
recorders.
     The Kenrick facility was approximately 100 m southwest of the Seminary
complex.  The South Pumping Station was located in the rural portion of
Cahokia,  Illinois and its RTI housing was about 100 m southeast of the
pumping station.
                                     547

-------
                                                    Illinois
                204©
                WIEDMANN
                            ,119
        Missouri
                                  HUBECK    SOUTH  PUMPING
Overlap or Near Overlap
with RAPS Stations

Overlap or Near Overlap
with City/County  Stations

No Overlap/RTI Station
                                                   Approx.  10 km.
FIGURE  29.  LOCATION OF OPTIMUM METEOROLOGICAL AND AIR POLLUTION  SAMPLING
           NETWORK VALIDATION STATIONS.
                                   548

-------
    Beckman 6800 gas chromatographs were used at the three RTI  sites to
conform with the instrumentation in the RAMS station and,  thus, avoid any
bias due to different instruments.   With the cooperation of the St.  Louis
City/County Air Pollution Agencies, Beckman 6800's were also placed  in each
of the four city/county stations used in the study.   RTI maintained  the
analyzers at these sites also.

Period of Data Collection
    Measurements were made daily from 0000-2400 CST during the  periods
July 27 to August 15, 1975 and February 13 to March 5, 1976.

Parameters Measured                   Instrument/Method Used
Total Hydrocarbons, Methane, and      Beckman 6800 Gas Chromatograph
Carbon Monoxide                         Lower Detection Limit:
                                          0.2 ppm for CO
                                          0.05 ppm for CH4 and  THC
Wind Speed and Direction              Gill Wind System
                                        Speed indicated in miles per hour
                                        and direction in degrees of azimuth
                                        corrected to true north.

Calibration/Quality Control Procedures
    Dynamic calibration techniques were used to calibrate each  Beckman
6800 air quality chromatograph at specific intervals.  The Beckman analyzers
at each of the seven stations manned by RTI were calibrated every two days.
The calibration consisted of a dynamic zero and an upscale calibration at
80 percent of the instrument's range.  These inscruments were also calibrated
by EPA.  The calibration data were used to update the transfer equations for
converting strip chart readings to physical units.
    A dynamic calibration procedure was also used by EPA to calibrate their
Beckman 6800's.  The EPA Beckman 6800's were calibrated daily to obtain
updated transfer equations.  Their daily calibration consisted of a dynamic
zero and an upscale  calibration of the instrument's range.  Multipoint
calibrations were accomplished weekly.

                                     549

-------
     The wind system was calibrated before,  after and periodically  during
the experimental  period.

Location and Type of Data Available
     To date, all data from the winter and summer field programs  have  been
reduced.  The analysis of the data is in progress and the  results will  be
presented in later reports.  Additional  information  may be obtained by con-
tacting the EPA and NSF Project Officers

Publication
Vukovich, F. M.,  W. D. Bach, Jr.,  and C. A.  Playton.   Optimum Meteorological
and Air Pollution Sampling Network Selection in  Cities.  Research Triangle
Institute, Research Triangle Park, North Carolina.   EPA Contract  No.
68-03-2187.  July 1978.
                                   .  550

-------
13.0  OTHER DATA SOURCES

Introduction
     Routine data collection and special  studies which may be of interest to
RAPS researchers are documented in Section 13.0.  In order to spatially
broaden the RAPS perspective, descriptions are included of the closest
National  Weather Service upper air sounding stations as well  as available
satellite imagery and aerial photography.
     Also described in this section are studies conducted by  local  planning
commissions and private industries, all of which bear some relation to RAPS
activities.
                                     551

-------
13.1  FEDERAL AGENCIES
13.1.1  U. S. DEPARTMENT OF COMMERCE
13.1.1.1  NATIONAL WEATHER SERVICE UPPER AIR SOUNDING STATIONS
Location
     The four National Weather Service upper air sounding stations nearest
St. Louis are Station 74433 in Salem, Illinois (38°39'N, 88°58'W); Station
72349 in Monett, Missouri (36°53'N, 93°54'W); Station 72532 in Peoria,
Illinois (40°4TN, 89°4TW) and Station 72456 in Topeka, Kansas (39°04'N,
95°38'W).  See Figure 30.
Parameters Measured
Cloud Type
Barometric Pressure
Ambient Air Temperature


Dew Point and Relative
  Humidity

Total  Opaque Sky

Wind Speed and Direction
Inst rumen t/Method Used.
Visually determined.
One Kollsman aneroid barometer and a
National Service mercury barometer
indicating in millibars and Inches of
mercury respectively.
Two ventilated mercury thermometers indi-
cating dry and wet bulb temperatures in
degrees Celsius.
Derived using a psychrometric calculator
with readings from the ventilated thermom-
eters.
Visually determined and recorded as tenths
of sky coverage.
Electra Speed F-420 wind system using a
cup anemometer and directional vane.
Speed is displayed in knots and directions
as degrees with reference to true north.
                                      552

-------
                                  oo
                                  ^
                                  o
                         o
                         o
                         CM
                         X
                         o

                         Q.
                         CL
                                 oi
CL
Q.
LU
                                 uu
                                 oo
                                 o
                                 h—I
                                 I—
                                 «C
                                 o
                                 CO


                                 LU
                                 Di


                                 CD
553

-------
Parameters Measured
Temperature, Relative
  Humidity, Wind Direction
  and Wind Speed Aloft
Instrument/Method Used  (continued)
Viz 1680 MHz radiosonde equipped with a
standard thermistor, hygristor and baro-
switch.   The unit is tracked with a
WB-RT-57 radiotheodolite and associated
angle printer.   Temperature, relative
humidity and barometric pressure are
recorded on a Beukers receiver.  The
resulting data are entered into a Daconics
Upper Air System microprocessor unit which
computes the temperature and dew point in
degrees Celsius, barometric pressure in
millibars, wind direction in degrees
azimuth with respect to true north and
wind speed in knots.  The radiosonde is
carried aloft by a 600-gram balloon or
under adverse conditions a 1200-gram
balloon.  Altitude is indicated in both
meters and feet above mean sea level.
Procedures
     Reduction methodologies are the same as those found in Federal  Meteoro-
logical Handbook No. 3 - Radiosonde Observations.   A pressure of 100 mb (approxi>
mately 16 km MSL) or less must be obtained to constitute a valid flight.   Sig-
nificant levels are selected whenever the temperature deviates +_ 1°C from the
established lapse rate or +_ 2°C after the radiosonde attains a pressure of
100 mb, and whenever the relative humidity deviates 10% or more from the
established trend.  Relative humidity data are considered inaccurate at
temperatures below -40°C.
Observation Interval
     Radiosondes are released at 0000 and 1200 GMT (1800 and 0600 CST) each
day.  Surface observations are taken prior to each release.  Observations and
soundings have been taken prior to and throughout  the RAPS program.
                                      554

-------
Calibration and Quality Control Procedures
Aneroid Barometer
Mercury Barometer
Mercury Thermometers
Anemometer and Direction
  Vane
1680 MHz Radiosonde
WB-RT-57 Radiotheodolite
                                      The  aneroid barometer is  compared weekly
                                      to the  National  Weather Service mercurial
                                      barometer.
                                      The  mercury barometer is  calibrated
                                      yearly  with two  precision aneroid barometers
                                      from the  NWS office in Kansas  City,
                                      Missouri.
                                      No routine  calibration is performed.
                                      The  anemometer and directional  vane  are
                                      calibrated  yearly.   A constant speed 900
                                      rpm  motor is used to calibrate the
                                      anemometer  and solar noon is  used to
                                      determine the orientation point for  the
                                      directional vane.
                                      Each radiosonde  is calibrated  prior  to
                                      release.  An Electronic Craftsmen Baseline
                                      Check Box Type III is used to  calibrate
                                      the  thermistor and relative humidity
                                      element.  The baroswitch  is calibrated
                                      at the  factory and set with the aneroid
                                      barometer before release.
                                      The instrument is  oriented before each
                                      release.   A radiotheodolite-theodolite
                                      comparison is performed monthly and
                                      immediate corrective action is taken if
                                      required.
     Each observer is responsible for performing quality control checks on
the preceding sounding.   These quality control  checks include trending,
ordinate values, drift line corrections, baseline calculations and surface
observation computations.   Additional quality control checks are performed
at the National Climatic Center.
                                       555

-------
Location and Type of Data Available
     Data for each station are available as copies of computer printout or
on magnetic tape.  Data can be obtained from:
                    National Climatic Center
                    Federal Office Building
                    Asheville, NC  28801
                    (704) 258-2850
                    Ext. 683 Summaries and Micro-fiche
                    Ext. 203 Magnetic Tapes
Location of Information Concerning Data Collection
     The procedures at the Salem, Illinois site are representative of the
other three stations.   Additional information concerning data collection can
be obtained from:
                    Marvin Shore
                    National Weather Service
                    Salem Leckrone Airport
                    Route 2
                    Salem, IL  62881
                    (618) 548-4851
                                      556

-------
13.1.1.2  SATELLITE DATA SERVICES BRANCH
     The National  Oceanic and Atmospheric Administration (NOAA)  of the  Depart-
ment of Commerce,  has been a major contributor in developing environmental
uses for satellite technology.   The Satellite Data Services  Branch (SDSB)  of
the National  Climatic Center, an arm of NOAA's Environmental  Data  Service,
evolved in 1974 as a data source for the remotely sensed,  satellite derived,
earth monitoring information.
     The SDSB files include imagery and photographs taken  over  the RAPS study
area and period from NOAA administered environmental/meteorological satellites
(ATS-3, SMS/GOES and ITOS/NOAA series), earth resources  satellites (Landsat
series), and NASA's Skylab missions.
     Information on the NOAA administered satellites  regarding  operational
periods, orbits, and pertinent sensors on board each  craft are  included in
Table 19.  Landsat and Skylab information is included in Section 13.1.2.
     In addition to SDSB's central facility, seventeen browse files have been
established throughout the country to increase public access to satellite
imagery.  Current addresses and telephone numbers can be obtained  from  SDSB.
The browse files provide 16 mm microfilm imagery, standard catalogs, a  data
users handbook, a list of available data products and detailed  ordering
procedures.
     Potential users can obtain the data they need or more information  on  the
types of data available by calling or writing to:
                    Satellite Data Services Branch, D543
                    National Oceanic and Atmospheric  Administration
                    World Weather Building, Room 606
                    Washington, DC  20233
                    (301) 763-8111
                                     557

-------
O
LU
I—

<
CO


•=C
<
O
LU

CQ








^
o
1— 4
1 —
^<
^f
a:
0
u_
z.
1 — 1

z.
o
1 — 1
^«
d:

DC
LU
co
03
0









U- CO
o a:
O
LU CO

>- LU
I— co




z:
o
I-H
j™ (—
t— 4 C^
as s:
OCCC
O O
u_
•z.

u- 2:
o o
1— (
Q I—
O -=C
M a:
Qi LU
LU a_
a. o

LU
^^. h~
LU ^
^_
c
o

cu
E

-p
>^
re
-o

i

to
cu
en
re
_E


a>

J^
•r-
01
•r-
^



re
s-
cu
E
re
o

-a
3
0

0
S-
re
c
o
•r"
4-i
(Q
^_)
t/1
O
i
•r- CTl CU
•P O -P
re r"" "r~ ^"~**
o o i— oo
•r- C i— 1 !-•»
i— ^i cu co ^i>
CL U +-> 1— -^
Q. O) re et ' —
 CD
to i — ID c re
r- O -O • O E
CU to C CM S-
c cu re r- -P TS
c s- (_> c;
re E o cu re
jc .c o -P i—
O -P r— O) tO
•r- 1 E O>
CU 2 P- 3. - X
i— C C 3
-Q ' — • S- Lf> O O i —
•r- E O • -r- -P t(-
to E O -P O
•r- »>r- 3 S- >,
> LO 1 • 	 , — Q_ re
r>. <- o i-
00 • l/l i/l to I
O "i— CU 0) X •
to 1 CU S- i- t/)
cu o CM c 3 s- -a
to -p c: E to re i —
c •> re -^ re i — cu
CU E 1 -C O) O -r-
oo Er- or- S v,^
•o
cu
s-
(C i —
s- re
t^_ +J
C S- C
i— i C CU CU
i re -P E
CU U QJ 	 C S-
r- co E a: o o
_a o oo cu s- -P—*
•r- C T- CO U T- -r- JT
to -i- -a i— i re>cua
•r-Q-re> Q-COOO
> CO CC — - CO LU S! — *
>,
fO
C
0 E

4J
re CM
-P CTl
to co
O "
cu un
C3 OO



1
^i- vo
r^» r-^
^^^ -^^
tD t —

re
o
tO T-
3 CD
o o a>
c •— +->
O O -r- *-^
S- S_ r- r—
-C O •— 1
O CU CU CO «=1-
c -p -p 21 r^x
>, cu re co ^
CO 2! CO 	 	 LD


0
•r- £

-t_>
d CTl
CU OO
 t/)
r~- cu

LT) Q.








CM
1 LH
co r-~
21 -^
CO CM


0
•r- E
f JH^*
+->
C CM
CU P—
O OO
0 "
CU LO
C3 OO
•a
ai
o
i re r—
ID f-» i — 1
l~^. l-~ Q.CO
^--^ cu 2:
r- 00 QL CO

s- re
re r— -P
c re c
3 C CU CU
•-- 0 E -P —
-P T- C '•- r-
re -P o r— i
-P re s- r— co LO
tO S- •!- CU LU l~~.
0 CU > -P O -^
a> a. c re CD o
C3 O LU CO-— 'r—


u
•r— E
Sto. ^
-P
c u->
O) 00

0 «
CU LO
C9 OO
-a
•p cu
c: o r—
i cu re i
r~- 10 i — co
!*•• CU O.LU
^~^ s- cu o
00 Ou C£ CJ3







CM
1
co r-
LU r^.
o ^
CJ3 ^D
                                                                                           -o
                                                                                           cu
                                                                                           3
                                                                                           O
                                                                                           (J
                                          •558

-------
-o
d)
3
C
C
O
u
UJ
_i
co








z.
o
1 — 1
1—

^~
rv*
o
U_
Z.
h-H
^y
O
i — i
^_
B-^*
>
o;
UJ
CO
CO
0




LI~ co
O Q£
o
UJ CO
O J5^
>- UJ
1— co



z.
o
H— 4
1— I—
h-H rf
OQ S
C£ DC
o o
u_
^f
»— i
U_ Z,
0 0
Q 1—

] ] |-y*
Ct; UJ
UJ O_
Q. O

UJ

UJ cC
h- Q
— j rc

UJ 2:
h~" 13^
 •>- E -r- O>ES-
o e 3 3 o E E
5 ^- r~~ LO t-~ 3* '•^ '^ ^
-P 0 • 0 -P
O to CM to r^ CM co
en • cu i —  • i —
C i— S- S- COO
•r- O -r- O
c/> O E +•* E co o -P f**
3 -P -i a.  T--PO) (OfOOJCU Q-i-
•r— E "T* 3 E O i- r— E O
CO i— O-i-OlT-O S--P
C T- >, O -r- +J Q.M- -r- fO -r-
tOTD i-tOTD 5-EO"O i— C
OfO OJCUfC CJ 01 &- (O OO
cooi :>O:CE: >i— D-oi cos:
-p
•r-
S- E
O "^

S- O
fO CO
^*" ^^"
o «
Q. r—

,
CM *fr
r^^ r**«
	 ^~
r— CO
r~~
CO
S
I—H p— . x— V
1— fO <
c cu <=c
T3 O -P O
> 40 r— ^. CM
O fO i — CO t CM
s- i- cu o < r^
0. CU -P 1— < -^
E Q. ro <-< O 0
i— t O CO 	 Z. i—

o
^ e

c
CU LO
o o
O LO
cu «
CJ3 •—

1
^J- ^f
r** r^*«
**-^ *^^
CO CM
r~





ro
1 CO
e^ P"*.
"^ "s*1^.
o •—
•z. i—

o
C E
-P V
c
O) O
O LO
o «*
(U *
C£J f*~
^ ^
1 C

**•*<*  S-
d.





LO
1
^c ^o
e^ r*^.
o -^

                                       559

-------
13.1.2  U. S. DEPARTMENT OF INTERIOR

13.1.2.1  EROS DATA CENTER
     The U. S. Department of Interior established the Earth  Resources  Observa-
tion System (EROS) Program in 1966 to apply remote sensing techniques  to the
inventory, monitoring and management of earth resources.   As a  consequence,
the EROS Data Center (EDC) was developed in 1973 primarily to archive  and pro-
vide public access to this remotely sensed data.   The EDC files include
imagery and photography taken over the RAPS study area from  NASA's  Landsat
satellites, Skylap missions, and research aircraft; and aerial  photography
acquired by the Department of Interior.  EDC is  the officially  designated
outlet for unclassified NASA aerial  photography.
     Information on the Landsat and Skylab craft regarding operational  periods,
orbits, and pertinent sensors on board each craft are included  in Table 20 of
this section.  Aerial photography is summarized  in Table 21.
     EDC's central computer complex, with a data base of over 6 million images
and photographs of the earth, is capable of performing a geographic search for
information about imagery of a specific area. The computer  printout received
as a result of the search lists all  images available over or close  to  the
user's specified area of interest.
     Training and assistance in the techniques required for  the analysis of
remotely sensed data are provided at EDC and the 7 Applications Assistance
(AA) facilities.  Orders for reproductions of data can be placed by mail,
phone or visit.  Standard photo products are available and any  inquiries
regarding products, ordering procedures and costs should be  directed to:
                    Users Services
                    EROS Data Center
                    Sioux Falls, SD  57198
                    (605) 594-6511  Ext. 151
                                     560

-------
a:
o
u_
CQ
<
_i

^.
oo
oo
a
o
OJ
CQ










z.
o
1— 1
1—

^>"
CSL
O
u_
•z.
\ — 1

•z.
o
H- H
H-

^>
rv*
LU
oo
CQ
O




LU OO
o a:
o
LU OO
a. -z.
>- LU
t— oo









•z.
o
1 — 1
1— h-
t-^ ^£
CQ SI
a: a;
0 0

•z.
\ — i
1 i ^y
O O
1— 1
Q 1—
0  3 3 3
CO 3 i —
-a i— 10 r~ co
CO- • r—
re co o o o
JO QJ "O
S- O T3 O O "O C
•— 4-> c 4-> 4-> c re
re E re re
S- E E E E
+-> O 3- 3- 3. 3
0 O
QJ i — LO to "o r~- co
Q_ . • C1J • •
to -C O O S- O O
4-> re
«d- -r- i s-
2 M-
C/) QJ C
C >,.— '1-
re i — jo
O CO T- S-
co 3 co re
O T- CL)
c QJ > c
• r" C
re o o
CO 4-> S S
OJ i — -l-^ 4-5
CO 3
c E
OJ T- •
oo to re jo
re
S-
4_)
O
(1)
Q. S-
CO OJ
•r— c~
4J C
i— re
3 O
z: oo
to
3
O
C
0 +->
S- T-
C" O
O S-
c o
>> E
CO S- _*
i re
C i— O
3 O OJ
OO Q-CTl


1 •(-> 1 -I-5
OJ C LO C
i — ai i — QJ
•^ co ^ to
r^. aj i— aj
S- S-
D- Q-
i — OJ
1 1
i i
p^ r~^
OO OO
Q OJ Q LO
§ ^ < ^L
	 i r-. 	 i i —
E
co 3 en
T3 -^ C
CO «d- -i-
re re • en
JO i — O C
E jo -re
r- E C S-
re o c o o
S- LO T- S- T- CO
4-1 • (4— | * <^3
O J= CO S- 3 C
a> 4-J i — o co i — re
f^"l »|— • ^J |— "^J ^3 f*i
to S c o c co
co re ai r— E
c E re jo s- re 3
•r- 3J= C S-
O T- ,— E 4-> LO
cncn re o •
c • s- o s- LO ai CM
•i-O35 4->OJ O-i—
CO O 4-> O CO
C O U- O) JZ O
OJ 4-> T3 Q-4-> CO 4->
to c co -I- i —
E • re s E
CO 3 C C C 3
a> o a> T- E ••-
CO LO T- +-> 3 <-
c • 4J •<- en en .
a>O3^: coo co
r- r- S -r- •
E O co co co E
X O CO "O C CO
•i-s-ojc aio cus-
OOM-l-re OO4-> OOM-
•— C i—
re o T- re
s- -i- re s-
4-> JC S- 4->
O Q- S- O
tu re a> aj
Q- S- h- Q- S-
co en re re co QJ
•r- O S- J= S- •!- C
4J 4-> QJ 4-> QJ 4-> c
r- o E s- E .— re
3 jz re re re 3 o
s: Q- o LU o 2:00




^_)
C™ .p-
4-> JO
S- S-
re o
QJ E
1 S- -V
s- re
re i— o
OJ O CO
•Z. CL^l-
CO CO ^J-
r^. r^ r^-
^^^ ^~^ ** — .
1X3 CTl OJ
i i i
co co co
r^« r^» r^>
^-* ^^^ ^^^
LO \ — 1 	


CQ
^^
_l CO
•^ -^
oo oj
                                    561

-------
li
Oil
CD
O
O


Q.
OS

LU
CO I








1—
s^8
Q;
O
u_

3:
Q-
*£
CJ3
O
O
X
O-















LU
	 1
-
LJ
u-l 5*
a. cr
>- ID
1— UO




s_
o
•r- O
1
CU 1)
p — (/I
J2 r—
fO (O
ro S_
> O
03
«*
-!-> S.
03 O
E —
s- o
o u
i^

e co
^_ - • \

4"* -C
_ 2

5 T3 •
£Z T.t.5
ro its cu
CM S_
Jii re
X O S-
00 £• C
CM _Q -I—



-o
>) C
i— - 03 O
r- O
T3 O O
SO "
s- o o
o * ^o
CO-.
CM i—
..
r—

c:
—
O
o +
o
r- 0 O
•>-> C
a o
0


C"
CJ) O)
•r— "O
T~ 3
4—)

OO -C
CM 2
14-
IO O
JT
Q. CU •(->
13 i— (/)
*— T5
CD U S_
O V» CU
4-J ^ •
O +-1 O to
^: to cu
Q. o i-
<5j" C3 (T3
+-> r-. o
O) i — O ••—
4J 00 3
re C •• O
, — ••— , — — |
O £
O
= C
o
0 •
O CM

••— CU C7)
^) "O C
0 3 -r-
r— -t-3 Q.
0 •«- Q.
cu -M fa
CJ3 !— S

i>
(/5 3 O
• O ^~

                     562

-------
13.1.2.2  NATIONAL CARTOGRAPHIC INFORMATION CENTER
     The National Cartographic Information Center (NCIC) of the U.  S. Depart-
ment of Interior is a network of regional offices and state affiliates.   All
NCIC offices carry information on maps and charts, aerial and satellite
photographs, satellite imagery, map data in digital  form, and geodetic control
data,  NCIC offices also provide ordering assistance for aerial and satellite
products available from the EROS Data Center.
     The NCIC publishes a newsletter on an irregular basis which updates
information, products, and services available  throughout the country.  Copies
of the newsletter may be obtained by contacting:
                    The National Cartographic  Information Center
                    Newsletter
                    U, S, Geological Survey
                    507 National Center
                    Reston, VA  22092
                    (703) 860-6045
     A list of regional offices and state affiliates, and their addresses are
shown in Tables 22 and 23 respectively.
                                      563

-------
TABLE 22.  Regional Offices - National Cartographic Information Center
National Cartographic Information Center
U. S. Geological Survey
507 National Center
Reston, VA  22092
Eastern Mapping Center
National Cartographic Information Center
U. S. Geological Survey
Reston, VA  22092
Mid-Continent Mapping Center
National Cartographic Information Center
U. S. Geological Survey
1400 Independence Road
Roll a, MO  65401
Rocky Mountain Mapping Center
National Cartographic Information Center
U. S. Geological Survey
Box 25046, Stop 504, Federal Center
Denver, CO  80225
Western Mapping Center
National Cartographic Information Center
U. S. Geological Survey
345 Middlefield Road
Menlo Park, CA  94025
National Space Technology Laboratories
National Cartographic Information Center
U. S. Geological Survey
Building 1100
NSTL Station, MS  39529
EROS Data Center
U. S. Geological Survey
Sioux Falls, SD  57198
Gary W. North
703-860-6045
FTS 923-6045
Frederick Lavery
703-860-6336
FTS 928-6336

William M. Voight
314-364-3680, ext. 107
FTS 276-9107
Raymond E. Hill
303-234-2326
FTS 234-2326
Lee W. Aggers
415-323-8111, ext. 2427
FTS 467-2427
Henry T. Wvehlak
601-688-3544
FTS 494-3544
Kent N. Swanjord
605-594-6511, ext. 507
FTS 784-7507
                                      564

-------
TABLE 23.  State Affiliates - National Cartographic  Information Center
Arizona
Arizona Department of Revenue
Arizona Resources Information System
1624 West Adams, Room 302
Phoenix, AZ  85007

Georgia
Department of Natural Resources
Geologic & Water Resources Division
19 Martin Luther King Jr. Drive
Atlanta, GA

Minnesota
Minnesota State Planning Agency
Environmental State Planning Agency
15 Capitol Square
550 Cedar Street
Saint Paul, MN  55101

New Mexico
Technology Applications Center
University of New Mexico
2500 Central Avenue, W. E,
Albuquerque, NM  87131

South Carolina
South Carolina Land Resources
  Conservation Commission
2221 Devine Street, Suite 222
Columbia, SC  29205
Texas
Texas Natural Resources
P. 0. Box 13087
Austin, TX  78711
Information System
West Virginia
West Virginia Geological and Economic Survey
West Virginia Cartographic Center
P. 0. Box 879
Morgantown, WV  26505
                         Michael  S.  Castro
                         602-271-4061
                         FTS 765-4061
                         Sam M. Pickering, Jr.
                         404-656-3214
                         FTS 404-656-3214
                         Donald Yeager
                         612-296-2613
                         FTS 776-2613
                         Dr. Stanley A. Morain
                         505-277-3622
                         FTS 474-5511 ask for
                           277-3622
                         Nick Bayne
                         803-758-7197, ext. 41
                         FTS 677-5011 ask for
                           758-7197 ext. 41
David L. Ferguson
512-475-3321
FTS 734-5011
                         Dr.  Peter Lessing
                         304-292-6331
                         FTS 923-7611 ask for
                           292-6331, ext. 256
                                      565

-------
13.1.3  U.  S.  DEPARTMENT OF AGRICULTURE
     The Agriculture Stabilization  and Conservation  Service  (ASCS)  of the  U.S.
Department of Agriculture maintains the Aerial  Photography Field  Office  (APFO)
to archive and provide public access to aerial  photography and  files  of
Landsat and Skylab imagery.
     Information on the Landsat and Skylab satellites are given in section
13.1.2.
     The aerial photography taken by the ASCS is  available over the RAPS study
area by county.  Photographs were taken at a scale of 1:20,000  and 1:40,000
in more recent years.
     The most recent photography, by county, is given below:
                    St. Louis City and County         1971
                    St, Charles                       1971
                    Franklin                          1972
                    Jefferson                         1966
                    Madison                           1963
                    Monroe                            1968
                    Jersey                            1968
                    St, Clair                         1973
     APFO maintains a browse file to serve its  users and has  begun  developing
a geographic search and inquiry system.  The browse  file provides microfilm
copies of its holdings plus catalogs, photographic indices,  and trained
personnel to assist the user in ordering.
     Images and photographs may be ordered directly  from APFO.  Inquiries
regarding products, ordering and costs should be  directed to:
                                      566

-------
U. S. Dept. of Agriculture - ASCS
Aerial Photography Field Office
Administrative Services Division
2505 Parley's Way
Salt Lake City, UT  84109
(801) 524-5856
                  567

-------
13.1.4  NATIONAL AERONAUTICS AND SPACE ADMINISTRATION (NASA)
     NASA established the National  Space Science Data Center (NSSDC) to
further practical use of reduced data obtained from space investigations and
to provide investigators with a repository for such data.  The Data Center
supports data users and provides a  browse file, technical assistance and use
of equipment at the facility.
     Considerable data from many spacecraft are archived at NSSDC as NASA
launches and establishes the orbits of all satellites, but data most pertinent
to the RAPS study are from NIMBUS 5 and 6.  Details of these satellites
including operational periods, orbits, and sensors on board are documented in
Table 24.  Information on the Landsat and Skylab satellites are given in
section 13.1.2.
     Due to the experimental nature of these satellites, it is recommended
that a user obtain the NIMBUS 5 and 6 User's Guide and Data Catalogs from
NSSDC for specifics regarding the various sensors on board and their respec-
tive procedures for archiving and data acquisition.
     Potential users may obtain the catalogs, data, or more information on
the types of data available by calling or writing to:
                    National Space  Science Data Center
                    Goddard Space Flight Center
                    Code 601
                    Greenbelt, MD  20771
                    (301) 982-6695
                                      568

-------
o;
o
LT)


OO
rD
CO
OJ

















oo
21
LU
1—
oo

oo
ca
^>
oo
^•x.
oo
1—
•2Z
LU
2!
l — i
o;
LU
CL.
X
LU




















O
t-H
1— h-
>-> <:
QQ 2:
OL C£.
0 0
z
i — i
u_ z
CD 0
(— t
Q (—
0 <
i— i Q;
fV 1 i 1
LU Q-
Q. O
LU
LU > E

-Q S-
3 O)
00 Q.
X
^ LU
C£
I— I x — x
T" rv
1— 21
	 O
OO
£_ V 	 ^
cu
4-> S-
cu cu
CZ | *
0 CU
•r- E
-a o
fO *r~
a: -a
re
•o ce:
O)
i. CD
re c
S- •!-
4- Q.
c a.
i — i re
2:

4_) ci
•r- O
-O 'i-
•r- 4->
E T-
3 to
a: o
Q.
CD E
S- 0
3 0

re cu
S- 0
cu re
a. 4-
(D 3
I— 00
re
.^
-Q E
s- ^
o
o
S- O
re i—
'o
Q-

i
CM tn
^* r^-
^X. ~*X.
CM OO
i—


LO
OO
rs CM
ca r~.
^~ ~*x.
i— ( CM
^^
C
CD
E
•i—
S-
01
Q.
x
LU

^ —
a:
2:
oo
LU
**^

c__
CU

QJ
^
0

-o
re
rv

CU
>
re

o

o
•r—
^"

CD
C
•r—
c~
c~
re
o
OO

>^
r^
P«.
re
o
•i —
S-
4-*
o
cu
LU




























I *
C
ai
E
•r—
SB,
cu
Q.
X
LU

^ 	 S
a:
Q-
i—
i — i
x_^

S-
cu

cu
E
o
• r-
-o
re
OL

cu

•r—
H-
O
S-
0.

OJ
t.
^
4^
re
j_
cu
a.
E
cu
t—

"Q
cu
S-
re
S-
4-
C
i— i




































-|^>
C
ai
_E

c tl
CU CD
E o
•i- X
S_ LU
CU
o , — »
x oo
LU 21
LU
^— x ^y
cc: — '
o
oo s-
	 CD
4_>
S- CU
cu E
4-> O
CD S-
E •*->
O 0
•r— QJ
-a Q.
re oo
a:
cu
S- >
cu re
a. -3.
Q- O
o s-
J= O
0 T-
2:
cu
> LU
•r-
•!-> 00
O ZD
cu ca
•— 2:
CU P — i
oo ^


























• c
cu
E E
CU T-
•(-> S-
to a>
>, a.
to x
.a LU
^
oo ^->
oo
^ OL
(V (—4
i — i DC
T" x 	
1—

CU
s- -a
cu c:
^j 3
cu o
E oo
o
•i- c:
-o o
03 •!-
oi -P
re
-o T-
CU "O
s- re
re o;
s-
M- "O
C CD
I-H S-
re
>i S-

•r- C
-O i— i
•r-
E c
3 O
' «r-"
+J
CU 3
S- r—
3 O
4-> c/)
re cu
s- ai
CD
a. .c
E en
CU -i-
I— 3D
re
•r—
-Q E
S- -*
O
0
s- o
re r—
o
Q.
-P
1 C
LO cu
r~. to
^ cu
to i-
r\


to
oo
— >
ca un
S r-
i — i — ^
z ^









•P
c
cu
E

S-
cu
Q.
X
LU

^— ^
oo
2:
cC
0
oo
*x-^

i_
O)

cu
E
o
s-
.|_3
U
cu
a.
oo

cu

re

0
S-
o
• 1—
2:

en

•r—
c~
C
re
o
oo


























c
cu
E

S-
cu
Q.
X
LU

s — X
<"v*
2:
OO
LU


i_
CU

cu
E
o

TO
re
a:

CD
>
re
2
0
S-
u
• (—
2:

CD
C
• r-
c
c
re
o
oo

>^
r^
^_
re
o

c
4_>
0
CD
LU

































•^
C
CD
E
•i—
S-
CD
a.
X
LU

^^^x
o;
+-> i— i
c cc:
CD _l

-i^
S- S-
cu cu
Q- +->
X CD
LU E
o

CQ -O
a: re
LU a:
^^*
c.
•<-> o
CD •!-
CD to
-a s-
3 CD
ca >
c
d *~~*
o
•i- CD
•4-> O
re c
•r- re
-o •.-
re -a
a: re
C£.
C~
-P J3
5- E
re •!-
LU _l







































4_>
c~
CD
E
•r-
S-
cu
Q.
X
LU

^-x.
cu.
2:
Q.
x_^

S-
CU

CD
E
O
•r—
T3
re


S-
o

re
i 	
3
TQ
o
2:

cu
S-
3
to
to
CU
S-
Q-


































r—
CU

cu
1

CD
O
C
cu
S-
cu
4-
CU
a:

•o
£
re

c
o
•r~
t/1
S-
cu

c
0
0

>^
DV- — ^
S- LU
QJ 	 I
sz a:
LU LU
3
T3 h-

•r-
3 -M
C
i— CD
re E
o -r-
•i- S-
Q. CU
0 0-
i- X
(— LU











































^^
LU
a:
Q
e>3
h-


+-)
c
cu
_E

S-
cu
Q.
X
LU

>^
re

CD
fV

re
4^
re
Q

T3
c
re

CD
c

SX
0
re
S-
1—


























                                             569

-------
13.2  CITY AND COUNTY AGENCIES
13.2.1  EAST-WEST GATEWAY COORDINATING COUNCIL
     The East-West Gateway Coordinating Council  (EWGCC)  is a regional  planning
agency for the greater St. Louis area.  It is funded by  its member counties of
Monroe, Madison and St. Clair in Illinois, and Franklin, Jefferson, St.  Charles
and St. Louis in Missouri, as well  as the City of St. Louis.  Locally elected
officials serving as members of its Board of Directors work areas of transpor-
tation, environment and housing.
     Two pertinent air pollution related publications are available from
EWGCC.  The first, St. Louis Air Quality Assessment, analyzes air pollution
trends in regard to the region's long-range transportation plan.   This report
was jointly funded by the Illinois  Department of Transportation,  Missouri
State Highway Commission, and the Federal Highway Administration.  The study
utilizes the Kansas Air Pollution Package (KAPP),  (This model was previously
tested and accepted by EWGCC in a report titled Air Quality Assessment Proced-
ure Selection.)  KAPP generates and disperses pollutants due to traffic and
plots the concentrations for comparison.  This study compares the pollutant
concentrations derived from KAPP for the 1975 with those projected for 19915.
A comparison of KAPP predictions and actual  monitored data is also included
in the report.
     The second report, Air Quality—Public Information  and Transportation
Strategies was funded by EPA under contract 68-02-2531.   The paper summarizes
air quality activities undertaken by EWGCC.   These activities include con-
ducting an area wide public information campaign, and promoting and developing
various transportation control strategies (such as vanpool projects, a
transit promotion project, and a traffic flow improvement) designed to reduce
excessive air pollution in the St.  Louis air quality control region.
                                     570

-------
     Reports may be obtained from:
                    M. James Bogart
                    Transportation Planner
                    East-West Gateway Coordinating Council
                    Pierce Building, Suite 1200
                    112 N. 4th Street
                    St. Louis, MO  63102
                    (314) 421-4220
Publications
East-West Gateway Coordinating Council, Transportation Planning Staff.
St. Louis Air Quality Assessment.  St. Louis, Missouri.  April 1977.
East-West Gateway Coordinating Council.  Air Quality Assessment Procedure
Selection.  St. Louis, Missouri.   Funded by Federal Highway Administration.
June 1976.
Bogart, M.J.  Air Quality--Public Information and Transportation Strategies.
East-West Gateway Coordinating Council, St. Louis, Missouri.  EPA Contract
68-02-2531.   June 1977.
                                      571

-------
13.2.2  SOUTHWESTERN ILLINOIS PLANNING COMMISSION
     The Southwestern Illinois Planning Commission,  utilizing data provided
by other agencies, has published a pollution study,  Air Quality in the Metro
East Area.   This study was prepared for the East-West Gateway Coordinating
Council and financed in part by the Federal Highway  Administration.   The
report presents an overview of air. pollution—its sources, effects and
controls—and an analysis of air pollution data for  particulates,  sulfur
dioxide, nitrogen oxide, carbon monoxide and ozone for 1975, as collected by
the Illinois Environmental Protection Agency.   There is a graphical  repre-
sentation of these five pollutants on a monthly basis for 1975 and on an
annual basis for each reporting station.  Analysis revealed that suspended
particulate matter was the only pollutant which exceeded the Illinois State
standards during 1975, however, the concentrations of all pollutants had
increased from 1974 to 1975.
     Further information and copies of the report can be obtained by
contacting:
                    Gregory J. Sterns
                    Southwestern Illinois Planning Commission
                    203 W. Main Street
                    Collinsville, IL  62234
                    (618) 344-4250
Publication
Southwestern Illinois Planning Commission.  Air Quality in the Metro East
Area.  Collinsville, Illinois.  June 1976.
                                      572

-------
13.3  PRIVATE INDUSTRIES
13.3.1  SURDEX CORPORATION
     The SURDEX Corporation, located at the Spirit of St.  Louis  Airport in
Chesterfield, Missouri, is a commercial operation specializing in  aerial
photogrammetry.   SURDEX has performed periodic aerial  surveilance  of the
St. Louis area since April 1971.   Subsequent surveys were  flown  in April  of
1973, 1975, and 1977, all, with the exception of 1973, using a scale of
1:24,000.  The 1973 scale is 1:16,800.   In addition to the surveys made by
SURDEX for their own use, other flights have been made for various con-
tractors and agencies.   Images from these flights are available  but normally
do not include full coverage of the St. Louis area and are at irregular time
intervals.
     SURDEX will process requests for aerial coverage for  specific dates
and, if coverage for that date does exist, will  provide positive prints
from the flight.
     Requests for aerial photographs and pricing information should be  made to;
                    SURDEX Corporation
                    Spirit of St. Louis Airport
                    24 Mercury Boulevard
                    Chesterfield, MO  63017
                    (314) 532-3427
                                      573

-------
13.3.2  UNION ELECTRIC REFUSE FUEL DEMONSTRATION PROJECT
Principal Investigators
Paul G. Gorman
Larry 0. Shannon
Maurice P. Schrag
Douglas E. Fiscus
Midwest Research Institute
Environmental Systems Section
425 Volker Boulevard
Kansas City, MO  64110
(816) 753-7600
Project Officers
James D. Kilgore (MD-61)
Environmental Protection Agency
Industrial Environmental Research
  Laboratory
Research Triangle Park, NC  27711
(919) 541-2851
J. Robert Hoi 1 away
Environmental Protection Agency
Office of Solid Waste Management
  Programs
Washington, DC  20460
(202) 755-9140
Carl ton Wiles
Environmental Protection Agency
Solid and Hazardous Waste Research
  Laboratory
Cincinnati, OH  45268
(.513) 684-7881
Harry Freeman
Environmental Protection Agency
Industrial Environmental Research
  Laboratory
Cincinnati, OH  45268
(513) 684-4363
                                      574

-------
Funding
     EPA Contract No. 68-02-1871
     EPA Contract No. 68-02-1324, Task No.  4
Period of Performance  May 1975 - February  1978
Summary
     The St. Louis-Union Electric Refuse Fuel  Demonstration System was  the
first demonstration plant in the United States to process raw municipal  waste
for use as a supplementary fuel in a utility boiler.   Two separate facilities
comprise the system—a processing plant operated by the City of St. Louis  and
Union Electric1s Meramec power plant shown  in  Figure 31.
     At the processing plant, raw waste is  separated into light and heavy
fractions.  The light fraction, consisting  of approximately 80 to 85 percent
of the incoming refuse, is processed forming the refuse derived fuel (RDF),
which is then hauled 29 km by truck to the  Meramec power plant where the
firing operations occur.
     This system provided the opportunity to evaluate the equipment and facil-
ities for the production and firing of RDF  and to assess the gaseous, acqueous
and solid waste emissions associated with processing and firing RDF,  In 1974,
EPA contracted the Midwest Research Institute (MRI) to implement a detailed
evaluation of these parameters.  Due to the nature of the RAPS program,  only
the gaseous emissions will be discussed in  this summary,  although all aspects
of the study are included in the MRI reports.
     The first report assessed emission rates  at the processing site for the
air density separator (ADS) cyclone and hammermill (HM) cyclone.   The most
significant result of the emission sampling was that the emissions from the
ADS cyclone averaged 22.68 kg/hr.  At a normal processing rate thts represents
an emission factor of .51 kg/metric ton of  processed refuse.  In all cases,
at least 80% of the particles were above 10 ym in size.  The ADS emission
rate is significant, indicating a need to reduce emissions, possibly by
redesign, or by installation of a suitable  particulate control device.
                                      575

-------
                                                         Approx. 10 km
St.  Louis Processing Plant



  Meramec Power Plant
    FIGURE  31.   LOCATIONS OF  REFUSE  PROCESSING AND  FIRING FACILITIES
                                  576

-------
     The particulate sampling of the emissions from the ADS cyclone was per-
formed using a hi-vol sampler, equipped with a 23.11 mm diameter probe tip,
sampling for 2 minutes at 14 points along each of the associated duct tra-
verses.  Particle size distribution of the ADS cyclone discharge was determined
using the Anderson High Volume cascade impactor and precyclone provided by EPA.
     Emissions from the HM cyclone were much lower than those from the ADS
cyclone and were judged not a significant source of particulate emissions.
     The second report evaluated the equipment and facilities for the storage
and firing of refuse derived fuel at the power plant and assessed the envi-
ronmental emissions associated with these processes.
     In order to evaluate the potential environmental impact of particulates
and gaseous emissions from the power plant, a test program was devised to
compare emissions when burning Orient 6 coal with those from combinations of
Orient 6 coal and RDF.  Tests were performed to evaluate both conventional
and potentially hazardous pollutants.  The philosophy behind the tests was
that there would be a greater number of conventional emission tests covering
a wider range of boiler loads and various coal plus RDF combinations, while
the tests for potentially hazardous pollutants would be fewer in number but
would include more extensive analysis of the pollutants.  A brief summary of
the pollutants analyzed follows.   All pollutants were monitored at both the
inlet and outlet of the electrostatic precipitator.
     Except for chloride emissions, the firing of coal plus RDF did not
produce any major changes in the emission of gaseous pollutants compared
with fhe firing of Orient 6 coal  only.  Chloride emissions were found to
increase about 30%.  For carbon monoxide, nitrogen oxides, hydrocarbons and
sulfur oxides, all emission levels remained relatively constant regardless of
whether coal plus RDF or coal only was used.
     Air emission of potentially hazardous pollutants associated wtth the.
burning of coal or coal plus RDF were measured in two sets of tests.  The
concentrations of some pollutants did increase when coal and RDF were fired
compared to concentrations for the coal only conditions.  Most of the in-
creases are associated with elements that exist in higher concentrations fn
                                      577

-------
RDF than coal.  Those elements noted to increase with the burning of RDF are
beryllium, cadmium, copper, lead, mercury, titanium, zinc and fluorine.
     The MRI tests for particulate emissions were all conducted using EPA
Method 5.  Particulate loadings prior to entering the electrostatic pre-
cipitator remained constant,  independent of boiler load or percent of RDF.
In contrast, particulate loadings increased at the outlet end of the electro-
static precipitator with increased boiler loads and when RDF was fired with
the coal.
     An assessment of potentially hazardous emissions showed that three
pollutants (chlorine, bromine and lead) may represent an environmental problem
even when burning coal only, with RDF compounding the problem.
     A third MRI Report evaluates airborne bacterial and viral  emissions from
the processing facility and the power plant.
     All data resulting from these studies are contained in the three reports
and are available through:
                    Carlton Wiles
                    Environmental Protection Agency
                    Solid and Hazardous Waste Research Laboratory
                    Cincinnati, OH  45268
                    (513) 684-7881
Publications
Shannon, L.J., D.E, Fiscus, and P.G, Gorman,  St. Louis Refuse Processing
Plant:  Equipment, Facility, and Environmental Evaluations.   Midwest Research
Institute, Kansas City, Missouri.  Task No. 4, EPA Contract 68-02-1324,  May
1975.  EPA-650/2-75-044.
Fiscus, D.E., P.G. Gorman, M.P.  Schrag,  and L.J,  Shannon.   St.  Louts
stration Final Report:  Refuse Processing Plant Equipment,  Factltttes and
Environmental Evaluations.  Midwest Research Institute Environmental Systems
Section, Kansas City, Missouri.   EPA Contracts 68-02-1324  and 68-02-1871.
April 1977.
                                      578

-------
Gorman, P.G., L.J. Shannon, M.P. Schrag, and D.E. Fiscus.   St. Louis Demon-
stration Project Final Report:  Power Plant Equipment, Facilities and
Environmental Evaluations.   Midwest Research Institute Environment Systems
Section, Kansas City, Missouri.   EPA Contract 68-02-1871.   February 1978.
                                      579

-------
13.3.3  GREAT LAKES CARBON SOURCE TESTING
                                      Project Officer
                                      Kirk E.  Foster (MD-7)
                                      Environmental  Protection  Agency
                                      Division of Stationary Source
                                        Enforcement
                                      Research Triangle  Park, NC  27711
                                      (919) 541-4571
                                      Task No.  14
Principal  Investigator
John E. Mutchler
Clayton Environmental
  Consultants, Inc.
25711 Southfield Road
Southfield, MI  48075
(313) 424-8860
Funding  EPA Contract No. 68-02-1408,
Period of Performance
Summary
     The EPA Division of Stationary Source Enforcement retained Clayton
Environmental Consultants to study coke^stde emissions at coke-oven batteries
producing foundry coke at Great Lakes Carbon Corporation, 526 E. Catalan,
St. Louis, Missouri.
     Coking is a process by which coal is destructively distilled tn a low
oxygen atmosphere to produce volatile gases and a residue of relatively
non-volatile coke.   The coke is produced in a battery of coke ovens wtth each
individual oven separated by a heating flue.  Volatile gases driven off durtng
coking are processed and partially recycled and used to fire the ovens.
After completion of the coking process, usually about 28 hours, a ram oper-
ated from the "push side" of the oven forces the charge out a door on the
"coke side" and through a guide into a rail mounted quench car.  After the
charge is deposited in the quench car, the car moves along the ratl to the
quench tower where  the incandescent coke is sprayed with water to reduce tts
temperature.
                                     580

-------
     One of the three batteries of ovens at Great Lakes Carbon, Battery A,  is
equipped with a shed-type enclosure designed to contain particulate and
gaseous emissions produced on the coke side of the battery during coking and
coke pushing.  The vertical wall of the shed does not extend completely to
the ground to allow clearance of the quench car.   The shed is also open at
each end.  An induced draft fan exhausts the shed enclosure through ductwork
to the quench tower for discharge to the atmosphere.
     At the time of the study, construction of a  shed over the B and C Batter-
ies was in progress.   Nevertheless, coke-side emissions from B and C ovens
escaped directly to the atmosphere.
     The purpose and objectives of this study were primarily concerned with
shed analysis and included the development of:
     1)  Basic engineering data concerning process emissions, fugitive
         emissions from the shed, capture efficiency of the shed, and quantity
         and characteristics of contaminants present in the shed exhaust.
     2)  Other basic engineering data for specification of future retrofitted
         control devices for removal of air contaminants in the shed exhaust.
     3)  Correlations to relate these measurements to process conditions.
     Measured contaminants included:
     1.  Particulate emissions during the coke pushing cycle
     2.  Particulate emissions during the non-pushing cycle
     3.  Particle size distribution during the pushing cycle
     4.  Sulfur dioxide and trioxide
     5.  Polynuclear aromatic hydrocarbons
     6.  Carbon monoxide
     7.  Gaseous hydrocarbons
     8.  Phenolics
     In addition to measuring emissions from the  A Battery, EPA personnel
monitored some visible emission parameters including the "degree-of-greenness"
(due to insufficiently carbonized coke) of each push beneath the shed during
sampling, visual opacity of the quench tower exit gases (the ultimate point
of discharge to the atmosphere from the shed), and optical density, measured

                                      581

-------
with a gas transmissometer installed temporarily on the exhaust gas  duct and
located between the shed and the quench tower.
     Exhaust gas sampling was conducted using EPA standard source testing
methods, or similar methods modified to suit this particular source.   While
sampling, all process operating conditions were monitored to assure  typical
operating conditions.
     Data collected indicated that the shed is  less than 100% efficient in
capturing coke-pushing emissions, the average capture efficiency of  the shed
during pushing being 91%.  Considering both the pushing and nonpushing
cycles, the overall average percent capture efficiency of the shed appears to
be about 96%.
     Both wind speed and direction were factors affecting the rate of emissions
escaping from the shed system.  Increased leakage was also observed  as a
result of pushing occurring near the end of the shed, especially the downwind
end, and as a result of pushes with a high degree of greenness.
     During conditions which were relatively conducive to leakage, average
emissions escaping the shed ranged from 0.0081  to 0.090 pounds per ton with
an average of 0.038 pounds per ton of dry coal  fed, or 0.050 pounds  per ton
of coke produced.
     These figures could be considered quite conservative, since in  addttton
to the above mentioned variables affecting emissions, less favorable opera-
tional procedures and maintenance practices such as an increase in the number
of leaking doors or the intensity of door leakage, will produce impact on
daily emission rates which could easily range as high as 5 to 6 times the
emission rates determined during the EPA study.
     Technical data and results of this study are contained in a three volume
report and may be obtained from:
                    Kirk E. Foster (MD-7)
                    Environmental Protection Agency
                    Division of Stationary Source Enforcement
                    Research Triangle Park, NC   27711
                    (919) 541-4571

                                      582

-------
Publications
Source Testing of a Stationary Coke-Side Enclosure, Great Lakes Carbon Cor-
poration, St. Louis, Missouri, Volume I.  Clayton Environmental Consultants,
Inc., Southfield, Michigan.  Task No. 14, EPA Contract 68-02-4108.  August
1977.  EPA-340/l-77-014a.
Source Testing of a Stationary Coke-Side Enclosure, Great Lakes Carbon Cor-
poration, St. Louis, Missouri, Volume II.  Clayton Environmental  Consultants,
Inc., Southfield, Michigan.  Task No. 14, EPA Contract 68-02-4108.  August
1977.  EPA-340/l-77-014b,
Source Testing of a Stationary Coke-Side Enclosure, Great Lakes Carbon Cor-
poration, St. Louis, Missouri, Volume III.  Clayton Environmental  Consultants,
Inc., Southfield, Michigan.  Task No. 14, EPA Contract 68-02-4108.  August
1977.  EPA-340/l-77-014c.
                                      583

-------
14.0  EMISSION INVENTORIES

Introduction
     A major division of the RAPS field measurement  program consisted of the
emission inventory effort.  The accuracy of any attempt to predict air
quality through regional  air qua!ity.simulation models  is  proportional to
the overall accuracy of these inventories.
     Although some overlap exists, Section  14.0 is  divided into three
broad classes of effort.   The first describes the development of emission
inventory methodologies for various emission categories and spatial
configurations, such as point, line and area sources.
     The second section describes the  efforts in compiling the actual
emission inventories, similarly classified  into various categories and
source types.  The final  section treats the data handling  and verification
processes including precision analysis, source testing, and quality
assurance.
                                     584

-------
14.1  EMISSION INVENTORY METHODOLOGIES
14.1.1  FIELD EXPERIMENT EMISSION INVENTORY PROCUREMENT
Principal Investigator                Task Coordinator
Fred E. Littman                       Charles C. Masser (MD-14)
Rockwell International                Environmental Protection Agency
Air Monitoring Center                 Office of Air Quality Planning
11640 Administration Drive              and Standards
Creve Coeur, MO  63141                Research Triangle Park, NC  27711
(314) 567-6722                        (.919) 541-5285
Funding  EPA Contract No. 68-02-1081, Task Order No. 17
Period of Performance  February 1974 - January 1975
Summary
     Supplementing the studies in the mainstream of the RAPS program were
various field experiments.   Investigating photochemical reaction mecfiantsms
or trying new approaches to aerosol characterization are good examples.  It
was realized early in the RAPS program that these special field studies
would require more detailed information on the emission of pollutants than
was available from the RAPS emission inventory data base.  Such information
could only be supplied through special emission inventories.  In fulfillment
of Task Order No. 17 requirements, procedures were established by means of
which special emission inventories would be procured.  These procedures may
be summarized briefly as follows:
     1)  The special data requirements for a field study are noted and a
survey of exising RAPS emissions data carried out to see if the requirements
are met.
                                      585

-------
     2)  If RAPS emissions data are deemed insufficient, the special  require-
ments are reviewed to ascertain what is really needed, whether it be  better
temporal resolution, better spatial resolution, etc.
     3)  A request for a task order assignment is made.
     4)  Task order execution is begun.  Source identification and contact
is made, and data collection is carried out.
     The normal times required to execute each of the above steps were
estimated in the final report for this task order.  More detail on each of
the steps may be found therein.
     A general survey of RAPS emission inventory data is included in  the task
order final report along with a description of the system for storing and
handling the data.  No data were collected as part of Task Order No.  17.  The
final report, referenced below, was the end product,   Additional information
may be obtained from the EPA Task Coordinator.
Publication
Littman, F. E.  Special  Emission Inventories  for Field Studies.  Rockwell
International Air Monitoring Center, Newbury  Park, California,  Task  Order
No. 17 Final Report, EPA Contract 68-02-1081,  January 1975.
                                      586

-------
14.1.2  POINT SOURCE EMISSION INVENTORY METHODOLOGY
Principal Investigator                Task Coordinator
Fred E. Littman                       James Southerland (MD-14)
Rockwell International                 Environmental Protection Agency
Air Monitoring Center                 Office of Air Quality Planning and
11640 Administration Drive              Standards
Creve Coeur, MO  63141                 Research Triangle Park, NC  27711
(314) 567-6722                        (919) 541-5285
Funding  EPA Contract No. 68-02-1081, Task Order No. 16, Phase I
Period of Performance  April - October 1974
Summary
     Phase I of Task Order No. 16 developed a methodology for inventorying
emissions from point sources.  This included proposing a method of measuring
and/or estimating hourly emissions for the principal sources of pollution in
the St. Louis Air Quality Control Region (AQCR).  Initially, attention was
focused on SO,, emissions, since the major polluters in the St. Lours area
invariably emit large quantities of S0,> and, therefore, emissions of S0?
indicate general emission levels.  Also included as pollutants of interest
were CO, NOV, HC, particulates, and heat emissions.
           A
     Existing emission  inventories were reviewed, and the role of the National
Emission Data System (NEDS) inventory was discussed.  The RAPS emtssiw
inventory utilized the  NEDS information on the annual emission of SO,,, CO,
NOY, HC and particulates as a starting point and general guideline.  Emission
  A
sources were classified according to mobile or stationary, point or area.
The methodology of Task Order No. 16 deals with stationary point sources
exclusively, though some of the techniques discussed are of general appliv
cability.
     Procedures for acquiring and recording point source data were propos-ed.
                                      587

-------
To start with, a survey of the sources, involving contact with appropriate
industrial personnel, would be carried out.  This was to obtain access to data
which could be used for calculating emissions.   Stack monitoring data were to
be obtained whenever possible.  The sources would be classified as either
major or minor.  Data would then be acquired in various forms:  stack analyses,
fuel consumption or process data, and derivations from operational data.  The
final phase consisted of putting the data into machine readable form.  Raw
data in the form of strip charts, steam charts, computer printouts, and pro-
duction logs, would be used by data clerks in the transfer of data to coding
forms.  To facilitate the process of. coding data, a set of instructions was
drawn up.  Once data were coded and keypunched, the System 2000 data handling
system will be used to process all data on the Univac 1110 computer at RTP,
     The methodology was described completely in the Phase I final report.
No data were collected for Phase I.  The final  report, referenced below, was
the end product.  Additional  information can be obtained from the EPA Task
Coordinator.
Publication
Littman, F. E.  Regional Air Pollution Study Point Source Methodology and
Inventory.  Rockwell International Air Monitoring Center, Newbury Park,
California.  Task Order No. 16 Phase I Final Report, EPA Contract 68^02-r
1081.  October 1974.  EPA-450/3-74-054,
                                      588

-------
14.1.3  RESIDENTIAL AND COMMERCIAL AREA SOURCE METHODOLOGY
Principal  Investigator
R. E.  Holden
Environmental  Science and
  Engineering
Gainesville, FL  32604
(904)  372-3318
Project Officer
Charles C. Masser (MD-14)
Environmental Protection Agency
Office of Air Quality Planning
  and Standards
Research Triangle Park, NC  27711
(919) 541-5285
         EPA Contract No.  68-02-1003
Period of Performance  January - December 1974

Summary
     To assess the impact of residential  and commercial  area source emissions,
methodologies for their estimation were developed.   The methodologies were
applied to the St. Louis AQCR, resulting in an emission inventory with grid
square spatial resolution (using the RAPS Grid System unit Section 14.3.1)
and hourly temporal  resolution.  Data supporting the methodologies and inven-
tories were collected from various sources in the following categories:
     1)  Fuel usage
     2)  Residential  and commercial-institutional land use
     3)  Gasoline sales
     4)  Paint sales
     5)  Use of dry cleaning fluids
     6)  Solid waste  disposal
     7)  Uncontrolled fires
The latest available  data were used; their sources  as well as the period
on which they are based are shown in Table 25.  Methods were developed for
                                     589

-------
              CM
                                               oo
                                               r^
                                               01
                                                         ro
                                                         r--
          CU
         -P
          tO
         Q
cr>
             en
                       O
                       r^
                       CTl
                                                I

                                               CM
                                                          I

                                                         O
                                               CTi
 I

ro

en
                                                                                 CTi
                                                                            OJ
                                                                            i-~-
                                                                            cn
                                                                        ro
                                                                        r~^
                                                                        en
oo
1—
^£
a

Q
^^
^^

oo
UJ
o
ce.
~"i
o
oo

e^
1—

Q

1
<=£
i — i
O
as
UJ
^y
^>*
O
O

Q
2Z
,
ro
5
CU
-p
ra
CD

-P . —
00 v-
cu u
3: c
1 3
•P 0
tO O
ro
UJ CD
C
• (—
• -p
to ro
•r- C
00 -I—
5^-0
t— i-
ro O
C O
•=C 0

C
o
•r™
CO
Cl (/)
E -r-
ro £
S- E
CD O
O CO
s-
a. CD
c
4-> »r—
C C
cu c
E ro
CLi—
O 0.
r—
CL) ^>i
> 4_)
CU -f-
a o

oo oo
•r- "r—
3 3
O O
_J —I

. •
-P -P
oo oo

-p
c
"^
o


LC^
4-*
S-
3
O
u_
oo
I/) CU
3 CL
to ro
C 1—
CU
0 >,
$_
M — ro
O E
E
3 3
(O OO
a>
S- i-
3 CU
CQ -P
3
• CL
00 E
• O
rD o



c
o

-P S-
ra O

3
O- 00
0 C
0. 0
•1—
to -P
3 0
00 CU
f" '1—3
CU 0
o s-
Q.
M-
o -a
c
3 rO CO
ro 1 —
cu to en
s_ cu •—
3 -P
CO ro 1
E
• -i- OJ
00 -P 1^.
. to en
:z> LU i —


ro
•p
«*- ro
O Q

00 CD
•r- C
00 T-
^>t~~
f r~
ro -r-
C CQ
*i
*O
>> c
C ra
(0
Q- 3
E 0
O i—
O U-

oo oo
ro ro
C3 CD

CU i—
"O ro
CU S-
t— 3
0 -P
ro rO
	 I 2Z






^ r—.
CU CU
-P 3
to U-
>^
oo cu
u
(0 S-
-P 3
(O O
Q 00

C >,
O S- -P
•r" rO t-
oo c o
00 O CL
•r- -r- CU
E -P ct:
UJ ro
-P 00
r- 00 CU
ro T-
C'— S-
O OO rO
•i- a E
•P uj E
ro 2: 3
^ • — •• OO

E
0
•r*
4_>
rO
•r-
O
0
oo
oo
^^

CD
C
•i—
-P
ro
O
0

-P
c;
• r-.
ro
CL, 00
O

1o '-P
C 00
O T-
•r- 4->
-P ro
ro -P
z: oo














cu
3
c
cu
>
cu
Qi

14-
o

-p
c
cu
E
-p
s-
rO
CL
CU
Q






OO
c
S-
cu
-p
•p
ro
CL,

to
00
CU
C
•r—
to
3
CQ

>^
4J
C
3
O
O

C\J

&}
I—


>^
4^

•o
cu
S-
ro
CL
CU

a.

>^
s-
o
-p
c
cu >,
> -P
c c
•r- 3
o
c c_>
o
•r- in
00 T-
00 3
•r- O
E —1
cu

C -P


-o
c:
ro
_1
                           oo
                           O
•p
 ro
                          OO
 CL
 O

'aJ

 CU
Q

-a
 C
 ro
                          C
                          C
                          ro
                          O
                                     CU
                                    Q
CU
00
                      -a
                       c
                       rO
                                     (O

                                     O

                                     CU
                                     O
                                    O
                                    -a
                                     c
                       o
                                     rO

                                    "~3
                                     CL
                                     O
                                    Q-
                     C
                     O

                     -p
                     ro

                     3
                     CL
                     O
                     D.
                                               rjj
                                               CD
                                               rO
                                               oo
                                               to
                                               ro
                                              CJ3
                                               3
                                               •P
                                               ro
                                  CU
                                  CD
                                  ro
                                  to
                                  CU
                                  3
                                                                                                          C
                                                                                                          o
                                                                                                                        rO
                                                                                                                        O
                                                                                                                        O











cu
CD
ro
oo
~~^

•P
C
•r—

-------
estimating hourly emissions of SCL, NOV, CO, HC and participates per grid
                                 L,    A
square.
     Residential  and commercial-institutional  consumption of fuels for
space heating were treated separately.   Estimates of residential fuel  con-
sumption were based on census data for housing units using natural gas, fuel
oil, etc.  The census data were distributed to grid squares by superimposing
the RAPS Grid System on census tract maps.   Emissions were estimated from
fuel consumption  using EPA AP42 emission factors and NEDS Fuel Summaries.
Commercial-institutional  fuel was derived from commercial land use, intro-
ducing weighting  factors  for areas in which a particular fuel  is used heavily.
Emissions were estimated  using AP42 emission factors in a procedure similar
to that used with residential sources.   Temporal distribution  of fuel  use was
accomplished by assuming  residential and commercial-institutional  fuel  use
patterns to be identical.   The temporal distribution pattern was evolved from
hourly natural gas flow data coupled with meteorological  data  showing the
temperature and wind speed dependence of fuel  consumption.
     Evaporative  losses to the atmosphere from dry cleaning, surface coating,
and gasoline handling were estimated,  Characteristic emissions on a per
capita basis were established and the emissions determined for each grid
square by allocating the  total projected county emissions in proportion to
commercial land use in the grid square for gasoline handling and dry clean*.
ing, and in proportion to population for surface coating.
     Since emissions related to the disposal of solid wastes are primarily
confined to the commercial-institutional sector and municipal  incinerators,
NEDS county emission totals were allocated to grid squares in  proportion to
the amount of commercial-institutional  land use in each grid square.
     Structural and forest fires are included under the heading "uncontrolled
fires".   Since no statistics are available on forest fires and only statewide
statistics on structural  fires, a reliable estimate of emissions was next to
impossible.  For  the inventory, the state structural fire totals were appor-
tioned to the county level on the basis of population.   Using  AP42 emission
factors, emission estimates were derived.
                                      591

-------
     Computer software has been developed to calculate emissions from resi-
dential and commercial-institutional  operations for each of the grid squares
in the St. Louis AQCR.  Temporal resolution is limited to emission per hour
or longer intervals.  All data used in the calculations are stored in the
emission inventory data base at RTP.   Emission values generated from these
data are readily available, once units and temporal resolution are specified.
Those interested in obtaining residential and commercial-institutional
emission estimates should contact:
                    RAPS Data Manager (MD-80)
                    Environmental  Protection Agency
                    Environmental  Sciences Research Laboratory
                    Research Triangle Park, NC  27711
                    (919) 541-4545
     The final report, containing a detailed description of methodologies
and inventory, is referenced below,  Additional information can be obtained
from the EPA Project Officer.
Publication
Environmental Science and Engineering, Inc.  Residential and Commercial Area
Source Emission Inventory Methodology for the Regional Air Pollution Study.
EPA Contract 68-02-1003.  September 1975.  EPA-450/3-75-078.
                                      592

-------
14.1.4  METHODOLOGY FOR INVENTORYING HYDROCARBONS
Principal Investigator                Project Officer
Philip Di Gasbarro                    Charles C.  Masser (MD-14)
GCA Corporation                       Environmental  Protection Agency
GCA Technology Division               Office of Air Quality Planning
Bedford, MA  01730                      and Standards
(617) 275-9000                        Research Triangle Park, NC  27711
                                      (919) 541-5285
Funding  EPA Contract No.  68-02-1006, Task Order No. 7
Period of Performance  January - March 1976
Summary
     As a response to one  of the special  needs of modelers, a methodology
for obtaining detailed hydrocarbon emissions data was produced.
     One of the principal  considerations  expressed in this methodology was
to catalog data in a format consistent with the NEDS emission inventory.
Consequently the status of the NEDS inventory format was used as a reference
point for the hydrocarbon  methodology.
     A thorough description of the region under consideration was the first
step in the hydrocarbon inventory.  This  included obtaining sufficient
statistical information to apportion emissions from individually unidenti-
fiable or "area sources",  by obtaining all necessary maps (traffic count,
topographical, etc.) and a listing of manufacturers in the area.  All point
sources were assigned Universal Transverse Mercator (UTM) coordinates after
location on U. S. Geological Survey maps.
     Broad categories of types of hydrocarbon sources were identified:
fuel combustion, solid waste, process and evaporative sources.  Highly
detailed questionnaires were proposed for such operations as degreasing,

                                      593

-------
surface coating, dry cleaning, and bulk storage of petroleum products  which,
when sent to appropriate personnel in local  industry,  would request the
necessary information.   Specific examples of information  requested were:
amount of degreasing solvent used in gallons/year, paint  usage in  gallons/
year, and a breakdown of solvent usage by type and amount.   Development  of
mailing lists and follow-up procedures for questionnaires were discussed.
     Data obtained would be processed by one of two methods:  manually or
utilizing a computer data handling system.  Manual processing required an
analysis of the extent of survey coverage.  Point and area  source  work sheets
would be used to summarize hydrocarbon sources by major category,   Stan-
dard Industrial Classification (SIC) number, and pollutant  (with a distinc-
tion made between point and area sources).  Computer processing required
coding of data together with identifying information.   A  plant identifica-
tion number, plant name and address, county number, SIC number, and Source
Classification Code (SCC) number would be recorded.  Tabular summaries by
major category, SIC, and pollutant would be generated.
     Application of the hydrocarbon methodology to the RAPS modeling effort
was also discussed.  It was suggested that emission rates should be determined
for specified short time intervals.  The special requirements of the RAPS
program are:  inclusion of smaller point sources, a hydrocarbon breakdown
with corresponding SCC numbers, and hourly emission estimates.  Allowance
should be made for inclusion of point sources to any degree of refinement
required.
     No data were collected in this effort.   The final report, referenced
below, was the end product.  Additional information can be  obtained from
the EPA Project Officer.
Publication
Di Gasbarro, P. and M.  Borhstein.  Methodology for Inventorying Hydrocarbons.
GCA Corporation, Bedford, Massachusetts.  Task Order No.  7  Final Report,
EPA Contract 68-02-1006.  March 1976.  EPA-600/4-76-013.
                                    •  594

-------
14.1.5  METHODOLOGY FOR LINE SOURCE EMISSIONS

Principal Investigator                Project Officer
Lonnie E. Haefner                     Charles C. Masser (MD-14)
School of Engineering and             Environmental Protection Agency
  Applied Science                     Office of Air Quality Planning
Washington University                   and Standards
Department of Civil Engineering       Research Triangle Park, NC  27711
St. Louis, MO  63130                  (glg) 541_5285
(314) 889-6316

Funding  EPA Contract No. 68-02-1417

Period of Performance  January 1974 - January 1975

Summary
     The methodology developed by Washington University documented techniques
for determining major freeway and arterial roadways considered to be line
emission sources in a metropolitan area.  In applying these criteria to the
St. Louis AQCR, the most recent traffic data were obtained pertaining to
traffic volume, vehicle mix and average vehicle speed, with the data collec-
tion effort focusing primarily on areas designated as urban or in the process
of urbanizing.
     All roadways were plotted as links with UTM coordinates and RAPS Grid
System numbers, with appropriate traffic data (such as average daily total
traffic) being assigned to each link.  Emission levels were estimated using
the Department of Transportation SAPOLLUT model, which computes emissions
and concentrations of CO, NOX, and HC for a traffic network.  A complete
data base for freeways, principal arterials, and minor arterials was thus es-
tablished, along with formulas relating emissions to roadway characteristics.
An elaborate software package was developed for retrieval of these data.
                                     595

-------
     The methodology report, referenced below, represents the final product
of this research effort.  Additional information can be obtained from the EPA
Project Officer.
Publication
Haefner, L. E,  Methodology for the Determination of Emission Line Sources.
Washington University, St. Louis, Missouri.  EPA Contract 68-02-1417.
February 1975.  EPA-450/3-76-035.
                                      596

-------
14.1.6  LINE AND AREA SOURCE MOTOR VEHICLE METHODOLOGY

Principal Investigator                Project Officer
Lonnie E. Haefner                     Charles C.  Masser (MD-14)
School of Engineering and             Environmental  Protection Agency
  Applied Science                     Office of Air Quality Planning
Washington University                   and Standards
Department of Civil Engineering       Research Triangle Park, NC  27711
St. Louis, MO.  63130                 (gig) 541_5285
(314) 889-6316

Funding  EPA Contract No. 68-02-2060

Period of Performance  February 1975 - June 1976

Summary
     The previous section, 14.1.5 "Methodology for Line Source Emissions",
devised techniques to identify emission line sources.  Subsequently this
methodology goes further, proposing techniques for estimating SOp, NO,,,  CO,
HC, and particulate emissions for each of the line sources identified in the
earlier methodology.
     In accomplishing this task, data were collected in the St. Louis AQCR
on average daily traffic, peak hour traffic» hourly distribution of traffic,
percent of heavy duty vehicles, and the peak directional distribution of
traffic.  Roadways were represented as straight line segments called links
drawn in such a way that no links would cross a grid boundary of the RAPS
Grid System.  The grid was superimposed on a computer plot of roadway links
and oriented with respect to UTM coordinates.  The roadway links themselves
were plotted to trace as closely as possible the actual St. Louis AQCR
roadway network.
                                     597

-------
     To describe vehicle operating characteristics,  the volume to capacity
ratio, peak hour speed by direction, average daily speed,  and changes in
road capacity were determined wherever possible.   Not all  types of data were
collected for all roadways; however, freeways and major arterials were
thoroughly documented.
     Empirical formulas were then used with the traffic and operating
characteristics data to estimate motor vehicle emissions.   All essential
data, taken from 1973-1975, have been recorded on magnetic tape and are in
the emission inventory data bank at Research Triangle Park.  Software is
available for use on the Univac 111Q computer for computing line source
emissions for any grid square in the St.  Louis AQCR for any specified hour of
the day or day of the week.  Provision was also made for estimation of
emissions from so-called "area sources",  i.e. sources of smaller magnitude
than freeways, major arterials, or minor  arterials.   Recently the methodology
has been expanded to include reentrainment of fugitive dust caused by motor
vehicles.  Though the raw data were not intended for dissemination, emissions
data are readily available.  Those interested in obtaining such data should
contact:
                    RAPS Data Manager (MD-80)
                    Environmental Protection Agency
                    Environmental Sciences Research Laboratory
                    Research Triangle Park, NC  27711
                    (919) 541-4545
     A methodology final report was submitted to the EPA Project Officer for
this contract along with ten volumes of uncorrected line source data.  At a
later date, these data were corrected and augmented by another contractor
(Rockwell International Air Monitoring Center, Newbury Park, California) and
the results submitted to the EPA Project  Officer.

Publication
Haefner, L. E.  A Methodology for the Determination of Line and Area Source
Emissions from Motor Vehicles for the RAPS Program.   Washington University,
St. Louis, Missouri.  EPA Contract 68-02-2060.  June 1976.  EPA-450/3-77-019.
                                     598

-------
14.1.7  AIRPORT EMISSION INVENTORY METHODOLOGY
Principal Investigator                Task Coordinator
Robert M. Patterson                   Charles C.  Masser (MD-14)
GCA Corporation                       Environmental Protection Agency
GCA/Technology Division               Office of Air Quality Planning
Bedford, MA  01730                       and Standards
(617) 275-9000                        Research Triangle Park, NC  27711
                                      (919) 541-5285
Fundi ng
     EPA Contract No.  68-02-0041, Task No. 18
     Order No. DA-6-99-0950B To Modify
Period of Performance
     January - December 1974, extended to December 1975
     to update User Manual  under Order to Modify
Summary
     The airport methodology actually consists of three submethodologies,
one each for municipal, civilian, and military airports.   Generally speaking,
the methods for inventorying each consist of determining the emission rate,
location, and duration.  The methodologies were applied to airports in the
St. Louis AQCR, namely:  Lambert-St.  Louis International  Airport, Scott  Air
Force Base, and the small civilian airports.
     For Lambert Airport a  methodology was developed which estimated contri-
butions from aircraft flight operations, ground service vehicles, fuel
handling and storage,  and engine testing and maintenance.   Five parameters
were found to be essential:  temporal activity patterns,  spatial activity
patterns, percent volume distribution of aircraft types,  time spent in the
different operating modes,  and emission factors.   Appropriate data were

                                      599

-------
collected to supply those values.   Sources and types of data are listed in
Table 26 with dates, indicating the base period for the data collection.
     Among the areas analyzed in the Scott Air Force Base methodology were
aircraft flight activity, emission factors, ground service vehicle operations,
fuel handling and storage, and engine testing and maintenance.
     Incorporated into the civilian airports methodology was an analytical
description of flight activity, spatial  detail, emissions from flight
activity, ground service vehicles, fuel  storage and handling, and engine
testing and maintenance.  In every case, sufficient data were collected to
allow an estimate of emissions to be made.
     An airport methodology final  report, referenced below, was the end
product of this Task Order.   It details  the procedures developed for cal-
culating emissions.  In addition, an airport emission inventory computer
program and user's manual were developed.  AIRPEM (Airport Emission Inventory
Program) was programmed in FORTRAN to compile on a Univac computer with an
EXEC 8 FORTRAN V compiler.  This software was developed to estimate pollutant
emissions from airport traffic data and  airport operational information.
Emissions are apportioned to the appropriate RAPS grid elements according to
flight and flight support activities that occur within each.  Full documen-
tation of the software is contained in a user's manual, referenced below.
     Those interested in obtaining airport emission estimates for the
St. Louis AQCR based on the methodology  (hourly temporal resolution, grid
square spatial resolution) should contact:
                    RAPS Data Manager (MD-80)
                    Environmental  Protection Agency
                    Environmental  Sciences Research Laboratory
                    Research Triangle Park, NC  27711
                    (919) 541-4545
Publications
Patterson, R. M., R. D. Wang, and F. A.  Record.  Airport Emission Inventory
Methodology.  GCA Corporation, GCA/Technology Division, Bedford, Massachu-
setts.  Task No. 18 Final Report, EPA Contract 68-02-0041.  December 1974.
EPA-450/3-75-048.
                                     • 600

-------
  Publications  (continued)
  Patterson, R. M., R.  D. Wang, and F. A. Record.  Airport Emission  Inventory
  Program  (AIRPEM) User Manual.  GCA Corportion, GCA/Technology Division,
  Bedford, Massachusetts.  Task No. 18 Final Report, EPA Contract 68-02-0041.
  Order No. DA-6-99-0950B.  December 1975.
TABLE 26. SOURCES OF AIRPORT METHODOLOGY DATA
FOR LAMBERT-ST. LOUIS INTERNATIONAL AIRPORT
NATURE OF DATA SOURCE
DATE(S)
Air traffic volume
Air traffic volume
Ground service,
maintenance,
engine testing
activity
Aircraft emissions
Fuel consumption
Emission factors
Federal Aviation Administration          1974
Air Traffic Control Tower,
Jerome C. Moonier, contact
(Lambert Field)
Official Airline Guide listings.     1972 - IS
Reuben H. Donnelley Corporation,
Oak Brook, Illinois
Lambert Field, Manager's Office,         1974
Arthur K. Muchmore, Assistant
Airport Manager, Operations and
Maintenance, contact
Bogdan, L., et al.  Analysis of          1971
Aircraft Exhaust Emission Measure-
ments.  Cornell Aeronautical
Laboratory, Inc., Buffalo, New York
Allied Aviation Fueling, Lambert         1974
Field, George Elliot, contact
Compilation of Air Pollutant             1973
Emission Factors.  2nd Ed.,
Environmental Protection Agency.
CAP-42)
                                      601

-------
14.1.8  METHODOLOGY FOR RAILROAD FUEL USE AND EMISSIONS
Principal Investigator                Task Coordinator
Kenneth W. Wiltsee, Jr.               Charles C. Masser (MD-14)
Wai den Research                       Environmental Protection Agency
850 Main Street                       Office of Air Quality Planning and
Wilmington, MA  01887                    Standards
(617) 657-4250                        Research Triangle Park, NC  27711
                                      (919) 541-5285
Funding  EPA Contract No. 68-02-1895, Task Order No. 2
Period of Performance  September 1976 - April 1977
Summary
     The objective of this study was to develop a methodology for estimating
fuel use and emissions from locomotives operating in the St.  Louis AQCR and
to allocate these estimates to the RAPS area source grid system.  Railroad
emissions of some pollutants have been estimated to comprise  up to ten
percent of total area source emissions in AQCR 70 and, in areas of heavy
rail activity, can have a significant impact on ambient air quality concen-
trations.
     Separate methodologies were developed for the two major types of rail
activity - road or line-haul operation and activity within switch yards.  The
methodology for road locomotives utilizes a line source concept and synthe-
sizes the rail network by a series of links connecting a system of node points
within the study area.  The methodology for switch yard operation utilizes an
area source concept.  Both methodologies use as a basic unit  locomotive
horsepower-hours and were programmed to provide an analysis of fuel use and
emissions for five criteria pollutants on a grid-by-grid basis as well as
for the entire study area.
                                      602

-------
     Application of this methodology in the St. Louis AQCR required an inven-
tory of railroad activity.   This inventory was supplied by the U. S. Depart-
ment of Transportation, Transportation Systems Center, and included informa-
tion on the routing, run time, and locomotive(s) for each train in operation
on a typical day in 1973 plus estimates of switchyard and transfer activity.
Fuel use and emission factors used in this study are those presented in the
Environmental Protection Agency's document, Compilation of Air Pollutant
Emission Factors (AP^42).
     The fuel report referenced below describes the methodology developed to
estimate and allocate rail  emissions and presents the results of its appli-
cation to the St. Louis AQCR,  As with many of the models developed for RAPS,
this allocation methodology can be easily applied in other areas of the
country.  For this reason,  a manual for coding the necessary input data and
examples of the control cards necessary to utilize the software package on
the EPA Univac 1110 computer are included.
     The emission data are  stored in the RAPS data bank and can be obtained
from:
                         RAPS Data Manager (MD-80)
                         Environmental Protection Agency
                         Environmental Sciences Research Laboratory
                         Research Triangle Park, NC  27711
                         (919) 541-4545
Publication
Wiltsee, K.W., S. B. Khanna and J. C. Hanson.  Assessment of Railroad Fuel
Use and Emissions for the Regional Air Pollution Study.  Wai den Research,
Wilmington, Massachusetts.   Task Order No. 2 Final Report, EPA Contract
68-02-1895.  April 1977.  EPA 450/3-77-025.
                                       603

-------
14.1.9  METHODOLOGY FOR RIVER TOWBOAT EMISSIONS
Pri nc ipal  In vestigator
Joseph C.  Sturm
U. S. Department of Transportation
Transportation Systems Center
Kendall Square
Cambridge, MA  02142
(617) 492-2000
Funding
     Department of Transportation, Work Unit No. OS 622/R6501 (Part of
     the Technology for Environmental Analysis Project (PPA-OS-522) of
     the DOT Environmental Measurements Branch, Transportation Systems
     Center, Office of the Secretary of Transportation, Washington, D.C.)
Period of  Performance  March 1974 - February 1976
Summary
     This study provides an estimate of river towboat emissions for the St.
Louis AQCR.  The estimate of emissions was based primarily on river traffic
data taken in 1973 and 1974 by the Corps of Engineers at Lock 27 near St.
Louis and on exhaust emission factors of similar engines of the Coast Guard
fleet and  railroad locomotives.   The capability for calculation of emissions
from affected grid squares within the RAPS Grid System was implemented.
Pollutants considered were SOV,  NOY, CO, THC and particulates.  The method
                             A    A
used consisted of estimating river traffic and propulsion engine character-
istics from limited statistical  information on river traffic and from ob-
servations by personnel  familiar with river vessel  operations.  The traffic
volumes and engine types were then used to calculate emissions based on
emissions factors of similar diesel engines.   No actual emission testing of
towboats was undertaken.   Because the volume of river traffic is so low and
                                      604

-------
the diversity of river vessels so great, hourly emission estimates were
deemed unfeasible and daily emission estimates only were considered in the
methodology.
     The final report, referenced below, contains emission estimates in
tabular form in addition to the description of the methodologies used.
The emission data are stored in the RAPS Data Bank and can be obtained from:
                    RAPS Data Manager (MD-80)
                    Environmental Protection Agency
                    Environmental Sciences Research Laboratory
                    Research Triangle Park, NC  27711
                    (919) 541-4545

Publication
Sturn, J. C.  An Estimation of River Towboat Air Pollution in St. Louis,
Missouri.  U. S. Department of Transportation.  Feburary 1976.  DOT-TSC-
OST-75-42.
                                     605

-------
14.1.10  OFF-HIGHWAY MOBILE SOURCE METHODOLOGY
Principal Investigator                Project Officer
Charles T. Hare                       Charles C.  Masser (MD-14)
Southwest Research Institute          Environmental  Protection Agency
8500 Culebra Road                     Office of Air Quality Planning
San Antonio, TX  78284                  and Standards
(512) 684-5111                        Research Triangle Park, NC  27711
                                      (919) 541-5285
Funding  EPA Contract No. 68-02-1397
Period of Performance  April - October 1974
Summary
     Part of the RAPS Emission Inventory program involved developing a
methodology for estimating emissions from off-highway mobile sources within
the St. Louis AQCR.  Initiating the project was a technical  literature
search to procure emissions, population, and usage data on the following:
outboard motors, snowmobiles, motorcycles, lawn and garden equipment,,
construction equipment, industrial equipment and farm equipment.  Sources
of data included EPA reports, technical  papers, state motor vehicle registra-
tion bureaus, and statistical publications.  From such sources, data di-
rectly and indirectly related to off-highway mobile source emissions were
collected.
     The only information directly related to emissions was in the form of
emission factors, resulting from actual  engine tests, giving weight of
pollutant emitted per unit of time or distance traveled.  Pollutants con-
sidered were particulates HC, CO, NOY, RCHO, SOV, and for outboards, CO,,.
                                    A          A                       L
                                      606

-------
     Formulas were derived for calculating county emissions and emissions
at the grid square level for each category of off-highway mobile source.
The methods were demonstrated for counties in the St. Louis AQCR.  The
final report, referenced below, includes emissions from each source type.
Additional information can be obtained from the EPA Project Officer.
Publication
Hare, Charles T.  Methodology for Estimating Emissions from Off-Highway
Mobile Sources for the RAPS Program.  Southwest Research Institute,
San Antonio, Texas.   EPA Contract 68-02-1397.  October 1974.  EPA-450/3-
75-002.
                                      607

-------
14.1.11  FUGITIVE DUST METHODOLOGY AND EMISSION INVENTORY
Pr inc i pal Inves tigator                Project Officer
Chatten Cowherd                       Charles C.  Masser (MD-14)
Midwest Research Institute            Environmental Protection Agency
425 Volker Boulevard                  Office of Air Quality Planning
Kansas City, MO  64110                  and Standards
(816) 753-7600                        Research Triangle Park, NC  27711
                                      (919) 541-5285
Funding  EPA Contract No. 68-02-2040
Period of Performance  August - December 1975
Summary
     This methodology and emission inventory was  developed to identify and
quantify the sources of fugitive dust in the St.  Louis AQCR.   The six cate-
gories of fugitive dust sources identified and analyzed were unpaved roads,
agricultural tilling, wind erosion of agricultural  land, construction sites,
aggregate storage piles, and unpaved airstrips.   Emission factors for each
of these categories were obtained by MRI under EPA Contract No. 68-02-0619
(not part of the RAPS program) and were adjusted to the climatic conditions
and surface properties characteristic of the St.  Louis area.
     Together with appropriate annual measures of the extent of each source
type within each RAPS grid element, emission factors were used to estimate
grid square emissions.  Appropriate measures of source extent, corresponding
to the six categories or types mentioned above are:  vehicle miles traveled
on unpaved roads, acres of land tilled/year, average exposed (unvegetated)
acreage, annual acres of construction, quantity of aggregate stored, and
airport landing/takeoff cycles.   Data were compiled in order to assign a value
for each of these quantities for each RAPS grid square.   To facilitate this
activity an overlay map of the RAPS Grid System incorporating county and

                                      608

-------
river outlines was prepared and superimposed on land use and street maps of
the St. Louis area.  Department of Agriculture publications, a climatic
atlas, and additional publications of a statistical nature were used with the
maps and overlays to provide additional pertinent data.
     The result was a computer tabulation of annual fugitive dust emissions
for the six source categories for the 1989 grid squares in the St. Louis
AQCR.  Particle sizes as determined by the emission factors fall  within the
range of less than 30 ym diameter, the nominal cut-off diameter of a standard
high-volume particulate sampler.  A Fortran program was devised to temporally
apportion emissions to account for variations by hour of the day, day of the
week, and season of the year.  The computer program along with the calculated
annual grid square emission values was submitted on magnetic tape to Rockwell
International Air Monitoring Center for processing and entry into the RAPS
Data Bank.  Submission to the data bank has been completed.  A methodology
and emission inventory final report, referenced below, represents the final
product of this effort.  Additional information can be obtained from the EPA
Project Officer.
     Data may be obtained from:
                      RAPS Data Manager (MD-80)
                      Environmental Protection Agency
                      Environmental Sciences Research Laboratory
                      Research Triangle Park, NC  27711
                      (919) 541-4545
Publication
Cowherd, C., and C. Guenther.  Development of a Methodology and Emission
Inventory for Fugitive Dust for the Regional Air Pollution Study.  Midwest
Research Institute, Kansas City, Missouri.  EPA Contract 63-02-2040.
January 1976.  EPA-450/3-76-003.
                                      609

-------
14.2  INDIVIDUAL EMISSION INVENTORIES
14.2.1  RAPS PRELIMINARY EMISSION INVENTORY
Principal Investigator
Fred E. Littman (formerly with)
Stanford Research Institute
333 Ravenswood Avenue
Menlo Park, CA  94025
(415) 326-6200


Funding  EPA Contract No. 68-02-1026
Project Officer
Charles C. Masser (MD-14)
Environmental Protection Agency
Office of Air Quality Planning
  and Standards
Research Triangle Park, NC  27711
(919) 541-5285
Period of Performance  January 1973 - January 1974

Summary
     The RAPS preliminary emission inventory required the execution of five
subtasks.
     Task A.  Definition of Potential Users.  A survey was made to determine
potential users and uses of the RAPS emission inventory.   To satisfy the
variety of users from modelers to air pollution control agencies, a wide
range of spatial and temporal resolution was required.  The five criteria
pollutants were judged to be the most significant:  SO^,  NO,,, CO, HC, and
particulates.
     Task B.  Emission Inventory Content.  Analysis of the problems associated
with obtaining emissions data with the spatial and temporal resolution required
by RAPS was undertaken.  Pollutant sources were described, analyzed, and
classified according to identity, function, and pollutant emitted.  The
impossibility of physically testing every source indicated the necessity to
develop emission factors.  It was recommended that a special high-resolution
                                     610

-------
emission inventory be developed to provide hourly emissions data for SCL,  NO^
CO, HC, and participates in the form of weight of pollutant emitted per hour,
with source location in UTM coordinates provided to the nearest 0.1 km.  The
final portion of Task B was a detailed description of procedures for develop-
ing the inventory.   Types of records used to estimate emissions were classi-
fied as follows:  a) continuous emissions monitoring records;  b) continuous
records of fuel consumption, operating, or process data; c) short term,
periodic records of fuel consumption, operating, or process data; d) long-
term records or estimates of fuel  consumption, operating, or process data.
     Task C.  Emission Inventory File System.   In this section, specifica-
tions for a data handling system were discussed and the characteristics of an
appropriate system described.  The proposed system should have these charac-
teristics:
     *  Data bases of 20 million character size, containing up to 2000
        items, each including 10 to TOO data elements, in up to 4
        hierarchic levels.
     *  Batch data entry from punch cards, magnetic tapes, or  disk
        files
     *  Capability for defining hierarchic data structures, including
        list components.
     *  Symbolic naming of data components.
     *  Unrestricted lengths of lists and records.
     *  Retrieval of items by content or partial content of any data
        component, including logical combinations of retrieval specifi-
        cations.
     *  Editing and updating individual items or groups of items.
     *  Interface for external programs to access data items and data
        components in the files.
     *  (Optional) Capability of calling special subroutines within the
        data system for operations requiring recognition of specialized
        formats within a data component.
     *  (Optional) Construction of data files in specified formats for
        use by external programs
     *  (Optional) Sorting and indexing selected subfiles by content.
                                      611

-------
     The general characteristics of the input and output routines were also
defined:
     The input subroutine must:
        -  Access source item via file address;
        -  Read consumption data component from source item;
        -  Extract SCC code, unit, time ranges, and consumption
           values;
        -  Read emission factor for Source Classification Code (SCC)
           from Emission Factor File;
        -  Convert values to the units required by the model.
     The output subroutine must:
        -  Generate calculated emission data element for the pollutant
           and for the time ranges defined by the model, in the format
           required by the inventory;
        -  Append the emission element to the same source item from
           which the consumption data were read.
     Task D.  Survey of Existing Emission Data.  An historical review of
existing emission inventory data for St.  Louis indicated that five inventories
had been obtained:
                     IPP Emission Inventory   - 1968
                     IBM Emission Inventory   - 1970
                     DAQED Emission Inventory - 1971
                     NATO Emission Inventory  - 1971
                     NEDS Emission Inventory  - 1973
The characteristics and limitations of these inventories were discussed.  Based
on the latest National  Emission Data System (NEDS) inventory, the character-
istic distribution of sources of pollutants were described.  For example,
the following distribution existed for S0? sources:
                                      612

-------


TOTAL AQCR
ALL POINT SOURCES
PS. > 100 T/YR
P S. > 1000 T/YR
PS. > 5000 T/YR
P.S > 10,000 T/YR
PS. > 100,000 T/YR
TOTAL AREA SOURCES
NUMBER
SOURCES

358
184
67
26
13
4


TONS/YEAR
1,233,805
1,220,897
1,182,909
1,144,906
1,060,480
990,500
608,000
12,908
PERCENT OF
POINT SOURCES

1000
96.9
93.8
86.8
81 1
49.8

PERCENT
OF TOTAL
100.0
98.9
959
92.8
85.9
80.3
49.3
1.1
Based on this information, it became possible to plan on gathering a measured,
hourly inventory, since the number of important sources appeared to be limited.
In this instance, four sources accounted for about 50% of the emissions, 26
sources for Q7%.
     Task E.  Emission Model ing.  An in-depth review of the available litera-
ture on emission modeling resulted in the identification of 28 papers and re-
ports deemed significant in the context of the RAPS study.   The models were
reviewed according to emission type, source mobility, and degree of verifica-
tion.  Significantly, only three of the 28 models had undergone experimental
verification.
     In the past, emissions data had been collected mainly on an annual basis.
Finer temporal resolution was obtained by an aggregation of emission factors,
correlations and algorithms.  Because of the potential  errors inherent in this
approach, it was recommended that RAPS rely heavily on  measurement techniques.
However, the emissions from small stationary sources and from mobile sources
would continue to require modeling.
     A parametric study of the errors resulting from mislocation of a source
or receptor for several atmospheric conditions was performed.
     The final report and additional information may be obtained from the
EPA Project Officer.
Publication
Littman, F.E., S. Rubin, K.T. Semrau, and W.F. Dabberdt.  A Regional Air
Pollution Study (RAPS) Preliminary Emission Inventory.   Stanford Research
Institute, Menlo Park, California.  EPA Contract 68-02-1026.   January 1974.
EPA-450/3-74-030.
                                      613

-------
14.2.2  POINT SOURCE CRITERIA POLLUTANT EMISSION INVENTORY
Principal Investigator
Fred E. Littman
Rockwell International
Air Monitoring Center
11640 Administration Drive
Creve Coeur, MO  63141
(314) 567-6722
                  Task Coordinators
                  Charles C.  Nasser (MD-14)
                    (Task Orders No.  55 and 108A)
                  James Southerland (MD-14)
                    (Task Order No. 16, Phase II)
                  Environmental Protection Agency
                  Office of Air Quality Planning and
                    Standards
                  Research Triangle Park, NC  27711
                  (919) 541-5285
Funding
     EPA Contract No. 68-02-1081, Task Order No. 16, Phase II
     EPA Contract No. 68-02-1081, Task Order No. 55
     EPA Contract No. 68-02-2093, Task Order No. 108A
Periods of Performance
     Task Order No.
     Task Order No,
     Task Order No.
16, Phase II
55
108A
July 1974 - June 1975
June - December 1975
January 1976 - March 1978
Summary
     The methodology developed during Phase I of Task Order No. 16 (Section
14.1.2) was implemented under these task orders.  Data collection was started
in October 1974 with the largest sources of pollution, the power generating
stations.  By January 1975, data from essentially all major sources were
being received and processed, and the acquisition of data from minor sources
also had been virtually completed.  The general approach was to request from
the major sources hourly fuel consumption or related process data, as well as
sulfur analyses of the fuel or processed materials.   In a few cases, stack
gas measurements were available.
                                      614

-------
     Data from the minor sources were based on annual  (1975) fuel  usage or
process data.  A distribution pattern was also obtained, which recorded the
daily, weekly and annual work distribution.  From this pattern the actual
number of hours of operation could be determined by the computer program,  and
average emissions calculated.
     As of April 1975, measured hourly data were being obtained on 128 points
(stacks) at 19 locations, representing 12 companies.   Annual data  were obtained
from an additional 20 companies, representing 46 points.  In addition to fuel
consumption, other data were obtained for each source including:  UTM coor-
dinates of source, stack height, diameter, flow velocity, temperature, pollu-
tion controls and control efficiency.
     Detailed coding forms and coding procedures were worked out and are
described in the final report.
     Data collection was continued under Task Order No.  55.   However, the
emphasis was shifted from an S0? inventory to include all other criteria
pollutants.  A limited amount of source testing was undertaken to  verify
emission factors, using EPA Standard Methods 1 - 8.  Emission factors deter-
mined in this effort were used for the particular sources under consideration.
     Task Order No. 108A made possible the continuation of the data collection
through 1976.  Ultimately, hourly data were recorded for most criteria pol-
lutants from 113 point sources at 22 locations and annual data from about  130
sources at 92 locations.  Additional source tests were also carried out.
     The RAPS point source data base contains hourly data for criteria pollutants
for the St. Louis AQCR (70) for all of 1975 and 1976.   The data are stored in
the RAPS Data Bank at Research Triangle Park and may be obtained by contacting:
                    RAPS Data Manager (MD-80)
                    Environmental Protection Agency
                    Environmental Sciences Research Laboratory
                    Research Triangle Park, NC  27711
                    (919) 541-4545
                                      615

-------
Publications
Littman, F.  E., and R.  W.  Griscom.   Point Source Emission Inventory.   Rockwell
International Air Monitoring Center, Newbury Park,  California.   Task  Order
No. 16 Phase II Final  Report, EPA Contract 68-02-1081.   July 1975.
Littman, F.  E., R.  W.  Griscom, and 0.  Klein.  Point Source Emission Inventory.
Rockwell International  Air Monitoring Center, Creve Coeur, Missouri.   Task
Order No. 55 Final  Report, EPA Contract 68-02-1081.   March 1977.   EPA-600/
4-77-014.
Littman, F.  E. Point Source Methodology and Emission Inventory  for the
Regional Air Pollution Study.  Rockwell International  Air Monitoring  Center,
Creve Coeur, Missouri.   Task Order No.  198A Completion  Report,  EPA Contract
68-02-2093.   July 1978.  EPA-600/4-78-042.
                                    616

-------
14.2.3  POINT SOURCE NON-CRITERIA POLLUTANT EMISSION INVENTORY
Principal Investigator
Fred E. Littman
Rockwell  International
Air Monitoring Center
11640 Administration Drive
Creve Coeur, MO  63141
(314) 567-6722
Task Coordinator
Charles C. Masser (MD-H)
Environmental Protection Agency
Office of Air Quality Planning
  and Standards
Research Triangle Park, NC  27711
(919) 541-5285
Funding  EPA Contract No.  68-02-1081, Task Order No.  54

Period of Performance  April 1975 - January 1976

Summary
     An emission inventory of "non-criteria" pollutants, i.e.,  pollutants
other than HC, CO, S09, NOV, or particulates was compiled.   The pollutants
                     L.    A
considered in Task Order No. 54 were:
     arsenic
     asbestos
     barium
     benz-a-pyrene
     beryl 1ium
     boron
As in other emission inventories, the emissions of a given  pollutant were not
measured but were estimated from process data using emission factors.  The
source of process data for the St. Louis AQCR was the RAPS  emission inventory
data.  Emission factors for the 21 non-criteria pollutants  were taken from the
series of EPA reports entitled National Inventory of Sources and Emissions.
cadmium
chromium
copper
lead
magnesium
manganese
mercury
molybdenum
nickel
phosphorus
selenium
silver
titanium
vanadium
zinc
                                     617

-------
     The NEDS classification of industrial  processes which produce emissions
is called the Source Classification Code (SCC).   To each SCC number applicable
to the St. Louis AQCR, a corresponding set of non-criteria pollutant emission
factors was assigned.  These factors were incorporated into the RAPS emission
inventory data base, and software developed for  computing non-criteria pollu-
tant emissions from the sources in the St.  Louis AQCR.   Every industrial
source is described by one or more SCC codes.  Non-criteria pollutant emissions
may then be determined by using the associated emission factors with process
data.  Computing non-criteria pollutant emissions from all stationary indus-
trial sources in the St. Louis AQCR is now a capability of the RAPS data
handling system.
     Additional  information and data may be obtained from:
                    RAPS Data Manager (MD-80)
                    Environmental Protection Agency
                    Environmental Sciences Research Laboratory
                    Research Triangle Park, NC  27711
                    (919) 541-4545

Publication
Littman, F. E.,  H. H. Wang, and J. Piere.  Non-Criteria Pollutant Inventory
for the St. Louis AQCR.  Rockwell International  Air Monitoring Center,
Newbury Park, California.  Task Order No. 54 Final  Report, EPA Contract
68-02-1081.  April 1977.  EPA-600/4-77-018.
                                    - 618

-------
14.2.4  POINT SOURCE SULFUR COMPOUND EMISSION INVENTORY
Principal Investigator                Task Coordinator
Fred E. Littman                       Charles C. Masser (MD-14)
Rockwell International                Environmental Protection Agency
Air Monitoring Center                 Office of Air Quality Planning
11640 Administration Drive              and Standards
Creve Coeur, MO  63141                Research Triangle Park, NC  27711
(314) 567-6722                        (919) 541-5285
Funding  EPA Contract No. 68-02-1081, Task Order No. 56
Period of Performance  May 1975 - April  1976
Summary
     This task order deals with SQ~ emissions from stationary point sources.
The term "sulfur trioxide" (S0~) is used, though it is realized that in  its
particulate form, in which it is customarily collected, the compound is
hydrated to sulfuric acid (hLSO.).
     At combustion sources, both S02 and S03 originate from the oxidation of
sulfur or sulfur containing compounds.   A smaller amount comes from process
operations such as the roasting of ores, the manufacture of sulfuric acid,
etc.
     In the presence of excess air in a combustion operation, a fraction of
the sulfur dioxide is converted to sulfur trioxide (SO-) according to:
                2 S02 + 02 + 2 S03 + 45.2 Kcal
     The reaction is exothermic; however, the reaction rates are negligible
below 200°C (392°F), reach a maximum around 400°C (752°F) and taper off  to
zero at 1000°C (1832°F).  Rapid conversion takes place only in the presence of
                                      619

-------
a catalyst.  In general, the percentage conversion falls in the range of 0.5
to 5%, with actual concentrations below 50 ppm of SO.,.
     Both S02 and SO, values were determined experimentally at St. Louis.
The concentration ranges encountered were well within the range indicated
by other investigators.   There appeared to be a marked dependence on excess
oxygen:  the percentage of SO., increased with increasing oxygen up to about
9%, then dropped rapidly.   There did not seem to be any correlation with
the sulfur content of the fuel nor did there appear to be any marked effect
of boiler capacity on the amount of concentration of SO., produced.  The RMS
average SO- emission appears to be about 1.85% of the S02 emission.  This
factor was incorporated in the data handling system output program, which
calculates SO., emissions based on the corresponding S0? emissions.
     Because of some questions about the accuracy of EPA Method 8, a different
analytical technique was used, which was first described by Gokstfyr and Ross
and subsequently verified by Lisle and Sensenbaugh.  The method, referred to
as the "Shell" method, is based on the condensation of sulfuric acid mist at
temperatures below its dew point (but above the dew point of water) in a
condenser backed up by a fritted glass filter.  The condensate is washed out
and titrated.
     Data presented in the literature indicate that adsorption of SO- is
essentially complete, repeatability is excellent, S0? in concentrations up
to 2000 ppm does not interfere, and a precision of j^ 0.3 pp, of SO., can be
readily attained.
     The method was then evaluated in the laboratory.  The results of the
evaluation indicated an average 100.1 +_ 6.5% recovery with no significant
interference from any of the variables tested.  Detailed data on SO- emissions
in the St. Louis AQCR may be obtained from:
                   RAPS Data Manager (MD-80)
                   Environmental Protection Agency
                   Environmental Sciences Research Laboratory
                   Research Triangle Park, NC  27711
                   (919) 541-4545
                                       620

-------
Publication
Littuan, F.L., R.U. Gn'scon, and li.H. l.'ang.  Sulfur Compounds and Particulate
Size Distribution Inventory.  Rockwell International Air Monitoring Center,
Creve Coeur, Missouri.  Task Order No. 56 Final Report, EPA Contract
68-02-1081.  April 1977.  EPA 600/4-77-017.
                                      621

-------
14.2.5  POINT SOURCE PARTICULATE SIZE DISTRIBUTION INVENTORY
Principal Investigator
Fred E. Littman
Rockwell International
Air Monitoring Center
11640 Administration Drive
Creve Coeur, MO  63141
(314) 567-6722
Task Coordinator
Charles C. Masser (MD-14)
Environmental Protection Agency
Office of Air Quality Planning
  and Standards
Research Triangle Park, NC  27711
(919) 541-5285
Funding  EPA Contract No. 68-02-1081, Task Order No. 56

Period of Performance  May 1975 - April 1976

Summary
     Particulate emissions from point sources in the St.  Louis AQCR were
broken down into representative particle sizes in the following ranges (in
microns):
               .01-.05, .05-.!, 1-.5, .5-1, 1-3, 3-7, and > 7.
The breakdown was based on data from characteristic particle size distribu-
tion, fractional efficiency of control equipment and average practices for
industrial sources, based on Fine Particulate Emission Inventory and Control
Surveys (EPA 450/3-74-040).  Appropriate factors for emissions, percentage
of production capacity on which control equipment was installed, particle
size distribution and penetration (1 minus fractional efficiency of control
systems) were applied to production rate data.  The data  were coupled to SCC
numbers and are available as an output from the RAPS Data Bank.
     In addition, a limited number of source tests were performed using an
Anderson Cascade impactor.  The individual states were weighed and examined
microscopically.  In addition to incompletely burned coal particles and
                                     622

-------
fused glassy and iron oxide particles, copious amounts of ammonium sulfate
crystals appeared on most stages.  These crystals were apprently formed on
the substrates, as most of them were too large to have been deposited on the
various stages.  Data obtained experimentally were incorporated in the RAPS
inventory for the specific sources tested.   Data may be obtained from:
                    RAPS Data Manager (MD-80)
                    Environmental Protection Agency
                    Environmental Sciences  Research Laboratory
                    Research Triangle Park, NC  27711
                    (919) 541-4545

Publication
Littman, F. E., R. W. Griscom, and H. H. Wang.  Sulfur Compounds and Particulate
Size Distribution Inventory.  Rockwell International Air Monitoring Center,
Creve Coeur, Missouri.  Task Order No. 56 Final Report, EPA Contract 68-02-
1081.  April 1977.  EPA 600/4-77-017.
                                      623

-------
14.2.6  STATIONARY INDUSTRIAL AREA SOURCE EMISSION INVENTORY
P r inc i pal Investiga to r                Task Coordinator
Fred E. Littman                       Charles C. Masser (MD-14)
Rockwell International                Environmental Protection Agency
Air Monitoring Center                 Office of Air Quality Planning
11640 Administration Drive           '   and Standards
Creve Coeur, MO  63141                Research Triangle Park, NC  27711
(314) 567-6722                        (919) 541-5285
Funding  EPA Contract No. 68-02-2093, Task Order No.  108D
Period of Performance  February - July 1976
Summary
     In the RAPS emission inventory, the category, major stationary point
sources, includes all sources which individually contribute more than approxi-
mately 0.1% of the total emissions of a given pollutant in the AQCR.  Minor
sources, for which less detailed data are available,  are those emitting more
than 0.01% of a given pollutant.  All remaining emissions are included in
area source emissions.  These include industrial area sources as well as
residential and commercial area sources.
     All area emission sources were assigned to a system of grid squares de-
                                                                     p
veloped for RAPS which divides the AQCR into squares  from 1 to 100 km .
Generally, the allocation to grid squares was based on readily available
parameters.  For example, emissions from residential  and commercial sources
were assigned to the grid squares on a population density basis.  The dis-
tribution of industrial area sources on the micro scale of grid squares does
not correlate with any available parameter, although  on a larger scale indus-
trial employment has been used successfully.   Thus, the only available
techniques consisted in an actual count of the sources, coupled with deter-
                                      624

-------
minations of their exact locations (in UIM coordinates), estimates of their
annual fuel consumption or process rates and work patterns.   Some 55 companies
were included in this classification.
     All the data for 1975 and 1976 were analyzed, put on coding forms, key-
punched, and entered into the RAPS emission inventory data base.  Parameters
determined were:  location in UTM coordinates, stack height, stack diameter,
flow velocity, temperature, control efficiency (if controls were present),
plant operating schedule or process schedule.
     Data may be obtained from:
                   RAPS Data Manager (MD-80)
                   Environmental Protection Agency
                   Environmental Sciences Research Laboratory
                   Research Triangle Park, NC  27711
                   (919) 541-4545

Publication
Littman, F.E., and K.M. Isam.  Stationary Industrial Area Source Emission
Inventory.  Rockwell International Air Monitoring Center, Creve Coeur,
Missouri.  Task Order No. 108D Completion Report, EPA Contract 68-02-2093.
July 1976.
                                     625

-------
14.2.7  OFF-HIGHWAY MOBILE SOURCE EMISSION INVENTORY
Principal Investigator                Task Coordinator
Fred E. Littman                       Charles C. Masser (MD-14)
Rockwell International                Environmental  Protection Agency
Air Monitoring Center                 Office of Air Quality Planning
11640 Administration Drive              and Standards
Creve Coeur, MO  63141                Research Triangle Park, NC  27711
(314) 567-6722                        (919) 541-5285
Funding  EPA Contract No. 68-02-2093, Task Order No. 108E
Period of Performance  March - December 1976.
Summary
     The purpose of the off-highway mobile source emission inventory was to
calculate emissions for the Metropolitan St.  Louis AQCR of a variety of un-
regulated sources with a spatial  resolution corresponding to grid elements.
Six equipment categories were dealt with:   motorcycles, lawn and garden
equipment, construction equipment, industrial equipment, farm equipment, and
outboard motorboats.
     Annual  emission totals of the several off-highway mobile source types
were temporally distributed over the year to reflect diurnal and seasonal
variation of usage.  To accomplish this, each equipment category was assigned
an annual operation pattern which most closely approximated real-life use
during a calendar year.  The operating patterns assumed were as follows:
     1.  Off-highway motorcycles      March through October    9 AM - 7 PM
     2.  Lawn and garden equipment   April through September  9 AM - 7 PM
     3.  Construction equipment      March through October    6 AM - 6 PM
     4.  Industrial equipment        Year round               8 AM - 6 PM
     5.  Farm equipment              March through October    5 AM - 7 PM
     6.  Outboard motors             April through September  9 AM - 7 PM
                                      626

-------
     A Fortran program was prepared in order to compute emissions from
the nearly 2,000 grid squares for each of the six equipment types.  Sample
calculations for each category were made to show the magnitude of emissions
from off-highway mobile sources.
     The procedures involved in arriving at grid element emission values
were described in detail with all deviations from the recommended methodology
noted and explained.  Because of the nature of existing data this inventory
indicates only an order of magnitude of emissions at the grid level.
     Additional information may be obtained from the EPA Task Coordinator.
Data may be obtained from:
                   RAPS Data Manager (MD-80)
                   Environmental Protection Agency
                   Environmental Sciences Research Laboratory
                   Research Triangle Park, NC  27711
                   (919) 541-4545

Publication
Littman, F.E., and K. M. Isam.  Off-Highway Mobile Source Emission Inventory.
Rockwell International Air Monitoring Center, Creve Coeur, Missouri.   Task
Order No. 108E Completion Report, EPA Contract 68-02-2093.  October 1977.
EPA-600/4-77-041.
                                     627

-------
14.2.8  HYDROCARBON EMISSION INVENTORY
Principal Investi gator               Task Coordinator
Fred E. Littman                      Charles C.  Masser (MD-14)
Rockwell International               Environmental  Protection Agency
Air Monitoring Center                Office of Air Quality Planning
11640 Administration Drive             and Standards
Creve Coeur, MO  63141               Research Triangle Park, NC 27711
(314) 567-6722                       (919) 541-5285
Funding  EPA Contract No. 68-02-2093, Task No. 108F
Period of Performance  April 1976 - March 1977
Summary
     The hydrocarbon emission inventory included all stationary point sources
in the St. Louis AQCR emitting more than one ton per year of total  hydro-
carbons.  Point source emissions were considered to be those released through
a stack or vent.  For fuel combustion sources data were hourly, and for all
others data were annual.  Data were also obtained on evaporative emissions
of hydrocarbons.  In all cases data were obtained by contacting the companies
in the St. Louis AQCR which were emitting hydrocarbons.  Data included surface
coating and solvent production and usage, refinery throughputs, and petroleum
storage capacities.   A sensitivity analysis was  applied to these data to
evaluate their accuracy.
     As part of the hydrocarbon inventory a methodology was developed for
separating the total hydrocarbon emissions into  methane and non-methane com-
ponents using the SCC code.  In addition, a method was developed to analyze
stack samples for methane and total hydrocarbons at expected stack  concen-
trations (1  ppm to 10  ppm).  Actual stack sampling was performed at three
sites and is reported in the publication cited below.   The results  of this
                                      628

-------
study were incorporated in the Point and Area Source Organic Emission
Inventory (Section 14.2.9).
     Addtional  information may be obtained from the EPA Task Coordinator.
Data may be obtained by contacting:
                   RAPS Data Manager (MD-80)
                   Environmental  Protection Agency
                   Environmental  Sciences Research Laboratory
                   Research Triangle Park, NC  27711
                   (919) 541-4545

Publication
Littman, F.E.,  R.W. Griscom, and G.  Seeger.  Hydrocarbon Emission Inventory.
Rockwell International  Air Monitoring Center, Creve Coeur, Missouri.   Task
Order No. 108F  Completion Report, EPA Contract No. 68-02-2093.   March 1977.
                                     629

-------
14.2.9  POINT AND AREA SOURCE ORGANIC EMISSION INVENTORY
Principal Investigator
Fred E. Littman
Rockwell International
Air Monitoring Center
11640 Administration Drive
Creve Coeur, MO  63141
                                Task Coordinator
                                Charles C. Masser (MD-14)
                                Environmental Protection Agency
                                Office of Air Quality Planning
                                   and Standards
                                Research Triangle Park, NC  27711
                                (919) 541-5285
(314) 567-6722
Funding  EPA Contract No. 68-02-2093, Task Order No. 1081
Period of Performance  February 1976 - June 1977
Summary
     Hydrocarbon emissions in the St. Louis AQCR originate from many different
sources.   Emissions have been discussed in the following inventories:
     Hydrocarbon Emission Inventory  EPA Contract No. 68-02-2093,
                                     Task Order No. 108F
                                     EPA 450/2-75-078
Residential and Commercial
  Area Source Inventory
Stationary Industrial Area
  Sources
Line and Area Source Motor
  Vehicle Emissions
River Tow Boat Emissions
Airport Emission Inventory
                                     EPA Contract No. 68-02-2093,
                                     Task Order No. 108D
                                     EPA 450/3-77-019

                                     DOT-TSC-OST-75-42
                                     EPA 450/3-75-048
     Emissions from Rail  Operations  EPA 450/3-77-025
     Off-Highway Mobile Sources
                                EPA Contract No. 68-02-2093,
                                Task Order No. 108E
                                      630

-------
     The RAPS point and area source hydrocarbon inventory was designed to pro-
vide emissions data for the evaluations of photochemical reaction models.
As the reactivity of organics varies widely, it was important to determine not
only the amount emitted, but also the compositions.
     Chemical kinetic mechanisms present in air quality simulation models
require some form of hydrocarbon classification in order to treat the reac-
tion processes and rates associated with their structural make-up.  One such
classification scheme required in using a lumped chemical kinetic reaction
mechanism approach distributes hydrocarbons in the atmosphere structurally
into paraffin, olefin, aromatic, aldehyde, and non-reactive classes.   This
report describes how this classification has been determined for hydrocarbon
emissions in the St. Louis AQCR and provides sufficient reference data to
derive alternative schemes as required.
     In order to make a breakdown of hydrocarbon emissions according to chemi-
cal structure, an appropriate compositional analysis was applied to each
category of emissions within the available total hydrocarbon inventory.
Much of the information was based on analyses performed by J. C. Trijonis and
R. W. Arledge in Los Angeles.  Since most of the source types exist both in
Los Angeles and St. Louis, Trijonis1 report was useful  in classifying RAPS
data.  The tabulations were reorganized by rearranging the chemical compounds
into the broader classes of paraffins, olefins, aromatics, aldehydes and
non-reactives.  The composition of petroleum products in the St. Louis area
was ascertained and adjustments were made in the tabulation of emissions
arising from refinery operations, evaporative losses and automotive exhaust.
Emissions from coal combustion and coke ovens were investigated and the
results incorporated in the completion report.
     The organic emissions inventory data are included in the RAPS data base
stored on the Univac 1110 computer at Research Triangle Park.  Additional
information and data may be obtained from:
                                      631

-------
                   RAPS Data  Manager (MD-80)
                   Environmental  Protection Agency
                   Environmental  Sciences Research Laboratory
                   Research Triangle Park, NC  27711
                   (919) 541-4545
Publication
Griscom, R.W.   Point and Area Source Organic Emission Inventory.   Rockwell
International  Air Monitoring Center, Creve Coeur,  Missouri.   Task Order No.
1081 Completion Report, EPA Contract 68-02-2093.   June 1978.   EPA-600/4-78-
028.
                                    632

-------
14.2.10  POINT AND AREA SOURCE HEAT EMISSION INVENTORY
Princlpal Investlgator                Task Coordinator
Fred E. Littman                       Charles C.  Masser (MD-14)
Rockwell International                Environmental  Protection Agency
Air Monitoring Center                 Office of Air Quality Planning
11640 Administration Drive              and Standards
Creve Coeur, MO  63141                Research Triangle Park, NC  27711
(314) 567-6722                        (919) 541-5285
Fundi ng
     EPA Contract No. 68-02-1081, Task Order No.  38
     EPA Contract No. 68-02-2093, Task Order No.  108G
Periods of Performance
     Task Order No. 38                October 1974 - January 1976
     Task Order No. 108G              June 1976 - October 1977
Summary
     As part of the St. Louis Regional Air Pollution Study CRAPS), a heat
emission inventory was assembled.  Heat emissions to the atmosphere originate,
directly or indirectly, from the combustion of fossil fuels.
     The determination of point source heat emissions involved the develop-
ment of appropriate heat emission factors and the methodology for coding and
entering these factors into the RAPS emission data bank.  Heat emissions
factors were applied to fuel consumption or material throughput data.
     By far the major portion of heat is released in the atmosphere from area
sources.  Area heat emissions fall into three broad categories:
     1)  Heat emissions from the burning of fuel in stationary installa-
         tions (e.g., space heating).
                                      633

-------
     2)  Heat emissions from the consumption of electric power,  all  of
         which eventually show up as heat.
     3)  Heat emissions from burning of fuel in mobile sources (e.g.,
         cars, trucks, rail and airport operations).
     Heat emissions from stationary sources consist of several groups:
residential heating, commercial heating and industrial heat emissions.
Emissions were calculated on the basis of fuel  consumption and heat  content
of the fuels in the various categories.
     The breakdown of electric power consumption is approximately 35% residen-
tial, 10% commercial, and 55% industrial.  The  heat emissions resulting from
this category are second only to the heat produced by the burning of natural
and bottled gas.
     Mobile heat sources comprise several categories.  By far the largest are
highway vehicles which consume well over a billion gallons of gasoline and
diesel fuel, giving off an amount of heat almost as large as that given off
by space heating (about 32 percent of all area  heat emissions).
     Railroads, vessels and off-highway mobile  equipment contribute  two percent,
one percent and one percent of all area sources, respectively.  Heat emission
data have been deposited in the RAPS data base  and may be obtained from:
                   RAPS Data Manager (MD-80)
                   Environmental Protection Agency
                   Environmental Sciences Research Laboratory
                   Research Triangle Park, NC  27711
                   (919) 541-4545
Publications
Littman, F.E., and R.W. Griscom.  Methodology for a Heat Emission Inventory
for the St. Louis AQCR.  Rockwell International Air Monitoring Center, Creve
Coeur, Missouri.   Task Order No. 38 Final Report, EPA Contract 68-02-1081.
February 1976.
Littman, F.E., R.W. Griscom, and E. Puronen.  Heat Emission Inventory for the
St. Louis AQCR.  Rockwell International  Air Monitoring Center, Creve Coeur,
Missouri.  Task Order No. 108G Completion Report, EPA Contract 68-02-2093.
June 1978.  EPA-600/4-78-029.
                                      634

-------
14.3  DATA HANDLING AND VERIFICATION
14.3.1  THE RAPS GRID SYSTEM
Principal Investigator                Project Officer
Richard C. Haws                       Charles C.  Masser (MD-14)
Research Triangle Institute           Environmental  Protection Agency
Research Triangle Park, NC  27709     Office of Air Quality Planning
(919) 541-6000                          and Standards
                                      Research Triangle Park, NC  27711
                                      (919) 541-5285
Funding  EPA Purchase Order No. DA-6-99-1202J
Period of Performance  February 1974 - December 1975
Summary
     The transport and dispersion models generally use point sources directly.
Area sources must be described in some manner which approximates point sources
for the models to operate with reasonable precision.  Area sources, however,
include the more ubiquitous, individually small  sources which cannot be
specifically located.
     Basic data for the determination of area source emissions seldom, if ever,
are available for geographic or political units or areas smaller than counties.
The geographic size of a county, however, is too large for practical use
in simulation models for AQCRs.  Further constraints imposed by  the simulation
models require areas to be squares, although they need not be of uniform size.
Various criteria have been proposed as bases for selecting the sizes and dis-
tribution of the emission area squares.   Urbanization, land use, housing counts,
and population have all been used to divide AQCRs into grid squares.  Essentially,
                                      635

-------
this results in apportioning county total  emissions  to grid squares  according
to estimates of the distribution of population.   Since air pollution derives
from human activities, this procedure provides a reasonable approach to  develop-
ing area source emission distributions.
     In order to accomplish the objective  of the distribution of emissions  in
a representative way, two separate tasks must be performed:  the area must  be
divided into squares which allow a reasonable precision and efficiency in
modeling, and the area source emissions  must be distributed among the resulting
grid squares.  For RAPS, a gridding system was designed based on Universal
Transverse Mercator (UTM) coordinates.
     The dividing line between UTM Zone  15 and 16 cuts through the eastern
portion of the RAPS study area.  It was  decided to grid the entire area
using UTM Zone 15 as the primary zone and extending  it into Zone 16  whenever
necessary.  The latest census data were  used in constructing a grid  in which
each square contained as nearly as possible a constant population count, as
long as the minimum grid square size was one square  kilometer.  Census data
were available by census enumeration district along  with the geographic  coor-
dinates of the center of each district.  The Computer-Assisted Area Source
Emissions (CAASE) gridding procedure was used which  utilizes a series of com-
puter programs and manual procedures to  expedite the gridding process.   The
final report contains a listing of the  1,989 grid squares in tabular and
graphic form.  Additional information may  be obtained from the EPA Project
Officer.

Publication
Haws, R.C., R.E. Paddock, and C.E. Masser.  The RAPS Grid system. Research
Triangle Institute, Research Triangle Park, North Carolina.  EPA Purchase
Order No. 6-99-12020.  December 1975.  EPA 450/3-76-021.
                                      636

-------
14.3.2  EMISSION INVENTORY PRECISION ANALYSIS
Principal Invest!gator                Task Coordinator
Fred E. Littman                       Charles C.  Masser (MD-14)
Rockwell International                Environmental  Protection Agency
Air Monitoring Center                 Office of Air Quality Planning
11640 Administration Drive              and Standards
Creve Coeur, MO  63141                Research Triangle Park, NC  27711
(314) 567-6722                        (919) 541-5285
Funding  EPA Contract No.  68-02-1081, Task Order No. 39
Period of Performance  May 1974 - November 1975
Summary
     As part of the St. Louis Regional Air Pollution Study CRAPS), the emis-
sions data gathered under various task orders were to be evaluated by subject-
ing them to a precision and weighted sensitivity analysis.  A precision
analysis is a methodology which evaluates the cumulative errors which are
associated with the various steps of assembling an emission inventory, and
provides a statistical expression of its total probable error.  The weighted
sensitivity analysis is a method to define the necessary limits of accuracy
for emission values obtained from sources of widely varying sizes in such a
manner as to maintain a desired overall accuracy for the whole inventory.
Both methodologies were developed in conjunction vith the National Emission
Data System (NEDS), a uniform classification system developed by the National
Air Data Branch to store nationwide emission inventory data.  However, neither
the weighted sensitivity analysis, nor the precision analysis became operational
on the EPA computers by Hay 1975, and at the direction of the EPA Task Coordi-
nator the task order was terminated.
                                      637

-------
     Additional information concerning this effort may be obtained from the
EPA Task Coordinator.

Publication
Littman, F.E., and R.W. Griscom.   Emission Inventory Precision Analysis.
Rockwell International Air Monitoring Center, Creve Coeur, Missouri.   Task
Order No. 39 Final Report, EPA Contract 68-02-1081.  September 1976.
                                    638

-------
14.3.3  EMISSION INVENTORY DATA HANDLING SYSTEM
Principal  Investigator                Task Coordinator
John Piere                            Alan W.  Ritter (formerly with)
Rockwell International                Environmental  Protection Agency
Air Monitoring Center                 Office of Air Quality Planning
11640 Administration Drive              and Standards
Creve Coeur, MO  63141                Research Triangle Park,  NC  27711
(314) 567-6722                        (919) 541-5285
Funding  EPA Contract NCK  68-02-1081, Task Order No. 20
Period of Performance  April  1974 - December 1975
Summary
     The emission inventory data handling system was designed  to accommodate
the emission data from point, line and area sources  which were collected as  a
part of the basic RAPS study.
     Designed to provide maximum feasibility,  no actual emissions data are
recorded and stored (with few exceptions).  Instead, the files contain fuel
consumption or process data,  which are converted to  mass emissions by appro-
priate manipulation as part of the output program.   Consequently, new or
additional  emission factors can be added without disturbing the data base.
The system was conceived to edit, input and update  the collected data inde-
pendent of the time interval, method, data types or units and  provide emissions
data on an hourly basis thus  yielding an emission inventory with the highest
resolution of its kind.
     An input format for hourly point source data was developed.  Data can be
punched on cards, tapes, and/or disk for input to the editing  program.  The
editor designed to provide a  syntactically flagged  error listing detecting
illegal syntax and improper limits prior to input.   The user has the option  of
                                      639

-------
selecting card, disk or tape input formatted as  card images.   Data  management
is handled by System 2000, a general  data base management system providing a
comprehensive set of data base management features.   Users of the RAPS point
source data base interact with the data base through Fortran  programs that
minimize input errors and reduce the  parametric  qualifications necessary to
retrieve a specific subset of data.   Several standard output  listings are
available.  These include:
     1.  A point source listing which will spatiotemporally isolate specific
         subsets of data ranging from a single point source to the entire
         AQCR 70 in specified time increments.
     2.  A summary point source listing which is an  annual emissions report
         for the total AQCR.
     3.  A modeler's tape program which allows the user to specify a particu-
         lar subset of hourly stack emissions data for direct input to various
         modeling programs.
     The final report for this task order is no  longer representative of the
data handling system.  Both the Univac 1110 and  System 2000 have undergone
major system upgrades that have affected the data handling system while the
data handling system itself has been modified and expanded.
     Efforts to complete the total data handling system under Task Order No.
20 were continued under Task Order No. 108C (Section 14.3.4).

Publi cation
Piere, 0.  RAPS Point Source Emission Inventory  Data Handling System, User's
Manual.  Rockwell International Air Monitoring Center, Creve  Coeur, Missouri.
Task Order No. 20 Final Report, EPA Contract 68-02-1081.  December 1976.
                                    640

-------
14.3.4  EMISSION INVENTORY DATA HANDLING SYSTEM ENHANCEMENT
Principal Investigator
John Pi ere
Rockwell International
Air Monitoring Center
11640 Administration Drive
Creve Coeur, MO  63141
(314) 567-6722
                                 Task Coordinator
                                 Charles C. Masser  (MD-14)
                                 Environmental  Protection Agency
                                 Office of Air  Quality Planning
                                   and Standards
                                 Research Triangle  Park, NC  27711
                                 (919) 541-5285
Funding  EPA Contract No. 68-02-2093, Task Order No.  108C

Period of Performance  January 1976 - October 1978

Summary
     The basic format and structure of the RAPS data  handling system were
designed under Task Order No. 20 (Section 14.3.3).  Task Order No.  108C was
concerned with the implementation of the desiqn; that is, the creation of
the data base containing the RAPS emission inventory.  The data base ulti-
mately grew to contain over 23 nillion characters and contains the following
inventories:
     1)
     2)
     3)
     4)
     5)
     6)
     Point Source Inventory
     Organic Emission Inventory
     Non-Criteria Pollutant Inventory
     Sulfur Compound (SO-)  Inventory
     Particulate Size Distribution Inventory
     Residential  and Commercial  Emission Inventory
 7)  Motor Vehicle Emission Inventory
 8)  Fugitive Dust Emission Inventory
 9)  River Towboat Emissions
10)  Airport Emissions
                                    641

-------
    11)  Rail Operations
    12)  Off-Highway Mobile Sources
    13)  Point and Area Heat Emission Inventory
     The point source data base was developed first.   Owing to its size
(over 11 million characters) and the frequent interruptions of the operation
of the Univac 1110 computer (owing both to mechanical  failures and system up-
dates), the loading of the point source data base was  not completed until
March 1977.
     Because of its diversity, the area source data base presented an even
bigger challenge.   The annual  data of which it is composed appeared in a large
variety of forms,  from tabular data to complex computer programs.   Some were
ready for incorporation into the RAPS data base.   Many required modifications,
and some virtually had to be rewritten.  All the  inventories are now operational
on the Univac 1110 computer.  Additional  information may be obtained from:
                    RAPS Data Manager (MD-80)
                    Environmental  Protection Agency
                    Environmental  Sciences Research Laboratory
                    Research Triangle Park, NC  27711
                    (919) 541-4545
Publication
Piere, 0.  RAPS Emission Inventory Data Handling System.  Rockwell Inter-
national Air Monitoring Center, Creve Coeur, Missouri.  Task Order No. 108C
Completion Report, EPA Contract 68-02-2093.  In preparation.
                                      642

-------
14.3.5  EMISSION INVENTORY HANDBOOK

Principal Investigator
Fred E. Littman
Rockwell International
Air Monitoring Center
11640 Administration Drive
Creve Coeur, MO  63141
(314) 567-6722
Task Coordinator
Charles C. Masser (MD-14)
Environmental  Protection Agency
Office of Air Quality Planning
  and Standards
Research Triangle Park, NC  27711
(919) 541-5285
Funding
     EPA Contract No. 68-02-1081, Task Order No.  37
     EPA Contract No. 68-02-2093, Task Order No.  108H
Periods of Performance
     Task Order No. 37
     Task Order No. 108H

Summary
July 1974 - August 1975
September 1976 - April 1977
     The emission inventory assembled for the Regional  Air Pollution Study
(RAPS) in St. Louis was planned to provide more detailed information than has
been available anywhere in the past.  Emissions data were collected for a base
period of two years (1975 and 1976) based insofar as possible on measured
values, commensurate in detail and accuracy with data on ambient concentra-
tions gathered by the Regional Air Monitoring Station (RAMS) network.   In
order to make the experience gained in this endeavor available for possible
future studies, complete documentation of all efforts connected with the
collection of the emission inventory was assembled in the Handbook.
     The five volume Handbook consists of seven sections:  Introduction, An
Overview of the Regional Air Pollution Study, Scope of the RAPS Inventory,
                                    643

-------
Point Source Emissions,  Area Source  Emissions,  RAPS  Emission  Inventory Data
Handling System,  and Evaluation and  Validation  of RAPS  Emission  Models.  A
total of 25 reports are  presently included.   The  looseleaf format makes  the
inclusion of additional  reports possible.
     The handbook was originally prepared  under Task Order No. 37, then
revised and updated under Task Order No.  108H.  Additional  information may
be obtained from the EPA Task Coordinator.

Publication
Littman, F.E.  RAPS Emission Inventory Handbook (Second Edition).  Rockwell
International Air Monitoring Center, Creve Coeur, Missouri.   Task Order
No. 108H Completion Report, EPA Contract 68-02-2093. April  1977.
                                     644

-------
14.3.6  CRITERIA AND NON-CRITERIA POLLUTANT SOURCE TESTING PROGRAM
Principal Investigator                Task Coordinator
Fred E. Littman                       Charles C.  Masser (MD-14)
Rockwell  International                Environmental  Protection Agency
Air Monitoring Center                 Office of Air Quality Planning
11640 Administration Drive              and Standards
Creve Coeur, MO  63141                Research Triangle Park,  NC  27711
(314) 567-6722                        (919) 541-5285
Funding  EPA Contract No.  68-02-2093,  Task Order No.  108B
Period of Performance  January 1976 -  August 1977
Summary
     In order to improve the accuracy  of the emission inventory  gathered at
St. Louis, a number of representative  sources were sampled and their stack
effluents analyzed.  An attempt was made to encompass a wide variety of the
larger point sources:  large and medium sized power plants burning coal, fuel
oil and gas; industrial boilers of different types and sizes;  and industrial
operations, such as catalyst recovery  units in a petroleum refinery, and
cement kilns, known or suspected of being major sources of pollution.
     In general, the test methods specified in the Appendix of Part 60,
CFR Title 40, Standards of Performance for New Stationary Sources were
used.  The methods include:
     Method 1 - Sample and Velocity Traverses
            2 - Determination of Stack Gas Velocity
            3 - Gas Analysis of CO^, Excess Air and Dry Molecular Weight
            4 - Determination of Moisture in Stack Gases
            5 - Determination of Particulate Emissions
                                     645

-------
                 6 - Determination of SCL Emissions
                 7 - Determination of Nitrogen Oxide Emissions
                 8 - Determination of Sulfuric Acid Mist Emissions
     Serious problems were encountered with stack gas velocity  measurements
using Method 2.  Using mass balance methods as a check, it became apparent that
the values obtained with an S-type Pi tot tube, used in accordance with Method
2, were high by amounts ranging from 3 to 78 percent.  It appeared that the
source of errors was due to cyclonic flow, unfortunately a fairly common oc-
currence in power plant stacks, where "double entry" stacks (two boilers
feeding one stack) are frequently used.  For this reason, calculated flow
rates were used whenever there was an indication of non-linear  flow in the
stack, as indicated by the fact that turning the Pitot tube 90° on axis did not
give a zero reading on the manometer.
     An alternate method was used for determining sulfuric acid mist.   The
current standard method for S03 in stack gases is EPA Method 8  (CFR 40, 60.85,
Appendix-Test Methods).  Since there was some reason to doubt the accuracy of
this method, a different technique was used, which was first described by Goksj6yr
and Ross and subsequently verified by Lisle and Sensenbaugh.  The method is
generally referred to as the Shell method, as it was developed  in their labor-
atories.  It is based on the condensation of sulfuric acid mist at temperatures
below its dew point (but above the dew point of the water) in a condenser backed
up by a fritted glass filter.   The condensate is washed out and titrated.   Data
presented in the literature indicate that adsorption of S0~ is  essentially
complete, repeatability is excellent, S0? in concentrations up  to 2000 ppm does
not interfere, and a precision of +_ 0.3 ppm of SO., can be readily attained.
     The method was then evaluated in the laboratory.  The results of the
evaluation indicate an average 100.1 +_ 6.5% recovery with no significant inter-
ference from any of the variables tested.
     Particle size testing was performed with an Andersen Stack Sampling head
coupled with the apparatus used for the standard EPA method for particulates.
The Andersen is a fractionating inertial impactor which separates particles
according to aerodynamic characteristics.
                                      646

-------
     Using the most reliable available results, experimental emission factors
were calculated for SO^, NCL, CO, HC, and participates for the sources tested.
These emission factors were used in the RAPS inventory for the specific sources
tested.
     The RMS average SO^ emission was determined to be about 1.85% of the
SO £ emission.  This factor can be used to calculate SO,, emissions for the
area.  Results of the particle size tests were also included in the RAPS data
bank.  Most tests indicated a bimodal distribution, with peaks at 3-7 microns
and at less than 1 micron.
     Copies of the report containing test results as well as additional in-
formation may be obtained by contacting the EPA Task Coordinator.

Publication
Littman, F.E., R.W. Griscom, and 0. Klein.  Criteria and Non-Criteria Pollu-
tant Source Testing Program.  Rockwell International Air Monitoring Center,
Creve Coeur, Missouri.  Task Order No. 108B Completion Report, EPA Contract
68-02-2093.  November 1977.  EPA-600/4-77-044.
                                    647

-------
14.3.7  EMISSION INVENTORY SUMMARIZATION
Principal Investigator
Fred E.  Littman
Rockwell International
Air Monitoring Center
11640 Administration Drive
Creve Coeur, MO  63141
(314) 567-6722
Task Coordinator
Charles C. Masser (MD-14)
Environmental  Protection Agency
Office of Air Quality Planning
  and Standards
Research Triangle Park, NC  27711
(919) 541-5285
Funding  EPA Contract No.  68-02-2093,  Task Order No.  1080

Period of Performance  August 1977 - June 1978

Summary
     This task order summarized the emission inventory aspects of the Regional
Air Pollution Study (RAPS).  The goal  of the emission inventory for the RAPS
at St. Louis was an ambitious one:  to produce a high resolution inventory for
AQCR 70 for all pollutants of interest, to match the ambient data produced by
the Regional Air Monitoring Stations (RAMS).  The following inventories were
collected for the St. Louis area:
         Point Sources
         1)  Criteria Pollutants - TSP, S0v
                                          /
         2)  Hydrocarbon Breakdown
         3)  Non-Criteria Pollutants
         4)  Heat
         5)  Sulfur Trioxide
         6)  Particulate Size Distribution
       NO , THC, CO
         A
                                    648

-------
     B.  Area Sources
         1)  Criteria Pollutants - TSP, SO , NO ,  THC, CO
                                          /v    /\
         2)  Hydrocarbon Breakdown
         3)  Heat
     The final report discusses the historical  background and overall  goals
of the RAPS study, and describes the individual inventories in some detail.
The contribution of each type of pollutant source  is summarized and sample
printouts of the available outputs are given.
     Two formal presentations of the emission inventory summarization were
made at Durham and Research Triangle Park to acquaint potential users with
the scope and variety of available information.
     As part of the task order all available raw and formatted data were
gathered, organized by type and source, boxed and  shipped to the data
manager's office at Research Triangle Park.  Additional information may be
obtained from the EPA Task Coordinator.

Publication
Littman, F.E.  Emission Inventory Summarization.  Rockwell International Air
Monitoring Center, Creve Coeur, Missouri.  Task Order No. 1080 Completion
Report, EPA Contract 68-02-2093.  January 1979.  EPA-600/4-79-004.
                                     649

-------
14.3.8  EMISSION INVENTORY QUALITY ASSURANCE PROGRAM
Pr1nc1pal Investiga tor                Task Coordinators
John Piere                            Joan H. Novak (MD-80)
Rockwell International                Robert H. Browning (MD-80)
Air Monitoring Center                 Environmental Protection Agency
11640 Administration Drive            Environmental Sciences Research Laboratory
Creve Coeur, MO  63141                Research Triangle Park, NC  27711
(314) 567-6722                        (919) 541-4545
Funding  EPA Contract No. 68-02-2093, Task Order No. 129
Period of Performance  September 1977 - June 1978
Summary
     During the past four years, efforts have been continuously expended under
various task orders in the formation of a RAPS emissions inventory for the
St. Louis AQCR. Since the RAPS modelers are using these data in the verifica-
tion of regional  and urban models, it is imperative that the accuracy of the
various component inventories be established.
     The purpose of this task order was to perform an extensive quality assur-
ance program on the emissions data.  Quality assurance of the point, line and
area source emission inventories were determined independently of one another.
System 2000 immediate access, procedural language programs and Calcomp plots
were the primary tools used to provide data for review.
     The following aspects of the inventories were examined:
     1)  Point Source Emission Inventory Raw Data
     2)  Point Source Software
     3)  Area Source Emission Inventory Raw Data
     4)  Area Source Software
                                      650

-------
     5)  Line Source Emission Inventory Raw Data
     6)  Line Source Software
     7)  Data Continuity,  Gaps and Duplication
     8)  Trace Emission Factors and Software
     9)  Particulate Size  Distribution Coefficients  and Software
    10)  Organic Emission  Inventory Coefficients  and Software
    11)  Heat Emission Factors and Software
     In addition to the review of the inventories,  the methodology subsystems
(airports, line and area mobile sources, etc.) were  also checked.
     The reviews included, for example, individual  verification of all  stack
parameters, such as UTM coordinates, zone and grid  numbers,  stack  height,
boiler capacity, diameter, gas exit rate and temperature.
     For ten selected sources, process data for a specific day were checked,
and hourly emissions were  hand calculated and compared with  computer data.
Hourly, weekday/weekend and seasonal variations were verified, and annual
retrieval programs were run.
     The following inventories, which form part of  the area  source emission
inventory, were subjected  to raw data and software  checks:
     Airports                         Railroads
     Fugitive Dust                    River Vessels
     Highways                         Stationary Industrial
     Off-Highway Mobile               Stationary Commercial  and Residential
     Any errors found in the course of this investigation were corrected.
Descriptions of input data checks, all test runs, hand calculations, compar-
isons and documentation of methodology modifications were submitted on
status sheets to the EPA Task Coordinators.  These  status sheets were
accepted in lieu of a formal final report.

Publication
Task Order final report not required.
                                    651

-------
15.0  DATA MANAGEMENT

Introduction
     With the massive quantities of data being collected by the Regional  Air
Monitoring System (RAMS), the Upper Air Sounding Network (UASN) and the variety
of data from the Field Expeditionary and Emission Inventory programs, a compre-
hensive data management effort was essential.   Linking the model  development
and field measurement program to insure the interaction between field oriented
activities and data utilization, the objectives of data management were to
develop and maintain a data bank responsive to user requirements.   Simultaneous-
ly data integrity had to be maximized and the  impact on computer resources
minimized.  These requirements led to the development of efficient storage and
retrieval software, simple on-line display and analysis capabilities, timely
distribution of data in user specified formats, periodic data base summary
reports and adaptability to changing needs and schedules.
     The RAPS data have been stored on the Univac 1110 computer system at the
EPA's Environmental Research Center in Research Triangle Park, North Carolina.
The emissions data are stored using MRI Systems Corporation's System 2000 data
base management package.  All other RAPS data  are stored on sequential tape
archives.  The individual responsible for the  incorporation of the RAPS data
into the bank and its dissemination is:
                 RAPS Data Manager
                 Environmental Protection Agency
                 Environmental Sciences Research Laboratory
                 Research Triangle Park, NC  27711
                 (919) 541-4545
                                     652

-------
Pub 1_i cation
Browning, R.  H.   Regional  Air Pollution Study (RAPS):   Description  and  Status
of the Data Measurements,  Quality Assurance and Data Base Management  Systems.
Presented at NATO/CCMS Meeting, Durham, North Carolina.   September  1976.
                                     653

-------
 15.1  RAPS DATA BANK
 15.1.1  COMPUTER GRAPHICS PLANNING
 Principal Invest1gator
 Rodney H. Allen (formerly with)
 Flow Research, Inc.
 Under Contract To:
 Rockwell  International
 Air Monitoring Center
 11640 Administration Drive
 Creve Coeur, MO  63141
Task Coordinator
Ronald E. Ruff (formerly with)
Environmental Protection Agency
Environmental Sciences Research
  Laboratory
Research Triangle Park, NC  27711
C919) 541-4545
 (314) 567-6722
 Funding  EPA Contract No. 68-02-1081, Task Order No. 10
 Period of Perfo rmanc e  September - December 1973
 Summary
     With the large amount of data being collected by RAPS, computer graphics
 appeared to be the natural display media.  Graphics would provide quick and
 understandable visualization of the data, models and results.   To develop a
 comprehensive graphics capability for application to the RAPS  data base,
 Task Order No. 10, Computer Graphics Planning was initiated,
     The study examined RAPS data base objectives for interactive and inter-
 pretive display requirements.  Existing EPA and contractor computer graphics
 facilities were evaluated and a basic graphics hardware plan was recommended.
This plan utilized existing hardware, specifically, the Univac 1110, Calcomp
 900/1136, Univac 9200II data stations, Tektronix 4010 terminals, 4610 hard-
copy units and the RAPS POP 11-40 minicomputer with printer/plotter located
at Research Triangle Park.  Additional equipment recommended included an audits
                                     ' 654

-------
tape recorder, a digitizing tablet with interfaces, a movie camera with acces-
sories, a Tektronix 4014 large screen terminal, 1200 bps coupler and a video
tape recorder.  A graphics software package plan to meet RAPS requirements
was also devised.  Fortran was identified as the primary software language.
Calcomp and Tektronix software was designated as the RAPS standard.   Tektronix
Terminal Control System with Advanced Graphing II software would also be used.
Existing EPA graphics programs would be utilized with additional software de-
velopment to provide the planned graphics capabilities.   Finally, test programs
using assumed data were developed and displays generated for limited demon-
strations.
     The final product was a two-volume report which included equipment speci-
fication sheets and sample graphics.  Copies of the report and additional
information regarding this effort may be obtained from:
                   RAPS Data Manager (MD-80)
                   Environmental Protection Agency
                   Environmental Sciences Research Laboratory
                   Research Triangle Park, NC  27711
                   (919) 541-4545
Publication
Allen, A.H.  Computer Graphics Planning and Support.  Rockwell International
Air Monitoring Center, Newbury Park, California.  Task Order No. 10 Final
Report, EPA Contract 68-02-1081.  December 1973.
                                      655

-------
 15.1.2  COMPUTER GRAPHICS INTERFACE
 Pri ncipal  Investi gator                Task Coordinator
 Rodney H. Allen (formerly with)       Ronald E. Ruff (formerly with)
 Flow Research, Inc.                   Environmental Protection Agency
 Under Contract To:                    Environmental Sciences Research
 Rockwell International                  Laboratory
 Air Monitoring Center                 Research Triangle Park, NC  27711
 11640 Administration Drive
                                            541.4545
Creve Coeur, MO  63141
(314) 567-6722
Funding  EPA Contract No. 68-02-1081, Task Order No. 13
Period of Performance  January - February 1974
Summary
     The RAPS Data Base and Graphics Interface Plan was a sequel to the RAPS
Computer Graphics Planning task order.  The objectives were to evaluate the
impact of the graphics package on the RAPS data base, define the data base at-
tributes and develop a plan for an interface capability between the graphics
system and the data base.  Consequently, the report identifies and discusses
key functions of the RAPS data base and graphics system and the interfaces
between the functions.
     The primary users of the graphics system were identified as the RAPS
scientists for data summary, analysis and modeling.   Other scientists, pro-
grammers and administrators would also use the system.  Applications of the
system would include the recording and summary of data, demonstration, recall-
ing data, analysis, modeling, forecasting and reporting of results.
     The user would obtain information from the system through a standard
command language consisting of four character mnemonic codes with complete
command descriptions and prompting available for unfamiliar users.   System
                                      656

-------
2000 and Data Management System 1100 were discussed as the likely data man-
agement languages for the data management routines.  The available Univac
1100 language interfaces were also referenced.  The standard Fortran calling
procedure, parameters and COMMON were recommended for the command routine
and data management routine interface.  The steps required for interfacing
graphics routines from Tektronix were summarized and the size of the computer
program RAPS was estimated.
     Other considerations in the report included scan digitizers, digitizing
tablets, video tape, a minicomputer bit evaluation method, visits to graphics
specialists, data storage and other EPA data sources and data projects.
     Copies of the final report and additional information may be obtained
from:
                   RAPS Data Manager (MD-80)
                   Environmental Protection Agency
                   Environmental Sciences Research Laboratory
                   Research Triangle Park, NC  27711
                   (919) 541r4545
Publication
Allen, R.H.  Plan for Interface between graphics Display and RAPS Data Base.
Rockwell International Air Monitoring Center, Newbury Park, California.  Task
Order No.  13 Final Report, EPA Contract 68-02-1081.  February 1974.
                                      657

-------
15.1.3  COMPUTER GRAPHICS DEVELOPMENT
Principal Investigator                Task Coordinators
Michael J. Merritt (formerly with)    Robert H.  Browning (MD-59)
Rockwell International                Robert B.  Jurgens (MD-80)
Air Monitoring Center                 Ronald E.  Ruff (formerly with)
11640 Administration Drive            Environmental  Protection Agency
Creve Coeur, MO  63141                Environmental  Sciences Research
(314) 567-6722                          Laboratory
                                      Research Triangle Park, NC  27711
                                      (919) 541-4545
Funding  EPA Contract No. 68-02-1081, Task Order No. 22
Period of Performance  March 1974 - May 1976
Summary
     Supplementing Task Orders No. 10 and 13,  Task Order No.  22 was to develop
a comprehensive computer graphics capability for application to the RAPS data
base.  Working from plans devised in those earlier task orders, the objec-
tives of this task order were to prepare and submit  a detailed design and
implementation plan for the RAPS graphics system, develop the graphics software,
and implement the graphics system on the Univac  1110 at Research Triangle Park.
     Although the detailed design and implementation plan was never submitted,
a basic graphics software package was developed  and  partially implemented at
Research Triangle Park.  The task order was terminated and efforts were  com-
pleted with enhancements under another contract.
     The final report (Users'  Manual) included sample interactions with  the
program and sample graphics.  Copies of the report and additional  information
may be obtained by contacting the EPA Task Coordinator, Robert B.  Jurgens.
                                      658

-------
Publication
Merritt, M.J.  RAPS Graphics, A User Oriented Interactive Graphic Language
Users'  Manual.   Rockwell  International  Air Monitoring Center, Creve Coeur,
Missouri.  Task Order No.  22 Final  Report, EPA Contract 68-02-1081.  July
1976.
                                      659

-------
15.1.4  COMPUTER GRAPHICS SYSTEM IMPLEMENTATION
Principal Investigator
Rodney H. Allen
Comp-Aid, Incorporated
P.O. Box 12327
Research Triangle Park, NC  27709
(919) 967-6376
Project Officer
Robert H. Browning (MD-59)
Environmental Protection Agency
Environmental Sciences Research
  Laboratory
Research Triangle Park, NC  27711
(919) 541-2329
Funding  EPA Contract No. 68-02-2379
Period of Performance  May 1976 - September 1977
Summary
     Completing Task Order No. 22, the features of the RAPS Basic Graphics
Package (RBGP) were reviewed and tested.   Modifications correcting RBGP making
its capabilities operational were performed.  Documentation was prepared and
the User's Manual was updated and corrected.  Software was also developed to
provide additional graphics system enhancements.
     Copies of the final  report and additional  information may be obtained from:
                 RAPS Data Manager (MD-80)
                 Environmental Protection Agency
                 Environmental Science Research Laboratory
                 Research Triangle Park,  NC  27711
                 (919) 541-4545
Publication
Allen, R.  H.  Final Report for EPA Graphics Activities.  Comp-Aid, Incorporated,
Research Triangle Park, North Carolina.  EPA Contract 68-02-2379.  September
1977.
                                     660

-------
15.2  RAPS CENTRAL COMPUTER FACILITY
15.2.1  RAMS FIELD SUPPORT ACTIVITIES
Principal Investigator                Task Coordinator
Michael H. Taterka                    James A. Reagan (MD-80)
Rockwell  International                Environmental Protection Agency
Air Monitoring Center                 Environmental Sciences Research
11640 Administration Drive              Laboratory
Creve Coeur, MO  63141                Research Triangle Park, NC  27711
(314) 567-6722                        (919) 541-4486
Funding  EPA Contract No. 68-02-1081, Task Order No. 40
Period of Performance  May 1974 - June 1975
Summary
     Data processing field support at the RAMS Central Computer Facility was
an integral  part of the RAPS program.  Software was generated to verify and
optimize the quality and quantity of data collected during the experimental
programs.
     Software developed as part of this task order included programs to read,
edit and verify the gas chromatography lab data cards (Section 7.2.1) as well
as generate  printed summaries and magnetic tape files.  Software for the digi-
tizer allowed the flexible input of coordinate data and control characters with
an option for plotting by the Gould plotter for confirmation.  One program de-
coded and listed the Penn State aircraft's data acquisition system tapes for
evaluation (Sections 6.1.2.1 and 6.2.1.4).  The need for the East-West Gateway
Coordinating Council to convert seven track 200 bpi magnetic tapes to multi-
file nine track 800 bpi tapes provided the impetus to devise a general purpose
program whereby seven track tapes of any parity and density could be converted
to nine track with any desired parity and density.
                                      661

-------
     The final report included several sample printouts.  Copies of the report
and additional information may be obtained from:
                    RAPS Data Manager (MD-80)
                    Environmental Protection Agency
                    Environmental Sciences Research Laboratory
                    Research Triangle Park, NC  27711
                    (919) 541-4545
Publication
Taterka, M.H.  RAMS Field Support Activities.  Rockwell International Air
Monitoring Center, Creve Coeur, Missouri.  Task Order No.  40 Final Report,
EPA Contract 68-02-1081.  January 1976.
                                     •662

-------
15.2.2  HELICOPTER DATA TRANSLATION AND VERIFICATION
Principal Investigator                Task Coordinator
Michael H. Taterka                    James A. Reagan (MD-80)
Rockwell International                Environmental Protection Agency
Air Monitoring Center                 Environmental Sciences Research
11640 Administration Drive              Laboratory
Creve Coeur, MO  63141                Research Triangle Park, NC  27711
(314) 567-6722                        (919) 541-4486
Funding  EPA Contract No. 68-02-1081, Task Order No. 45
Period of Performance  June 1974 - August 1975
Summary
     The helicopter sampling program was a substantial part of the RAPS  experi-
mental program (Section 5.0).  The flight patterns and the data were intended
to provide a vertical extension of the RAMS network.  The scope of this  task
order was to develop the required data processing procedures and software to
process these helicopter data.
     The primary component of the software package developed consisted of the
calibration and editing of the level 1 data resulting in a data printout and
a level 2 magnetic tape for the RAPS data bank.   In addition to these programs,
the package included several plotting programs which produced statistical plots,
profile plots, and pattern plots from the data recorded on the level 2 magnetic
tape.  A set of these programs comprised a batch stream which was used for the
initial processing of a data tape.  Additional individual programs were  created
for any specially requested plotting.
     The product of this effort included a final report and a data processing
manual containing the software and supporting documentation.  Copies of  the
                                      663

-------
report and manual as well as additional  information may be obtained from:
                   RAPS Data Manager (MD-80)
                   Environmental Protection Agency
                   Environmental Sciences Research Laboratory
                   Research Triangle Park, NC  27711
                   (919) 541-4545
Publications
Taterka, M.H.  Helicopter Data Translation and Verification.  Rockwell Inter-
national Air Monitoring Center, Creve Coeur, Missouri.   Task Order No. 45
Final Report, EPA Contract 68-02-1081.   December 1975.
Taterka, M.H.  Regional Air Pollution Study Data Processing Manual, Helicopter
Data Translation and Verification.   Rockwell International Air Monitoring Center,
Creve Coeur, Missouri.  Task Order No.  45 Data Processing Manual, EPA Contract
68-02-1081.  December 1975.
                                      664

-------
15.2.3  RAMS/RAPS FIELD DATA PROCESSING

Principal Investigator                 Task Coordinator
Michael H. Taterka                     James A.  Reagan (MD-80)
Rockwell Internationa":                 Environmental  Protection Agency
Air Monitoring Center                  Environmental  Sciences  Research
11640 Administration Drive               Laboratory
Creve Coeur, MO  63141                 Research  Triangle Park,  NC  27711
(314) 567-6722                         (919) 541-4486
Funding  EPA Contract No.  68-02-2093, Task Order No. 107
Period of Performance  December 1975 - May 1978
Summary
     Field data processing at the RAPS Central  Computer Facility included both
RAMS data processing and computer support for several other RAPS studies.
Software developed for these studies included data validation,  analysis  and
display routines.
     The RAMS data processing included the reprocessing of data collected prior
to January 1, 1976.  Monthly and quarterly summaries  of RAMS data were also
generated in support of other studies.
     The software packages developed under previous task orders, were imple-
mented to process helicopter data (Section 5.0)  and gas chromatography labora-
tory data (Section 7.2.1).  An additional software package was  developed and
implemented to process the subsurface heat flux  data (Section 6.2.1.2).
     A modified version of the RAMS remote data  acquisition software was devel-
oped for continued operation of several sites in a non-network environment.
This software provided for independent operation of the RAMS sensors and cali-
bration system, and enabled the instrument handler scheme to activate channels
on an  individual basis.

                                     665

-------
     In lieu of a final  report, documentation of the various software packages
and the processed data were submitted to the EPA Task Coordinator.   Additional
information may be obtained from:
                 RAPS Data Manager (MD-80)
                 Environmental  Protection Agency
                 Environmental  Science Research Laboratory
                 Research Triangle Park, NC  27711
                 (919) 541-4545

Publication
None
                                   .  666

-------
16.0  MODEL EVALUATION AND DEVELOPMENT
Introduction
     One of the major objectives of RAPS is the evaluation of existing mathe-
matical air quality simulation models, using regional air quality, meteorologi-
cal, and emissions data obtained during the field measurement program.  Emphasis
has been placed upon deterministic, physically-based relationships between
emissions and ambient air quality in preference to predictive formulations.
Development of new models, while important particularly in the areas of pollu-
tant transformation and removal, is of secondary priority in the RAPS modeling
effort.
     The modeling effort is being conducted by and under contract to the
Meteorology and Assessment Division of the Environmental Sciences Research
Laboratory at Research Triangle Park.   Although several models have been adapted
to the St. Louis Region, testing of these models has necessarily had to await
the results of the field measurement program.   The following is a summary of
models and model types that are being considered for evaluation.
                                      667

-------
16.1  POTENTIAL CANDIDATE MODELS
16.1.1  IBM'S SULFUR DIOXIDE MODELS IBMAQ-1 AND IBMAQ-2
Principal Investi gators               Project Officer
C. C. Shir                            Robert E. Eskridge (MD-80)
IBM Research Laboratory               Environmental Protection Agency
San Jose, CA  95193                   Environmental Sciences Research
(408) 256-3028                          Laboratory
                                      Research Triangle Park, NC  27711
L- J> Shieh                           (919) 541-4524
IBM Scientific Center
Palo Alto, CA  94204
(415) 855-3261
Funding  EPA Contract No. 68-02-1833
Period of Performance  July 1974 - May 1975
Summary
     IBMAQ-1 is a generalized urban air pollution model based on numerical
integration of the concentration equation.   It is designed to deal with the
inhomogenity of multiple-source emissions,  the complex urban atmosphere, and
the change of surface boundary conditions.   For this purpose, a method based
on experiments and an earlier turbulence transport model is used to estimate
the turbulent diffusivity and atmospheric stability.  The concentration
differential equation is solved by means of a finite-difference scheme with
special  treatments to accomodate large variations of concentrations encountered
in the urban area.
     IBMAQ-1 was used to model  S02 concentration distributions in the St.  Louis
Metropolitan Area during twenty-five consecutive days in February 1965.  The
computed results were found to agree well with experimental measurements for
both long-term and short-term average concentrations.
                                      668

-------
     IBMAQ-2 is a more advanced urban air quality model and represents a further
development and refinement of IBMAQ-1.  It was originally designed to use point
and area source data from NEDS (National Emissions Data System) and RAMS
(Regional Air Monitoring System) data from the St. Louis area, although the
model development preceded much of the St. Louis RAMS data acquisition.  The
urban surface roughness values, estimated from measured mean building heights
and calculated building density, are treated explicitly as input parameters.
The model also uses a new method to incorporate point sources into the grid
computation by means of Lagrangian trajectories.
     The computer code of IBMAQ-2 is constructed in a modular form which allows
users to change or improve each component of the model conveniently.   Many
modeling options are provided, including choice of (a) surface wind field,
(b) vertical variation of wind field, (c) vertical wind components, (d) concen-
tration adjustment with mixing height variation, and (e) point source modeling.
Publications
Shir, C. C., and L. J. Shieh.  A Generalized Urban Air Pollution Model and Its
Application to the Study of S0? Distributions in the St. Louts Metropolitan
Area.  Journal of Applied Meteorology, 13 (2):  185-204, 1974.
Shir, C. C., and L. J. Shieh.  Development of an Urban Air Quality Simulation
Model with Compatible RAPS Data.  Volumes 1 and 2.  IBM Research Laboratory,
San Jose, California.  EPA Contract 68-02-1833.  May 1975.  EPA-600/4-75-005-
a&b.
                                      669

-------
16.1.2  LAWRENCE LIVERMQRE LABORATORY'S LIRAQ-1 AND LIRAQ-2
Principal Investigators               Project Officers
Michael C. MacCracken                 Josephine Doherty (formerly with)
William H. Duewer                     Research Applied to National Needs (RANN)
Lawrence Livermore Laboratory         National Science Foundation
University of California              Washington, D. C.  20550
Livermore, CA  94550                  (2Q2) 655.4000

<415> 522-1826                        Jack H. Shreffler (MD-80)
                                      Environmental Protection Agency
                                      Environmental Sciences Research
                                        Laboratory
                                      Research Triangle Park, NC  27711
                                      (919.) 541-4524
Funding
     NSF Interagency Agreement AG-412
     ERDA Contract No.  W-7405-Eng-48
     EPA Interagency Agreement IAG-D5-0738
     EPA Interagency Agreement IAG-D7-01202
Periods of Performance
     NSF AG-412               January 1973 - October 1975
     EPA IAG-D5-0738          July 1975 - September 1977
     EPA IAG-D7-01202         October 1977 - December 1978
Summary
Model Development
     To simulate numerically the air quality in a region of complex topography
and meteorology, a version of the mass continuity equation has been applied
that is integrated vertically through the well-mixed layer below the inversion
                                      •670

-------
base.  This approach maintains the capability for comprehensively treating the
horizontal and temporal pattern of air quality as the inversion base height
varies in space and time.  The model formulation is based on several assumptions
about the vertical variations of pollutant concentrations and wind velocity.
     1.  The horizontal components of the wind velocity vary vertically as a
         fractional power of the altitude above terrain.
     2.  The vertical pollutant profiles are in equilibrium with and determined
         by the balance of vertical eddy diffusion with surface sources and
         sinks.
     3.  The variation with altitude of the horizontal eddy diffusion coeffi-
         cient does not significantly offset horizontal fluxes of pollutants
         arising from horizontal eddy transport.
     Three processes which can transport pollutants across the interface
between the well-mixed layer and the inversion are treated in the model - the
diurnal heating of the earth's surface inducing vertical convection which
entrains air into the mixed layer; evening cooling causing a new inversion
layer below the daytime inversion and trapping pollutants in an elevated layer;
and horizontal transport that creates a flux through a horizontal gradient of
the inversion base.
     Two models, LIRAQ-1 for non-reactive pollutants and LIRAQ-Z for photo-
chemical ly reactive species, have been developed to solve the vertically
averaged continuity equation.
     In LIRAQ-1, horizontal advective transport is the dominant process.  It
is treated first for each time step, using an explicit, finite difference,
flux-corrected transport scheme applied separately in the two horizontal
directions.   Next, any transport through the inversion layer is calculated by
combining the air flux given by the mass consistent wind field calculation
with the appropriate pollutant concentration.  The horizontal atmospheric eddy-
motions are simulated with an eddy diffusion parameterization in whixh the
diffusion coefficient is based on the energy dissipation rate and the grid
size.  Pollutant sources are taken from the emissions inventory compiled for
the model on an hourly basis with a spatial resolution of 1 km.  The sink
mechanism treated in LIRAQ-1 is surface deposition, represented by a deposis-
                                      671

-------
tion velocity selected for each pollutant (chemically non-reactive) acting on
the surface pollutant concentration determined from the vertical  profile.
     LIRAQ-2 is designed for realistic simulations of photochemically reactive
species on a regional basis.  This requires a physically meaningful treatment
of both the complex photochemical and transport processes.   Because of limita-
tions on computer program size, however, LIRAQ-2 must sacrifice some capabili-
ties in representing transport and number of grid elements to treat photochem-
istry in sufficient detail.  In the treatment of the chemistry, there are 19
chemical species whose concentrations are calculated for each time step at
each point of an Eulerian grid.  The reactions of these species are modeled in
terms of 48 reaction equations.  Four of these species are assumed to be in
instantaneous equilibrium during each time step, and therefore their concentra-
tions are based only on their photochemical reactions.  The calculation of the
other 15 species include both dynamic and photochemical effects.
     Typically, as applied to the San Francisco Bay Area, LIRAQ-1 deals with
2 pollutants and a 34 x 42 element, 5 km grid, with an approximate running
time of 15 min for a 24 h simulation.  With the simplifying assumptions
mentioned above for LIRAQ-2, to treat the 15 active species, the  spatial domain
in LIRAQ-2 is limited to 20 x 20 grid cells (5 km grid size was used for the
Bay Area).  The typical running time of LIRAQ-2 for a 24 h simulation is about
60 min on the CDC-7600 computer.
Model Evaluation
     Topographic, meteorological, source emission and atmospheric pollutant
concentration data have been assembled for use in verifying the LIRAQ-1 and
LIRAQ-2 regional air quality models in the San Francisco Bay Area.  Verifica-
tion studies have been performed using the data collected primarily during the
high-pollution period of July 26-27, 1973.
     Comparison of LIRAQ-1 model results with observations (hourly CO concen-
trations) indicated generally good agreement in magnitude,  temporal phasing.,
and spatial  patterns when allowance was made for grid size, spatial domain, and
unrepresentativeness of suburban observation stations in primarily rural areas.
     For regionally important photochemical  pollutants, the LIRAQ-2 model
simulated rather well both the very clean August and the very smoggy July days.
                                      672

-------
A particularly good fit was achieved for ozone  in  July,  with  the  phasing  of
NO and N0? also well  represented,  but the use of the  5  km grid  size  apparently
led to difficulties in simulating  peak concentrations of primary  pollutants.
     From the limited number of sensitivity studies  it  appears  that  the initial
and horizontal boundary conditions as well  as grid size  and subgrid-scale
effects, while very significant in predicting air  quality on  the  local scale,
are less important in dealing with regional  concentrations of pollutants  than
are emissions, meteorological conditions and vertical boundary  conditions.
Publications
MacCracken, M. C.   User's Guide to the LIRAQ Model:   An  Air Pollution  Model
for the San Francisco Bay Area.  Lawrence Livermore  Laboratory  Report.  UCRL-
51983.  Lawrence Livermore Laboratory, Livermore,  California.   1975.
MacCracken, M. C., and G. D. Sauter, Editors.   Development of an  Air Pollution
Model for the San  Francisco Bay Area, Volumes  I and  II.   Lawrence Livermore
Laboratory Report.  UCRL-51920.  Lawrence Livermore  Laboratory, Livermore,
California.  ERDA  Contract W-7405-Eng-48.  1975.
MacCracken, M. C., D. J. Wuebbles, J. J. Walton, W.  H.  Duewer and K. E. Grant.
The Livermore Regional Air Quality Model:  I.   Concept  and Development.   Journal
of Applied Meteorology, 17 (3):  254-272, 1978.
Duewer, W. H., M.  C.  MacCracken, and J.  J.  Walton.  The  Livermore Regional Air
Quality Model:  II.  Verification  and Sample Application in the San  Francisco
Bay Area.  Journal of Applied Meteorology,  17  (3):  273-311,  1978.
                                      673

-------
16.1.3  LA6RANGIAN PHOTOCHEMICAL MODELS
     The general class of Lagrangian or trajectory photochemical models is
characterized by the fact that the air mass to be modeled follows a path
determined by the wind trajectory.  Pollutants enter the volume and are mixed
throughout as the volume passes over the various emissions sources along the
trajectory.  A relatively sophisticated chemical reaction model is required in
order to model the complex mechanism of smog photochemistry.  An example of a
Lagrangian photochemical model is that developed by Environmental Research and
Technology, Incorporated.
Principal In v_e s t i g a tor                Project Officer
Allen Q. Eschenroeder                 Jack H. Shreffler (MD-80)
Environmental Research                Environmental Protection Agency
  and Technology, Inc.                Environmental Sciences Research
2030 Alameda Padre                      Laboratory
  Serra                               Research Triangle Park, NC  27711
Santa Barbara, CA  93103              ^glgj 541_4524
(805) 966-6126
Funding  EPA Contract No. 68-02-2765
Period of Performance  October 1977 - January 1979
Summary
     The ELSTAR model (Environmental Lagrangian Simulation of Transport and
Atmospheric Reactivity) is a numerical  dynamic model for photochemical smog
simulation.  It determines the trajectory, based on surface wind measurements,
of an air parcel across an emission grid network.  It uses a finite difference
solution of the vertical diffusion equation for the parcel and thus calculates
pollutant concentrations within the parcel as a function of height and time.
The photochemical  reaction portion of the diffusion equation involves 64
reactions and 39 chemical species.   The vertical  eddy diffusivities are cleter-
                                    •  674

-------
mined by a program sub-module using surface wind data and vertical  temperature
profiles.  The model contains an individualized treatment of point  sources
which considers inversion penetration by individual  sources.   The effects  due
to lateral diffusion of point sources are also included in the model.

Publication
A Lagrangian Photo Chemical  Air Quality Simulation Model:   Adaptation  to the
St. Louis RAPS Data Base; Volume I:  Model  Formulation; Volume II:   User's
Manual.   Environmental  Research and Technology, Inc., Santa Barbara, California.
EPA Contract 68-02-2765.  In preparation.
                                      675

-------
16.1.4  MODEL BY THE CENTER FOR THE ENVIRONMENT AND MAN
Principal Investigators
Joseph P. Pandolfo
Robert J. Ball
The Center for the Environment
  and Man
275 Windsor Street
Hartford, CT  00120
(203) 549-4400
Funding
                Project Officer
                Jason K. S. Ching (MD-80)
                Environmental Protection Agency
               •Environmental Sciences Research
                  Laboratory
                Research Triangle Park, NC  27711
                (919) 541-4524
     EPA Contract No.
     EPA Contract No.
CPA 70-62
68-02-0223
     EPA Contract No. 68-02-1767
Period of Performance
     Contract No. 68-02-1767
Summary
                February 1974 - March 1976
     The model developed by the Center for the Environment and Man is unusual
in that it generates its own meteorology from initial and boundary conditions
and solar radiation.  It uses a combination of Gaussian puff and grid models
and when applied to an appropriate data base, the model generates time*'
dependent, three dimensional meteorological and S0? pollutant fields.  The
Gaussian part of the model consists of a puff formulation specially tailored
for compatibility with,  and to accept meteorological forecasts from, the grid
model.  The grid model is a physically consistent, numerical hydro-dynamical
air pollution model based on the conservation equation for mass (of air,
atmospheric moisture and pollutant), momentum and heat.  The model generates
S0? pollutant fields with one hour time resolution.
                                      676

-------
     The basic inputs to the model consist of emissions (heat and pollutant),
air quality and supplementary meteorological  data bases.   Appropriate land use
information and topographic maps are also used to characterize the earth's
surface.
Publications
Pandolfo, J. P., and C. A.  Jacobs.  Tests of an Urban Meteorological  Pollutant
Model Using CO Validation Data in the Los Angeles Metropolitan Area.   Center
for the Environmental and Man, Hartford, Connecticut.  EPA Contract 68-02-0223.
May 1973.  EPA-R4-73-025a.
Pandolfo, J. P., C.  A.  Jacobs, R. J. Ball, M. A.  Atwater,  and J.  A. Sekorski.
Refinement and Validation of an Urban Meteorological-Pollutant Model.   Center
for the Environmental and Man, Hartford, Connecticut.  EPA Contract 68-02-
1767.  1976.  EPA-600/4-76-037.
                                      677

-------
16.1.5  SYSTEM APPLICATIONS INCORPORATED'S MODEL
                                      Project Officer
                                      Kenneth L.  Demerjian (MD-80)
                                      Environmental  Protection Agency
                                      Environmental  Sciences Research
                                        Laboratory
                                      Research Triangle Park, NC  27711
                                      (919) 541-3660
Principal Investi gators
Steven D. Reynolds
Mei-Kao Liu
T. A. Hecht
Phillip M. Roth
John H. Seinfeld
System Applications Inc.
950 Northgate Dr.
San Rafael, CA  94903
(415) 472-4011
Funding
     EPA Contract No.  CPA 70-148
     EPA Contract No.  68-02-0339
     EPA Contract No.  68-02-2429
     NSF Grant No. GK-35476
Period of Performance  Ongoing
Summary
     The SAI model is  a numerical model for studying the dynamic behavior of
photochemical air pollutants in an urban airshed.  The model uses a finite
difference solution of the atmospheric diffusion equation on a three dimensional
grid overlaying the modeled region to obtain the temporal variation of pollu-
tant at each cell on the grid.  The vertical and horizontal turbulent transport
is assumed proportional to the concentration gradient and the turbulent diffus-
ivities are determined by a simplified K-theory.  Detailed meteorological
information is required, describing spatial  and temporal variations of wind
components and inversion base height.  Initial  pollutant concentration fields
and pollutant boundary conditions must be specified.
                                     '678

-------
     Pollutants emitted from ground-level  sources are injected into the
bottom layer of grid cells; emissions from stacks are distributed among the
grid cells aloft.   Numerical solution is performed by method of fractional
steps with advection treated by SHASTA algorithm; vertical  diffusion and
chemistry by the Crank-Nicholson method.  A 35-step chemical reaction mecha-
nism based on the reactions and reactivities of carbon bond types is used.

Publications
Reynolds, S. D., P.  M.  Roth, and J. H. Seinfeld.   Mathematical Model of
Photochemical Air Pollution:  I.  Formulation of the Model.  Atmospheric
Environment, 7:1033, 1973.
Roth, P. M., P. J. W. Roberts, M. K. Liu,  S. D. Reynolds, and J.  H. Seinfeld.
Mathematical Modeling of Photochemical Air Pollution:  II.   A Model and
Inventory of Pollutant Emissions.  Atmospheric Environment, 8:97, 1974.
Liu, M. K., D. C.  Whitney, J. H. Seinfeld, and P. M. Roth.   Continued Research
in Mesoscale Air Pollution Simulation Modeling:  Volume I.   Assessment of
Prior Model Evaluation Studies and Analysis of Model Validity and Sensitivity.
Systems Applications, Inc., San Rafael, California.  May 1976.  EPA-600/4-76-016a.
Reynolds, S. D., J.  Ames, T. A. Hecht, J.  P. Meyer, and D.  C. Whitney.
Continued Research in Mesoscale Air Pollution Simulation Modeling:  Volume II.
Refinements in the Treatment of Chemistry, Meteorology, and Numerical Integra-
tion Procedures.  Systems Applications, Inc., San Rafael, California.  May 1976.
EPA 600/4-76-016b.
Lamb, R. G.  Continued Research in Mesoscale Air Pollution Simulation Model-
ing:  Volume III.   Modeling of Microscale Phenomena.  Systems Applications,
Inc., San Rafael,  California.  May 1976.  EPA-600/4-76-016c.
Jerskey, T. N., and J. H. Seinfeld.  Continued Research in Mesoscale Air
Pollution Simulation Modeling:  Volume  IV.  Examination of the Reasibility of
Modeling Photochemical Aerosol Dynamics.  Systems Applications, Inc., San
Rafael, California.   May 1976.  EPA-600/4-76-016d.
Reynolds, S. D.  The Systems Applications,  Incorporated Urban Airshed Model:
An Overview of Recent Developmental Work.    Proceedings:  Volume II.  Interna-
tional Conference on Photochemical Oxidant  Pollution and Its Control.

                                     679

-------
Environmental  Protection Agency,  Research Triangle Park,  North Carolina.
January 1977.   EPA-600/3-77-0016.
                                    680

-------
16.1.6  GAUSSIAN MODEL FOR INERT SPECIES (RAH)
Principal Invest i ga to rs
D. Bruce Turner (MD-80)
Joan H. Novak (MD-80)
Environmental Protection Agency
Environmental Sciences Research Laboratory
Research Triangle Park, NC  27711
(919) 541-4565
Funding  Environmental Protection Agency
Period of Performance  Ongoing
Summary
     The Real-Time Air-Quality Model (RAM) is an example of those models based
upon the assumptions of steady-state Gaussian dispersion.  RAM is a short-
term (one hour to one day) model developed by the Environmental Protection
Agency for estimating pollutant concentrations due to point and area sources.
     RAM makes use of the Gaussian plume model for the calculation of concen-
trations due to point sources.  A narrow plume simplification is used in the
calculation of concentrations from area sources.  This simplification makes use
of the fact that the plume of a point source is normally quite narrow as
compared to the scale of changes in the area source emission rates.  This
implies that area sources which are not directly upwind of the receptor need
not be considered in detail so that emissions may be considered constant in
the crosswind direction.
     Pollutant decrease due to chemical reactions which are characterized by
an exponential loss of pollutant can be approximated by RAM.  RAM is intended
for use over level or gently rolling terrain where the assumption of a flat
plane is reasonable.
                                      681

-------
     Various receptor location options are available in RAM.   The  first option
allows the user to specify fixed receptor locations.   In the  second option,
RAM chooses receptor locations downwind of significant sources where concen-
tration maxima are likely to occur.   In the third option, receptor locations
are determined by RAM so as to provide good coverage of a specific area.
     The application of RAM to the RAPS data base will be done in-house with
subsequent comparison of calculated versus observed concentrations to be
performed by SRI International.
Publications
Novak, J. H., and D. B. Turner.   An Efficient Gaussian-Plume  Multiple-Source
Air Quality Algorithm.  Journal  of the Air Pollution Control  Association,
26 (8):  570-575, 1976.
Turner, D. B., and J. H. Novak.   User's Guide for RAM (DRAFT).  U.S. Environ-
mental Protection Agency, Research Triangle Park, North Carolina,  May 1977,
                                     "682

-------
16.1.7  PHOTOCHEMICAL BOX MODEL

Principal  Investigators
Kenneth L.  Schere (MD-80)
Kenneth L.  Demerjian (MD-80)
Environmental  Protection Agency
Environmental  Sciences Research Laboratory
Research Triangle Park, NC  27711
(919) 541-4524

Funding  Environmental Protection Agency
Period of Performance  Ongoing
Summary
     The "box-approach" to photochemical air quality simulation modeling is
a relatively simple structure from which to study a highly complex subject.
A photochemical box model (PBM) has been developed at the EPA encompassing a
newly formulated chemical kinetic mechanism containing 38 reactions and 24
different species describing the HC-NO -0^ photo-oxidation cycle.  This
                                      /\  O
approach represents an urban area as a single stationary cell with fixed
horizontal  dimensions, on the order of 20 to 40 km on a side, and a temporally
varying vertical dimension proportional to the depth of the well mixed layer.
Each pollutant species being simulated is accounted for in the model by an
ordinary differential equation composed of advective, volume expansion,
chemical, and emissions  (if any) terms.
     Initial model development and testing of the PBM has drawn upon the RAPS
data base for St. Louis.  One-minute averaged solar radiation data are used
in the calculations as well as providing the observed values for use in model
validation.  The upper and lower bounds on the mixed layer depth during a
given model simualtion,  requisite model inputs, are deduced from RAPS radio-
sonde data.
                                     683

-------
     Comparison of PBM predictions with spatially averaged RAPS urban air
quality monitoring observations will  be performed in-house for a select
number of days reflecting a variety of meterological  and emissions conditions.

Publication
Schere, K. L., and D. L. Demerjian.  A Photochemical  Box Model For Urban Air-
Quality Simulation.  Proceedings of 4th Joint Conference on Sensing of
Environmental Pollutants.  American Chemical  Society, 427-433, 1978.
                                     684

-------
16.1.8  GIFFORD-HANNA MODEL
Principal Investigators
Franklin A. Gifford
Steven R. Hanna
National Oceanic and Atmospheric Administration
Atmospheric Turbulence and Diffusion Laboratory
Oak Ridge, TN  37830
(615) 483-8611
Funding
     National Oceanic and Atmospheric Administration
     Department of Energy
Period of Performance  Ongoing
Summary
     The Gifford-Hanna model  is an urban area source model based upon the
assumption of a Gaussian pollutant distribution in the vertical and using a
narrow plume approximation in the horizontal  direction.   The narrow plume
approximation is based upon the fact that the plume of a point source is nor-
mally quite narrow as compared to the scale of changes in the area source
emissions patterns.  This implies that area sources that are not directly
upwind of a receptor need not be considered in dotail so that emissions may be
considered constant in the crosswind direction.  The Gifford-Hanna model can
then be formulated by a one-dimensional  integral  along the upwind azimuth from
the receptor to the edge of the urban area source grid.   Observations indicate
that those sources outside the immediate area of the receptor grid square do
not have a great influence on the receptor concentration.  This observation
leads to a further simplification of the model in which  the receptor concen-
tration is found to be proportional  to the local  area source strength divided
by the wind speed.
                                      685

-------
Publications
Gifford, F. A., and S.  F.  Hanna.   Urban Air Pollution Modeling.   Paper No.
ME-320, In:  Proceedings of the Second International  Clean Air Congress,
Washington, D.  C.  December 1970.   pp. 1146-1151.
Hanna. S.  R.  A Simple Method of Calculating Dispersion from Urban Area
Sources.  Journal of the Air Pollution Control  Association, 21  (12):  774-777,
1971.
Gifford, F. A., and S.  R.  Hanna.   Modeling Urban Air Pollution.   Atmospheric
Environment, 7:  570-575,  1973.
                                   . 686

-------
16.1.9  SYSTEMS APPLICATIONS' REACTIVE PLUME MODEL
Principal Investigator                Project Officers
Mark A. Yocke                         Charles Bennett
Systems Applications, Inc.            California State Air Resources Board
San Rafael, CA  94903                 Sacramento, CA  94814
(415) 572-4011                        (916) 445-0753
                                      Kenneth L. Schere (MD-80)
                                      Environmental Protection Agency
                                      Environmental Sciences Research
                                        Laboratory
                                      Research Triangle Park, NC  27711
                                      (919) 541-4524
Fundi ng
     California Air Resources Board Contract No. ARB 4-258
     EPA Contract No. 68-02-2775
Periods of Performance
     September 1974 - April 1976
     March - December 1978
Summary
     The SAI reactive plume model (RPM) is based on a number of simplifying
assumptions that approximately characterize the complex transport and diffusion
processes thus allowing a rather detailed modeling of the plume chemistry.   The
plume geometry is characterized by two simple parameters, its effective width
and the depth of the mixed layer which are both taken to be dependent upon the
downwind distance.  It is further assumed that the wind speed is uniform (but
can be a function of time) and that the pollutant distribution is homogeneous
at any cross section perpendicular to the plume axis.
                                      687

-------
     A set of coupled, first-order, nonlinear ordinary differential  equations,
based on consideration of mass flux balance for each pollutant species, is
solved in the model by using a slightly modified Gear routine.
     Despite its conceptual simplicity, the SAI reactive plume model can be
used for many practical purposes, such as:
     (1)  Prediction of the concentration variations of secondary pollutants,
          such as ozone.
     (2)  Estimation of the rate of production of sulfate and nitrate in the
          plume (Heterogeneous processes have not been considered in the model).
     (3)  Differentiation between decreases in pollutant concentrations due
          to chemical reactions and those due to plume dispersion.
     Although the model was originally designed for prediction of industrial
plume transport and interaction, it appears that it can also be used to model
the more extensive urban plumes.  The model validation was carried out only
for power plant plumes.  The plume data used for model validation were gathered
downwind from the Moss Landing Power Plant near Monterey, CA and the Haynes and
Los Alamitos Power Plants in the Los Angeles Basin,  Based upon an overall
appraisal of the results of the validation study, the model  predictions
compare quite well with the measured values for all measured pollutant species
(NO, N02, 03, and SFg) except sulfate (SO^).
     The restrictive assumption of homogeneity within each air parcel in the
original model formulation has recently been removed in an improved version of
the reactive plume model  (RPM-II).  The revised model assumes an array of
well-mixed cells across the plume with cell boundaries that are viewed as
impermeable for primary pollutants.  Also, a more up-to-date kinetic module,
the Carbon-Bond Mechanism, has been incorporated.  Results of comparisons
between predictions of the revised model and field measurements from the RAPS
and MISTT studies will be reported.
Publications
Liu, M. D., D. Durran, P. Mundkur, M. Yocke, and J. Ames.  The Chemistry,
Dispersion, and Transport of Air Pollutants Emitted from Fossil Fuel Power
Plants  in California:  Data Analysis and Emission Impact Model.  Systems
Applications, Inc., San Rafael, California.  ARB Contract ARB4-258.   May 1976.
                                      688

-------
Liu, M.  K.,  M. A. Yocke, and P. V.  Mundkur.   Numerical  Simulation of Reactive
Plumes.   Air Series, American Institute of Chemical  Engineers.   1976.
Liu, M.  K.   Development of a Mathematical  Model  for Simulating  Power Plant
Plumes.   Presented at the Fourth International  Clean Air Congress, Tokyo,
Japan.  May 1977.
Ogren, J. A., D.  L. Blumenthal, W.  H. White, T.  W. Tesche, M.  A.  Yocke, and
M. K. Liu.   Determination of the Feasibility of Ozone formation in Power Plant
Plumes.   EPRI EA-307, Electric Power Research Institute, Palo  Alto, California.
1976.
Liu, M.  K.,  D. A  Stewart, and P. M. Roth.  An Improved Version of the Reactive
Plume Model  (RPM-II).  Presented at the NATO/CCMS 9th International Technical
Meeting on Air Pollution Modeling and its  Application,  Toronto, Canada.  1978.
                                     689

-------
         APPENDIX A
LISTING OF RAPS TASK ORDERS
             6'30

-------
TASK ORDER
TITLE
Number 1
Number 2
Number 3
Number 4
Number 5
Number 6
Number 7

Number 8
Number 9
Number 10
Number 11

Number 12
Number 13
Number 14
Number 15
Number 16

Number 17
Number 18

Number 19
Number 20
Number 21
Number 22
Number 23
Number 24
Number 25
Number 26
RAPS Program Planning
Summer 1973 Boundary Layer Study Helicopter Support
Gas Chromatography Laboratory Operation
Summer 1973 Boundary Layer Study Pibal  Support
RAPS Office Relocation
Summer 1973 Aerosol Characterization Study Aircraft Support
Summer 1973 Aerosol Characterization Study Meteorological
Support
Cancelled
RAPS Program Objectives and Plans
Computer Graphics Planning and Support
Investigation of the Significance of Aircraft Emissions on
Stratospheric Aerosols
Cancelled
Computer Graphics Interface with RAPS Data Base
St. Louis CAMP Station Operation
Winter 1974 Boundary Layer Study Helicopter Support
Point Source Criteria Pollutant Emission Methodology and
Inventory
Field Experiment Emission Inventory Methodology
Winter 1974 Boundary Layer Study Pibal  and Radiosonde
Support
Winter 1974 EPA Aerosol Lab Trailer Support
RAPS Emission Inventory Data Handling System
Gas Chromatography Laboratory Operation
Computer Graphics Development for the RAPS Data Base
Catalyst Sulfate Study Design and Installation
Cancelled
RAPS Helicopter Aerial Monitoring System Installation
Effects of Airborne Sulfur Pollutants on Materials
                                      691
                                                                (continued)

-------
TASK ORDER
TITLE
Number 27
Number 28

Number 29

Number 30
Number 31
Number 32
Number 33
Number 34
Number 35
Number 36
Number 37
Number 38
Number 39
Number 40
Number 41

Number 42
Number 43
Number 44
Number 45
Number 46
Number 47
Number 48
Number 49
Number 50
Number 51

Number 52

Number 53
Number 54
LBL Dichotomous Aerosol  Sampling Network
Visibility Model - Correlation of Light Scattering with
Other Atmospheric Parameters
RAMS Aerosol Inlet Modification for LBL Automatic
Dichotomous Aerosol  Samplers
Cancelled
RAPS Upper Air Sounding Network
Winnebago Laboratory Van Instrumentation
Summer 1974 Brookhaven Plume Study Pibal Support
Cancelled
Summer 1974 Nelson Streaker Study
Catalyst Sulfate Study Sample Analyses
Update of RAPS Emission Inventory Handbook
Point and Area Source Heat Emission Inventory
Emission Inventory Precision Analysis
Computer Support for RAPS Field Activities
Summer 1974 Aerosol  Characterization Study Aircraft and
Pibal Support
Cancelled
Summer 1974 Long Path-Pollutant Variability Study
Winnebago Laboratory Van Operation
RAPS Helicopter Data Translation and Verification
Summer 1974 Meteorological Upper Air Support
Summer 1974 Boundary Layer Study Pibal Support
Summer 1974 Boundary Layer Study Helicopter Support
Summer 1974 High Volume Filter Measurements
RAPS Expedition Research Program
High Volume Filter Measurements of Suspended Particulate
Matter
Investigation of the Significance of Aircraft Emissions on
Stratospheric Aerosols
Gas Chromatography Laboratory Operation
Point Source Non-Criteria Pollutant Emission Inventory
                                     692
                                                                  (continued)

-------
TASK ORDER
TITLE
Number 55
Number 56
Number 57
Number 58
Number 59
Number 60
Number 61
Number 62
Number 63
Number 101

Number 102
Number 103
Number 104
Number 105
Number 106
Number 107
Number 108
  Task 108A
  Task 108B
  Task 108C
  Task 108D
  Task 108E
  Task 108F
  Task 108G
  Task 108H
  Task 1081
  Task 108J
Number 109
Number 110
Number 111
Number 112
Number 11 3
Point Source Criteria Pollutant Emission Inventory
Sulfur Compounds and Particulate Size Distribution  Inventory
Modification of RAMS Dew Point Sensors
RAPS Quality Assurance Audits
Summer 1975 Brookhaven Plume Study Pibal Support
Summer 1975 Boundary Layer Study
Summer 1975 MISTT Plume Study Pibal  Support
Summer 1975 Nelson Streaker Study
Summer 1975 SF5 Plume Tracer Study
High Volume Filter Measurements of Suspended Particulate
Matter
LBL Dichotomous Aerosol Sampling Network
Gas Chromatography Laboratory Operation
Subsurface Heat Flux Study
Fall 1975 Brookhaven Plume Study Pibal Support
RAPS Quality Assurance Audits
RAMS/RAPS Field Data Processing
RAPS Emission Inventories
Point Source Criteria Pollutant Emission Inventory
Criteria and Non-Criteria Pollutant Source Testing  Program
RAPS Data Handling System Enhancement
Stationary Industrial Area Source Emission Inventory
Off-Highway Mobile Source Emission Inventory
Hydrocarbon Emission Inventory
Point and Area Source Heat Emission Inventory
Emission Inventory Handbook Update and Review
Point and Area Source Organic Emission Inventory
Emission Inventory Summary
Winter 1976 Boundary Layer Study
Acoustic Echo Sounder Operation
EMI Plume Study Pibal Support
Effects of Airborne Sulfur Pollutants on Materials
Gas Chromatography Laboratory Operation
                                                 (continued)
                                    593

-------
TASK ORDER
TITLE
Number 114       DA VINCI II and III  Pibal  Support
Number 115       Summer 1976 MISTT Plume Study Pibal  Support
Number 116       Summer 1976 Boundary Layer Study
Number 117       Streaker and Radiometer Operation
Number 118       Fall 1976 Boundary Layer Study
Number 119       Fall 1976 SFe Plume  Tracer Study
Number 120       RAMS Transition Support
Number 121       C02 Effect on RAMS Sulfur Monitors
Number 122       RAPS Data Base Augmentation
Number 123       RAMS Station Relocation
Number 124       Fugitive Dust Survey and Inventory
Number 125       Evaluation of RAMS CO Data
Number 126       Cobb/Andrus Plume Study Pibal Support
Number 127       Aerosol Effects on Visual  Range
Number 128       UASN Mixing Depth Determination
Number 129       RAPS Emissions Inventory Quality Assurance Program
Number 130       Cobb/Andrus/Breed Plume Study Pibal  Support
Number 131       Documentation of Sources and Land Use Around  RAPS  Sites
                                    694

-------
                                  TECHNICAL REPORT DATA
                           (Please read Instructions on the rcrcrse bcjore completing)
1. REPORT NO.
   EPA-600/4-79-076
                                                          3 RECIPIENT'S ACCESSION NO.
4. TITLE AND SUBTITLE
 DOCUMENTATION OF THE REGIONAL  AIR POLLUTION STUDY (RAPS;
 AND RELATED INVESTIGATIONS  IN  THE ST.  LOUIS AIR QUALITY
 CONTROL REGION
            5. REPORT DATE
                December 1979
            6 PERFORMING ORGANIZATION CODE
7 AUTHOR(S)
 J.  A. Strothmann and  F. A.  Schiermeier
                                                          8. PERFORMING ORGANIZATION REPORT NO
9 PERFORMING ORGANIZATION NAME AND ADDRESS
 Rockwell International Corporation
 Environmental Monitoring &  Services Center
 Environmental & Energy Systems  Division
 Creve Coeur, Missouri 63141
            10 PROGRAM ELEMENT NO.

              1AA603  AA-126(FY-79)
            11 CONTRACT/GRANT NO.
              68-02-2093
              Task Order  No.  122
12. SPONSORING AGENCY NAME AND ADDRESS
 Environmental Sciences  Research  Laboratory - RTF,
 Office of Research and  Development
 U.S. Environmental Protection Agency
 Research Triangle Park, North Carolina 27711
      NC
13. TYPE OF REPORT AND PERIOD COVERED
  Final              	
            14. SPONSORING AGENCY CODE
              EPA/600/09
15. SUPPLEMENTARY NOTES
16. ABSTRACT

      During the period of  1974  to 1977, the Regional Air  Pollution  Study (RAPS) was
 conducted in the St. Louis,  Missouri/Illinois Metropolitan  Area.   In addition to
 EPA-funded contractor personnel,  RAPS participants included scientists from numerous
 universities, private research  organizations, and other governmental  agencies.
 Because of the availability  of  extensive monitoring data, additional  independent
 research studies were conducted in the St. Louis area during this  time frame.

      This report is an attempt  to document nearly all the RAPS  and  related investi-
 gations conducted  in the St.  Louis Air Quality Control Region during the period of
 1973 to 1978.  Descriptions  of  locally-operated air quality and meteorological
 networks are also  included.   Such a report will serve as  a  summary  of data available
 to the EPA modelers in pursuit  of the RAPS objectives and will  be  used by RAPS
 researchers to locate supplementary data sources to augment their  own measurements.
17.
                               KEY WORDS AND DOCUMENT ANALYSIS
                 DESCRIPTORS
                                             b.IDENTIFIERS/OPEN ENDED TERMS
                            COSATI Field/Group
  *Air pollution
  ^Meteorology

  *Urban areas
  ^Regions
  investigations
  *Documentation
St. Louis, MO
Regional Air Pollution
         Study
St. Louis air quality
    	control region
                   13B
                   04B

                   05K
                   14B
                   05B
  . DISTRIBUTION STATEMENT
                      RELEASE TO PUBLIC
                                              19. SECURITY CLASS f I'lns Repon)
                                                     UNCLASSIFIED
                          21. NO. OF PAGES
                               715
                                              20. SECURITY CLASS (This page)
                                                     UNCLASSIFIED
                                                                        22 PRICE
EPA Form 2220-1 (9-73)
                                            695

-------

-------
A
                                                ...J

-------